Bhagavad Gita

What it is. A dialogue in eighteen chapters, embedded in the sixth book of the Mahabharata. It is traditionally counted as 700 verses. The edition displayed here also includes a verse conventionally numbered 13.1, which some editions omit, bringing this page’s total to 701. Arjuna, looking across the field at cousins, teachers, and grandfathers he is about to kill, puts down his bow and says he won’t do it. Krishna, his charioteer and God, spends the rest of the text explaining why he must do so.

When. Roughly 2nd century BCE to 2nd century CE, later than the epic’s oldest strata.

What it argues. It is a synthesis, and unusually explicit about its status as one. It takes Samkhya metaphysics, Upanishadic non-dualism, Vedic ritual duty, and emergent devotionalism and braids them into three routes to the same destination: karma yoga, action performed without attachment to its results; jnana yoga, liberating knowledge; and bhakti yoga, devotion to a personal god. The central move, act but surrender the fruits of action, is what lets the text answer Arjuna without either denying that killing is terrible or excusing him from it. Chapter 11, where Krishna shows his universal form and Arjuna asks him to stop, is the passage everyone remembers.

Stone relief of Vishnu with multiple human and animal heads and smaller figures radiating around his upper body
Vishvarupa Vishnu, Kashmir, 6th century. This is not a literal illustration of the Gita’s chapter 11, but it gives sculptural form to the same problem: how a single divine body can contain a cosmic multiplicity. Source: The Metropolitan Museum of Art · CC0
Stone relief of Vishnu with multiple human and animal heads and smaller figures radiating around his upper body

Vishvarupa Vishnu, Kashmir, 6th century. This is not a literal illustration of the Gita’s chapter 11, but it gives sculptural form to the same problem: how a single divine body can contain a cosmic multiplicity.

What I found surprising. The Gita already held unusual authority within the Mahabharata, stood alongside the Upanishads and Brahma Sutra as one of Vedanta’s three foundational texts, and attracted major Sanskrit and vernacular commentaries for centuries. What changed after 1785 was its scale and kind of prominence. Colonial translators, European and American readers, Indian reformers, and nationalists increasingly treated this compact dialogue as a portable summary of Hinduism as a whole. Its career as the representative Hindu scripture is modern; its prestige is not. That modern reception history is one of the strangest attached to any book:

Four incompatible readings by serious people within fifty years, plus a physicist at the birth of the nuclear age. Richard Davis’s The Bhagavad Gita: A Biography (2015) tells this story properly and is the best entry point to the text’s afterlife.

Translations. Barbara Stoler Miller for literary quality; Laurie Patton’s Penguin for accessibility; Winthrop Sargeant’s interlinear edition if you want to work with the Sanskrit; Radhakrishnan for traditional commentary. Arnold’s Song Celestial is Victorian, lovely, and unfaithful, and it is the one that changed history.


The full text

All eighteen chapters follow, on this page, with the Sanskrit, a transliteration, the translation, and the word-by-word glosses. Every verse has its own anchor, so any of them can be linked directly: /india/texts/gita/#2-47.

From chapter 2 onward, Śaṅkara’s commentary is given as a concise modern-English paraphrase of his explanation. Śaṅkara gives no separate exposition of chapter 1 in this edition. The paraphrases were prepared from Alladi Mahadeva Sastri’s public-domain 1901 translation; they are summaries, not quotations or a complete translation.

↑ contents

1. Arjuna Vishada Yoga

अर्जुनविषादयोग · Arjuna's Despair · 35 verses

1.1
धृतराष्ट्र उवाच ।
धर्मक्षेत्रे कुरुक्षेत्रे समवेता युयुत्सवः ।
मामकाः पाण्डवाश्चैव किमकुर्वत सञ्जय ॥ १ ॥
dhṛtarāṣṭra uvāca |
dharmakṣetre kurukṣetre samavetā yuyutsavaḥ |
māmakāḥ pāṇḍavāścaiva kimakurvata sañjaya || 1 ||
Meanings
dhṛtarāṣṭra uvāca: Dhritarashtra said; dharma-kṣetre: in the field of dharma; kuru-kṣetre: in the field of the Kurus; samavetāḥ: assembled; yuyutsavaḥ: eager to fight; māmakāḥ: my people; pāṇḍavāḥ: sons of Pandu; ca: and; eva: indeed; kim: what; akurvata: did they do; sañjaya: Sanjaya

Dhritarashtra said: Sanjaya, after my sons and the sons of Pandu gathered on the sacred field of Kurukshetra, ready to fight, what did they do?

1.2
सञ्जय उवाच ।
दृष्ट्वा तु पाण्डवानीकं व्यूढं दुर्योधनस्तदा ।
आचार्यमुपसङ्गम्य राजा वचनमब्रवीत् ॥ २ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
dṛṣṭvā tu pāṇḍavānīkaṃ vyūḍhaṃ duryodhanastadā |
ācāryamupasaṅgamya rājā vacanamabravīt || 2 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; dṛṣṭvā: having seen; tu: but; pāṇḍava-anīkam: the Pandava force; vyūḍham: drawn up in formation; duryodhanaḥ: Duryodhana; tadā: then; ācāryam: teacher; upasaṅgamya: having approached; rājā: the king; vacanam: words; abravīt: spoke

Sanjaya said: When King Duryodhana saw the Pandava army formed for battle, he approached his teacher Drona and said:

1.3
पश्यैतां पाण्डुपुत्राणामाचार्य महतीं चमूम् ।
व्यूढां द्रुपदपुत्रेण तव शिष्येण धीमता ॥ ३ ॥
paśyaitāṃ pāṇḍuputrāṇāmācārya mahatīṃ camūm |
vyūḍhāṃ drupadaputreṇa tava śiṣyeṇa dhīmatā || 3 ||
Meanings
paśya: see; etām: this; pāṇḍu-putrāṇām: of sons of Pandu; ācārya: teacher; mahatīm: mighty; camūm: army; vyūḍhām: arrayed for battle; drupada-putreṇa: by Drupada's son; tava: by your; śiṣyeṇa: disciple; dhī-matā: wise

Teacher, look at this powerful army of Pandu’s sons, arranged by your gifted student, Drupada’s son.

1.4-6
अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भीमार्जुनसमा युधि ।
युयुधानो विराटश्च द्रुपदश्च महारथ: ॥ ४ ॥
धृष्टकेतुश्चेकितान: काशिराजश्च वीर्यवान् ।
पुरुजित्कुन्तिभोजश्च शैब्यश्च नरपुङ्गव: ॥ ५ ॥
युधामन्युश्च विक्रान्त उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् ।
सौभद्रो द्रौपदेयाश्च सर्व एव महारथा: ॥ ६ ॥
atra śūrā maheṣvāsā bhīmārjunasamā yudhi |
yuyudhāno virāṭaśca drupadaśca mahārathaḥ || 4 ||
dhṛṣṭaketuścekitānaḥ kāśirājaśca vīryavān |
purujitkuntibhojaśca śaibyaśca narapuṅgavaḥ || 5 ||
yudhāmanyuśca vikrānta uttamaujāśca vīryavān |
saubhadro draupadeyāśca sarva eva mahārathāḥ || 6 ||
Meanings
atra: here; śūrāḥ: powerful warriors; mahā-iṣu-āsāḥ: great bowmen; bhīma-arjuna-samāḥ: equal to Bhima and Arjuna; yudhi: in battle; yuyudhānaḥ: Yuyudhana; virāṭaḥ: Virata; ca: and; drupadaḥ: Drupada; ca: also; mahā-rathaḥ: a great chariot warrior; dhṛṣṭaketuḥ: Dhrishtaketu; cekitānaḥ: Chekitana; kāśirājaḥ: the king of Kashi; ca: and; vīrya-vān: heroic; purujit: Purujit; kuntibhojaḥ: Kuntibhoja; ca: and; śaibyaḥ: Shaibya; ca: and; nara-puṅgavaḥ: best of men; yudhāmanyuḥ: Yudhamanyu; ca: and; vikrāntaḥ: courageous; uttamaujāḥ: Uttamaujas; ca: and; vīrya-vān: gallant; saubhadraḥ: son of Subhadra; draupadeyāḥ: sons of Draupadi; ca: and; sarve: all; eva: indeed; mahā-rathāḥ: great chariot warriors

Here are heroic archers equal to Bhima and Arjuna in battle: Yuyudhana, Virata, and the great chariot warrior Drupada; Dhrishtaketu, Chekitana, the brave king of Kashi, Purujit, Kuntibhoja, and Shaivya, an outstanding leader; the strong Yudhamanyu, the courageous Uttamaujas, Subhadra’s son, and Draupadi’s sons, all great chariot warriors.

1.7
अस्माकं तु विशिष्टा ये तान्निबोध द्विजोत्तम ।
नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान्ब्रवीमि ते ॥ ७ ॥
asmākaṃ tu viśiṣṭā ye tānnibodha dvijottama |
nāyakā mama sainyasya saṃjñārthaṃ tānbravīmi te || 7 ||
Meanings
asmākam: of ours; tu: but; viśiṣṭāḥ: distinguished; ye: who; tān: them; nibodha: learn; dvija-uttama: best of brahmins; nāyakāḥ: leaders; mama: my; sainyasya: of army; sañjñā-artham: so they may be identified; tān: them; bravīmi: I name; te: to you

Now, best of Brahmins, let me name the leading commanders of our own army so that you know them.

1.8
भवान्भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च कृपश्च समितिञ्जय: ।
अश्वत्थामा विकर्णश्च सौमदत्तिस्तथैव च ॥ ८ ॥
bhavānbhīṣmaśca karṇaśca kṛpaśca samitiñjayaḥ |
aśvatthāmā vikarṇaśca saumadattistathaiva ca || 8 ||
Meanings
bhavān: yourself; bhīṣmaḥ: Bhishma; ca: and; karṇaḥ: Karna; ca: and; kṛpaḥ: Kripa; ca: and; samitim-jayaḥ: victorious in battle; aśvatthāmā: Ashvatthama; vikarṇaḥ: Vikarna; ca: and; saumadattiḥ: Somadatta's son; tathā: thus; eva: even; ca: also

There are you, Bhishma, Karna, and Kripa, all victorious in battle, as well as Ashvatthama, Vikarna, and Somadatta’s son.

1.9
अन्ये च बहव: शूरा मदर्थे त्यक्तजीविता: ।
नानाशस्त्रप्रहरणा: सर्वे युद्धविशारदा: ॥ ९ ॥
anye ca bahavaḥ śūrā madarthe tyaktajīvitāḥ |
nānāśastrapraharaṇāḥ sarve yuddhaviśāradāḥ || 9 ||
Meanings
anye: others; ca: also; bahavaḥ: many; śūrāḥ: heroic warriors; mat-arthe: for my sake; tyakta-jīvitāḥ: ready to lay down their lives; nānā-śastra-praharaṇāḥ: armed with many kinds of weapons; sarve: all; yuddha-viśāradāḥ: skilled in war

Many other heroes are also prepared to give their lives for me. They carry many kinds of weapons and are skilled in war.

1.10
अपर्याप्तं तदस्माकं बलं भीष्माभिरक्षितम् ।
पर्याप्तं त्विदमेतेषां बलं भीमाभिरक्षितम् ॥ १० ॥
aparyāptaṃ tadasmākaṃ balaṃ bhīṣmābhirakṣitam |
paryāptaṃ tvidameteṣāṃ balaṃ bhīmābhirakṣitam || 10 ||
Meanings
aparyāptam: insufficient; tat: that; asmākam: ours; balam: strength; bhīṣma: by Grandsire Bhishma; abhirakṣitam: guarded; paryāptam: sufficient; tu: but; idam: this; eteṣām: their; balam: strength; bhīma: Bhima; abhirakṣitam: guarded

Our forces, though commanded by Bhishma, seem insufficient, while their forces, commanded by Bhima, seem sufficient.

1.11
अयनेषु च सर्वेषु यथाभागमवस्थिता: ।
भीष्ममेवाभिरक्षन्तु भवन्त: सर्व एव हि ॥ ११ ॥
ayaneṣu ca sarveṣu yathābhāgamavasthitāḥ |
bhīṣmamevābhirakṣantu bhavantaḥ sarva eva hi || 11 ||
Meanings
ayaneṣu: at the approaches; ca: also; sarveṣu: all; yathā-bhāgam: in your respective positions; avasthitāḥ: situated; bhīṣmam: to Grandsire Bhishma; eva: only; abhirakṣantu: defend; bhavantaḥ: you; sarve: all; eva hi: even as

All of you must therefore hold your assigned positions and protect Bhishma from every side.

1.12
तस्य सञ्जनयन्हर्षं कुरुवृद्ध: पितामह: ।
सिंहनादं विनद्योच्चै: शङ्खं दध्मौ प्रतापवान् ॥ १२ ॥
tasya sañjanayanharṣaṃ kuruvṛddhaḥ pitāmahaḥ |
siṃhanādaṃ vinadyoccaiḥ śaṅkhaṃ dadhmau pratāpavān || 12 ||
Meanings
tasya: his; sañjanayan: arousing; harṣam: joy; kuru-vṛddhaḥ: the Kuru elder; pitāmahaḥ: the grandsire; sinha-nādam: lion's roar; vinadya: sounding; uccaiḥ: loudly; śaṅkham: conch shell; dadhmau: blew; pratāpa-vān: the mighty

To encourage Duryodhana, the glorious Bhishma, elder of the Kurus, roared like a lion and blew his conch.

1.13
तत: शङ्खाश्च भेर्यश्च पणवानकगोमुखा: ।
सहसैवाभ्यहन्यन्त स शब्दस्तुमुलोऽभवत् ॥ १३ ॥
tataḥ śaṅkhāśca bheryaśca paṇavānakagomukhāḥ |
sahasaivābhyahanyanta sa śabdastumulo’bhavat || 13 ||
Meanings
tataḥ: thereafter; śaṅkhāḥ: conches; ca: and; bheryaḥ: bugles; ca: and; paṇava-ānaka: drums and kettledrums; go-mukhāḥ: trumpets; sahasā: suddenly; eva: indeed; abhyahanyanta: blared forth; saḥ: that; śabdaḥ: sound; tumulaḥ: overwhelming; abhavat: was

Conches, kettledrums, drums, trumpets, and horns suddenly sounded together, creating a tremendous noise.

1.14
तत: श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ ।
माधव: पाण्डवश्चैव दिव्यौ शङ्खौ प्रदध्मतु: ॥ १४ ॥
tataḥ śvetairhayairyukte mahati syandane sthitau |
mādhavaḥ pāṇḍavaścaiva divyau śaṅkhau pradadhmatuḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
tataḥ: then; śvetaiḥ: by white; hayaiḥ: horses; yukte: yoked; mahati: glorious; syandane: chariot; sthitau: seated; mādhavaḥ: Krishna, husband of Lakshmi; pāṇḍavaḥ: son of Pandu; ca: and; eva: also; divyau: divine; śaṅkhau: conch shells; pradadhmatuḥ: blew

Then Krishna and Arjuna, seated in their magnificent chariot drawn by white horses, blew their divine conches.

1.15
पाञ्चजन्यं हृषीकेशो देवदत्तं धनञ्जय: ।
पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं भीमकर्मा वृकोदर: ॥ १५ ॥
pāñcajanyaṃ hṛṣīkeśo devadattaṃ dhanañjayaḥ |
pauṇḍraṃ dadhmau mahāśaṅkhaṃ bhīmakarmā vṛkodaraḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
pāñcajanyam: conch shell named Panchajanya; hṛṣīka-īśaḥ: Hrishikesha, lord of the senses; devadattam: the conch shell named Devadatta; dhanañ-jayaḥ: Arjuna, winner of wealth; pauṇḍram: conch named Paundra; dadhmau: blew; mahā-śaṅkham: mighty conch; bhīma-karmā: terrible in deeds; vṛka-udaraḥ: Vrikodara, the wolf-bellied one

Krishna blew Panchajanya, Arjuna blew Devadatta, and mighty Bhima, known for his terrible deeds, blew his great conch Paundra.

1.16-18
अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिर: ।
नकुल: सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणिपुष्पकौ ॥ १६ ॥
काश्यश्च परमेष्वास: शिखण्डी च महारथ: ।
धृष्टद्युम्नो विराटश्च सात्यकिश्चापराजित: ॥ १७ ॥
द्रुपदो द्रौपदेयाश्च सर्वश: पृथिवीपते ।
सौभद्रश्च महाबाहु: शङ्खान्दध्मु: पृथक् पृथक् ॥ १८ ॥
anantavijayaṃ rājā kuntīputro yudhiṣṭhiraḥ |
nakulaḥ sahadevaśca sughoṣamaṇipuṣpakau || 16 ||
kāśyaśca parameṣvāsaḥ śikhaṇḍī ca mahārathaḥ |
dhṛṣṭadyumno virāṭaśca sātyakiścāparājitaḥ || 17 ||
drupado draupadeyāśca sarvaśaḥ pṛthivīpate |
saubhadraśca mahābāhuḥ śaṅkhāndadhmuḥ pṛthak pṛthak || 18 ||
Meanings
ananta-vijayam: the conch named Anantavijaya; rājā: king; kuntī-putraḥ: son of Kunti; yudhiṣṭhiraḥ: Yudhishthira; nakulaḥ: Nakula; sahadevaḥ: Sahadeva; ca: and; sughoṣa-maṇipuṣpakau: the conches Sughosha and Manipushpaka; kāśyaḥ: King of Kashi; ca: and; parama-iṣu-āsaḥ: the excellent archer; śikhaṇḍī: Shikhandi; ca: also; mahā-rathaḥ: great chariot warriors; dhṛṣṭadyumnaḥ: Dhrishtadyumna; virāṭaḥ: Virata; ca: and; sātyakiḥ: Satyaki; ca: and; aparājitaḥ: invincible; drupadaḥ: Drupada; draupadeyāḥ: five sons of Draupadi; ca: and; sarvaśaḥ: all; pṛthivī-pate: Ruler of the earth; saubhadraḥ: Abhimanyu, the son of Subhadra; ca: also; mahā-bāhuḥ: the mighty-armed; śaṅkhān: conch shells; dadhmuḥ: blew; pṛthak pṛthak: individually

King Yudhishthira, son of Kunti, blew Anantavijaya. Nakula and Sahadeva blew Sughosha and Manipushpaka. The master archer and king of Kashi, the great warrior Shikhandi, Dhrishtadyumna, Virata, and the undefeated Satyaki also blew their conches. King, Drupada, Draupadi’s sons, and mighty-armed Subhadra’s son each sounded their conch.

1.19
स घोषो धार्तराष्ट्राणां हृदयानि व्यदारयत् ।
नभश्च पृथिवीं चैव तुमुलोऽभ्यनुनादयन् ॥ १९ ॥
sa ghoṣo dhārtarāṣṭrāṇāṃ hṛdayāni vyadārayat |
nabhaśca pṛthivīṃ caiva tumulo’bhyanunādayan || 19 ||
Meanings
saḥ: that; ghoṣaḥ: sound; dhārtarāṣṭrāṇām: of Dhritarashtra's sons; hṛdayāni: hearts; vyadārayat: shattered; nabhaḥ: the sky; ca: and; pṛthivīm: the earth; ca: and; eva: indeed; tumulaḥ: terrific sound; abhyanunādayan: thundering

The thunderous noise echoed through earth and sky and struck fear into the hearts of Dhritarashtra’s sons.

1.20
अथ व्यवस्थितान्दृष्ट्वा धार्तराष्ट्रान् कपिध्वज: ।
प्रवृत्ते शस्त्रसम्पाते धनुरुद्यम्य पाण्डव: ॥ २० ॥
हृषीकेशं तदा वाक्यमिदमाह महीपते ।
atha vyavasthitāndṛṣṭvā dhārtarāṣṭrān kapidhvajaḥ |
pravṛtte śastrasampāte dhanurudyamya pāṇḍavaḥ || 20 ||
hṛṣīkeśaṃ tadā vākyamidamāha mahīpate |
Meanings
atha: thereupon; vyavasthitān: arrayed; dṛṣṭvā: seeing; dhārtarāṣṭrān: Dhritarashtra's sons; kapi-dvajaḥ: the monkey bannered; pravṛtte: about to commence; śastra-sampāte: to use the weapons; dhanuḥ: bow; udyamya: taking up; pāṇḍavaḥ: son of Pandu; hṛṣīkeśam: to Krishna; tadā: at that time; vākyam: words; idam: these; āha: said; mahī-pate: king

As the fighting was about to begin, Arjuna, the son of Pandu whose banner bore a monkey, saw Dhritarashtra’s sons in formation, raised his bow, and addressed Krishna, King.

1.21-22
अर्जुन उवाच ।
सेनयोरुभयोर्मध्ये रथं स्थापय मेऽच्युत ॥ २१ ॥
यावदेतान्निरीक्षेऽहं योद्धुकामानवस्थितान् ।
कैर्मया सह योद्धव्यमस्मिन् रणसमुद्यमे ॥ २२ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
senayorubhayormadhye rathaṃ sthāpaya me’cyuta || 21 ||
yāvadetānnirīkṣe’haṃ yoddhukāmānavasthitān |
kairmayā saha yoddhavyamasmin raṇasamudyame || 22 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; senayoḥ: armies; ubhayoḥ: both; madhye: in the middle; ratham: chariot; sthāpaya: place; me: my; acyuta: Achyuta, the unfallen one; yāvat: as many as; etān: these; nirīkṣe: look; aham: I; yoddhu-kāmān: for the battle; avasthitān: arrayed; kaiḥ: with whom; mayā: by me; saha: together; yoddhavyam: must fight; asmin: in this; raṇa-samudyame: great combat

Arjuna said: Achyuta, place my chariot between the two armies so I can see those standing here ready for battle and know whom I must fight in this war.

1.23
योत्स्यमानानवेक्षेऽहं य एतेऽत्र समागता: ।
धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षव: ॥ २३ ॥
yotsyamānānavekṣe’haṃ ya ete’tra samāgatāḥ |
dhārtarāṣṭrasya durbuddheryuddhe priyacikīrṣavaḥ || 23 ||
Meanings
yotsyamānān: those about to fight; avekṣe aham: let me observe; ye: who; ete: those; atra: here; samāgatāḥ: assembled; dhārtarāṣṭrasya: of Dhritarashtra's son; durbuddheḥ: evil-minded; yuddhe: in the fight; priya-cikīrṣavaḥ: seeking to please him

I want to see those who have gathered to fight in hopes of pleasing the evil-minded son of Dhritarashtra.

1.24
सञ्जय उवाच ।
एवमुक्तो हृषीकेशो गुडाकेशेन भारत ।
सेनयोरुभयोर्मध्ये स्थापयित्वा रथोत्तमम् ॥ २४ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
evamukto hṛṣīkeśo guḍākeśena bhārata |
senayorubhayormadhye sthāpayitvā rathottamam || 24 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; evam: thus; uktaḥ: addressed; hṛṣīkeśaḥ: Hrishikesha, lord of the senses; guḍākeśena: by Arjuna, the conqueror of sleep; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; senayoḥ: armies; ubhayoḥ: the two; madhye: between; sthāpayitvā: having drawn; ratha-uttamam: magnificent chariot

Sanjaya said: Bharata, when Arjuna asked him this, Krishna placed the magnificent chariot between the two armies.

1.25
भीष्मद्रोणप्रमुखत: सर्वेषां च महीक्षिताम् ।
उवाच पार्थ पश्यैतान्समवेतान्कुरूनिति ॥ २५ ॥
bhīṣmadroṇapramukhataḥ sarveṣāṃ ca mahīkṣitām |
uvāca pārtha paśyaitānsamavetānkurūniti || 25 ||
Meanings
bhīṣma: Bhishma; droṇa: Drona; pramukhataḥ: in the presence; sarveṣām: all; ca: and; mahī-kṣitām: other kings; uvāca: said; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; paśya: see; etān: these; samavetān: gathered; kurūn: descendants of Kuru; iti: thus

Facing Bhishma, Drona, and all the rulers, Krishna said: Partha, look at these assembled Kurus.

1.26
तत्रापश्यत्स्थितान् पार्थ: पितृ नथ पितामहान् ।
आचार्यान्मातुलान्भ्रातृ न्पुत्रान्पौत्रान्सखींस्तथा ॥ २६ ॥
श्वशुरान्सुहृदश्चैव सेनयोरुभयोरपि ।
tatrāpaśyatsthitān pārthaḥ pitṛ natha pitāmahān |
ācāryānmātulānbhrātṛ nputrānpautrānsakhīṃstathā || 26 ||
śvaśurānsuhṛdaścaiva senayorubhayorapi |
Meanings
tatra: there; apaśyat: saw; sthitān: stationed; pārthaḥ: Arjuna, son of Pritha; pitṝīn: fathers; atha: thereafter; pitāmahān: grandfathers; ācāryān: teachers; mātulān: maternal uncles; bhrātṝīn: brothers; putrān: sons; pautrān: grandsons; sakhīn: friends; tathā: also; śvaśurān: fathers-in-law; suhṛdaḥ: well-wishers; ca: and; eva: indeed; senayoḥ: armies; ubhayoḥ: in both armies; api: also

Arjuna saw fathers, grandfathers, teachers, maternal uncles, brothers, sons, grandsons, friends, fathers-in-law, and well-wishers standing in both armies.

1.27
तान्समीक्ष्य स कौन्तेय: सर्वान्बन्धूनवस्थितान् ॥ २७ ॥
कृपया परयाविष्टो विषीदन्निदमब्रवीत् ।
tānsamīkṣya sa kaunteyaḥ sarvānbandhūnavasthitān || 27 ||
kṛpayā parayāviṣṭo viṣīdannidamabravīt |
Meanings
tān: these; samīkṣya: on seeing; saḥ: they; kaunteyaḥ: Arjuna, son of Kunti; sarvān: all; bandhūn: relatives; avasthitān: present; kṛpayā: by compassion; parayā: great; āviṣṭaḥ: overwhelmed; viṣīdan: deep sorrow; idam: this; abravīt: spoke

Seeing all his relatives ready for battle, Kunti’s son was overcome with compassion and spoke in sorrow.

1.28
अर्जुन उवाच ।
दृष्ट्वेमं स्वजनं कृष्ण युयुत्सुं समुपस्थितम् ॥ २८ ॥
सीदन्ति मम गात्राणि मुखं च परिशुष्यति ।
arjuna uvāca |
dṛṣṭvemaṃ svajanaṃ kṛṣṇa yuyutsuṃ samupasthitam || 28 ||
sīdanti mama gātrāṇi mukhaṃ ca pariśuṣyati |
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; dṛṣṭvā: on seeing; imam: these; sva-janam: kinsmen; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; yuyutsum: eager to fight; samupasthitam: present; sīdanti: quivering; mama: my; gātrāṇi: limbs; mukham: mouth; ca: and; pariśuṣyati: is drying up

Arjuna said: Krishna, when I see my own relatives here eager to fight, my limbs grow weak and my mouth goes dry.

1.29-31
वेपथुश्च शरीरे मे रोमहर्षश्च जायते ॥ २९ ॥
गाण्डीवं स्रंसते हस्तात्त्वक्चै व परिदह्यते ।
न च शक्नोम्यवस्थातुं भ्रमतीव च मे मन: ॥ ३० ॥
निमित्तानि च पश्यामि विपरीतानि केशव ।
न च श्रेयोऽनुपश्यामि हत्वा स्वजनमाहवे ॥ ३१ ॥
vepathuśca śarīre me romaharṣaśca jāyate || 29 ||
gāṇḍīvaṃ sraṃsate hastāttvakcai va paridahyate |
na ca śaknomyavasthātuṃ bhramatīva ca me manaḥ || 30 ||
nimittāni ca paśyāmi viparītāni keśava |
na ca śreyo’nupaśyāmi hatvā svajanamāhave || 31 ||
Meanings
vepathuḥ: shuddering; ca: and; śarīre: on the body; me: my; roma-harṣaḥ: standing of bodily hair on end; ca: also; jāyate: is happening; gāṇḍīvam: Arjuna's bow; sraṃsate: is slipping; hastāt: from hand; tvak: skin; ca: and; eva: indeed; paridahyate: is burning all over; na: not; ca: and; śaknomi: am able; avasthātum: remain steady; bhramati iva: whirling like; ca: and; me: my; manaḥ: mind; nimittāni: omens; ca: and; paśyāmi: I see; viparītāni: misfortune; keśava: Keshava; na: not; ca: also; śreyaḥ: good; anupaśyāmi: I foresee; hatvā: from killing; sva-janam: kinsmen; āhave: in battle

My body trembles, and my hair stands on end. Gandiva slips from my hand, my skin burns, I cannot remain standing, and my mind is spinning. I see only bad signs, Keshava. I cannot see how any good could come from killing my relatives in battle.

1.32-33
न काङ्क्षे विजयं कृष्ण न च राज्यं सुखानि च ।
किं नो राज्येन गोविन्द किं भोगैर्जीवितेन वा ॥ ३२ ॥
येषामर्थे काङ्क्षितं नो राज्यं भोगा: सुखानि च ।
त इमेऽवस्थिता युद्धे प्राणांस्त्यक्त्वा धनानि च ॥ ३३ ॥
na kāṅkṣe vijayaṃ kṛṣṇa na ca rājyaṃ sukhāni ca |
kiṃ no rājyena govinda kiṃ bhogairjīvitena vā || 32 ||
yeṣāmarthe kāṅkṣitaṃ no rājyaṃ bhogāḥ sukhāni ca |
ta ime’vasthitā yuddhe prāṇāṃstyaktvā dhanāni ca || 33 ||
Meanings
na: nor; kāṅkṣe: do I desire; vijayam: victory; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; na: nor; ca: as well; rājyam: kingdom; sukhāni: happiness; ca: also; kim: what; naḥ: to us; rājyena: by kingdom; govinda: Govinda; kim: what?; bhogaiḥ: pleasures; jīvitena: life; vā: or; yeṣām: for whose; arthe: sake; kāṅkṣitam: coveted for; naḥ: by us; rājyam: kingdom; bhogāḥ: pleasures; sukhāni: happiness; ca: also; te: they; ime: these; avasthitāḥ: situated; yuddhe: for battle; prāṇān: lives; tyaktvā: giving up; dhanāni: wealth; ca: also

Krishna, I want neither victory, nor a kingdom, nor its pleasures. Govinda, what use are a kingdom, enjoyment, or even life when those for whose sake we desire them stand here in battle, prepared to give up their lives and wealth?

1.34-35
आचार्या: पितर: पुत्रास्तथैव च पितामहा: ।
मातुला: श्वशुरा: पौत्रा: श्याला: सम्बन्धिनस्तथा ॥ ३४ ॥
एतान्न हन्तुमिच्छामि घ्नतोऽपि मधुसूदन ।
अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतो: किं नु महीकृते ॥ ३५ ॥
ācāryāḥ pitaraḥ putrāstathaiva ca pitāmahāḥ |
mātulāḥ śvaśurāḥ pautrāḥ śyālāḥ sambandhinastathā || 34 ||
etānna hantumicchāmi ghnato’pi madhusūdana |
api trailokyarājyasya hetoḥ kiṃ nu mahīkṛte || 35 ||
Meanings
ācāryāḥ: teachers; pitaraḥ: fathers; putrāḥ: sons; tathā: as well; eva: indeed; ca: also; pitāmahāḥ: grandfathers; mātulāḥ: maternal uncles; śvaśurāḥ: fathers-in-law; pautrāḥ: grandsons; śyālāḥ: brothers-in-law; sambandhinaḥ: kinsmen; tathā: as well; etān: these; na: not; hantum: to slay; icchāmi: I wish; ghnataḥ: killed; api: even though; madhusūdana: Madhusudana, slayer of Madhu; api: even though; trai-lokya-rājyasya: dominion over three worlds; hetoḥ: for sake of; kim nu: what to speak of; mahī-kṛte: for the earth

They are our teachers, fathers, sons, grandfathers, maternal uncles, fathers-in-law, grandsons, brothers-in-law, and other relatives. Madhusudana, I do not want to kill them even if they kill me, not even for rule over the three worlds, much less for the earth.

1.36-37
निहत्य धार्तराष्ट्रान्न: का प्रीति: स्याज्जनार्दन ।
पापमेवाश्रयेदस्मान्हत्वैतानाततायिन: ॥ ३६ ॥
तस्मान्नार्हा वयं हन्तुं धार्तराष्ट्रान्स्वबान्धवान् ।
स्वजनं हि कथं हत्वा सुखिन: स्याम माधव ॥ ३७ ॥
nihatya dhārtarāṣṭrānnaḥ kā prītiḥ syājjanārdana |
pāpamevāśrayedasmānhatvaitānātatāyinaḥ || 36 ||
tasmānnārhā vayaṃ hantuṃ dhārtarāṣṭrānsvabāndhavān |
svajanaṃ hi kathaṃ hatvā sukhinaḥ syāma mādhava || 37 ||
Meanings
nihatya: by killing; dhārtarāṣṭrān: sons of Dhritarashtra; naḥ: our; kā: what; prītiḥ: pleasure; syāt: will there be; janārdana: Janardana; pāpam: vices; eva: indeed; āśrayet: must come upon; asmān: us; hatvā: by killing; etān: all these; ātatāyinaḥ: aggressors; tasmāt: hence; na: never; arhāḥ: behoove; vayam: we; hantum: to kill; dhārtarāṣṭrān: sons of Dhritarashtra; sva-bāndhavān: along with friends; sva-janam: kinsmen; hi: indeed; katham: how; hatvā: by killing; sukhinaḥ: happy; syāma: will we become; mādhava: Madhava

Janardana, what joy could we gain by killing Dhritarashtra’s sons? Even if they are aggressors, killing them would make us guilty. We should not kill Dhritarashtra’s sons, our own relatives. Madhava, how could we be happy after killing our family?

1.38-39
यद्यप्येते न पश्यन्ति लोभोपहतचेतस: ।
कुलक्षयकृतं दोषं मित्रद्रोहे च पातकम् ॥ ३८ ॥
कथं न ज्ञेयमस्माभि: पापादस्मान्निवर्तितुम् ।
कुलक्षयकृतं दोषं प्रपश्यद्भिर्जनार्दन ॥ ३९ ॥
yadyapyete na paśyanti lobhopahatacetasaḥ |
kulakṣayakṛtaṃ doṣaṃ mitradrohe ca pātakam || 38 ||
kathaṃ na jñeyamasmābhiḥ pāpādasmānnivartitum |
kulakṣayakṛtaṃ doṣaṃ prapaśyadbhirjanārdana || 39 ||
Meanings
yadi api: even though; ete: they; na: not; paśyanti: see; lobha: greed; upahata: overpowered; cetasaḥ: thoughts; kula-kṣaya-kṛtam: in annihilating their relatives; doṣam: fault; mitra-drohe: to wreak treachery upon friends; ca: and; pātakam: wrongdoing; katham: why; na: not; jñeyam: what is to be known; asmābhiḥ: we; pāpāt: from wrongdoing; asmāt: these; nivartitum: to turn away; kula-kṣaya: killing the kindered; kṛtam: done; doṣam: crime; prapaśyadbhiḥ: who can see; janārdana: Janardana

Their judgment is clouded by greed, so they see no wrong in destroying a family or betraying friends. But Janardana, we can see the evil in destroying a family. Why should we not turn away from this wrong?

1.40
कुलक्षये प्रणश्यन्ति कुलधर्मा: सनातना: ।
धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मोऽभिभवत्युत ॥ ४० ॥
kulakṣaye praṇaśyanti kuladharmāḥ sanātanāḥ |
dharme naṣṭe kulaṃ kṛtsnamadharmo’bhibhavatyuta || 40 ||
Meanings
kula-kṣaye: in destruction of a dynasty; praṇaśyanti: are vanquished; kula-dharmāḥ: family traditions; sanātanāḥ: eternal; dharme: religion; naṣṭe: is destroyed; kulam: family; kṛtsnam: the whole; adharmaḥ: irreligion; abhibhavati: overcome; uta: indeed

When a family is destroyed, its long-standing traditions disappear. When those traditions are lost, lawlessness overwhelms the whole family.

1.41
अधर्माभिभवात्कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रिय: ।
स्त्रीषु दुष्टासु वार्ष्णेय जायते वर्णसङ्कर: ॥ ४१ ॥
adharmābhibhavātkṛṣṇa praduṣyanti kulastriyaḥ |
strīṣu duṣṭāsu vārṣṇeya jāyate varṇasaṅkaraḥ || 41 ||
Meanings
adharma: adharma; abhibhavāt: preponderance; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; praduṣyanti: become immoral; kula-striyaḥ: women of the family; strīṣu: of women; duṣṭāsu: immorality; vārṣṇeya: descendant of Vrishni; jāyate: are born; varṇa-saṅkaraḥ: unwanted progeny

When lawlessness prevails, Krishna, the women of the family are corrupted; and when that happens, Varshneya, social order breaks down.

1.42
सङ्करो नरकायैव कुलघ्नानां कुलस्य च ।
पतन्ति पितरो ह्येषां लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रिया: ॥ ४२ ॥
saṅkaro narakāyaiva kulaghnānāṃ kulasya ca |
patanti pitaro hyeṣāṃ luptapiṇḍodakakriyāḥ || 42 ||
Meanings
saṅkaraḥ: unwanted children; narakāya: hellish; eva: indeed; kula-ghnānām: for people who destroy the family; kulasya: of the family; ca: also; patanti: fall; pitaraḥ: ancestors; hi: indeed; eṣām: their; lupta: deprived of; piṇḍodaka-kriyāḥ: performances of sacrificial offerings

This disorder drags both the family’s destroyers and the family itself toward hell. Their ancestors also fall, deprived of the traditional offerings of food and water.

1.43
दोषैरेतै: कुलघ्नानां वर्णसङ्करकारकै: ।
उत्साद्यन्ते जातिधर्मा: कुलधर्माश्च शाश्वता: ॥ ४३ ॥
doṣairetaiḥ kulaghnānāṃ varṇasaṅkarakārakaiḥ |
utsādyante jātidharmāḥ kuladharmāśca śāśvatāḥ || 43 ||
Meanings
doṣaiḥ: through evil deeds; etaiḥ: these; kula-ghnānām: of people who destroy the family; varṇa-saṅkara: unwanted progeny; kārakaiḥ: causing; utsādyante: are ruined; jāti-dharmāḥ: social and family welfare activities; kula-dharmāḥ: family traditions; ca: and; śāśvatāḥ: eternal

Through the wrongdoing of those who destroy a family and bring social disorder, its lasting social and family customs are abolished.

1.44
उत्सन्नकुलधर्माणां मनुष्याणां जनार्दन ।
नरकेऽनियतं वासो भवतीत्यनुशुश्रुम ॥ ४४ ॥
utsannakuladharmāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ janārdana |
narake’niyataṃ vāso bhavatītyanuśuśruma || 44 ||
Meanings
utsanna: destroyed; kula-dharmāṇām: whose family traditions; manuṣyāṇām: of such human beings; janārdana: Janardana; narake: in hell; aniyatam: indefinite; vāsaḥ: dwell; bhavati: is; iti: thus; anuśuśruma: I have heard from the learned

Janardana, we have heard that people whose family traditions are destroyed remain in hell.

1.45-46
अहो बत महत्पापं कर्तुं व्यवसिता वयम् ।
यद्राज्यसुखलोभेन हन्तुं स्वजनमुद्यता: ॥ ४५ ॥
यदि मामप्रतीकारमशस्त्रं शस्त्रपाणय: ।
धार्तराष्ट्रा रणे हन्युस्तन्मे क्षेमतरं भवेत् ॥ ४६ ॥
aho bata mahatpāpaṃ kartuṃ vyavasitā vayam |
yadrājyasukhalobhena hantuṃ svajanamudyatāḥ || 45 ||
yadi māmapratīkāramaśastraṃ śastrapāṇayaḥ |
dhārtarāṣṭrā raṇe hanyustanme kṣemataraṃ bhavet || 46 ||
Meanings
aho: alas; bata: horrible results; mahat: great; pāpam: wrongdoing; kartum: to perform; vyavasitāḥ: have decided; vayam: we; yat: because; rājya-sukha-lobhena: impelled by the desire for kingly pleasure; hantum: to kill; sva-janam: kinsmen; udyatāḥ: intending; yadi: if; mām: me; apratīkāram: unresisting; aśastram: unarmed; śastra-pāṇayaḥ: people with weapons in hand; dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ: sons of Dhritarashtra; raṇe: on the battlefield; hanyuḥ: shall kill; tat: that; me: to me; kṣema-taram: better; bhavet: would be

How terrible that greed for royal pleasures has made us ready to commit the great wrong of killing our own relatives. It would be better for me if Dhritarashtra’s armed sons killed me in battle while I remained unarmed and did not resist.

1.47
सञ्जय उवाच ।
एवमुक्त्वार्जुन: सङ्ख्ये रथोपस्थ उपाविशत् ।
विसृज्य सशरं चापं शोकसंविग्नमानस: ॥ ४७ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
evamuktvārjunaḥ saṅkhye rathopastha upāviśat |
visṛjya saśaraṃ cāpaṃ śokasaṃvignamānasaḥ || 47 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; evam uktvā: speaking thus; arjunaḥ: Arjuna; saṅkhye: in the battlefield; ratha upasthe: on the chariot; upāviśat: sat; visṛjya: casting aside; sa-śaram: along with arrows; cāpam: the bow; śoka: with grief; saṃvigna: distressed; mānasaḥ: mind

Sanjaya said: After speaking on the battlefield, Arjuna dropped his bow and arrows and sank onto the chariot seat, overwhelmed by grief.

↑ contents

2. Sankhya Yoga

सांख्ययोग · The Yoga of Analysis · 71 verses

2.1
सञ्जय उवाच ।
तं तथा कृपयाविष्टमश्रुपूर्णाकुलेक्षणम् ।
विषीदन्तमिदं वाक्यमुवाच मधुसूदन: ॥ १ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
taṃ tathā kṛpayāviṣṭamaśrupūrṇākulekṣaṇam |
viṣīdantamidaṃ vākyamuvāca madhusūdanaḥ || 1 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; tam: to him; tathā: thus; kṛpayā: with pity; āviṣṭam: overwhelmed; aśru-pūrṇa: full of tears; ākula: distressed; īkṣaṇam: eyes; viṣīdantam: grief-stricken; idam: these; vākyam: words; uvāca: said; madhusūdanaḥ: Krishna, slayer of Madhu

Sanjaya said: Arjuna was overcome with compassion and despair, his burning eyes filled with tears. Krishna then spoke to him.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara treats Arjuna's pity, grief, and confusion as the immediate setting for the teaching. They arise from ignorance about the Self and from attachment to people regarded as 'mine.'

2.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
कुतस्त्वा कश्मलमिदं विषमे समुपस्थितम् ।
अनार्यजुष्टमस्वर्ग्यमकीर्तिकरमर्जुन ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
kutastvā kaśmalamidaṃ viṣame samupasthitam |
anāryajuṣṭamasvargyamakīrtikaramarjuna || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; kutaḥ: wherefrom; tvā: to you; kaśmalam: delusion; idam: this; viṣame: in this hour of peril; samupasthitam: overcome; anārya: crude person; juṣṭam: practiced; asvargyam: which does not lead upward; akīrti-karam: leading to disgrace; arjuna: Arjuna

Krishna said: Arjuna, why have you given in to despair at this moment of crisis? It is unworthy of you, closes the way to heaven, and brings disgrace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna first condemns Arjuna's collapse as unworthy of an honorable person. For Śaṅkara, this rebuke is preliminary; the direct teaching about the Self begins at 2.11.

2.3
क्लैब्यं मा स्म गम: पार्थ नैतत्त्वय्युपपद्यते ।
क्षुद्रं हृदयदौर्बल्यं त्यक्त्वोत्तिष्ठ परन्तप ॥ ३ ॥
klaibyaṃ mā sma gamaḥ pārtha naitattvayyupapadyate |
kṣudraṃ hṛdayadaurbalyaṃ tyaktvottiṣṭha parantapa || 3 ||
Meanings
klaibyam: unmanliness; mā sma: do not; gamaḥ: yield to; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; na: not; etat: this; tvayi: to you; upapadyate: befitting; kṣudram: petty; hṛdaya: heart; daurbalyam: weakness; tyaktvā: giving up; uttiṣṭha: arise; param-tapa: conqueror of enemies

Do not surrender to weakness, Partha; it does not suit you. Shake off this cowardice and stand up, conqueror of enemies.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna has mistaken grief for compassion and withdrawal for virtue. Krishna tells him to abandon this weakness before explaining why his reasoning is mistaken.

2.4
अर्जुन उवाच ।
कथं भीष्ममहं सङ्ख्ये द्रोणं च मधुसूदन ।
इषुभि: प्रतियोत्स्यामि पूजार्हावरिसूदन ॥ ४ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
kathaṃ bhīṣmamahaṃ saṅkhye droṇaṃ ca madhusūdana |
iṣubhiḥ pratiyotsyāmi pūjārhāvarisūdana || 4 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; katham: how; bhīṣmam: Bhishma; aham: I; saṅkhye: in battle; droṇam: Drona; ca: and; madhu-sūdana: Krishna, slayer of Madhu; iṣubhiḥ: with arrows; pratiyotsyāmi: shall I shoot; pūjā-arhau: worthy of worship; ari-sūdana: destroyer of enemies

Arjuna said: Madhusudana, how can I shoot arrows at Bhishma and Drona in battle when they deserve my reverence?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's conflict is real at the level of social duty: warriors deserve resistance, while teachers deserve reverence. Śaṅkara uses the dilemma to show that Arjuna cannot escape confusion merely by choosing a different action.

2.5
गुरूनहत्वा हि महानुभावान्
श्रेयो भोक्तुं भैक्ष्यमपीह लोके ।
हत्वार्थकामांस्तु गुरूनिहैव
भुञ्जीय भोगान् रुधिरप्रदिग्धान् ॥ ५ ॥
gurūnahatvā hi mahānubhāvān
śreyo bhoktuṃ bhaikṣyamapīha loke |
hatvārthakāmāṃstu gurūnihaiva
bhuñjīya bhogān rudhirapradigdhān || 5 ||
Meanings
gurūn: teachers; ahatvā: not killing; hi: indeed; mahā-anubhāvān: noble elders; śreyaḥ: better; bhoktum: to enjoy life; bhaikṣyam: by begging; api: even; iha loke: in this world; hatvā: killing; artha: gain; kāmān: desiring; tu: but; gurūn: noble elders; iha: in this world; eva: indeed; bhuñjīya: enjoy; bhogān: pleasures; rudhira: blood; pradigdhān: tainted with

It would be better to live on alms than to kill these honored teachers. If I killed my teachers and well-wishers, every pleasure I enjoyed would be stained with their blood.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna proposes a mendicant's life, but Śaṅkara says this is renunciation born from grief and delusion, not from knowledge of the Self. Changing one's outward role does not by itself remove ignorance.

2.6
न चैतद्विद्म: कतरन्नो गरीयो
यद्वा जयेम यदि वा नो जयेयु: ।
यानेव हत्वा न जिजीविषाम
स्तेऽवस्थिता: प्रमुखे धार्तराष्ट्रा: ॥ ६ ॥
na caitadvidmaḥ kataranno garīyo
yadvā jayema yadi vā no jayeyuḥ |
yāneva hatvā na jijīviṣāma
ste’vasthitāḥ pramukhe dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ || 6 ||
Meanings
na: not; ca: and; etat: this; vidmaḥ: we know; katarat: which; naḥ: for us; garīyaḥ: is preferable; yat vā: whether; jayema: we may conquer; yadi: if; vā: or; naḥ: us; jayeyuḥ: they may conquer; yān: whom; eva: indeed; hatvā: after killing; na: not; jijīviṣāmaḥ: we desire to live; te: they; avasthitāḥ: are standing; pramukhe: before us; dhārtarāṣṭrāḥ: sons of Dhritarashtra

I do not know which outcome would be better: defeating them or being defeated by them. If we killed Dhritarashtra’s sons standing against us, we would no longer want to live.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna cannot determine either the proper action or the outcome worth desiring. His uncertainty shows why he needs knowledge rather than another calculation of advantage.

2.7
कार्पण्यदोषोपहतस्वभाव:
पृच्छामि त्वां धर्मसम्मूढचेता: ।
यच्छ्रेय: स्यान्निश्चितं ब्रूहि तन्मे
शिष्यस्तेऽहं शाधि मां त्वां प्रपन्नम् ॥ ७ ॥
kārpaṇyadoṣopahatasvabhāvaḥ
pṛcchāmi tvāṃ dharmasammūḍhacetāḥ |
yacchreyaḥ syānniścitaṃ brūhi tanme
śiṣyaste’haṃ śādhi māṃ tvāṃ prapannam || 7 ||
Meanings
kārpaṇya-doṣa: flaw of cowardice; upahata: besieged; sva-bhāvaḥ: nature; pṛcchāmi: I am asking; tvām: to you; dharma: dharma; sammūḍha: confused; cetāḥ: in heart; yat: what; śreyaḥ: best; syāt: may be; niścitam: decisively; brūhi: tell; tat: that; me: to me; śiṣyaḥ: disciple; te: your; aham: I; śādhi: please instruct; mām: me; tvām: to you; prapannam: having taken refuge

My heart is overcome by weakness, and I am confused about my duty. Tell me clearly what is best. I am your student; I take refuge in you. Teach me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

By becoming Krishna's student, Arjuna stops treating his private judgment as sufficient. Śaṅkara emphasizes that his confusion concerns dharma, and that he now asks for the good that leads beyond grief.

2.8
न हि प्रपश्यामि ममापनुद्याद्
यच्छोकमुच्छोषणमिन्द्रियाणाम् ।
अवाप्य भूमावसपत्नमृद्धं
राज्यं सुराणामपि चाधिपत्यम् ॥ ८ ॥
na hi prapaśyāmi mamāpanudyād
yacchokamucchoṣaṇamindriyāṇām |
avāpya bhūmāvasapatnamṛddhaṃ
rājyaṃ surāṇāmapi cādhipatyam || 8 ||
Meanings
na: not; hi: indeed; prapaśyāmi: I see; mama: my; apanudyāt: drive away; yat: which; śokam: anguish; ucchoṣaṇam: is drying up; indriyāṇām: of the senses; avāpya: after achieving; bhūmau: on the earth; asapatnam: unrivalled; ṛddham: prosperous; rājyam: kingdom; surāṇām: like the gods; api: even; ca: also; ādhipatyam: sovereignty

I see nothing that could remove this grief that is drying up my senses, not even an unrivaled kingdom on earth or rule over the gods.

Śaṅkara's commentary

No external achievement can cure a grief rooted in ignorance of the Self. Even universal sovereignty would leave its cause untouched.

2.9
सञ्जय उवाच ।
एवमुक्त्वा हृषीकेशं गुडाकेश: परन्तप ।
न योत्स्य इति गोविन्दमुक्त्वा तूष्णीं बभूव ह ॥ ९ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
evamuktvā hṛṣīkeśaṃ guḍākeśaḥ parantapa |
na yotsya iti govindamuktvā tūṣṇīṃ babhūva ha || 9 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; evam: thus; uktvā: having spoken; hṛṣīkeśam: to Krishna, lord of the senses; guḍākeśaḥ: Arjuna, master of sleep; parantapaḥ: scorcher of foes; na yotsye: I shall not fight; iti: thus; govindam: Krishna, finder of the cows; uktvā: having addressed; tūṣṇīm: silent; babhūva: became

Sanjaya said: After telling Krishna, ‘I will not fight,’ Arjuna, conqueror of enemies, fell silent.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's refusal closes his argument but does not settle what is right. His silence makes room for Krishna's teaching.

2.10
तमुवाच हृषीकेश: प्रहसन्निव भारत ।
सेनयोरुभयोर्मध्ये विषीदन्तमिदं वच: ॥ १० ॥
tamuvāca hṛṣīkeśaḥ prahasanniva bhārata |
senayorubhayormadhye viṣīdantamidaṃ vacaḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
tam: to him; uvāca: said; hṛṣīkeśaḥ: Hrishikesha, lord of the senses; prahasan: smilingly; iva: as if; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; senayoḥ: of the armies; ubhayoḥ: of both; madhye: in midst of; viṣīdantam: to the grief-stricken; idam: this; vacaḥ: words

Then Krishna smiled and addressed the despairing Arjuna between the two armies.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads Krishna's smile as the composure of one who sees that Arjuna grieves through delusion while speaking in the language of wisdom.

2.11
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
अशोच्यानन्वशोचस्त्वं प्रज्ञावादांश्च भाषसे ।
गतासूनगतासूंश्च नानुशोचन्ति पण्डिता: ॥ ११ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
aśocyānanvaśocastvaṃ prajñāvādāṃśca bhāṣase |
gatāsūnagatāsūṃśca nānuśocanti paṇḍitāḥ || 11 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; aśocyān: not worthy of grief; anvaśocaḥ: are mourning; tvam: you; prajñā-vādān: words of wisdom; ca: and; bhāṣase: speaking; gata āsūn: the dead; agata asūn: the living; ca: and; na: never; anuśocanti: lament; paṇḍitāḥ: the wise

Krishna said: You grieve for those who should not be grieved for, yet you speak as if you were wise. The wise grieve for neither the living nor the dead.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The wise do not mourn because the Self is never lost, while bodies are necessarily perishable. Arjuna's learned arguments therefore rest on a failure to distinguish the Self from the body.

2.12
न त्वेवाहं जातु नासं न त्वं नेमे जनाधिपाः ।
न चैव न भविष्याम: सर्वे वयमत: परम् ॥ १२ ॥
na tvevāhaṃ jātu nāsaṃ na tvaṃ neme janādhipāḥ |
na caiva na bhaviṣyāmaḥ sarve vayamataḥ param || 12 ||
Meanings
na: never; tu: however; eva: indeed; aham: I; jātu: at any time; na: nor; āsam: exist; na: nor; tvam: you; na: nor; ime: these; jana-adhipāḥ: kings; na: never; ca: also; eva: indeed; na bhaviṣyāmaḥ: shall not exist; sarve vayam: all of us; ataḥ: from now; param: the highest

There was never a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor these kings; and none of us will cease to exist in the future.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self present as 'I' has never been absent and will never cease to be. The verse does not make the eternal Self one changing individual among many bodies.

2.13
देहिनोऽस्मिन्यथा देहे कौमारं यौवनं जरा ।
तथा देहान्तरप्राप्तिर्धीरस्तत्र न मुह्यति ॥ १३ ॥
dehino’sminyathā dehe kaumāraṃ yauvanaṃ jarā |
tathā dehāntaraprāptirdhīrastatra na muhyati || 13 ||
Meanings
dehinaḥ: of the embodied self; asmin: in this; yathā: as; dehe: in the body; kaumāram: childhood; yauvanam: youth; jarā: old age; tathā: similarly; deha-antara: another body; prāptiḥ: achieves; dhīraḥ: the wise; tatra: thereupon; na muhyati: are not deluded

Just as the embodied self passes through childhood, youth, and old age within this body, it passes into another body. A steady person is not confused by this.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Childhood, youth, old age, and the taking of another body are changes presented to the same conscious Self. One who recognizes that continuity is not confused by bodily change.

2.14
मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदु:खदा: ।
आगमापायिनोऽनित्यास्तांस्तितिक्षस्व भारत ॥ १४ ॥
mātrāsparśāstu kaunteya śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkhadāḥ |
āgamāpāyino’nityāstāṃstitikṣasva bhārata || 14 ||
Meanings
mātrā-sparśāḥ: contact between senses and their objects; tu: indeed; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; śīta: winter; uṣṇa: summer; sukha: happiness; duḥkha: distress; dāḥ: give; āgama: come; apāyinaḥ: go; anityāḥ: non-permanent; tān: them; titikṣasva: tolerate; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Son of Kunti, contact with matter produces heat and cold, pleasure and pain. These experiences come and go; they do not last. Endure them patiently, Bharata.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Heat, cold, pleasure, and pain arise when the senses meet their objects. Because these experiences begin and end, an aspirant should endure them without letting them govern judgment.

2.15
यं हि न व्यथयन्त्येते पुरुषं पुरुषर्षभ ।
समदु:खसुखं धीरं सोऽमृतत्वाय कल्पते ॥ १५ ॥
yaṃ hi na vyathayantyete puruṣaṃ puruṣarṣabha |
samaduḥkhasukhaṃ dhīraṃ so’mṛtatvāya kalpate || 15 ||
Meanings
yam: whom; hi: indeed; na: not; vyathayanti: distressed; ete: these; puruṣam: person; puruṣa-ṛṣabha: the noblest among men, Arjuna; sama: even-minded; duḥkha: distress; sukham: happiness; dhīram: steady; saḥ: that person; amṛtatvāya: for liberation; kalpate: becomes eligible

Greatest of people, one who remains steady and is disturbed by neither pain nor pleasure becomes ready for immortality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Steadiness amid pleasure and pain makes a person fit for liberating knowledge. Immortality is recognition of the deathless Self, not a reward newly produced by endurance.

2.16
नासतो विद्यते भावो नाभावो विद्यते सत: ।
उभयोरपि दृष्टोऽन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभि: ॥ १६ ॥
nāsato vidyate bhāvo nābhāvo vidyate sataḥ |
ubhayorapi dṛṣṭo’ntastvanayostattvadarśibhiḥ || 16 ||
Meanings
na: no; asataḥ: of the temporary; vidyate: there is; bhāvaḥ: is; na: no; abhāvaḥ: cessation; vidyate: is; sataḥ: of the eternal; ubhayoḥ: of the two; api: also; dṛṣṭaḥ: observed; antaḥ: conclusion; tu: indeed; anayoḥ: of these; tattva: entity; darśibhiḥ: by the seers

The unreal has no lasting existence, and the real never ceases to exist. Those who see the truth understand the nature of both.

Śaṅkara's commentary

What changes and disappears has no independent reality; what is real never passes out of being. Those who discern truth see the body and its conditions as changing appearances, and the Self as the constant reality.

2.17
अविनाशि तु तद्विद्धि येन सर्वमिदं ततम् ।
विनाशमव्ययस्यास्य न कश्चित्कर्तुमर्हति ॥ १७ ॥
avināśi tu tadviddhi yena sarvamidaṃ tatam |
vināśamavyayasyāsya na kaścitkartumarhati || 17 ||
Meanings
avināśi: indestructible; tu: indeed; tat: that; viddhi: know; yena: by whom; sarvam: entire; idam: this; tatam: pervaded; vināśam: destruction; avyayasya: of the imperishable; asya: of it; na kaścit: no one; kartum: to cause; arhati: is able

Know that the reality pervading everything is indestructible. Nothing can destroy it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The indestructible reality is the Self that pervades every experience and body. Nothing can destroy it because destruction is itself an event known in consciousness.

2.18
अन्तवन्त इमे देहा नित्यस्योक्ता: शरीरिण: ।
अनाशिनोऽप्रमेयस्य तस्माद्युध्यस्व भारत ॥ १८ ॥
antavanta ime dehā nityasyoktāḥ śarīriṇaḥ |
anāśino’prameyasya tasmādyudhyasva bhārata || 18 ||
Meanings
anta-vantaḥ: having an end; ime: these; dehāḥ: bodies; nityasya: eternally; uktāḥ: are said; śarīriṇaḥ: of the embodied self; anāśinaḥ: indestructible; aprameyasya: immeasurable; tasmāt: therefore; yudhyasva: fight; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

The eternal, indestructible, immeasurable self lives in bodies that will die. Therefore fight, Bharata.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Bodies are finite, but the embodied Self is eternal and cannot be measured as an object. Krishna's command to fight addresses Arjuna in his present role, after distinguishing bodily death from destruction of the Self.

2.19
य एनं वेत्ति हन्तारं यश्चैनं मन्यते हतम् ।
उभौ तौ न विजानीतो नायं हन्ति न हन्यते ॥ १९ ॥
ya enaṃ vetti hantāraṃ yaścainaṃ manyate hatam |
ubhau tau na vijānīto nāyaṃ hanti na hanyate || 19 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: one who; enam: this; vetti: knows; hantāram: the slayer; yaḥ: one who; ca: and; enam: this; manyate: thinks; hatam: slain; ubhau: both; tau: they; na: not; vijānītaḥ: in knowledge; na: neither; ayam: this; hanti: slays; na: nor; hanyate: is killed

Anyone who thinks the self kills or can be killed does not understand. The self neither kills nor is killed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Killing and being killed belong to bodies and actions, not to the actionless Self. Anyone who assigns either role to the Self has confused it with the body.

2.20
न जायते म्रियते वा कदाचि
नायं भूत्वा भविता वा न भूय: ।
अजो नित्य: शाश्वतोऽयं पुराणो
न हन्यते हन्यमाने शरीरे ॥ २० ॥
na jāyate mriyate vā kadāci
nāyaṃ bhūtvā bhavitā vā na bhūyaḥ |
ajo nityaḥ śāśvato’yaṃ purāṇo
na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre || 20 ||
Meanings
na jāyate: is not born; mriyate: dies; vā: or; kadācit: at any time; na: not; ayam: this; bhūtvā: having once existed; bhavitā: will be; vā: or; na: not; bhūyaḥ: further; ajaḥ: unborn; nityaḥ: eternal; śāśvataḥ: enduring; ayam: this; purāṇaḥ: ancient; na hanyate: is not destroyed; hanyamāne: is destroyed; śarīre: when the body

The self is never born and never dies. It did not come into being, and it will never cease to be. Unborn, eternal, enduring, and ancient, it is not killed when the body is killed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self undergoes none of the six bodily changes, including birth, growth, decline, and death. It is not a product, so the body's destruction cannot destroy it.

2.21
वेदाविनाशिनं नित्यं य एनमजमव्ययम् ।
कथं स पुरुष: पार्थ कं घातयति हन्ति कम् ॥ २१ ॥
vedāvināśinaṃ nityaṃ ya enamajamavyayam |
kathaṃ sa puruṣaḥ pārtha kaṃ ghātayati hanti kam || 21 ||
Meanings
veda: knows; avināśinam: imperishable; nityam: eternal; yaḥ: who; enam: this; ajam: unborn; avyayam: immutable; katham: how; saḥ: that; puruṣaḥ: person; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; kam: whom; ghātayati: causes to be killed; hanti: kills; kam: whom

Partha, when someone knows the self to be indestructible, eternal, unborn, and unchanging, how could that person kill or cause anyone to be killed?

Śaṅkara's commentary

One who directly knows the Self as changeless cannot regard it as an agent who kills. Śaṅkara takes this as support for the renunciation proper to knowledge, not as a claim that bodily actions never occur.

2.22
वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय
नवानि गृह्णाति नरोऽपराणि ।
तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णा
न्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही ॥ २२ ॥
vāsāṃsi jīrṇāni yathā vihāya
navāni gṛhṇāti naro’parāṇi |
tathā śarīrāṇi vihāya jīrṇā
nyanyāni saṃyāti navāni dehī || 22 ||
Meanings
vāsānsi: garments; jīrṇāni: worn-out; yathā: as; vihāya: sheds; navāni: new; gṛhṇāti: accepts; naraḥ: a person; aparāṇi: others; tathā: likewise; śarīrāṇi: bodies; vihāya: casting off; jirṇāni: worn-out; anyāni: other; saṃyāti: enters; navāni: new; dehī: the embodied self

As a person discards worn-out clothes and puts on new ones, the embodied self leaves worn-out bodies and enters new ones.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Changing bodies do not alter the Self, just as changing clothes does not alter their wearer. The analogy explains continuity through death without making the Self a material traveler.

2.23
नैनं छिन्दन्ति शस्त्राणि नैनं दहति पावक: ।
न चैनं क्लेदयन्त्यापो न शोषयति मारुत: ॥ २३ ॥
nainaṃ chindanti śastrāṇi nainaṃ dahati pāvakaḥ |
na cainaṃ kledayantyāpo na śoṣayati mārutaḥ || 23 ||
Meanings
na: not; enam: this self; chindanti: shred; śastrāṇi: weapons; na: nor; enam: this self; dahati: burns; pāvakaḥ: fire; na: not; ca: and; enam: this self; kledayanti: moisten; āpaḥ: water; na: nor; śoṣayati: dry; mārutaḥ: wind

Weapons cannot cut the self, fire cannot burn it, water cannot wet it, and wind cannot dry it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Cutting, burning, wetting, and drying affect material things composed of parts. The partless Self is beyond the reach of every physical process.

2.24
अच्छेद्योऽयमदाह्योऽयमक्लेद्योऽशोष्य एव च ।
नित्य: सर्वगत: स्थाणुरचलोऽयं सनातन: ॥ २४ ॥
acchedyo’yamadāhyo’yamakledyo’śoṣya eva ca |
nityaḥ sarvagataḥ sthāṇuracalo’yaṃ sanātanaḥ || 24 ||
Meanings
acchedyaḥ: unbreakable; ayam: this self; adāhyaḥ: incombustible; ayam: this self; akledyaḥ: cannot be dampened; aśoṣyaḥ: cannot be dried; eva: indeed; ca: and; nityaḥ: everlasting; sarva-gataḥ: all-pervading; sthāṇuḥ: unalterable; acalaḥ: immutable; ayam: this self; sanātanaḥ: primordial

It cannot be cut, burned, wetted, or dried. It is eternal, all-pervading, stable, immovable, and ancient.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The repeated negatives exclude every kind of material change. The Self is all-pervading and stable, so it neither moves from place to place nor develops into something new.

2.25
अव्यक्तोऽयमचिन्त्योऽयमविकार्योऽयमुच्यते ।
तस्मादेवं विदित्वैनं नानुशोचितुमर्हसि ॥ २५ ॥
avyakto’yamacintyo’yamavikāryo’yamucyate |
tasmādevaṃ viditvainaṃ nānuśocitumarhasi || 25 ||
Meanings
avyaktaḥ: unmanifested; ayam: this self; acintyaḥ: inconceivable; ayam: this self; avikāryaḥ: unchangeable; ayam: this self; ucyate: is said; tasmāt: therefore; evam: thus; viditvā: having known; enam: this self; na: not; anuśocitum: to grieve; arhasi: befitting

The self is said to be unmanifest, inconceivable, and unchanging. Knowing this, you should not grieve.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self cannot be perceived by the senses, pictured by ordinary thought, or altered. Once Arjuna understands that bodily events do not touch it, his grief has no rational basis.

2.26
अथ चैनं नित्यजातं नित्यं वा मन्यसे मृतम् ।
तथापि त्वं महाबाहो नैवं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥ २६ ॥
atha cainaṃ nityajātaṃ nityaṃ vā manyase mṛtam |
tathāpi tvaṃ mahābāho naivaṃ śocitumarhasi || 26 ||
Meanings
atha: if, however; ca: and; enam: this self; nitya-jātam: taking constant birth; nityam: always; vā: or; manyase: you think; mṛtam: dead; tathā api: even then; tvam: you; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; na: not; evam: like this; śocitum: grieve; arhasi: befitting

Even if you believe that the self is constantly born and constantly dies, mighty-armed Arjuna, you still should not grieve.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even on the opposing assumption that a self repeatedly comes into being and dies, grief would still be misplaced. What necessarily arises and passes cannot be preserved by mourning.

2.27
जातस्य हि ध्रुवो मृत्युर्ध्रुवं जन्म मृतस्य च ।
तस्मादपरिहार्येऽर्थे न त्वं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥ २७ ॥
jātasya hi dhruvo mṛtyurdhruvaṃ janma mṛtasya ca |
tasmādaparihārye’rthe na tvaṃ śocitumarhasi || 27 ||
Meanings
jātasya: for a person who has been born; hi: for; dhruvaḥ: certain; mṛtyuḥ: death; dhruvam: certain; janma: birth; mṛtasya: for the dead; ca: and; tasmāt: therefore; aparihārye arthe: in this inevitable situation; na: not; tvam: you; śocitum: lament; arhasi: befitting

Death is certain for everyone who is born, and birth is certain for everyone who dies. You should not grieve over what cannot be avoided.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Within the cycle of birth and death, each inevitably follows the other. No action can prevent this general law, so the unavoidable is not a sound object of grief.

2.28
अव्यक्तादीनि भूतानि व्यक्तमध्यानि भारत ।
अव्यक्तनिधनान्येव तत्र का परिदेवना ॥ २८ ॥
avyaktādīni bhūtāni vyaktamadhyāni bhārata |
avyaktanidhanānyeva tatra kā paridevanā || 28 ||
Meanings
avyakta-ādīni: unmanifest before birth; bhūtāni: created beings; vyakta: manifest; madhyāni: in the middle; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; avyakta: unmanifest; nidhanāni: on death; eva: indeed; tatra: therefore; kā: why; paridevanā: grieve

Beings are unmanifest before birth, manifest between birth and death, and unmanifest again after death, Bharata. Why mourn what follows this course?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Before and after its brief manifestation, a body is unavailable to perception. Its temporary appearance gives no ground for mourning as though an eternal possession had been destroyed.

2.29
आश्चर्यवत्पश्यति कश्चिदेन
माश्चर्यवद्वदति तथैव चान्य: ।
आश्चर्यवच्चैनमन्य: शृ्णोति
श्रुत्वाप्येनं वेद न चैव कश्चित् ॥ २९ ॥
āścaryavatpaśyati kaścidena
māścaryavadvadati tathaiva cānyaḥ |
āścaryavaccainamanyaḥ śṛṇoti
śrutvāpyenaṃ veda na caiva kaścit || 29 ||
Meanings
āścarya-vat: as amazing; paśyati: see; kaścit: someone; enam: this self; āścarya-vat: as amazing; vadati: speak of; tathā: thus; eva: indeed; ca: and; anyaḥ: other; āścarya-vat: similarly amazing; ca: also; enam: this self; anyaḥ: others; śṛṇoti: hear; śrutvā: having heard; api: even; enam: this self; veda: understand; na: not; ca: and; eva: even; kaścit: some

One person sees the self as astonishing, another describes it as astonishing, and another hears of it as astonishing; yet even after hearing, no one fully understands it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self is astonishing because it is the knower in every act of knowing and can never be made an ordinary object. Hearing descriptions is not enough; direct understanding is rare.

2.30
देही नित्यमवध्योऽयं देहे सर्वस्य भारत ।
तस्मात्सर्वाणि भूतानि न त्वं शोचितुमर्हसि ॥ ३० ॥
dehī nityamavadhyo’yaṃ dehe sarvasya bhārata |
tasmātsarvāṇi bhūtāni na tvaṃ śocitumarhasi || 30 ||
Meanings
dehī: the embodied self; nityam: always; avadhyaḥ: immortal; ayam: this self; dehe: in the body; sarvasya: of everyone; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; tasmāt: therefore; sarvāṇi: for all; bhūtāni: beings; na: not; tvam: you; śocitum: mourn; arhasi: should

The self within every body can never be harmed, Bharata. Therefore you should not grieve for any being.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The indwelling Self in every body is invulnerable. Śaṅkara concludes the argument against grief here: no being's true Self can be slain.

2.31
स्वधर्ममपि चावेक्ष्य न विकम्पितुमर्हसि ।
धर्म्याद्धि युद्धाच्छ्रेयोऽन्यत्क्षत्रियस्य न विद्यते ॥ ३१ ॥
svadharmamapi cāvekṣya na vikampitumarhasi |
dharmyāddhi yuddhācchreyo’nyatkṣatriyasya na vidyate || 31 ||
Meanings
sva-dharmam: one's Vedic duty; api: also; ca: and; avekṣya: considering; na: not; vikampitum: to waver; arhasi: should; dharmyāt: for righteousness; hi: indeed; yuddhāt: than fighting; śreyaḥ: better; anyat: another; kṣatriyasya: of a warrior; na: not; vidyate: exists

Consider your own duty as a warrior. You should not hesitate, because nothing is more fitting for a Kshatriya than a righteous battle.

Śaṅkara's commentary

For one who has not attained Self-knowledge and still acts within social duties, a warrior's obligation remains. Śaṅkara sharply distinguishes this discipline of action from the renunciation of a knower.

2.32
यदृच्छया चोपपन्नं स्वर्गद्वारमपावृतम् ।
सुखिन: क्षत्रिया: पार्थ लभन्ते युद्धमीदृशम् ॥ ३२ ॥
yadṛcchayā copapannaṃ svargadvāramapāvṛtam |
sukhinaḥ kṣatriyāḥ pārtha labhante yuddhamīdṛśam || 32 ||
Meanings
yadṛcchayā: unsought; ca: and; upapannam: come; svarga: heaven; dvāram: door; apāvṛtam: wide open; sukhinaḥ: happy; kṣatriyāḥ: warriors; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; labhante: obtain; yuddham: war; īdṛśam: such

Partha, warriors are fortunate to receive an unexpected opportunity for such a battle, an open door to heaven.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A righteous battle that arrives without selfish contrivance is an opportunity to fulfill a warrior's duty. At this level of instruction, its promised result is heaven.

2.33
अथ चेतत्त्वमिमं धर्म्यं संग्रामं न करिष्यसि ।
तत: स्वधर्मं कीर्तिं च हित्वा पापमवाप्स्यसि ॥ ३३ ॥
atha cetattvamimaṃ dharmyaṃ saṃgrāmaṃ na kariṣyasi |
tataḥ svadharmaṃ kīrtiṃ ca hitvā pāpamavāpsyasi || 33 ||
Meanings
atha cet: if, however; tvam: you; imam: this; dharmyam saṅgrāmam: righteous war; na: not; kariṣyasi: act; tataḥ: then; sva-dharmam: one's Vedic duty; kīrtim: reputation; ca: and; hitvā: abandoning; pāpam: wrongdoing; avāpsyasi: will incur

But if you refuse this righteous battle, you will abandon your duty and honor and bring wrongdoing upon yourself.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Refusing the battle from delusion would abandon an obligatory duty. Such omission produces wrongdoing rather than the freedom of genuine renunciation.

2.34
अकीर्तिं चापि भूतानि कथयिष्यन्ति तेऽव्ययाम् ।
सम्भावितस्य चाकीर्ति र्मरणादतिरिच्यते ॥ ३४ ॥
akīrtiṃ cāpi bhūtāni kathayiṣyanti te’vyayām |
sambhāvitasya cākīrti rmaraṇādatiricyate || 34 ||
Meanings
akīrtim: infamy; ca: and; api: also; bhūtāni: people; kathayiṣyanti: will speak; te: of your; avyayām: everlasting; sambhāvitasya: of a respectable person; ca: and; akīrtiḥ: infamy; maraṇāt: than death; atiricyate: is greater

People will speak forever of your disgrace, and for someone who has been highly respected, disgrace is worse than death.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna now appeals to consequences Arjuna values as a warrior. Lasting disgrace would contradict the honor he has established through his earlier conduct.

2.35
भयाद्रणादुपरतं मंस्यन्ते त्वां महारथा: ।
येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् ॥ ३५ ॥
bhayādraṇāduparataṃ maṃsyante tvāṃ mahārathāḥ |
yeṣāṃ ca tvaṃ bahumato bhūtvā yāsyasi lāghavam || 35 ||
Meanings
bhayāt: out of fear; raṇāt: from the battlefield; uparatam: have fled; mansyante: will think; tvām: you; mahā-rathāḥ: great chariot warriors; yeṣām: for whom; ca: and; tvam: you; bahu-mataḥ: highly-esteemed; bhūtvā: having been; yāsyasi: you will lose; lāghavam: decreased in value

The great warriors will think you fled from fear. Those who once honored you will lose their respect.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Respected warriors would not interpret Arjuna's withdrawal as philosophical insight. They would see fear, and the reputation built on his courage would collapse.

2.36
अवाच्यवादांश्च बहून्वदिष्यन्ति तवाहिता: ।
निन्दन्तस्तव सामर्थ्यं ततो दु:खतरं नु किम् ॥ ३६ ॥
avācyavādāṃśca bahūnvadiṣyanti tavāhitāḥ |
nindantastava sāmarthyaṃ tato duḥkhataraṃ nu kim || 36 ||
Meanings
avācya-vādān: using harsh words; ca: and; bahūn: many; vadiṣyanti: will say; tava: your; ahitāḥ: enemies; nindantaḥ: defame; tava: your; sāmarthyam: might; tataḥ: than that; duḥkha-taram: more painful; nu: indeed; kim: what

Your enemies will mock your strength and say many insulting things about you. What could be more painful?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Enemies would turn Arjuna's retreat into proof of weakness. Krishna uses this worldly consequence as one more reason suited to Arjuna's present understanding.

2.37
हतो वा प्राप्स्यसि स्वर्गं जित्वा वा भोक्ष्यसे महीम् ।
तस्मादुत्तिष्ठ कौन्तेय युद्धाय कृतनिश्चय: ॥ ३७ ॥
hato vā prāpsyasi svargaṃ jitvā vā bhokṣyase mahīm |
tasmāduttiṣṭha kaunteya yuddhāya kṛtaniścayaḥ || 37 ||
Meanings
hataḥ: slain; vā: or; prāpsyasi: you will attain; svargam: heaven; jitvā: by achieving victory; vā: or; bhokṣyase: you shall enjoy; mahīm: kingdom on earth; tasmāt: therefore; uttiṣṭha: arise; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; yuddhāya: for fight; kṛta-niścayaḥ: with determination

If you are killed, you will reach heaven; if you win, you will enjoy the earth. So stand up, son of Kunti, determined to fight.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Either ordinary outcome fulfills a warrior's aims: death brings heaven and victory brings rule. Since neither warrants paralysis, Arjuna should act decisively.

2.38
सुखदु:खे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ ।
ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व नैवं पापमवाप्स्यसि ॥ ३८ ॥
sukhaduḥkhe same kṛtvā lābhālābhau jayājayau |
tato yuddhāya yujyasva naivaṃ pāpamavāpsyasi || 38 ||
Meanings
sukha: happiness; duḥkhe: in distress; same kṛtvā: treating alike; lābha-alābhau: gain and loss; jaya-ajayau: victory and defeat; tataḥ: thereafter; yuddhāya: for fighting; yujyasva: engage; na: never; evam: thus; pāpam: wrongdoing; avāpsyasi: shall incur

Regard pleasure and pain, gain and loss, victory and defeat as equal, and prepare for battle. In this way you will not do wrong.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Equanimity removes the selfish motive that makes action binding. When pleasure and pain, gain and loss, and victory and defeat are met alike, duty can be performed without accumulating merit or fault for oneself.

2.39
एषा तेऽभिहिता साङ्ख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु ।
बुद्ध्या युक्तो यया पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यसि ॥ ३९ ॥
eṣā te’bhihitā sāṅkhye buddhiryoge tvimāṃ śṛṇu |
buddhyā yukto yayā pārtha karmabandhaṃ prahāsyasi || 39 ||
Meanings
eṣā: hitherto; te: to you; abhihitā: explained; sāṅkhye: by analytical knowledge; buddhiḥ yoge: by the yoga of intellect; tu: indeed; imām: this; śṛṇu: listen; buddhyā: by understanding; yuktaḥ: united; yayā: by which; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; karma-bandham: bondage of karma; prahāsyasi: you will be released from

I have explained this through Sankhya. Now hear it through yoga. When you understand this teaching, Partha, you will break free from the bondage of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara distinguishes Sāṅkhya, the knowledge that the Self is not an agent, from Yoga, the disciplined performance of action without attachment. Yoga prepares the mind for knowledge, which alone directly releases.

2.40
नेहाभिक्रमनाशोऽस्ति प्रत्यवायो न विद्यते ।
स्वल्पमप्यस्य धर्मस्य त्रायते महतो भयात् ॥ ४० ॥
nehābhikramanāśo’sti pratyavāyo na vidyate |
svalpamapyasya dharmasya trāyate mahato bhayāt || 40 ||
Meanings
na: not; iha: in this; abhikrama: efforts; nāśaḥ: loss; asti: there is; pratyavāyaḥ: adverse result; na: not; vidyate: is; su-alpam: a little; api: even; asya: of this; dharmasya: of dharma; trāyate: saves; mahataḥ: from great; bhayāt: danger

No effort on this path is wasted, and no harm can come from it. Even a little of this practice protects a person from great fear.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Work done in this discipline leaves a lasting purifying tendency, even if the practice is interrupted. Unlike a ritual aimed at a particular result, an imperfect beginning does not produce the opposite result.

2.41
व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिरेकेह कुरुनन्दन ।
बहुशाखा ह्यनन्ताश्च बुद्धयोऽव्यवसायिनाम् ॥ ४१ ॥
vyavasāyātmikā buddhirekeha kurunandana |
bahuśākhā hyanantāśca buddhayo’vyavasāyinām || 41 ||
Meanings
vyavasāya-ātmikā: resolute; buddhiḥ: intellect; ekā: single; iha: on this path; kuru-nandana: descendant of Kuru; bahu-śākhāḥ: many-branched; hi: indeed; anantāḥ: endless; ca: also; buddhayaḥ: intellect; avyavasāyinām: of the irresolute

The understanding of those who are resolute is focused on one goal, joy of the Kurus. The thoughts of the irresolute branch endlessly in many directions.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Resolute understanding has one aim: freedom through the purification that leads to Self-knowledge. Desire-driven thought branches endlessly because every desired result requires further choices and actions.

2.42-43
यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चित: ।
वेदवादरता: पार्थ नान्यदस्तीति वादिन: ॥ ४२ ॥
कामात्मान: स्वर्गपरा जन्मकर्मफलप्रदाम् ।
क्रियाविशेषबहुलां भोगैश्वर्यगतिं प्रति ॥ ४३ ॥
yāmimāṃ puṣpitāṃ vācaṃ pravadantyavipaścitaḥ |
vedavādaratāḥ pārtha nānyadastīti vādinaḥ || 42 ||
kāmātmānaḥ svargaparā janmakarmaphalapradām |
kriyāviśeṣabahulāṃ bhogaiśvaryagatiṃ prati || 43 ||
Meanings
yām imām: all these; puṣpitām: flowery; vācam: words; pravadanti: speak; avipaścitaḥ: people with limited understanding; veda-vāda-ratāḥ: attached to the Vedas' ornate promises; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; na anyat: no other; asti: is; iti: thus; vādinaḥ: advocate; kāma-ātmānaḥ: desirous of sensual pleasure; svarga-parāḥ: seeking to achieve the heavenly planets; janma-karma-phala: rebirth as the result of action; pradāṃ: awarding; kriyā-viśeṣa: pompous ritualistic ceremonies; bahulām: various; bhoga: gratification; aiśvarya: luxury; gatim: progress; prati: toward

Unwise people delight in the flowery language of the Vedas, Partha, and insist that nothing else exists. Driven by desire and aiming at heaven, they prescribe elaborate rituals that promise rebirth, pleasure, and power as their reward.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara criticizes people who treat the Vedic ritual sections as the whole teaching. Their elaborate promises keep attention fixed on pleasure, power, heaven, and renewed birth rather than liberation.

2.44
भोगैश्वर्यप्रसक्तानां तयापहृतचेतसाम् ।
व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धि: समाधौ न विधीयते ॥ ४४ ॥
bhogaiśvaryaprasaktānāṃ tayāpahṛtacetasām |
vyavasāyātmikā buddhiḥ samādhau na vidhīyate || 44 ||
Meanings
bhoga: gratification; aiśvarya: luxury; prasaktānām: whose minds are deeply attached; tayā: by that; apahṛta-cetasām: bewildered in intellect; vyavasāya-ātmikā: resolute; buddhiḥ: intellect; samādhau: fulfilment; na: never; vidhīyate: occurs

Those attached to pleasure and power, whose minds are captivated by such teachings, cannot develop the focused understanding needed for contemplation.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A mind carried away by pleasure and power cannot become steady in contemplation. Attachment to promised results prevents the one-pointed understanding required for knowledge.

2.45
त्रैगुण्यविषया वेदा निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन ।
निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् ॥ ४५ ॥
traiguṇyaviṣayā vedā nistraiguṇyo bhavārjuna |
nirdvandvo nityasattvastho niryogakṣema ātmavān || 45 ||
Meanings
trai-guṇya: of nature's three qualities; viṣayāḥ: subject matter; vedāḥ: Vedic scriptures; nistrai-guṇyaḥ: beyond nature's three qualities; bhava: be; arjuna: Arjuna; nirdvandvaḥ: free from dualities; nitya-sattva-sthaḥ: eternally fixed in truth; niryoga-kṣemaḥ: unconcerned about gain and preservation; ātma-vān: established in the self

The Vedas concern the three gunas. Arjuna, rise above the gunas and the pairs of opposites. Remain grounded in purity, free from possessiveness, and established in the self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The ritual Vedas largely address life governed by the three guṇas. Arjuna should cultivate clarity, move beyond opposites, stop anxiously acquiring and protecting possessions, and remain attentive to the Self.

2.46
यावानर्थ उदपाने सर्वत: सम्प्लुतोदके ।
तावान्सर्वेषु वेदेषु ब्राह्मणस्य विजानत: ॥ ४६ ॥
yāvānartha udapāne sarvataḥ samplutodake |
tāvānsarveṣu vedeṣu brāhmaṇasya vijānataḥ || 46 ||
Meanings
yāvān: whatever; arthaḥ: purpose; uda-pāne: well of water; sarvataḥ: in all respects; sampluta-udake: by a large lake; tāvān: that many; sarveṣu: in all; vedeṣu: Vedas; brāhmaṇasya: a person who realizes the Absolute Truth; vijānataḥ: who is in complete knowledge

For an enlightened Brahmin, all the Vedas are as useful as a small reservoir when water covers the land in every direction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One who knows the Self has already reached the end toward which the useful parts of the Vedas lead. Just as abundant water makes a small well unnecessary, knowledge removes the need to seek limited ritual results.

2.47
कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन ।
मा कर्मफलहेतुर्भूर्मा ते सङ्गोऽस्त्वकर्मणि ॥ ४७ ॥
karmaṇyevādhikāraste mā phaleṣu kadācana |
mā karmaphalaheturbhūrmā te saṅgo’stvakarmaṇi || 47 ||
Meanings
karmaṇi: in action; eva: only; adhikāraḥ: claim; te: your; mā: not; phaleṣu: to the results; kadācana: at any time; mā: never; karma-phala: the result of action; hetuḥ: motive; bhūḥ: be; mā: not; te: your; saṅgaḥ: attachment; astu: let there be; akarmaṇi: inaction

You have a right to action alone, never to its results. Do not make the results of action your motive, and do not become attached to inaction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna is qualified to choose and perform his duty, not to control or claim its result. He must neither act for reward nor turn freedom from results into an excuse for inaction.

2.48
योगस्थ: कुरु कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा धनञ्जय ।
सिद्ध्यसिद्ध्यो: समो भूत्वा समत्वं योग उच्यते ॥ ४८ ॥
yogasthaḥ kuru karmāṇi saṅgaṃ tyaktvā dhanañjaya |
siddhyasiddhyoḥ samo bhūtvā samatvaṃ yoga ucyate || 48 ||
Meanings
yoga-sthaḥ: being steadfast in yoga; kuru: perform; karmāṇi: actions; saṅgam: attachment; tyaktvā: having abandoned; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth; siddhi-asiddhyoḥ: in success and failure; samaḥ: even-minded; bhūtvā: becoming; samatvam: equanimity; yogaḥ: yoga; ucyate: is called

Dhananjaya, act while established in yoga. Let go of attachment and remain even-minded in success and failure. This equanimity is called yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Yoga here is equanimity while acting. Offering up attachment to success and failure keeps action from reinforcing the idea that its result completes the Self.

2.49
दूरेण ह्यवरं कर्म बुद्धियोगाद्धनञ्जय ।
बुद्धौ शरणमन्विच्छ कृपणा: फलहेतव: ॥ ४९ ॥
dūreṇa hyavaraṃ karma buddhiyogāddhanañjaya |
buddhau śaraṇamanviccha kṛpaṇāḥ phalahetavaḥ || 49 ||
Meanings
dūreṇa: by far; hi: indeed; avaram: inferior; karma: action; buddhi-yogāt: with understanding grounded in knowledge; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth; buddhau: knowledge and insight; śaraṇam: refuge; anviccha: seek; kṛpaṇāḥ: miserly; phala-hetavaḥ: those motivated by results

Action pursued for its results is far inferior to action guided by discernment, Dhananjaya. Take refuge in clear understanding; those driven by results are pitiable.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Action motivated by a desired result is inferior to action joined with an even understanding. Those who make results their refuge remain dependent on what action can produce.

2.50
बुद्धियुक्तो जहातीह उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते ।
तस्माद्योगाय युज्यस्व योग: कर्मसु कौशलम् ॥ ५० ॥
buddhiyukto jahātīha ubhe sukṛtaduṣkṛte |
tasmādyogāya yujyasva yogaḥ karmasu kauśalam || 50 ||
Meanings
buddhi-yuktaḥ: endowed with wisdom; jahāti: get rid of; iha: in this life; ubhe: both; sukṛta-duṣkṛte: good and bad deeds; tasmāt: therefore; yogāya: for yoga; yujyasva: strive for; yogaḥ: yoga; karmasu kauśalam: art of working skillfully

A person joined to clear understanding lets go of both good and bad results in this life. Commit yourself to yoga, which is skill in action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Disciplined understanding releases a person from attachment to both favorable and unfavorable karmic results. Its 'skill' is the ability to act without creating further bondage.

2.51
कर्मजं बुद्धियुक्ता हि फलं त्यक्त्वा मनीषिण: ।
जन्मबन्धविनिर्मुक्ता: पदं गच्छन्त्यनामयम् ॥ ५१ ॥
karmajaṃ buddhiyuktā hi phalaṃ tyaktvā manīṣiṇaḥ |
janmabandhavinirmuktāḥ padaṃ gacchantyanāmayam || 51 ||
Meanings
karma-jam: born from action; buddhi-yuktāḥ: possessing equanimity of intellect; hi: as; phalam: fruits; tyaktvā: abandoning; manīṣiṇaḥ: the wise; janma-bandha-vinirmuktāḥ: freedom from the cycle of birth and death; padam: state; gacchanti: attain; anāmayam: devoid of sufferings

The wise act with understanding and renounce the results of action. Freed from the bonds of rebirth, they reach a state beyond suffering.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The wise first use disciplined action to purify the mind, then gain knowledge and relinquish all claim to results. Freedom from the cause of rebirth leads to the state beyond suffering.

2.52
यदा ते मोहकलिलं बुद्धिर्व्यतितरिष्यति ।
तदा गन्तासि निर्वेदं श्रोतव्यस्य श्रुतस्य च ॥ ५२ ॥
yadā te mohakalilaṃ buddhirvyatitariṣyati |
tadā gantāsi nirvedaṃ śrotavyasya śrutasya ca || 52 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; te: your; moha: delusion; kalilam: quagmire; buddhiḥ: intellect; vyatitariṣyati: crosses; tadā: then; gantāsi: you shall acquire; nirvedam: indifferent; śrotavyasya: to what remains to be heard; śrutasya: to what has been heard; ca: and

When your understanding emerges from the confusion of delusion, you will become indifferent to what you have heard and what you may yet hear.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Delusion is the failure to distinguish the Self from the changing world. When discernment crosses that confusion, promises about results already heard or still to be heard lose their attraction.

2.53
श्रुतिविप्रतिपन्ना ते यदा स्थास्यति निश्चला ।
समाधावचला बुद्धिस्तदा योगमवाप्स्यसि ॥ ५३ ॥
śrutivipratipannā te yadā sthāsyati niścalā |
samādhāvacalā buddhistadā yogamavāpsyasi || 53 ||
Meanings
śruti-vipratipannā: not drawn to the Vedas' reward-promising passages; te: your; yadā: when; sthāsyati: remains; niścalā: steadfast; samādhau: in contemplation; acalā: steadfast; buddhiḥ: intellect; tadā: at that time; yogam: yoga; avāpsyasi: you will attain

When your mind, no longer bewildered by conflicting teachings, becomes steady and unmoving in contemplation, you will be established in yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Scriptural statements can seem conflicting when their different audiences and purposes are not understood. When the mind becomes unwavering in the Self, this apparent conflict ends and contemplation becomes steady.

2.54
अर्जुन उवाच ।
स्थितप्रज्ञस्य का भाषा समाधिस्थस्य केशव ।
स्थितधी: किं प्रभाषेत किमासीत व्रजेत किम् ॥ ५४ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
sthitaprajñasya kā bhāṣā samādhisthasya keśava |
sthitadhīḥ kiṃ prabhāṣeta kimāsīta vrajeta kim || 54 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; sthita-prajñasya: one with steady intellect; kā: what; bhāṣā: talk; samādhi-sthasya: situated in contemplative awareness; keśava: Keshava; sthita-dhīḥ: enlightened person; kim: what; prabhāṣeta: talks; kim: how; āsīta: sits; vrajeta: walks; kim: how

Arjuna said: Keshava, how can one recognize a person whose understanding is steady and who remains absorbed in contemplation? How does such a person speak, sit, and move?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks both for the inner marks of established wisdom and for its outward expression. Śaṅkara treats the answer as a description of the renunciant whose knowledge is firm.

2.55
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
प्रजहाति यदा कामान्सर्वान्पार्थ मनोगतान् ।
आत्मन्येवात्मना तुष्ट: स्थितप्रज्ञस्तदोच्यते ॥ ५५ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
prajahāti yadā kāmānsarvānpārtha manogatān |
ātmanyevātmanā tuṣṭaḥ sthitaprajñastadocyate || 55 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; prajahāti: discards; yadā: when; kāmān: selfish desires; sarvān: all; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; manaḥ-gatān: of the mind; ātmani: in the self; eva: only; ātmanā: by the self; tuṣṭaḥ: satisfied; sthita-prajñaḥ: one with steady intellect; tadā: at that time; ucyate: is said

Krishna said: Partha, when a person lets go of every desire arising in the mind and finds satisfaction in the self alone, that person is said to have steady understanding.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Steady wisdom begins when desires produced by mistaken identification are abandoned. The knower is satisfied in the Self by the Self and does not need an external object to feel complete.

2.56
दु:खेष्वनुद्विग्नमना: सुखेषु विगतस्पृह: ।
वीतरागभयक्रोध: स्थितधीर्मुनिरुच्यते ॥ ५६ ॥
duḥkheṣvanudvignamanāḥ sukheṣu vigataspṛhaḥ |
vītarāgabhayakrodhaḥ sthitadhīrmunirucyate || 56 ||
Meanings
duḥkheṣu: amidst miseries; anudvigna-manāḥ: a person whose mind is undisturbed; sukheṣu: in pleasure; vigata-spṛhaḥ: without craving; vīta: free from; rāga: attachment; bhaya: fear; krodhaḥ: anger; sthita-dhīḥ: enlightened person; muniḥ: a sage; ucyate: is called

A sage of steady understanding remains undisturbed by pain, does not crave pleasure, and is free from attachment, fear, and anger.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Pain does not shake the sage, pleasure does not produce thirst, and attachment, fear, and anger have lost their basis. These are signs that knowledge is stable rather than occasional.

2.57
य: सर्वत्रानभिस्नेहस्तत्तत्प्राप्य शुभाशुभम् ।
नाभिनन्दति न द्वेष्टि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥ ५७ ॥
yaḥ sarvatrānabhisnehastattatprāpya śubhāśubham |
nābhinandati na dveṣṭi tasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā || 57 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; sarvatra: in all conditions; anabhisnehaḥ: unattached; tat: that; tat: that; prāpya: attaining; śubha: good; aśubham: evil; na: neither; abhinandati: delight in; na: nor; dveṣṭi: dejected by; tasya: his; prajñā: understanding; pratiṣṭhitā: is fixed

The understanding of one who is unattached everywhere, and who neither welcomes nor resents whatever good or bad occurs, is firmly established.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The sage does not depend on favorable circumstances and does not hate unfavorable ones. This is not indifference born of dullness, but freedom from possessive attachment.

2.58
यदा संहरते चायं कूर्मोऽङ्गानीव सर्वश: ।
इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥ ५८ ॥
yadā saṃharate cāyaṃ kūrmo’ṅgānīva sarvaśaḥ |
indriyāṇīndriyārthebhyastasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā || 58 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; saṃharate: withdraw; ca: and; ayam: this; kūrmaḥ: tortoise; aṅgāni: limbs; iva: as; sarvaśaḥ: fully; indriyāṇi: senses; indriya-arthebhyaḥ: from sense objects; tasya: his; prajñā: understanding; pratiṣṭhitā: fixed in

When a person withdraws the senses from their objects on every side, as a tortoise draws in its limbs, that person’s understanding is firmly established.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Like a tortoise withdrawing its limbs, the knower can fully withdraw the senses when objects would disturb clarity. Mastery is shown by control, not by the mere absence of tempting objects.

2.59
विषया विनिवर्तन्ते निराहारस्य देहिन: ।
रसवर्जं रसोऽप्यस्य परं दृष्ट्वा निवर्तते ॥ ५९ ॥
viṣayā vinivartante nirāhārasya dehinaḥ |
rasavarjaṃ raso’pyasya paraṃ dṛṣṭvā nivartate || 59 ||
Meanings
viṣayāḥ: objects for senses; vinivartante: restrain; nirāhārasya: practicing self restraint; dehinaḥ: of the embodied self; rasa-varjam: cessation of taste; rasaḥ: taste; api: however; asya: person's; param: the highest; dṛṣṭvā: on realization; nivartate: ceases to be

Sense objects fall away from a person who abstains from them, but the desire for them remains. Even that desire disappears when the highest reality is seen.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Fasting or forced abstinence can remove contact with objects while leaving the taste for them intact. That subtler desire ends only when the supreme reality is directly known.

2.60
यततो ह्यपि कौन्तेय पुरुषस्य विपश्चित: ।
इन्द्रियाणि प्रमाथीनि हरन्ति प्रसभं मन: ॥ ६० ॥
yatato hyapi kaunteya puruṣasya vipaścitaḥ |
indriyāṇi pramāthīni haranti prasabhaṃ manaḥ || 60 ||
Meanings
yatataḥ: while practicing self-control; hi: for; api: even; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; puruṣasya: of a person; vipaścitaḥ: one possessing discrimination; indriyāṇi: the senses; pramāthīni: turbulent; haranti: carry away; prasabham: forcibly; manaḥ: the mind

Son of Kunti, the turbulent senses can violently carry away the mind even of a wise person who is striving for self-control.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The senses are powerful enough to carry away even a discerning aspirant who is actively trying to restrain them. Knowledge must therefore be supported by vigilance and discipline until it is firm.

2.61
तानि सर्वाणि संयम्य युक्त आसीत मत्पर: ।
वशे हि यस्येन्द्रियाणि तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥ ६१ ॥
tāni sarvāṇi saṃyamya yukta āsīta matparaḥ |
vaśe hi yasyendriyāṇi tasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā || 61 ||
Meanings
tāni: them; sarvāṇi: all; saṃyamya: subduing; yuktaḥ: united; āsīta: seated; mat-paraḥ: intent on me; vaśe: control; hi: indeed; yasya: whose; indriyāṇi: senses; tasya: their; prajñā: understanding; pratiṣṭhitā: is fixed

A person should master all the senses and sit in disciplined awareness, taking me as the highest goal. When the senses are mastered, understanding becomes steady.

Śaṅkara's commentary

After restraining the senses, the aspirant should contemplate Krishna as the highest reality and the Self of all. When attention is grounded there, understanding becomes steady.

2.62
ध्यायतो विषयान्पुंस: सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते ।
सङ्गात्सञ्जायते काम: कामात्क्रोधोऽभिजायते ॥ ६२ ॥
dhyāyato viṣayānpuṃsaḥ saṅgasteṣūpajāyate |
saṅgātsañjāyate kāmaḥ kāmātkrodho’bhijāyate || 62 ||
Meanings
dhyāyataḥ: contemplating; viṣayān: sense objects; puṃsaḥ: of a person; saṅgaḥ: attachment; teṣu: to them; upajāyate: arises; saṅgāt: from attachment; sañjāyate: develops; kāmaḥ: desire; kāmāt: from desire; krodhaḥ: anger; abhijāyate: arises

When a person dwells on sense objects, attachment to them develops. Attachment gives rise to desire, and desire gives rise to anger.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Repeated attention to an object creates attachment; attachment becomes a demand that it be obtained. When that demand is obstructed, it turns into anger.

2.63
क्रोधाद्भवति सम्मोह: सम्मोहात्स्मृतिविभ्रम: ।
स्मृतिभ्रंशाद् बुद्धिनाशो बुद्धिनाशात्प्रणश्यति ॥ ६३ ॥
krodhādbhavati sammohaḥ sammohātsmṛtivibhramaḥ |
smṛtibhraṃśād buddhināśo buddhināśātpraṇaśyati || 63 ||
Meanings
krodhāt: from anger; bhavati: comes; sammohaḥ: clouding of judgement; sammohāt: from clouding of judgement; smṛti: memory; vibhramaḥ: bewilderment; smṛti-bhraṃśāt: from bewilderment of memory; buddhi-nāśaḥ: destruction of intellect; buddhi-nāśāt: from destruction of intellect; praṇaśyati: one is ruined

Anger leads to delusion; delusion confuses memory; confused memory destroys judgment; and when judgment is destroyed, a person is lost.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Anger produces delusion, which erases the remembered guidance of scripture and teaching. Without that memory, discrimination fails, and the person falls back into bondage.

2.64
रागद्वेषवियुक्तैस्तु विषयानिन्द्रियैश्चरन् ।
आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा प्रसादमधिगच्छति ॥ ६४ ॥
rāgadveṣaviyuktaistu viṣayānindriyaiścaran |
ātmavaśyairvidheyātmā prasādamadhigacchati || 64 ||
Meanings
rāga: attachment; dveṣa: aversion; viyuktaiḥ: free; tu: but; viṣayān: sense objects; indriyaiḥ: by the senses; caran: while using; ātma-vaśyaiḥ: controlling one's mind; vidheya-ātmā: a person who controls the mind; prasādam: serenity; adhigacchati: attains

But a disciplined person who moves among sense objects with the senses under control, free from attraction and aversion, reaches peace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The disciplined person may encounter objects without being ruled by attraction or aversion. Senses governed by a clear mind no longer prevent the inner serenity needed for knowledge.

2.65
प्रसादे सर्वदु:खानां हानिरस्योपजायते ।
प्रसन्नचेतसो ह्याशु बुद्धि: पर्यवतिष्ठते ॥ ६५ ॥
prasāde sarvaduḥkhānāṃ hānirasyopajāyate |
prasannacetaso hyāśu buddhiḥ paryavatiṣṭhate || 65 ||
Meanings
prasāde: in serenity; sarva: all; duḥkhānām: sorrows; hāniḥ: destruction; asya: his; upajāyate: comes; prasanna-cetasaḥ: with a tranquil mind; hi: indeed; āśu: soon; buddhiḥ: intellect; paryavatiṣṭhate: becomes firmly established

In that peace, every sorrow comes to an end. When the heart is peaceful, the intellect quickly becomes steady.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Serenity removes the conditions that sustain sorrow and makes the intellect steady in the Self. Śaṅkara treats this clarity as the immediate foundation for stable knowledge.

2.66
नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना ।
न चाभावयत: शान्तिरशान्तस्य कुत: सुखम् ॥ ६६ ॥
nāsti buddhirayuktasya na cāyuktasya bhāvanā |
na cābhāvayataḥ śāntiraśāntasya kutaḥ sukham || 66 ||
Meanings
na: not; asti: is; buddhiḥ: intellect; ayuktasya: not united; na: not; ca: and; ayuktasya: not united; bhāvanā: contemplation; na: nor; ca: and; abhāvayataḥ: for people not united; śāntiḥ: peace; aśāntasya: of the unpeaceful; kutaḥ: where; sukham: happiness

Without inner discipline there is no steady understanding or contemplation. Without contemplation there is no peace, and without peace, how can there be happiness?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Without a mastered inner instrument there is no firm knowledge and no sustained contemplation of it. Without such steadiness there is no peace, and ordinary pleasure cannot supply it.

2.67
इन्द्रियाणां हि चरतां यन्मनोऽनुविधीयते ।
तदस्य हरति प्रज्ञां वायुर्नावमिवाम्भसि ॥ ६७ ॥
indriyāṇāṃ hi caratāṃ yanmano’nuvidhīyate |
tadasya harati prajñāṃ vāyurnāvamivāmbhasi || 67 ||
Meanings
indriyāṇām: of the senses; hi: indeed; caratām: roaming; yat: which; manaḥ: the mind; anuvidhīyate: becomes constantly engaged; tat: that; asya: of that; harati: carries away; prajñām: intellect; vāyuḥ: wind; nāvam: boat; iva: as; ambhasi: on the water

When the mind follows the wandering senses, they sweep away understanding as the wind drives a ship across the water.

Śaṅkara's commentary

If the mind follows even one roaming sense, discrimination can be swept away as completely as a boat driven by wind. The danger lies in surrendering attention, not merely in the existence of objects.

2.68
तस्माद्यस्य महाबाहो निगृहीतानि सर्वश: ।
इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेभ्यस्तस्य प्रज्ञा प्रतिष्ठिता ॥ ६८ ॥
tasmādyasya mahābāho nigṛhītāni sarvaśaḥ |
indriyāṇīndriyārthebhyastasya prajñā pratiṣṭhitā || 68 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; yasya: whose; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; nigṛhītāni: restrained; sarvaśaḥ: completely; indriyāṇi: senses; indriya-arthebhyaḥ: from sense objects; tasya: of that person; prajñā: understanding; pratiṣṭhitā: remains fixed

Therefore, mighty-armed Arjuna, the understanding of one whose senses are completely restrained from their objects is firmly established.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The conclusion is practical: steady knowledge requires comprehensive mastery of the senses. Partial restraint leaves an opening through which the mind can again be carried outward.

2.69
या निशा सर्वभूतानां तस्यां जागर्ति संयमी ।
यस्यां जाग्रति भूतानि सा निशा पश्यतो मुने: ॥ ६९ ॥
yā niśā sarvabhūtānāṃ tasyāṃ jāgarti saṃyamī |
yasyāṃ jāgrati bhūtāni sā niśā paśyato muneḥ || 69 ||
Meanings
yā: which; niśā: night; sarva-bhūtānām: of every being; tasyām: in that; jāgarti: awake; saṃyamī: self-controlled; yasyām: in which; jāgrati: awake; bhūtāni: creatures; sā: that; niśā: night; paśyataḥ: see; muneḥ: sage

What is night for all beings is the time of awakening for the disciplined person. What beings call waking life is night for the sage who truly sees.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The sage is awake to the Self, which remains unknown like darkness to ordinary beings. The changing world that seems fully real to them is, to one who sees, devoid of independent reality.

2.70
आपूर्यमाणमचलप्रतिष्ठं
समुद्रमाप: प्रविशन्ति यद्वत् ।
तद्वत्कामा यं प्रविशन्ति सर्वे
स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी ॥ ७० ॥
āpūryamāṇamacalapratiṣṭhaṃ
samudramāpaḥ praviśanti yadvat |
tadvatkāmā yaṃ praviśanti sarve
sa śāntimāpnoti na kāmakāmī || 70 ||
Meanings
āpūryamāṇam: filled from all sides; acala-pratiṣṭham: undisturbed; samudram: ocean; āpaḥ: waters; praviśanti: enter; yadvat: as; tadvat: likewise; kāmāḥ: desires; yam: whom; praviśanti: enter; sarve: all; saḥ: that person; śāntim: peace; āpnoti: attains; na: not; kāma-kāmī: a person who strives to satisfy desires

A person reaches peace when desires enter without disturbance, as rivers enter the ocean without overflowing it, not when that person chases desires.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Objects and desires may appear before the sage without altering the fullness of the Self, just as rivers do not make the ocean overflow. Peace belongs to the complete person, not to one who seeks completion by satisfying desire.

2.71
विहाय कामान्य: सर्वान्पुमांश्चरति नि:स्पृह: ।
निर्ममो निरहङ्कार: स शान्तिमधिगच्छति ॥ ७१ ॥
vihāya kāmānyaḥ sarvānpumāṃścarati niḥspṛhaḥ |
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ sa śāntimadhigacchati || 71 ||
Meanings
vihāya: giving up; kāmān: worldly desires; yaḥ: who; sarvān: all; pumān: a person; carati: lives; niḥspṛhaḥ: free from hankering; nirmamaḥ: without a claim of ownership; nirahaṅkāraḥ: without ego; saḥ: that person; śāntim: perfect peace; adhigacchati: attains

Whoever abandons every desire and lives without craving, possessiveness, or ego reaches peace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Peace follows when desire, possessiveness, and the egoistic claim 'I am the doer' are abandoned. The person then moves through life without treating anything as needed to complete 'me' or 'mine.'

2.72
एषा ब्राह्मी स्थिति: पार्थ नैनां प्राप्य विमुह्यति ।
स्थित्वास्यामन्तकालेऽपि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति ॥ ७२ ॥
eṣā brāhmī sthitiḥ pārtha naināṃ prāpya vimuhyati |
sthitvāsyāmantakāle’pi brahmanirvāṇamṛcchati || 72 ||
Meanings
eṣā: such; brāhmī sthitiḥ: the state of Brahman; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; na: never; enām: this; prāpya: having attained; vimuhyati: is deluded; sthitvā: being established; asyām: in this; anta-kāle: at hour of death; api: even; brahma-nirvāṇam: the peace of Brahman; ṛcchati: attains

This is the state of Brahman, son of Pritha. Once established in it, a person is no longer confused. Remaining in it even at death, one reaches the peace of Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This firm establishment in Brahman ends delusion. If it is attained and remains clear even at the body's death, no further birth follows and the person reaches final freedom.

↑ contents

3. Karma Yoga

कर्मयोग · The Yoga of Action · 41 verses

3.1-2
अर्जुन उवाच ।
ज्यायसी चेत्कर्मणस्ते मता बुद्धिर्जनार्दन ।
तत्किं कर्मणि घोरे मां नियोजयसि केशव ॥ १ ॥
व्यामिश्रेणेव वाक्येन बुद्धिं मोहयसीव मे ।
तदेकं वद निश्चित्य येन श्रेयोऽहमाप्नुयाम् ॥ २ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
jyāyasī cetkarmaṇaste matā buddhirjanārdana |
tatkiṃ karmaṇi ghore māṃ niyojayasi keśava || 1 ||
vyāmiśreṇeva vākyena buddhiṃ mohayasīva me |
tadekaṃ vada niścitya yena śreyo’hamāpnuyām || 2 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; jyāyasī: superior; cet: if; karmaṇaḥ: of action; te: by you; matā: is considered; buddhiḥ: intellect; janārdana: Janardana; tat: then; kim: why; karmaṇi: in action; ghore: terrible; mām: me; niyojayasi: do you engage; keśava: Keshava; vyāmiśreṇa iva: by your apparently ambiguous; vākyena: words; buddhim: intellect; mohayasi: I am getting bewildered; iva: as it were; me: my; tat: therefore; ekam: one; vada: please tell; niścitya: decisively; yena: by which; śreyaḥ: the highest good; aham: I; āpnuyām: may attain

Arjuna said: Janardana, if you consider knowledge better than action, why do you urge me to undertake this terrible act, Keshava? Your mixed statements confuse my understanding. Tell me decisively which single path will lead me to the highest good.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna hears knowledge and action as incompatible and asks which one he should follow. Śaṅkara takes the question itself as evidence that Krishna did not command their simultaneous practice by the same person.

3.3
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
लोकेऽस्मिन्द्विविधा निष्ठा पुरा प्रोक्ता मयानघ ।
ज्ञानयोगेन साङ्ख्यानां कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् ॥ ३ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
loke’smindvividhā niṣṭhā purā proktā mayānagha |
jñānayogena sāṅkhyānāṃ karmayogena yoginām || 3 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; loke: in the world; asmin: this; dvi-vidhā: two kinds of; niṣṭhā: faith; purā: previously; proktā: explained; mayā: by me; anagha: blameless; jñāna-yogena: through the path of knowledge; sāṅkhyānām: for people inclined toward contemplation; karma-yogena: through the path of action; yoginām: of practitioners of yoga

Krishna said: Blameless one, I have described two paths in this world: the path of knowledge for those who reason, and the path of action for those who practice yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The two disciplines are assigned according to readiness: knowledge and renunciation for one qualified to discern the Self, and unattached action for one whose mind still needs purification. They are stages related to one end, not a single mixed practice.

3.4
न कर्मणामनारम्भान्नैष्कर्म्यं पुरुषोऽश्नुते ।
न च संन्यसनादेव सिद्धिं समधिगच्छति ॥ ४ ॥
na karmaṇāmanārambhānnaiṣkarmyaṃ puruṣo’śnute |
na ca saṃnyasanādeva siddhiṃ samadhigacchati || 4 ||
Meanings
na: not; karmaṇām: of actions; anārambhāt: by abstaining from; naiṣkarmyam: freedom from karmic reactions; puruṣaḥ: person; aśnute: attains; na: not; ca: and; sannyasanāt: by renunciation; eva: only; siddhim: perfection; samadhigacchati: attains

A person does not become free from action merely by avoiding work, nor reach perfection simply by renouncing it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Simply ceasing outward activity does not produce knowledge, and adopting the appearance of renunciation does not perfect it. Freedom from action comes through knowing the actionless Self.

3.5
न हि कश्चित्क्षणमपि जातु तिष्ठत्यकर्मकृत् ।
कार्यते ह्यवश: कर्म सर्व: प्रकृतिजैर्गुणै: ॥ ५ ॥
na hi kaścitkṣaṇamapi jātu tiṣṭhatyakarmakṛt |
kāryate hyavaśaḥ karma sarvaḥ prakṛtijairguṇaiḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
na: not; hi: indeed; kaścit: anyone; kṣaṇam: a moment; api: even; jātu: ever; tiṣṭhati: can remain; akarma-kṛt: without action; kāryate: are performed; hi: indeed; avaśaḥ: helpless; karma: action; sarvaḥ: all; prakṛti-jaiḥ: born of nature; guṇaiḥ: by the qualities

No one can remain truly inactive even for a moment. Everyone is compelled to act by the gunas born of nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Body and mind necessarily act under nature's guṇas. A person who still identifies with them cannot obtain genuine actionlessness by merely suppressing visible work.

3.6
कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य य आस्ते मनसा स्मरन् ।
इन्द्रियार्थान्विमूढात्मा मिथ्याचार: स उच्यते ॥ ६ ॥
karmendriyāṇi saṃyamya ya āste manasā smaran |
indriyārthānvimūḍhātmā mithyācāraḥ sa ucyate || 6 ||
Meanings
karma-indriyāṇi: organs of action; saṃyamya: restrain; yaḥ: who; āste: remain; manasā: in the mind; smaran: to remember; indriya-arthān: sense objects; vimūḍha-ātmā: the deluded; mithyā-ācāraḥ: hypocrite; saḥ: they; ucyate: are called

Someone who restrains the organs of action but continues to dwell mentally on sense objects is confused and is called a hypocrite.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Outward restraint combined with inward preoccupation is hypocrisy, because the desire and sense of agency remain. Renunciation must be more than control of the organs of action.

3.7
यस्त्विन्द्रियाणि मनसा नियम्यारभतेऽर्जुन ।
कर्मेन्द्रियै: कर्मयोगमसक्त: स विशिष्यते ॥ ७ ॥
yastvindriyāṇi manasā niyamyārabhate’rjuna |
karmendriyaiḥ karmayogamasaktaḥ sa viśiṣyate || 7 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; tu: but; indriyāṇi: the senses; manasā: by the mind; niyamya: control; ārabhate: begins; arjuna: Arjuna; karma-indriyaiḥ: by working senses; karma-yogam: karma yoga; asaktaḥ: without attachment; saḥ: they; viśiṣyate: are superior

But Arjuna, a person who controls the senses with the mind and performs disciplined action without attachment is worthy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The better beginner governs the senses through the mind and performs required action without attachment. This honest discipline purifies the mind and prepares it for knowledge.

3.8
नियतं कुरु कर्म त्वं कर्म ज्यायो ह्यकर्मण: ।
शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिद्ध्येदकर्मण: ॥ ८ ॥
niyataṃ kuru karma tvaṃ karma jyāyo hyakarmaṇaḥ |
śarīrayātrāpi ca te na prasiddhyedakarmaṇaḥ || 8 ||
Meanings
niyatam: prescribed; kuru: perform; karma: action; tvam: you; karma: action; jyāyaḥ: superior; hi: indeed; akarmaṇaḥ: than inaction; śarīra: bodily; yātrā: maintenance; api: even; ca: and; te: your; na prasiddhyet: would not be possible; akarmaṇaḥ: inaction

Perform the work you ought to do. Action is better than inaction; without action, you could not even maintain your body.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna should perform the obligatory work appropriate to him. Until he is qualified for knowledge, inaction would neither sustain embodied life nor free him from agency.

3.9
यज्ञार्थात्कर्मणोऽन्यत्र लोकोऽयं कर्मबन्धन: ।
तदर्थं कर्म कौन्तेय मुक्तसङ्ग: समाचर ॥ ९ ॥
yajñārthātkarmaṇo’nyatra loko’yaṃ karmabandhanaḥ |
tadarthaṃ karma kaunteya muktasaṅgaḥ samācara || 9 ||
Meanings
yajña-arthāt: for sake of sacrifice; karmaṇaḥ: of action; anyatra: else; lokaḥ: world; ayam: this; karma-bandhanaḥ: bound by action; tat: that; artham: for sake of; karma: action; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; mukta-saṅgaḥ: free from attachment; samācara: perform

Action binds the world unless it is performed as sacrifice. Son of Kunti, act for that purpose, free from attachment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Action done for personal ends binds, while action performed as sacrifice to the Lord does not. Śaṅkara identifies sacrifice here with action dedicated to Viṣṇu rather than to oneself.

3.10
सहयज्ञा: प्रजा: सृष्ट्वा पुरोवाच प्रजापति: ।
अनेन प्रसविष्यध्वमेष वोऽस्त्विष्टकामधुक् ॥ १० ॥
sahayajñāḥ prajāḥ sṛṣṭvā purovāca prajāpatiḥ |
anena prasaviṣyadhvameṣa vo’stviṣṭakāmadhuk || 10 ||
Meanings
saha: along with; yajñāḥ: sacrifices; prajāḥ: humankind; sṛṣṭvā: created; purā: in beginning; uvāca: said; prajā-patiḥ: Brahma; anena: by this; prasaviṣyadhvam: increase prosperity; eṣaḥ: these; vaḥ: your; astu: let there be; iṣṭa-kāma-dhuk: bestower of all wishes

In the beginning, the Creator brought forth humanity together with sacrifice and said: Through this you will flourish; let it provide what you desire.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Creator instituted sacrifice together with beings as the means by which human life and the cosmic order support one another. At the ritual level, it grants legitimate goods without private appropriation.

3.11
देवान्भावयतानेन ते देवा भावयन्तु व: ।
परस्परं भावयन्त: श्रेय: परमवाप्स्यथ ॥ ११ ॥
devānbhāvayatānena te devā bhāvayantu vaḥ |
parasparaṃ bhāvayantaḥ śreyaḥ paramavāpsyatha || 11 ||
Meanings
devān: gods; bhāvayatā: will be pleased; anena: by these; te: those; devāḥ: gods; bhāvayantu: will be pleased; vaḥ: you; parasparam: one another; bhāvayantaḥ: pleasing one another; śreyaḥ: prosperity; param: the highest; avāpsyatha: shall achieve

Nourish the gods through sacrifice, and let the gods nourish you. By supporting one another, you will reach the highest good.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Humans sustain the gods through sacrifice, and the gods sustain human life through rain and other powers. Mutual support preserves the ordered path toward the highest good.

3.12
इष्टान्भोगान्हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविता: ।
तैर्दत्तानप्रदायैभ्यो यो भुङ्क्ते स्तेन एव स: ॥ १२ ॥
iṣṭānbhogānhi vo devā dāsyante yajñabhāvitāḥ |
tairdattānapradāyaibhyo yo bhuṅkte stena eva saḥ || 12 ||
Meanings
iṣṭān: desired; bhogān: necessities of life; hi: indeed; vaḥ: to you; devāḥ: the gods; dāsyante: will grant; yajña-bhāvitāḥ: satisfied by sacrifice; taiḥ: by them; dattān: things granted; apradāya: without offering; ebhyaḥ: to them; yaḥ: who; bhuṅkte: enjoys; stenaḥ: thieves; eva: indeed; saḥ: they

Nourished by sacrifice, the gods will give you the enjoyments you desire. Anyone who enjoys their gifts without giving back is a thief.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Enjoying what the cosmic order provides without returning the prescribed offering is theft. The fault is treating a shared, divinely ordered gift as exclusively one's own.

3.13
यज्ञशिष्टाशिन: सन्तो मुच्यन्ते सर्वकिल्बिषै: ।
भुञ्जते ते त्वघं पापा ये पचन्त्यात्मकारणात् ॥ १३ ॥
yajñaśiṣṭāśinaḥ santo mucyante sarvakilbiṣaiḥ |
bhuñjate te tvaghaṃ pāpā ye pacantyātmakāraṇāt || 13 ||
Meanings
yajña-śiṣṭa: remnants of food offered in sacrifice; aśinaḥ: eaters; santaḥ: saintly persons; mucyante: are released; sarva: all kinds of; kilbiṣaiḥ: from wrongdoing; bhuñjate: enjoy; te: they; tu: but; agham: wrongdoing; pāpāḥ: sinners; ye: who; pacanti: cook; ātma-kāraṇāt: for their own sake

The righteous are freed from wrongdoing when they eat what remains from sacrifice. Those who prepare food only for themselves consume wrongdoing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those who eat only after offering sacrifice are released from faults involved in preparing and consuming food. Cooking solely for oneself turns the same acts into a source of bondage.

3.14
अन्नाद्भवन्ति भूतानि पर्जन्यादन्नसम्भव: ।
यज्ञाद्भवति पर्जन्यो यज्ञ: कर्मसमुद्भव: ॥ १४ ॥
annādbhavanti bhūtāni parjanyādannasambhavaḥ |
yajñādbhavati parjanyo yajñaḥ karmasamudbhavaḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
annāt: from food; bhavanti: subsist; bhūtāni: living beings; parjanyāt: from rains; anna: of food grains; sambhavaḥ: production; yajñāt: from the performing sacrifice; bhavati: becomes possible; parjanyaḥ: rain; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; karma: action; samudbhavaḥ: born of

Living beings depend on food, food depends on rain, rain depends on sacrifice, and sacrifice arises from action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara presents a causal cycle: beings need food, food needs rain, rain is supported by sacrifice, and sacrifice consists of prescribed action. Human duty therefore participates in sustaining embodied life.

3.15
कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् ।
तस्मात्सर्वगतं ब्रह्म नित्यं यज्ञे प्रतिष्ठितम् ॥ १५ ॥
karma brahmodbhavaṃ viddhi brahmākṣarasamudbhavam |
tasmātsarvagataṃ brahma nityaṃ yajñe pratiṣṭhitam || 15 ||
Meanings
karma: action; brahma: in the Vedas; udbhavam: manifested; viddhi: you should know; brahma: The Vedas; akṣara: from the Imperishable; samudbhavam: directly manifested; tasmāt: therefore; sarva-gatam: all-pervading; brahma: The Lord; nityam: eternally; yajñe: in sacrifice; pratiṣṭhitam: established

Know that action arises from sacred knowledge, and sacred knowledge from the Imperishable. Therefore all-pervading Brahman is always present in sacrifice.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Prescribed action is known through the Veda, and the Veda proceeds from the imperishable Brahman. In this mediated sense, all-pervading Brahman is established in sacrifice.

3.16
एवं प्रवर्तितं चक्रं नानुवर्तयतीह य: ।
अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति ॥ १६ ॥
evaṃ pravartitaṃ cakraṃ nānuvartayatīha yaḥ |
aghāyurindriyārāmo moghaṃ pārtha sa jīvati || 16 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; pravartitam: set into motion; cakram: cycle; na: not; anuvartayati: follow; iha: in this life; yaḥ: who; agha-āyuḥ: sinful living; indriya-ārāmaḥ: for delight of their senses; mogham: vainly; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; saḥ: they; jīvati: live

Son of Pritha, whoever refuses to keep this wheel turning, lives in wrongdoing, and seeks only sensory pleasure lives in vain.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One who takes the benefits of the sacrificial cycle but contributes nothing to it lives for the senses and wastes human life. This warning applies to those still responsible for ritual and social action.

3.17
यस्त्वात्मरतिरेव स्यादात्मतृप्तश्च मानव: ।
आत्मन्येव च सन्तुष्टस्तस्य कार्यं न विद्यते ॥ १७ ॥
yastvātmaratireva syādātmatṛptaśca mānavaḥ |
ātmanyeva ca santuṣṭastasya kāryaṃ na vidyate || 17 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; tu: but; ātma-ratiḥ: rejoice in the self; eva: indeed; syāt: is; ātma-tṛptaḥ: self-satisfied; ca: and; mānavaḥ: human being; ātmani: in the self; eva: indeed; ca: and; santuṣṭaḥ: satisfied; tasya: his; kāryam: duty; na: not; vidyate: exist

But someone who delights in the self, is satisfied by the self, and is content in the self has no required work left to do.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A knower whose delight, satisfaction, and contentment are entirely in the Self has no unfulfilled end for prescribed action to serve. Required work ends because ignorance and need have ended.

3.18
नैव तस्य कृतेनार्थो नाकृतेनेह कश्चन ।
न चास्य सर्वभूतेषु कश्चिदर्थव्यपाश्रय: ॥ १८ ॥
naiva tasya kṛtenārtho nākṛteneha kaścana |
na cāsya sarvabhūteṣu kaścidarthavyapāśrayaḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
na: not; eva: indeed; tasya: his; kṛtena: by discharge of duty; arthaḥ: gain; na: not; akṛtena: without discharge of duty; iha: here; kaścana: whatsoever; na: never; ca: and; asya: of that person; sarva-bhūteṣu: among every being; kaścit: any; artha: necessity; vyapāśrayaḥ: to depend upon

Such a person has nothing to gain from actions performed or left undone and depends on no being for any purpose.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self-knower gains nothing through action and loses nothing through inaction. Having no personal end to obtain, such a person depends on no creature or object.

3.19
तस्मादसक्त: सततं कार्यं कर्म समाचर ।
असक्तो ह्याचरन्कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुष: ॥ १९ ॥
tasmādasaktaḥ satataṃ kāryaṃ karma samācara |
asakto hyācarankarma paramāpnoti pūruṣaḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; asaktaḥ: without attachment; satatam: constantly; kāryam: duty; karma: action; samācara: perform; asaktaḥ: unattached; hi: indeed; ācaran: performing; karma: action; param: the highest; āpnoti: attains; pūruṣaḥ: a person

Therefore, always perform the work that is yours to do without attachment. By acting without attachment, a person reaches the highest reality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Because Arjuna has not yet reached that knowledge, he should perform required action without attachment. Such action purifies the mind and leads indirectly to the highest through the knowledge it prepares.

3.20-21
कर्मणैव हि संसिद्धिमास्थिता जनकादय: ।
लोकसंग्रहमेवापि सम्पश्यन्कर्तुमर्हसि ॥ २० ॥
यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जन: ।
स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥ २१ ॥
karmaṇaiva hi saṃsiddhimāsthitā janakādayaḥ |
lokasaṃgrahamevāpi sampaśyankartumarhasi || 20 ||
yadyadācarati śreṣṭhastattadevetaro janaḥ |
sa yatpramāṇaṃ kurute lokastadanuvartate || 21 ||
Meanings
karmaṇā: through action; eva: only; hi: indeed; saṃsiddhim: perfection; āsthitāḥ: attained; janaka-ādayaḥ: King Janak and other kings; loka-saṅgraham: for welfare of the masses; eva api: only; sampaśyan: considering; kartum: to perform; arhasi: you should; yat yat: whatever; ācarati: does; śreṣṭhaḥ: the best; tat tat: that; eva: indeed; itaraḥ: common; janaḥ: people; saḥ: they; yat: whichever; pramāṇam: standard; kurute: perform; lokaḥ: world; tat: that; anuvartate: pursues

Janaka and others reached perfection through action. You too should act with the welfare of the world in mind. Whatever a respected leader does, others imitate. The standard that leader sets is the one people follow.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Janaka and similar rulers may have acted as seekers, using duty to reach purity, or as knowers, acting only to preserve social order. In either case, exemplary people must consider how their conduct guides others.

3.22
न मे पार्थास्ति कर्तव्यं त्रिषु लोकेषु किञ्चन ।
नानवाप्तमवाप्तव्यं वर्त एव च कर्मणि ॥ २२ ॥
na me pārthāsti kartavyaṃ triṣu lokeṣu kiñcana |
nānavāptamavāptavyaṃ varta eva ca karmaṇi || 22 ||
Meanings
na: not; me: mine; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; asti: is; kartavyam: duty; triṣu: in the three; lokeṣu: worlds; kiñcana: any; na: not; anavāptam: to be attained; avāptavyam: to be gained; varte: I am engaged; eva: yet; ca: also; karmaṇi: in action

Partha, there is nothing in the three worlds that I am required to do and nothing I lack, yet I continue to act.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna lacks nothing and has no duty imposed by need, yet he acts for the world's protection. His activity shows that visible action need not imply personal dependence on its result.

3.23
यदि ह्यहं न वर्तेयं जातु कर्मण्यतन्द्रित: ।
मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्या: पार्थ सर्वश: ॥ २३ ॥
yadi hyahaṃ na varteyaṃ jātu karmaṇyatandritaḥ |
mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ || 23 ||
Meanings
yadi: if; hi: indeed; aham: I; na: not; varteyam: thus engage; jātu: ever; karmaṇi: in action; atandritaḥ: carefully; mama: my; vartma: path; anuvartante: follow; manuṣyāḥ: all men; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sarvaśaḥ: in all respects

Son of Pritha, if I ever stopped acting tirelessly, people everywhere would follow my example.

Śaṅkara's commentary

If Krishna ceased to act, people who take him as their authority would imitate that withdrawal without sharing his freedom from need. The example of the wise therefore carries responsibility.

3.24
उत्सीदेयुरिमे लोका न कुर्यां कर्म चेदहम् ।
सङ्करस्य च कर्ता स्यामुपहन्यामिमा: प्रजा: ॥ २४ ॥
utsīdeyurime lokā na kuryāṃ karma cedaham |
saṅkarasya ca kartā syāmupahanyāmimāḥ prajāḥ || 24 ||
Meanings
utsīdeyuḥ: would perish; ime: all these; lokāḥ: worlds; na: not; kuryām: I perform; karma: action; cet: if; aham: I; saṅkarasya: of uncultured population; ca: and; kartā: responsible; syām: would be; upahanyām: would destroy; imāḥ: all these; prajāḥ: beings

If I did not act, these worlds would fall into ruin. I would create social disorder and bring destruction upon these beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Unqualified abandonment of duty would disrupt the institutions sustaining the world and confuse social roles. Krishna acts to prevent that disorder, not to obtain something for himself.

3.25
सक्ता: कर्मण्यविद्वांसो यथा कुर्वन्ति भारत ।
कुर्याद्विद्वांस्तथासक्तश्चिकीर्षुर्लोकसंग्रहम् ॥ २५ ॥
saktāḥ karmaṇyavidvāṃso yathā kurvanti bhārata |
kuryādvidvāṃstathāsaktaścikīrṣurlokasaṃgraham || 25 ||
Meanings
saktāḥ: attached; karmaṇi: in action; avidvānsaḥ: the ignorant; yathā: as much as; kurvanti: act; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; kuryāt: should do; vidvān: the wise; tathā: thus; asaktaḥ: unattached; cikīrṣuḥ: wishing; loka-saṅgraham: welfare of the world

Bharata, just as the unwise act with attachment, the wise should act without attachment, seeking the welfare of the world.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The ignorant act because they want results; the wise may perform similar outward actions without attachment for the sake of social cohesion. The inner motive distinguishes bondage from service.

3.26
न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् ।
जोषयेत्सर्वकर्माणि विद्वान्युक्त: समाचरन् ॥ २६ ॥
na buddhibhedaṃ janayedajñānāṃ karmasaṅginām |
joṣayetsarvakarmāṇi vidvānyuktaḥ samācaran || 26 ||
Meanings
na: not; buddhi-bhedam: discord in the intellects; janayet: should create; ajñānām: of the ignorant; karma-saṅginām: those attached to action; joṣayet: should inspire to perform; sarva: all; karmāṇi: actions; vidvān: the wise; yuktaḥ: enlightened; samācaran: performing properly

The wise should not unsettle people who act from ignorance and attachment. Instead, they should perform every action well and encourage others to act.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A knower should not create conflict in people still attached to action by demanding a renunciation they cannot understand. Careful performance and example can gradually turn them toward disciplined action.

3.27
प्रकृते: क्रियमाणानि गुणै: कर्माणि सर्वश: ।
अहङ्कारविमूढात्मा कर्ताहमिति मन्यते ॥ २७ ॥
prakṛteḥ kriyamāṇāni guṇaiḥ karmāṇi sarvaśaḥ |
ahaṅkāravimūḍhātmā kartāhamiti manyate || 27 ||
Meanings
prakṛteḥ: of nature; kriyamāṇāni: carried out; guṇaiḥ: by the qualities; karmāṇi: actions; sarvaśaḥ: all kinds of; ahaṅkāra-vimūḍha-ātmā: those confused by ego and bodily identity; kartā: the doer; aham: I; iti: thus; manyate: thinks

Every action is carried out by the gunas of nature. A self confused by ego thinks, ‘I am the one doing this.’

Śaṅkara's commentary

Nature's guṇas carry out every bodily and mental action. Ignorance joins the Self to those processes, and ego then claims, 'I am doing this.'

3.28
तत्त्ववित्तु महाबाहो गुणकर्मविभागयो: ।
गुणा गुणेषु वर्तन्त इति मत्वा न सज्जते ॥ २८ ॥
tattvavittu mahābāho guṇakarmavibhāgayoḥ |
guṇā guṇeṣu vartanta iti matvā na sajjate || 28 ||
Meanings
tattva-vit: knower of the truth; tu: but; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; guṇa-karma: from guṇas and karma; vibhāgayoḥ: distinguish; guṇāḥ: qualities; guṇeṣu: among the qualities; vartante: are engaged; iti: thus; matvā: knowing; na: never; sajjate: becomes attached

But mighty-armed Arjuna, one who understands the divisions of the gunas and their functions knows that the gunas are acting upon the gunas and remains unattached.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower distinguishes the guṇas as senses, mind, and body from the guṇas appearing as their objects. Seeing nature interact with nature, the Self remains unattached as witness.

3.29
प्रकृतेर्गुणसम्मूढा: सज्जन्ते गुणकर्मसु ।
तानकृत्स्नविदो मन्दान्कृत्स्नविन्न विचालयेत् ॥ २९ ॥
prakṛterguṇasammūḍhāḥ sajjante guṇakarmasu |
tānakṛtsnavido mandānkṛtsnavinna vicālayet || 29 ||
Meanings
prakṛteḥ: of nature; guṇa: quality; sammūḍhāḥ: deluded; sajjante: become attached; guṇa-karmasu: to action's results; tān: those; akṛtsna-vidaḥ: persons without knowledge; mandān: the ignorant; kṛtsna-vit: persons with knowledge; na vicālayet: should not unsettle

People confused by nature’s gunas become attached to their activity. Someone with complete knowledge should not unsettle those whose understanding is incomplete.

Śaṅkara's commentary

People who do not make this distinction identify with nature's activity and cling to it. The knower should not unsettle them with a truth for which they are unprepared.

3.30
मयि सर्वाणि कर्माणि संन्यस्याध्यात्मचेतसा ।
निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वर: ॥ ३० ॥
mayi sarvāṇi karmāṇi saṃnyasyādhyātmacetasā |
nirāśīrnirmamo bhūtvā yudhyasva vigatajvaraḥ || 30 ||
Meanings
mayi: to me; sarvāṇi: all; karmāṇi: actions; sannyasya: renouncing completely; adhyātma-cetasā: with awareness centered in the self; nirāśīḥ: free from craving action's results; nirmamaḥ: without ownership; bhūtvā: so being; yudhyasva: fight; vigata-jvaraḥ: without mental fever

Dedicate every action to me. Rest your thought in the highest self, let go of hope and ego, free yourself from inner turmoil, and fight.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna should mentally surrender every action to the Lord, with attention grounded in the supreme Self. Acting without expectation, possessiveness, or agitation, he can fight without egoistic bondage.

3.31
ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवा: ।
श्रद्धावन्तोऽनसूयन्तो मुच्यन्ते तेऽपि कर्मभि: ॥ ३१ ॥
ye me matamidaṃ nityamanutiṣṭhanti mānavāḥ |
śraddhāvanto’nasūyanto mucyante te’pi karmabhiḥ || 31 ||
Meanings
ye: who; me: my; matam: teachings; idam: these; nityam: constantly; anutiṣṭhanti: abide by; mānavāḥ: human beings; śraddhā-vantaḥ: with profound faith; anasūyantaḥ: free from envy; mucyante: become free; te: those; api: also; karmabhiḥ: through actions

Those who consistently follow this teaching of mine with faith and without resentment are also freed from the bondage of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Faithful practice of this teaching weakens the sense of personal authorship and claim to results. Even before full knowledge, such practitioners become free from the binding force of action.

3.32
ये त्वेतदभ्यसूयन्तो नानुतिष्ठन्ति मे मतम् ।
सर्वज्ञानविमूढांस्तान्विद्धि नष्टानचेतस: ॥ ३२ ॥
ye tvetadabhyasūyanto nānutiṣṭhanti me matam |
sarvajñānavimūḍhāṃstānviddhi naṣṭānacetasaḥ || 32 ||
Meanings
ye: those; tu: but; etat: this; abhyasūyantaḥ: cavilling; na: not; anutiṣṭhanti: follow; me: my; matam: teachings; sarva-jñāna: in all types of knowledge; vimūḍhān: deluded; tān: they are; viddhi: know; naṣṭān: ruined; acetasaḥ: devoid of discrimination

But those who criticize my teaching and refuse to follow it are confused in all knowledge. Know that these senseless people are headed for ruin.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rejecting the teaching through hostility leaves ignorance intact across every field of judgment. Since such people refuse the means of release, their confused understanding leads to ruin.

3.33
सदृशं चेष्टते स्वस्या: प्रकृतेर्ज्ञानवानपि ।
प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रह: किं करिष्यति ॥ ३३ ॥
sadṛśaṃ ceṣṭate svasyāḥ prakṛterjñānavānapi |
prakṛtiṃ yānti bhūtāni nigrahaḥ kiṃ kariṣyati || 33 ||
Meanings
sadṛśam: accordingly; ceṣṭate: act; svasyāḥ: by their own; prakṛteḥ: of nature; jñāna-vān: the wise; api: even; prakṛtim: nature; yānti: follow; bhūtāni: all living beings; nigrahaḥ: repression; kim: what; kariṣyati: will do

Even a knowledgeable person behaves according to their own nature. All beings follow nature, so what can repression accomplish?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even learned people feel the force of dispositions formed by nature and past conduct. Bare suppression cannot erase them, but Śaṅkara does not make effort useless: the next verse directs effort against attraction and aversion.

3.34
इन्द्रियस्येन्द्रियस्यार्थे रागद्वेषौ व्यवस्थितौ ।
तयोर्न वशमागच्छेत्तौ ह्यस्य परिपन्थिनौ ॥ ३४ ॥
indriyasyendriyasyārthe rāgadveṣau vyavasthitau |
tayorna vaśamāgacchettau hyasya paripanthinau || 34 ||
Meanings
indriyasya: of the senses; indriyasya arthe: in sense objects; rāga: attachment; dveṣau: aversion; vyavasthitau: situated; tayoḥ: of them; na: never; vaśam: be controlled; āgacchet: should become; tau: those; hi: indeed; asya: for him; paripanthinau: foes

Attraction and aversion toward sense objects reside in the senses. Do not come under their control; both obstruct the path.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Each sense carries patterned attraction toward pleasant objects and aversion toward unpleasant ones. These impulses are obstacles, and a person should not let either one dictate action.

3.35
श्रेयान्स्वधर्मो विगुण: परधर्मात्स्वनुष्ठितात् ।
स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेय: परधर्मो भयावह: ॥ ३५ ॥
śreyānsvadharmo viguṇaḥ paradharmātsvanuṣṭhitāt |
svadharme nidhanaṃ śreyaḥ paradharmo bhayāvahaḥ || 35 ||
Meanings
śreyān: better; sva-dharmaḥ: personal duty; viguṇaḥ: tinged with faults; para-dharmāt: than another's prescribed duties; su-anuṣṭhitāt: perfectly done; sva-dharme: in one's personal duties; nidhanam: death; śreyaḥ: better; para-dharmaḥ: duties prescribed for others; bhaya-āvahaḥ: fraught with fear

It is better to perform your own duty imperfectly than to perform another’s duty well. Better to die while doing your own duty; another’s duty brings danger.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One's own duty, shaped by one's present nature and place, is safer even when imperfectly done. Imitating another's duty can intensify fear and conflict because it does not fit one's actual qualifications.

3.36
अर्जुन उवाच ।
अथ केन प्रयुक्तोऽयं पापं चरति पूरुष: ।
अनिच्छन्नपि वार्ष्णेय बलादिव नियोजित: ॥ ३६ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
atha kena prayukto’yaṃ pāpaṃ carati pūruṣaḥ |
anicchannapi vārṣṇeya balādiva niyojitaḥ || 36 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; atha: then; kena: by what; prayuktaḥ: impelled; ayam: one; pāpam: wrongdoing; carati: commit; pūruṣaḥ: a person; anicchan: unwillingly; api: even; vārṣṇeya: he who belongs to the Vrishni clan, Krishna; balāt: by force; iva: as if; niyojitaḥ: engaged

Arjuna said: Varshneya, what drives a person to do wrong unwillingly, as though forced against their will?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna now asks what power overrides a person's conscious moral intention. The question shifts the discussion from outward duty to the inner cause of wrongdoing.

3.37
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
काम एष क्रोध एष रजोगुणसमुद्भव: ।।
महाशनो महापाप्मा विद्ध्येनमिह वैरिणम् ॥ ३७ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
kāma eṣa krodha eṣa rajoguṇasamudbhavaḥ ||
mahāśano mahāpāpmā viddhyenamiha vairiṇam || 37 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; kāmaḥ: desire; eṣaḥ: this; krodhaḥ: wrath; eṣaḥ: this; rajaḥ-guṇa: rajas, the quality of activity; samudbhavaḥ: born of; mahā-aśanaḥ: all-devouring; mahā-pāpmā: greatly sinful; viddhi: know; enam: this; iha: in the world; vairiṇam: the enemy

Krishna said: It is desire, and the anger born from desire, arising from the guna of passion. It consumes and corrupts everything. Know it as the enemy here.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The enemy is desire born from rajas, which becomes anger when obstructed. Insatiable and destructive, it drives wrongdoing by making the person seek completion through objects.

3.38
धूमेनाव्रियते वह्निर्यथादर्शो मलेन च ।
यथोल्बेनावृतो गर्भस्तथा तेनेदमावृतम् ॥ ३८ ॥
dhūmenāvriyate vahniryathādarśo malena ca |
yatholbenāvṛto garbhastathā tenedamāvṛtam || 38 ||
Meanings
dhūmena: by smoke; āvriyate: is covered; vahniḥ: fire; yathā: just as; ādarśaḥ: mirror; malena: by dust; ca: also; yathā: just as; ulbena: by the womb; āvṛtaḥ: is covered; garbhaḥ: embryo; tathā: similarly; tena: by that; idam: this; āvṛtam: is covered

As smoke covers fire, dust covers a mirror, and the womb encloses an embryo, desire covers wisdom.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire obscures knowledge in different degrees, as smoke veils fire, dust dulls a mirror, or a womb completely encloses an embryo. The underlying capacity for knowledge remains, but its expression is covered.

3.39
आवृतं ज्ञानमेतेन ज्ञानिनो नित्यवैरिणा ।
कामरूपेण कौन्तेय दुष्पूरेणानलेन च ॥ ३९ ॥
āvṛtaṃ jñānametena jñānino nityavairiṇā |
kāmarūpeṇa kaunteya duṣpūreṇānalena ca || 39 ||
Meanings
āvṛtam: covered; jñānam: knowledge; etena: by this; jñāninaḥ: of the wise; nitya-vairiṇā: by perpetual enemy; kāma-rūpeṇa: as desires; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; duṣpūreṇa: insatiable; analena: like fire; ca: and

Desire, the wise person’s constant enemy, covers wisdom. It is as insatiable as fire.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire is a permanent adversary of the discerning person because satisfying it does not bring it to an end. Like fire fed with fuel, it grows through what is meant to satisfy it.

3.40
इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते ।
एतैर्विमोहयत्येष ज्ञानमावृत्य देहिनम् ॥ ४० ॥
indriyāṇi mano buddhirasyādhiṣṭhānamucyate |
etairvimohayatyeṣa jñānamāvṛtya dehinam || 40 ||
Meanings
indriyāṇi: the senses; manaḥ: the mind; buddhiḥ: the intellect; asya: of this; adhiṣṭhānam: dwelling place; ucyate: are called; etaiḥ: by these; vimohayati: deludes; eṣaḥ: this; jñānam: knowledge; āvṛtya: clouds; dehinam: the embodied self

The senses, mind, and intellect are said to be desire’s dwelling places. Through them it conceals wisdom and confuses the embodied self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire operates through the senses, mind, and intellect. By occupying the very instruments of experience and judgment, it hides knowledge and confuses the embodied person.

3.41
तस्मात्त्वमिन्द्रियाण्यादौ नियम्य भरतर्षभ ।
पाप्मानं प्रजहि ह्येनं ज्ञानविज्ञाननाशनम् ॥ ४१ ॥
tasmāttvamindriyāṇyādau niyamya bharatarṣabha |
pāpmānaṃ prajahi hyenaṃ jñānavijñānanāśanam || 41 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; tvam: you; indriyāṇi: senses; ādau: in very beginning; niyamya: having controlled; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas; pāpmānam: the sinful; prajahi: slay; hi: indeed; enam: this; jñāna: knowledge; vijñāna: realization; nāśanam: the destroyer

Best of the Bharatas, first master the senses, then destroy this force that ruins both knowledge and understanding.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Control begins with the senses because they are desire's outermost point of entry. Restraining them makes it possible to destroy the desire that corrupts both scriptural knowledge and its direct realization.

3.42
इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहुरिन्द्रियेभ्य: परं मन: ।
मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धे: परतस्तु स: ॥ ४२ ॥
indriyāṇi parāṇyāhurindriyebhyaḥ paraṃ manaḥ |
manasastu parā buddhiryo buddheḥ paratastu saḥ || 42 ||
Meanings
indriyāṇi: senses; parāṇi: superior; āhuḥ: are said; indriyebhyaḥ: than the senses; param: the highest; manaḥ: the mind; manasaḥ: than the mind; tu: but; parā: the highest; buddhiḥ: intellect; yaḥ: who; buddheḥ: than the intellect; parataḥ: more superior; tu: but; saḥ: that

The senses are said to be powerful, but the mind is greater than the senses. The intellect is greater than the mind, and the self is greater than the intellect.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The hierarchy moves inward from senses to mind to discriminating intellect and finally to the Self. Each subtler principle can govern the one below it, while the Self is beyond them all.

3.43
एवं बुद्धे: परं बुद्ध्वा संस्तभ्यात्मानमात्मना ।
जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् ॥ ४३ ॥
evaṃ buddheḥ paraṃ buddhvā saṃstabhyātmānamātmanā |
jahi śatruṃ mahābāho kāmarūpaṃ durāsadam || 43 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; buddheḥ: than the intellect; param: higher; buddhvā: knowing; saṃstabhya: subdue; ātmānam: the self; ātmanā: by the self; jahi: kill; śatrum: the enemy; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; kāma-rūpam: as desire; durāsadam: formidable

Mighty-armed Arjuna, understand the self as greater than the intellect. Steady the lower self through the higher self and defeat the difficult enemy called desire.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowing the Self as superior to the intellect, the aspirant should steady the lower mind through disciplined understanding. From that position, desire can be defeated rather than merely obeyed or suppressed.

↑ contents

4. Jnana Karma Sanyasa Yoga

ज्ञानकर्मसंन्यासयोग · The Yoga of Knowledge and the Renunciation of Action · 41 verses

4.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
इमं विवस्वते योगं प्रोक्तवानहमव्ययम् ।
विवस्वान्मनवे प्राह मनुरिक्ष्वाकवेऽब्रवीत् ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
imaṃ vivasvate yogaṃ proktavānahamavyayam |
vivasvānmanave prāha manurikṣvākave’bravīt || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; imam: this; vivasvate: to Vivasvan, the sun god; yogam: yoga; proktavān: taught; aham: I; avyayam: eternal; vivasvān: Vivasvan, the sun god; manave: to Manu, ancestor of humankind; prāha: told; manuḥ: Manu; ikṣvākave: to Ikshvaku of the solar dynasty; abravīt: instructed

Krishna said: I taught this imperishable yoga to Vivasvan. Vivasvan taught it to Manu, and Manu passed it to Ikshvaku.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna says the discipline he is teaching is not a new invention. It belongs to an ancient lineage in which knowledge guided rulers who still had public duties to perform.

4.2
एवं परम्पराप्राप्तमिमं राजर्षयो विदु: ।
स कालेनेह महता योगो नष्ट: परन्तप ॥ २ ॥
evaṃ paramparāprāptamimaṃ rājarṣayo viduḥ |
sa kāleneha mahatā yogo naṣṭaḥ parantapa || 2 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; paramparā: in a continuous tradition; prāptam: received; imam: this; rāja-ṛṣayaḥ: the saintly kings; viduḥ: understood; saḥ: that; kālena: with long passage of time; iha: in this world; mahatā: great; yogaḥ: yoga; naṣṭaḥ: lost; parantapa: scorcher of foes

It was handed down through this lineage and known by royal sages. But over the long course of time, conqueror of enemies, this yoga was lost to the world.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The teaching remained clear while transmitted by realized royal sages, then became obscured as the lineage weakened. Its loss concerns right understanding and practice, not the destruction of an eternal truth.

4.3
स एवायं मया तेऽद्य योग: प्रोक्त: पुरातन: ।
भक्तोऽसि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् ॥ ३ ॥
sa evāyaṃ mayā te’dya yogaḥ proktaḥ purātanaḥ |
bhakto’si me sakhā ceti rahasyaṃ hyetaduttamam || 3 ||
Meanings
saḥ: that; eva: indeed; ayam: this; mayā: by me; te: to you; adya: today; yogaḥ: yoga; proktaḥ: reveal; purātanaḥ: ancient; bhaktaḥ: devotee; asi: you are; me: my; sakhā: friend; ca: and; iti: therefore; rahasyam: secret; hi: indeed; etat: this; uttamam: highest

Today I have taught you that same ancient yoga because you are my devotee and friend. It is the highest secret.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna renews the teaching for Arjuna because devotion and friendship make him a fit recipient. It is secret because its deepest meaning is difficult to recognize, not because it is arbitrarily withheld.

4.4
अर्जुन उवाच ।
अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वत: ।
कथमेतद्विजानीयां त्वमादौ प्रोक्तवानिति ॥ ४ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
aparaṃ bhavato janma paraṃ janma vivasvataḥ |
kathametadvijānīyāṃ tvamādau proktavāniti || 4 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; aparam: later; bhavataḥ: your; janma: birth; param: the highest; janma: birth; vivasvataḥ: of Vivasvan; katham: how; etat: this; vijānīyām: am I to understand; tvam: you; ādau: in the beginning; proktavān: taught; iti: thus

Arjuna said: You were born much later than Vivasvan. How am I to understand your claim that you taught this in the beginning?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna takes Krishna's present birth as his beginning and therefore sees a chronological contradiction. His question prepares the distinction between an ordinary birth governed by karma and the Lord's manifestation through māyā.

4.5
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
बहूनि मे व्यतीतानि जन्मानि तव चार्जुन ।
तान्यहं वेद सर्वाणि न त्वं वेत्थ परन्तप ॥ ५ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
bahūni me vyatītāni janmāni tava cārjuna |
tānyahaṃ veda sarvāṇi na tvaṃ vettha parantapa || 5 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; bahūni: many; me: of mine; vyatītāni: have passed; janmāni: births; tava: of yours; ca: and; arjuna: Arjuna; tāni: them; aham: I; veda: know; sarvāṇi: all; na: not; tvam: you; vettha: know; parantapa: scorcher of foes

Krishna said: Arjuna, you and I have both passed through many births. I remember them all, but you do not, conqueror of enemies.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Both have appeared in many embodiments, but Krishna knows them because his knowledge is never veiled. Arjuna, whose awareness is limited by ignorance and karma, does not remember.

4.6
अजोऽपि सन्नव्ययात्मा भूतानामीश्वरोऽपि सन् ।
प्रकृतिं स्वामधिष्ठाय सम्भवाम्यात्ममायया ॥ ६ ॥
ajo’pi sannavyayātmā bhūtānāmīśvaro’pi san |
prakṛtiṃ svāmadhiṣṭhāya sambhavāmyātmamāyayā || 6 ||
Meanings
ajaḥ: unborn; api: although; san: being so; avyaya ātmā: Imperishable nature; bhūtānām: of beings; īśvaraḥ: the lord; api: although; san: being; prakṛtim: nature; svām: of myself; adhiṣṭhāya: situated; sambhavāmi: I manifest; ātma-māyayā: by my yogamaya power

Although I am unborn, imperishable, and lord of all beings, I govern my own nature and take birth through my own power.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is really unborn, imperishable, and unchanged. He controls his own māyā and appears embodied by his own power, unlike an individual compelled to take birth by past action.

4.7
यदा यदा हि धर्मस्य ग्लानिर्भवति भारत ।
अभ्युत्थानमधर्मस्य तदात्मानं सृजाम्यहम् ॥ ७ ॥
yadā yadā hi dharmasya glānirbhavati bhārata |
abhyutthānamadharmasya tadātmānaṃ sṛjāmyaham || 7 ||
Meanings
yadā yadā: whenever; hi: indeed; dharmasya: of dharma; glāniḥ: decline; bhavati: is; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; abhyutthānam: increase; adharmasya: of unrighteousness; tadā: at that time; ātmānam: the self; sṛjāmi: manifest; aham: I

Whenever dharma declines and adharma rises, Bharata, I manifest myself.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When disorder overcomes dharma, the Lord becomes manifest without surrendering his transcendence. The appearance is governed by his knowledge and purpose, not by karmic necessity.

4.8
परित्राणाय साधूनां विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् ।
धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय सम्भवामि युगे युगे ॥ ८ ॥
paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṃ vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām |
dharmasaṃsthāpanārthāya sambhavāmi yuge yuge || 8 ||
Meanings
paritrāṇāya: to protect; sādhūnām: the righteous; vināśāya: to annihilate; ca: and; duṣkṛtām: the wicked; dharma: dharma; saṃsthāpana-arthāya: to reestablish; sambhavāmi: I appear; yuge yuge: age after age

I appear from age to age to protect the good, destroy those who do harm, and reestablish dharma.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Protection, the removal of destructive forces, and the restoration of dharma are aspects of one purpose: preserving the conditions in which spiritual knowledge can survive.

4.9
जन्म कर्म च मे दिव्यमेवं यो वेत्ति तत्त्वत: ।
त्यक्त्वा देहं पुनर्जन्म नैति मामेति सोऽर्जुन ॥ ९ ॥
janma karma ca me divyamevaṃ yo vetti tattvataḥ |
tyaktvā dehaṃ punarjanma naiti māmeti so’rjuna || 9 ||
Meanings
janma: birth; karma: action; ca: and; me: of mine; divyam: divine; evam: thus; yaḥ: who; vetti: know; tattvataḥ: in truth; tyaktvā: having abandoned; deham: the body; punaḥ: again; janma: birth; na: never; eti: takes; mām: to me; eti: comes; saḥ: he; arjuna: Arjuna

Arjuna, anyone who truly understands the divine nature of my birth and action does not take birth again after leaving the body, but comes to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

To know the Lord's birth and action 'in truth' is to understand their divine, noncompulsory character. One who realizes this and the Lord's true nature is freed from rebirth and reaches identity with him.

4.10
वीतरागभयक्रोधा मन्मया मामुपाश्रिता: ।
बहवो ज्ञानतपसा पूता मद्भावमागता: ॥ १० ॥
vītarāgabhayakrodhā manmayā māmupāśritāḥ |
bahavo jñānatapasā pūtā madbhāvamāgatāḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
vīta: free from; rāga: attachment; bhaya: fear; krodhāḥ: anger; mat-mayā: fully absorbed in me; mām: in me; upāśritāḥ: taking refuge; bahavaḥ: many; jñāna: knowledge; tapasā: by fire of knowledge; pūtāḥ: purified; mat-bhāvam: my state; āgatāḥ: attained

Freed from attachment, fear, and anger, absorbed in me and taking refuge in me, many have been purified by the fire of wisdom and entered my being.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Many before Arjuna reached the Lord by abandoning attachment, fear, and anger, taking refuge in him, and allowing knowledge to burn away ignorance. The path is established by realized precedent.

4.11
ये यथा मां प्रपद्यन्ते तांस्तथैव भजाम्यहम् ।
मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्या: पार्थ सर्वश: ॥ ११ ॥
ye yathā māṃ prapadyante tāṃstathaiva bhajāmyaham |
mama vartmānuvartante manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ || 11 ||
Meanings
ye: who; yathā: in whatever way; mām: to me; prapadyante: they take refuge; tān: them; tathā: so; eva: indeed; bhajāmi: reciprocate; aham: I; mama: my; vartma: path; anuvartante: follow; manuṣyāḥ: men; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sarvaśaḥ: in all respects

However people approach me, I meet them in that way. Partha, every path people follow is mine.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord responds according to the form and aim of each person's approach. Even worship directed toward limited deities depends on his power, though its result matches the worshipper's limited intention.

4.12
काङ् क्षन्त: कर्मणां सिद्धिं यजन्त इह देवता: ।
क्षिप्रं हि मानुषे लोके सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा ॥ १२ ॥
kāṅ kṣantaḥ karmaṇāṃ siddhiṃ yajanta iha devatāḥ |
kṣipraṃ hi mānuṣe loke siddhirbhavati karmajā || 12 ||
Meanings
kāṅkṣantaḥ: desiring; karmaṇām: worldly actions; siddhim: success; yajante: worship; iha: in this world; devatāḥ: the gods; kṣipram: quickly; hi: indeed; mānuṣe: in human society; loke: within this world; siddhiḥ: rewarding; bhavati: manifest; karma-jā: from worldly actions

Those who want quick success from action in this world worship the gods, because human action can soon produce results.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those seeking quick, visible results worship particular gods and perform result-oriented rites. Such success remains within karma and does not amount to liberation.

4.13
चातुर्वर्ण्यं मया सृष्टं गुणकर्मविभागश: ।
तस्य कर्तारमपि मां विद्ध्यकर्तारमव्ययम् ॥ १३ ॥
cāturvarṇyaṃ mayā sṛṣṭaṃ guṇakarmavibhāgaśaḥ |
tasya kartāramapi māṃ viddhyakartāramavyayam || 13 ||
Meanings
cātuḥ-varṇyam: the fourfold social order; mayā: by me; sṛṣṭam: created; guṇa: quality; karma: action; vibhāgaśaḥ: according to the division; tasya: of that; kartāram: the creator; api: although; mām: me; viddhi: know; akartāram: non-doer; avyayam: unchangeable

I created the fourfold social order according to qualities and work. Although I created it, know me as the unchanging non-doer.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The four social classes are differentiated by the guṇas and by corresponding work, not by any change in the Lord. He is called their creator from the standpoint of cosmic order, yet remains actionless and unmodified.

4.14
न मां कर्माणि लिम्पन्ति न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा ।
इति मां योऽभिजानाति कर्मभिर्न स बध्यते ॥ १४ ॥
na māṃ karmāṇi limpanti na me karmaphale spṛhā |
iti māṃ yo’bhijānāti karmabhirna sa badhyate || 14 ||
Meanings
na: not; mām: me; karmāṇi: actions; limpanti: taint; na: nor; me: my; karma-phale: the results of action; spṛhā: desire; iti: thus; mām: me; yaḥ: who; abhijānāti: knows; karmabhiḥ: through actions; na: never; saḥ: that person; badhyate: is bound

Actions do not affect me, and I do not desire their results. Anyone who understands this about me is not bound by action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Action cannot cling to the Lord because he has neither egoistic agency nor desire for a result. Knowing the Self in that same actionless way prevents action from producing bondage.

4.15
एवं ज्ञात्वा कृतं कर्म पूर्वैरपि मुमुक्षुभि: ।
कुरु कर्मैव तस्मात्त्वं पूर्वै: पूर्वतरं कृतम् ॥ १५ ॥
evaṃ jñātvā kṛtaṃ karma pūrvairapi mumukṣubhiḥ |
kuru karmaiva tasmāttvaṃ pūrvaiḥ pūrvataraṃ kṛtam || 15 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; jñātvā: knowing; kṛtam: performed; karma: action; pūrvaiḥ: of ancient times; api: indeed; mumukṣubhiḥ: seekers of liberation; kuru: should perform; karma: action; eva: indeed; tasmāt: therefore; tvam: you; pūrvaiḥ: of people ancient sages; pūrva-taram: in ancient times; kṛtam: performed

Knowing this, earlier seekers of freedom performed action. You too should act as they did in ancient times.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Earlier seekers acted with this understanding. Some used unattached action to become fit for knowledge, while realized rulers acted to guide society; Arjuna should follow the path appropriate to him.

4.16
किं कर्म किमकर्मेति कवयोऽप्यत्र मोहिता: ।
तत्ते कर्म प्रवक्ष्यामि यज्ज्ञात्वा मोक्ष्यसेऽशुभात् ॥ १६ ॥
kiṃ karma kimakarmeti kavayo’pyatra mohitāḥ |
tatte karma pravakṣyāmi yajjñātvā mokṣyase’śubhāt || 16 ||
Meanings
kim: what; karma: action; kim: what; akarma: inaction; iti: thus; kavayaḥ: the wise; api: even; atra: in this; mohitāḥ: are confused; tat: that; te: to you; karma: action; pravakṣyāmi: I shall explain; yat: which; jñātvā: knowing; mokṣyase: you may free yourself; aśubhāt: from inauspiciousness

Even the wise are confused about what action and inaction are. I will explain action to you; understanding it will free you from harm.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Action cannot be identified merely by outward movement, since intention, knowledge, and scriptural duty change its character. Even thoughtful people confuse action with true inaction.

4.17
कर्मणो ह्यपि बोद्धव्यं बोद्धव्यं च विकर्मण: ।
अकर्मणश्च बोद्धव्यं गहना कर्मणो गति: ॥ १७ ॥
karmaṇo hyapi boddhavyaṃ boddhavyaṃ ca vikarmaṇaḥ |
akarmaṇaśca boddhavyaṃ gahanā karmaṇo gatiḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
karmaṇaḥ: of action; hi: indeed; api: also; boddhavyam: should be known; boddhavyam: must understand; ca: and; vikarmaṇaḥ: forbidden action; akarmaṇaḥ: inaction; ca: and; boddhavyam: must understand; gahanā: profound; karmaṇaḥ: of action; gatiḥ: the true path

One must understand right action, wrong action, and inaction. The nature of action is difficult to grasp.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Required action, prohibited action, and the actionlessness of the Self must be distinguished. Their subtlety lies in the mistaken transfer of bodily activity to consciousness and of bodily stillness to spiritual freedom.

4.18
कर्मण्यकर्म य: पश्येदकर्मणि च कर्म य: ।
स बुद्धिमान्मनुष्येषु स युक्त: कृत्स्नकर्मकृत् ॥ १८ ॥
karmaṇyakarma yaḥ paśyedakarmaṇi ca karma yaḥ |
sa buddhimānmanuṣyeṣu sa yuktaḥ kṛtsnakarmakṛt || 18 ||
Meanings
karmaṇi: in action; akarma: in inaction; yaḥ: who; paśyet: see; akarmaṇi: inaction; ca: also; karma: action; yaḥ: who; saḥ: they; buddhi-mān: wise; manuṣyeṣu: among humans; saḥ: they; yuktaḥ: yogis; kṛtsna-karma-kṛt: performers every kind of actions

One who sees inaction within action and action within inaction is wise among people and remains integrated while performing every action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The wise see the Self's inaction while body and senses act, and recognize that merely sitting still can remain an egoistic action. This corrected vision, not a pose of inactivity, is liberating.

4.19
यस्य सर्वे समारम्भा: कामसङ्कल्पवर्जिता: ।
ज्ञानाग्निदग्धकर्माणं तमाहु: पण्डितं बुधा: ॥ १९ ॥
yasya sarve samārambhāḥ kāmasaṅkalpavarjitāḥ |
jñānāgnidagdhakarmāṇaṃ tamāhuḥ paṇḍitaṃ budhāḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
yasya: whose; sarve: every; samārambhāḥ: undertakings; kāma: desire for material pleasures; saṅkalpa: resolve; varjitāḥ: devoid of; jñāna: knowledge; agni: in the fire; dagdha: burnt; karmāṇam: actions; tam: him; āhuḥ: address; paṇḍitam: a sage; budhāḥ: the wise

The wise call someone a sage when every undertaking is free from desire and every action has been burned away in the fire of wisdom.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When undertakings contain no desire or self-serving intention, knowledge has burned their binding seed. The learned call such a knower a sage even if activity remains visible.

4.20
त्यक्त्वा कर्मफलासङ्गं नित्यतृप्तो निराश्रय: ।
कर्मण्यभिप्रवृत्तोऽपि नैव किञ्चित्करोति स: ॥ २० ॥
tyaktvā karmaphalāsaṅgaṃ nityatṛpto nirāśrayaḥ |
karmaṇyabhipravṛtto’pi naiva kiñcitkaroti saḥ || 20 ||
Meanings
tyaktvā: having given up; karma-phala-āsaṅgam: attachment to the results of action; nitya: always; tṛptaḥ: satisfied; nirāśrayaḥ: without dependence; karmaṇi: in action; abhipravṛttaḥ: engaged; api: despite; na: not; eva: indeed; kiñcit: anything; karoti: do; saḥ: that person

Having abandoned attachment to results, always content and dependent on nothing, such a person does not truly act even while engaged in action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower has no attachment to results, needs no external support for inward contentment, and knows the Self as inactive. Bodily activity may continue, but it is not owned as 'my action.'

4.21
निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा त्यक्तसर्वपरिग्रह: ।
शारीरं केवलं कर्म कुर्वन्नाप्नोति किल्बिषम् ॥ २१ ॥
nirāśīryatacittātmā tyaktasarvaparigrahaḥ |
śārīraṃ kevalaṃ karma kurvannāpnoti kilbiṣam || 21 ||
Meanings
nirāśīḥ: free from expectations; yata: controlled; citta-ātmā: mind and intellect; tyakta: having abandoned; sarva: all; parigrahaḥ: a sense of ownership; śārīram: bodily; kevalam: only; karma: action; kurvan: performing; na: never; āpnoti: incurs; kilbiṣam: wrongdoing

Without expectation or greed, with mind and self controlled, a person who acts only to meet bodily needs does no wrong.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A renunciant may perform only the minimal acts needed to sustain the body, without expectation or accumulation. Because egoistic agency is absent, those acts produce no fault or future bondage.

4.22
यदृच्छालाभसन्तुष्टो द्वन्द्वातीतो विमत्सर: ।
सम: सिद्धावसिद्धौ च कृत्वापि न निबध्यते ॥ २२ ॥
yadṛcchālābhasantuṣṭo dvandvātīto vimatsaraḥ |
samaḥ siddhāvasiddhau ca kṛtvāpi na nibadhyate || 22 ||
Meanings
yadṛcchā: which comes of its own accord; lābha: gain; santuṣṭaḥ: contented; dvandva: duality; atītaḥ: surpassed; vimatsaraḥ: free from envy; samaḥ: even-minded; siddhau: in success; asiddhau: failure; ca: and; kṛtvā: performing; api: even; na: never; nibadhyate: is bound

Content with whatever comes without striving, free from envy and opposing reactions, even in success and failure, a person remains unbound while acting.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower accepts what arrives without deliberate pursuit and remains even in success or failure. Existing karma may shape circumstances, but no new bondage forms through envy or reaction.

4.23
गतसङ्गस्य मुक्तस्य ज्ञानावस्थितचेतस: ।
यज्ञायाचरत: कर्म समग्रं प्रविलीयते ॥ २३ ॥
gatasaṅgasya muktasya jñānāvasthitacetasaḥ |
yajñāyācarataḥ karma samagraṃ pravilīyate || 23 ||
Meanings
gata-saṅgasya: free from worldly attachments; muktasya: of the liberated; jñāna-avasthita: established in knowledge; cetasaḥ: whose intellect; yajñāya: as a sacrifice; ācarataḥ: performing; karma: action; samagram: completely; pravilīyate: are free

When attachment has ended, the mind is grounded in wisdom, and every action is performed as sacrifice, the effects of action dissolve completely.

Śaṅkara's commentary

For one whose attachment is gone and whose mind rests in knowledge, action is wholly offered rather than privately owned. Its karmic effect dissolves because the ideas of separate agent and reward have ended.

4.24
ब्रह्मार्पणं ब्रह्म हविर्ब्रह्माग्नौ ब्रह्मणा हुतम् ।
ब्रह्मैव तेन गन्तव्यं ब्रह्मकर्मसमाधिना ॥ २४ ॥
brahmārpaṇaṃ brahma havirbrahmāgnau brahmaṇā hutam |
brahmaiva tena gantavyaṃ brahmakarmasamādhinā || 24 ||
Meanings
brahma: Brahman; arpaṇam: ladle and other offerings; brahma: Brahman; haviḥ: the oblation; brahma: Brahman; agnau: in sacrificial fire; brahmaṇā: by that person; hutam: offered; brahma: Brahman; eva: indeed; tena: by that; gantavyam: to be attained; brahma: Brahman; karma: action; samādhinā: through contemplation

Brahman is the offering, the clarified butter, and the fire; Brahman is also the one who offers. A person who sees Brahman in every action reaches Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

In the highest vision, every element of sacrifice is Brahman: instrument, offering, fire, act, and agent. Contemplating no reality apart from Brahman, the practitioner reaches Brahman.

4.25
दैवमेवापरे यज्ञं योगिन: पर्युपासते ।
ब्रह्माग्नावपरे यज्ञं यज्ञेनैवोपजुह्वति ॥ २५ ॥
daivamevāpare yajñaṃ yoginaḥ paryupāsate |
brahmāgnāvapare yajñaṃ yajñenaivopajuhvati || 25 ||
Meanings
daivam: offered to the gods; eva: indeed; apare: others; yajñam: sacrifice; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga; paryupāsate: worship; brahma: Brahman; agnau: in the fire; apare: others; yajñam: sacrifice; yajñena: through sacrifice; eva: indeed; upajuhvati: offer

Some yogis offer sacrifice to the gods. Others offer sacrifice itself into the fire of Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara distinguishes outward sacrifice to deities from the contemplative sacrifice in which the separate act of offering is absorbed into Brahman. Both are disciplines, but their understanding differs.

4.26
श्रोत्रादीनीन्द्रियाण्यन्ये संयमाग्निषु जुह्वति ।
शब्दादीन्विषयानन्य इन्द्रियाग्निषु जुह्वति ॥ २६ ॥
śrotrādīnīndriyāṇyanye saṃyamāgniṣu juhvati |
śabdādīnviṣayānanya indriyāgniṣu juhvati || 26 ||
Meanings
śrotra-ādīni: such as the hearing process; indriyāṇi: senses; anye: others; saṃyama: restraint; agniṣu: in the sacrificial fire; juhvati: sacrifice; śabda-ādīn: sound vibration, etc; viṣayān: objects of sense-gratification; anye: others; indriya: of the senses; agniṣu: in the fire; juhvati: sacrifice

Some offer hearing and the other senses into the fire of restraint. Others offer sound and the other sense objects into the fires of the senses.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One form of sacrifice restrains the senses from their objects; another lets disciplined senses receive appropriate objects without attachment. In both, ordinary gratification is replaced by conscious offering.

4.27
सर्वाणीन्द्रियकर्माणि प्राणकर्माणि चापरे ।
आत्मसंयमयोगाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते ॥ २७ ॥
sarvāṇīndriyakarmāṇi prāṇakarmāṇi cāpare |
ātmasaṃyamayogāgnau juhvati jñānadīpite || 27 ||
Meanings
sarvāṇi: all; indriya: the senses; karmāṇi: actions; prāṇa-karmāṇi: functions of the life breath; ca: and; apare: others; ātma-saṃyama yogāgnau: in the fire of a disciplined mind; juhvati: sacrifice; jñāna-dīpite: kindled by knowledge

Others offer all the functions of the senses and the vital energy into the fire of self-discipline kindled by wisdom.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Some gather every sensory and vital function into the inward discipline of self-mastery. Knowledge lights this fire by distinguishing the Self from the instruments being restrained.

4.28
द्रव्ययज्ञास्तपोयज्ञा योगयज्ञास्तथापरे ।
स्वाध्यायज्ञानयज्ञाश्च यतय: संशितव्रता: ॥ २८ ॥
dravyayajñāstapoyajñā yogayajñāstathāpare |
svādhyāyajñānayajñāśca yatayaḥ saṃśitavratāḥ || 28 ||
Meanings
dravya-yajñāḥ: offering one's wealth as sacrifice; tapaḥ-yajñāḥ: offering severe austerities as sacrifice; yoga-yajñāḥ: offering made through yoga practice; tathā: thus; apare: others; svādhyāya: scriptural study; jñāna-yajñāḥ: those who offer the cultivation of knowledge; ca: also; yatayaḥ: these ascetics; saṃśita-vratāḥ: observing strict vows

Others sacrifice wealth, practice austerity or yoga, or offer study and knowledge. They are disciplined people committed to their vows.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Material giving, austerity, yogic discipline, scriptural study, and knowledge are all called sacrifices when practiced with restraint. The list recognizes different qualifications among seekers.

4.29-30
अपाने जुह्वति प्राणं प्राणेऽपानं तथापरे ।
प्राणापानगती रुद्ध्वा प्राणायामपरायणा: ॥ २९ ॥
अपरे नियताहारा: प्राणान्प्राणेषु जुह्वति ।
सर्वेऽप्येते यज्ञविदो यज्ञक्षपितकल्मषा: ॥ ३० ॥
apāne juhvati prāṇaṃ prāṇe’pānaṃ tathāpare |
prāṇāpānagatī ruddhvā prāṇāyāmaparāyaṇāḥ || 29 ||
apare niyatāhārāḥ prāṇānprāṇeṣu juhvati |
sarve’pyete yajñavido yajñakṣapitakalmaṣāḥ || 30 ||
Meanings
apāne: the incoming breath; juhvati: offer; prāṇam: the outgoing breath; prāṇe: in outgoing breath; apānam: incoming breath; tathā: also; apare: others; prāṇa: of outgoing breath; apāna: and the incoming breath; gatī: movement; ruddhvā: blocking; prāṇa-āyāma: control of breath; parāyaṇāḥ: wholly devoted; apare: others; niyata: having controlled; āhārāḥ: food intake; prāṇān: life-breaths; prāṇeṣu: life-energy; juhvati: sacrifice; sarve: all; api: also; ete: these; yajña-vidaḥ: knowers of sacrifices; yajña-kṣapita: being cleansed by performances of sacrifices; kalmaṣāḥ: of impurities

Others practice breath control, offering the outgoing breath into the incoming breath and the incoming breath into the outgoing breath, restraining both flows. Others regulate their food and offer one vital breath into another. All who understand sacrifice are purified through it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Regulated breathing and food turn involuntary vital processes into disciplines of offering. These practices purify when understood and controlled, but remain means rather than the final knowledge itself.

4.31
यज्ञशिष्टामृतभुजो यान्ति ब्रह्म सनातनम् ।
नायं लोकोऽस्त्ययज्ञस्य कुतोऽन्य: कुरुसत्तम ॥ ३१ ॥
yajñaśiṣṭāmṛtabhujo yānti brahma sanātanam |
nāyaṃ loko’styayajñasya kuto’nyaḥ kurusattama || 31 ||
Meanings
yajña-śiṣṭa amṛta-bhujaḥ: they share the deathless remainder of sacrifice; yānti: go; brahma: the Absolute Truth; sanātanam: eternal; na: never; ayam: this; lokaḥ: planet; asti: is; ayajñasya: for a person who performs no sacrifice; kutaḥ: how; anyaḥ: other; kuru-sat-tama: best of the Kurus

Those who consume the life-giving remainder of sacrifice reach unchanging Brahman. Best of the Kurus, this world is not for one who never sacrifices, much less the next.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Partaking of what remains after sacrifice means living on what is not claimed for the ego. Without some form of sacrifice, neither an ordered human life nor progress beyond it is possible.

4.32
एवं बहुविधा यज्ञा वितता ब्रह्मणो मुखे ।
कर्मजान्विद्धि तान्सर्वानेवं ज्ञात्वा विमोक्ष्यसे ॥ ३२ ॥
evaṃ bahuvidhā yajñā vitatā brahmaṇo mukhe |
karmajānviddhi tānsarvānevaṃ jñātvā vimokṣyase || 32 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; bahu-vidhāḥ: various kinds of; yajñāḥ: sacrifices; vitatāḥ: have been described; brahmaṇaḥ: of the Vedas; mukhe: through the mouth; karma-jān: originating from works; viddhi: know; tān: them; sarvān: all; evam: thus; jñātvā: having known; vimokṣyase: you will be liberated

Many kinds of sacrifice are offered before Brahman. Know that all of them arise from action. Understanding this will set you free.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Veda presents many sacrifices suited to different practitioners, and all involve some activity of body, speech, or mind. Knowing them as actions helps one see that the actionless Self is beyond them.

4.33
श्रेयान्द्रव्यमयाद्यज्ञाज्ज्ञानयज्ञ: परन्तप ।
सर्वं कर्माखिलं पार्थ ज्ञाने परिसमाप्यते ॥ ३३ ॥
śreyāndravyamayādyajñājjñānayajñaḥ parantapa |
sarvaṃ karmākhilaṃ pārtha jñāne parisamāpyate || 33 ||
Meanings
śreyān: superior; dravya-mayāt: of possessions; yajñāt: than the sacrifice; jñāna-yajñaḥ: sacrifice performed in knowledge; parantapa: scorcher of foes; sarvam: all; karma: action; akhilam: all; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; jñāne: in knowledge; parisamāpyate: culminate

Conqueror of enemies, the sacrifice of knowledge is better than sacrificing material things. Partha, every action ultimately finds completion in knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge-sacrifice is greater than material offering because action reaches its true completion in knowledge. Purifying works prepare the mind; knowledge ends the ignorance that made bondage possible.

4.34
तद्विद्धि प्रणिपातेन परिप्रश्नेन सेवया ।
उपदेक्ष्यन्ति ते ज्ञानं ज्ञानिनस्तत्त्वदर्शिन: ॥ ३४ ॥
tadviddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā |
upadekṣyanti te jñānaṃ jñāninastattvadarśinaḥ || 34 ||
Meanings
tat: the truth; viddhi: try to learn; praṇipātena: by approaching a teacher; paripraśnena: by humble inquiries; sevayā: by rendering service; upadekṣyanti: can impart; te: to you; jñānam: knowledge; jñāninaḥ: the enlightened; tattva-darśinaḥ: people who have realized the truth

Learn this by approaching the wise with humility, sincere questions, and service. Those who see reality will teach you knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge should be received from teachers who directly see the truth. Humility removes resistance, sincere questioning removes doubt, and service expresses the student's readiness to learn.

4.35
यज्ज्ञात्वा न पुनर्मोहमेवं यास्यसि पाण्डव ।
येन भूतान्यशेषेण द्रक्ष्यस्यात्मन्यथो मयि ॥ ३५ ॥
yajjñātvā na punarmohamevaṃ yāsyasi pāṇḍava |
yena bhūtānyaśeṣeṇa drakṣyasyātmanyatho mayi || 35 ||
Meanings
yat: which; jñātvā: having known; na: never; punaḥ: again; moham: delusion; evam: like this; yāsyasi: you shall get; pāṇḍava: son of Pandu; yena: by this; bhūtāni: living beings; aśeṣāṇi: all; drakṣyasi: you will see; ātmani: in the self; atho: that is to say; mayi: in me

Once you know this, Pandava, you will never fall into confusion again. Through this knowledge you will see every being within the self and within me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Self-knowledge ends the delusion of separateness. Arjuna will see all beings in the one Self and that Self as not different from Krishna, the supreme reality.

4.36
अपि चेदसि पापेभ्य: सर्वेभ्य: पापकृत्तम: ।
सर्वं ज्ञानप्लवेनैव वृजिनं सन्तरिष्यसि ॥ ३६ ॥
api cedasi pāpebhyaḥ sarvebhyaḥ pāpakṛttamaḥ |
sarvaṃ jñānaplavenaiva vṛjinaṃ santariṣyasi || 36 ||
Meanings
api: even; cet: if; asi: you are; pāpebhyaḥ: from wrongdoing; sarvebhyaḥ: of all; pāpa-kṛt-tamaḥ: most sinful; sarvam: all; jñāna-plavena: by the boat of knowledge; eva: indeed; vṛjinam: wrongdoing; santariṣyasi: you will cross over

Even if you were the worst of wrongdoers, the raft of knowledge would carry you across all wrongdoing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge can carry even a great wrongdoer beyond the entire sea of wrongdoing because it destroys the ignorance that sustains agency and karmic bondage. It is not merely one good deed balancing bad ones.

4.37
यथैधांसि समिद्धोऽग्निर्भस्मसात्कुरुतेऽर्जुन ।
ज्ञानाग्नि: सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते तथा ॥ ३७ ॥
yathaidhāṃsi samiddho’gnirbhasmasātkurute’rjuna |
jñānāgniḥ sarvakarmāṇi bhasmasātkurute tathā || 37 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; edhānsi: firewood; samiddhaḥ: blazing; agniḥ: fire; bhasma-sāt: to ashes; kurute: turns; arjuna: Arjuna; jñāna-agniḥ: fire of knowledge; sarva-karmāṇi: all reactions from worldly actions; bhasma-sāt: to ashes; kurute: it turns; tathā: similarly

Arjuna, as a blazing fire turns fuel to ash, the fire of knowledge turns the effects of every action to ash.

Śaṅkara's commentary

As fire reduces fuel to ash, knowledge neutralizes accumulated actions that have not yet begun to bear fruit. Actions already producing the present body continue until their force is exhausted.

4.38
न हि ज्ञानेन सदृशं पवित्रमिह विद्यते ।
तत्स्वयं योगसंसिद्ध: कालेनात्मनि विन्दति ॥ ३८ ॥
na hi jñānena sadṛśaṃ pavitramiha vidyate |
tatsvayaṃ yogasaṃsiddhaḥ kālenātmani vindati || 38 ||
Meanings
na: not; hi: indeed; jñānena: through knowledge; sadṛśam: like; pavitram: pure; iha: in this world; vidyate: exists; tat: that; svayam: oneself; yoga: yoga; saṃsiddhaḥ: he who has attained perfection; kālena: in course of time; ātmani: in the self; vindati: finds

Nothing in this world purifies like knowledge. A person perfected in yoga discovers it within the self in time.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Nothing equals knowledge because only knowledge directly removes ignorance, the root impurity. A mind matured through disciplined action discovers this knowledge within itself in due course.

4.39
श्रद्धावान् लभते ज्ञानं तत्पर: संयतेन्द्रिय: ।
ज्ञानं लब्ध्वा परां शान्तिमचिरेणाधिगच्छति ॥ ३९ ॥
śraddhāvān labhate jñānaṃ tatparaḥ saṃyatendriyaḥ |
jñānaṃ labdhvā parāṃ śāntimacireṇādhigacchati || 39 ||
Meanings
śraddhāvān: a faithful person; labhate: achieves; jñānam: knowledge; tat-paraḥ: devoted; saṃyata: controlled; indriyaḥ: senses; jñānam: knowledge; labdhvā: having achieved; parām: the highest; śāntim: peace; acireṇa: without delay; adhigacchati: attains

A person with faith who has mastered the senses gains knowledge. Having gained knowledge, that person quickly reaches the highest peace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Faith is trust in the teaching and teacher strong enough to sustain inquiry, not belief without understanding. Joined with commitment and sense-control, it matures quickly into knowledge and peace.

4.40
अज्ञश्चाश्रद्दधानश्च संशयात्मा विनश्यति ।
नायं लोकोऽस्ति न परो न सुखं संशयात्मन: ॥ ४० ॥
ajñaścāśraddadhānaśca saṃśayātmā vinaśyati |
nāyaṃ loko’sti na paro na sukhaṃ saṃśayātmanaḥ || 40 ||
Meanings
ajñaḥ: the ignorant; ca: and; aśraddadhānaḥ: without faith; ca: and; saṃśaya: skeptical; ātmā: self; vinaśyati: falls down; na: never; ayam: in this; lokaḥ: world; asti: is; na: not; paraḥ: higher; na: not; sukham: happiness; saṃśaya-ātmanaḥ: for the skeptical self

But an ignorant, faithless, doubting person is ruined. For one consumed by doubt, there is no happiness in this world or the next.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The ignorant person lacks knowledge, the faithless person rejects its means, and the chronic doubter cannot commit to either. Doubt therefore destroys both practical well-being and progress toward liberation.

4.41
योगसंन्यस्तकर्माणं ज्ञानसञ्छिन्नसंशयम् ।
आत्मवन्तं न कर्माणि निबध्नन्ति धनञ्जय ॥ ४१ ॥
yogasaṃnyastakarmāṇaṃ jñānasañchinnasaṃśayam |
ātmavantaṃ na karmāṇi nibadhnanti dhanañjaya || 41 ||
Meanings
yoga-sannyasta-karmāṇam: those who relinquish prescribed actions through renunciation; jñāna: knowledge; sañchinna: dispelled; saṃśayam: doubts; ātma-vantam: established in knowledge of the self; na: not; karmāṇi: actions; nibadhnanti: bind; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth

Dhananjaya, action does not bind one who has renounced it through yoga, cut through doubt with knowledge, and become self-governed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One who has surrendered action through knowledge, cut doubt at its root, and remains established in the Self is not bound. Renunciation here is inward freedom from agency, not merely stopping movement.

4.42
तस्मादज्ञानसम्भूतं हृत्स्थं ज्ञानासिनात्मन: ।
छित्त्वैनं संशयं योगमातिष्ठोत्तिष्ठ भारत ॥ ४२ ॥
tasmādajñānasambhūtaṃ hṛtsthaṃ jñānāsinātmanaḥ |
chittvainaṃ saṃśayaṃ yogamātiṣṭhottiṣṭha bhārata || 42 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; ajñāna-sambhūtam: born of ignorance; hṛt-stham: established in the heart; jñāna: knowledge; asinā: with the sword; ātmanaḥ: of the self; chittvā: cut asunder; enam: this; saṃśayam: doubt; yogam: yoga; ātiṣṭha: practice; uttiṣṭha: arise; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Therefore, use the sword of self-knowledge to cut through the doubt born of ignorance in your heart. Establish yourself in yoga and stand up, Bharata.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna must destroy heart-level doubt with discriminating Self-knowledge and then practice the discipline suited to him. Krishna's conclusion is therefore both contemplative and practical: understand, become steady, and act.

↑ contents

5. Karma Sanyasa Yoga

कर्मसंन्यासयोग · The Yoga of Renunciation · 27 verses

5.1
अर्जुन उवाच ।
संन्यासं कर्मणां कृष्ण पुनर्योगं च शंससि ।
यच्छ्रेय एतयोरेकं तन्मे ब्रूहि सुनिश्चितम् ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
saṃnyāsaṃ karmaṇāṃ kṛṣṇa punaryogaṃ ca śaṃsasi |
yacchreya etayorekaṃ tanme brūhi suniścitam || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; saṃyāsam: renunciation; karmaṇām: of actions; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; punaḥ: again; yogam: yoga; ca: also; śaṃsasi: You praise; yat: which; śreyaḥ: more beneficial; etayoḥ: of the two; ekam: one; tat: that; me: to me; brūhi: please tell; su-niścitam: conclusively

Arjuna said: Krishna, you praise renouncing action and also the yoga of action. Tell me clearly which of the two is better.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna again asks for one definite course because Śaṅkara treats knowledge with renunciation and disciplined action as distinct practices for differently prepared people.

5.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
संन्यास: कर्मयोगश्च नि:श्रेयसकरावुभौ ।
तयोस्तु कर्मसंन्यासात्कर्मयोगो विशिष्यते ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
saṃnyāsaḥ karmayogaśca niḥśreyasakarāvubhau |
tayostu karmasaṃnyāsātkarmayogo viśiṣyate || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; saṃyāsaḥ: renunciation; karma-yogaḥ: working in devotion; ca: and; niḥśreyasa-karau: lead to the supreme goal; ubhau: both; tayoḥ: of the two; tu: but; karma-saṃyāsāt: renunciation of actions; karma-yogaḥ: working in devotion; viśiṣyate: is superior

Krishna said: Renunciation and disciplined action both lead to the highest good, but disciplined action is better than withdrawing from action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Both lead toward liberation, but action without attachment is safer for someone not yet ready for complete renunciation. It purifies the mind and naturally matures into knowledge.

5.3
ज्ञेय: स नित्यसंन्यासी यो न द्वेष्टि न काङ् क्षति ।
निर्द्वन्द्वो हि महाबाहो सुखं बन्धात्प्रमुच्यते ॥ ३ ॥
jñeyaḥ sa nityasaṃnyāsī yo na dveṣṭi na kāṅ kṣati |
nirdvandvo hi mahābāho sukhaṃ bandhātpramucyate || 3 ||
Meanings
jñeyaḥ: should be considered; saḥ: that person; nitya: always; saṃyāsī: practising renunciation; yaḥ: who; na: never; dveṣṭi: hate; na: nor; kāṅkṣati: desire; nirdvandvaḥ: without all dualities; hi: indeed; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; sukham: easily; bandhāt: from bondage; pramucyate: is liberated

Mighty-armed Arjuna, consider one who neither hates nor desires a true renunciant. Free from opposing reactions, that person easily escapes bondage.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A karma-yogin who neither longs for pleasant results nor resents required work is already a renunciant in an important sense. Freedom from attraction and aversion loosens the bonds of action.

5.4
साङ्ख्ययोगौ पृथग्बाला: प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिता: ।
एकमप्यास्थित: सम्यगुभयोर्विन्दते फलम् ॥ ४ ॥
sāṅkhyayogau pṛthagbālāḥ pravadanti na paṇḍitāḥ |
ekamapyāsthitaḥ samyagubhayorvindate phalam || 4 ||
Meanings
sāṅkhya: renunciation of actions; yogau: karma yoga; pṛthak: different; bālāḥ: the ignorant; pravadanti: say; na: never; paṇḍitāḥ: the learned; ekam: in one; api: even; āsthitaḥ: being situated; samyak: completely; ubhayoḥ: of both; vindate: achieve; phalam: the result

Only the immature, not the wise, treat Sankhya and yoga as different. Someone firmly established in either receives the fruit of both.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge and disciplined action differ as direct means and preparation, but they are not rival destinations. Firm practice of karma-yoga produces the purity from which knowledge and its result arise.

5.5
यत्साङ्ख्यै: प्राप्यते स्थानं तद्योगैरपि गम्यते ।
एकं साङ्ख्यं च योगं च य: पश्यति स पश्यति ॥ ५ ॥
yatsāṅkhyaiḥ prāpyate sthānaṃ tadyogairapi gamyate |
ekaṃ sāṅkhyaṃ ca yogaṃ ca yaḥ paśyati sa paśyati || 5 ||
Meanings
yat: what; sāṅkhyaiḥ: by means of karma sanyās; prāpyate: is attained; sthānam: place; tat: that; yogaiḥ: by working in devotion; api: also; gamyate: is attained; ekam: one; sāṅkhyam: renunciation of actions; ca: and; yogam: yoga; ca: and; yaḥ: who; paśyati: sees; saḥ: that person; paśyati: actually sees

The state reached through Sankhya is also reached through yoga. One who sees Sankhya and yoga as one truly sees.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The contemplative reaches Brahman through knowledge; the karma-yogin reaches the same reality after action has prepared the mind for that knowledge. Seeing their ordered relationship is seeing them as one path to one end.

5.6
संन्यासस्तु महाबाहो दु:खमाप्तुमयोगत: ।
योगयुक्तो मुनिर्ब्रह्म नचिरेणाधिगच्छति ॥ ६ ॥
saṃnyāsastu mahābāho duḥkhamāptumayogataḥ |
yogayukto munirbrahma nacireṇādhigacchati || 6 ||
Meanings
saṃyāsaḥ: renunciation; tu: but; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; duḥkham: distress; āptum: attains; ayogataḥ: without karma-yoga; yoga-yuktaḥ: disciplined through yoga; muniḥ: a sage; brahma: Brahman; na cireṇa: quickly; adhigacchati: goes

Mighty-armed Arjuna, renunciation is difficult without yoga. A sage disciplined by yoga quickly reaches Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Renouncing work while the mind remains impure leads to strain and possible failure. One first disciplined by unattached action can attain knowledge and Brahman without that conflict.

5.7
योगयुक्तो विशुद्धात्मा विजितात्मा जितेन्द्रिय: ।
सर्वभूतात्मभूतात्मा कुर्वन्नपि न लिप्यते ॥ ७ ॥
yogayukto viśuddhātmā vijitātmā jitendriyaḥ |
sarvabhūtātmabhūtātmā kurvannapi na lipyate || 7 ||
Meanings
yoga-yuktaḥ: disciplined through yoga; viśuddha-ātmā: one with purified intellect; vijita-ātmā: a person who has conquered the mind; jita-indriyaḥ: having conquered the senses; sarva-bhūta-ātma-bhūta-ātmā: one who sees the same self in every being; kurvan: performing; api: although; na: never; lipyate: entangled

One disciplined by yoga, purified and self-controlled, with the senses mastered and the self recognized in every being, remains untouched while acting.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The purified yogin masters body and senses and recognizes the same Self in all beings. Actions then occur without contaminating the Self with the claim of agency.

5.8-9
नैव किञ्चित्करोमीति युक्तो मन्येत तत्त्ववित् ।
पश्यञ्शृण्वन्स्पृशञ्जिघ्रन्नश्नन्गच्छन्स्वपञ्श्वसन् ॥ ८ ॥
प्रलपन्विसृजन्गृह्ण्न्नुन्मिषन्निमिषन्नपि ।
इन्द्रियाणीन्द्रियार्थेषु वर्तन्त इति धारयन् ॥ ९ ॥
naiva kiñcitkaromīti yukto manyeta tattvavit |
paśyañśṛṇvanspṛśañjighrannaśnangacchansvapañśvasan || 8 ||
pralapanvisṛjangṛhṇnnunmiṣannimiṣannapi |
indriyāṇīndriyārtheṣu vartanta iti dhārayan || 9 ||
Meanings
na: not; eva: indeed; kiñcit: anything; karomi: I do; iti: thus; yuktaḥ: steadfast in karma yoga; manyeta: thinks; tattva-vit: a person who knows the truth; paśyan: seeing; śṛṇvan: hearing; spṛśan: touching; jighran: smelling; aśnan: eating; gacchan: moving; svapan: sleeping; śvasan: breathing; pralapan: talking; visṛjan: giving up; gṛhṇan: accepting; unmiṣan: opening; nimiṣan: closing; api: although; indriyāṇi: the senses; indriya-artheṣu: in sense-objects; vartante: moving; iti: thus; dhārayan: convinced

A disciplined person who understands reality thinks, ‘I am doing nothing at all,’ while seeing, hearing, touching, smelling, eating, moving, sleeping, and breathing. While speaking, releasing, grasping, or opening and closing the eyes, that person understands: ‘The senses are engaging with sense objects.’

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower understands that seeing, hearing, moving, speaking, and the other functions belong to senses, organs, and vital processes. The Self illuminates them but performs none of them.

5.10
ब्रह्मण्याधाय कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा करोति य: ।
लिप्यते न स पापेन पद्मपत्रमिवाम्भसा ॥ १० ॥
brahmaṇyādhāya karmāṇi saṅgaṃ tyaktvā karoti yaḥ |
lipyate na sa pāpena padmapatramivāmbhasā || 10 ||
Meanings
brahmaṇi: in Brahman; ādhāya: placing; karmāṇi: actions; saṅgam: attachment; tyaktvā: abandoning; karoti: performs; yaḥ: who; lipyate: is stained; na: never; saḥ: that person; pāpena: by wrongdoing; padma-patram: a lotus leaf; iva: like; ambhasā: by water

A person who dedicates every action to Brahman and abandons attachment is untouched by wrongdoing, as a lotus leaf is untouched by water.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Dedicating action to Brahman means abandoning the egoistic claim to both agency and result. Such action cannot stain the practitioner, just as water does not adhere to a lotus leaf.

5.11
कायेन मनसा बुद्ध्या केवलैरिन्द्रियैरपि ।
योगिन: कर्म कुर्वन्ति सङ्गं त्यक्त्वात्मशुद्धये ॥ ११ ॥
kāyena manasā buddhyā kevalairindriyairapi |
yoginaḥ karma kurvanti saṅgaṃ tyaktvātmaśuddhaye || 11 ||
Meanings
kāyena: with the body; manasā: with the mind; buddhyā: with the intellect; kevalaiḥ: only; indriyaiḥ: with the senses; api: even; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga; karma: action; kurvanti: perform; saṅgam: attachment; tyaktvā: giving up; ātma: of the self; śuddhaye: for the purification

Having let go of attachment, yogis act with body, mind, intellect, and senses only to purify themselves.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Before knowledge is firm, yogins deliberately employ body, mind, intellect, and senses without attachment. Their aim is purification of the inner instrument, not private reward.

5.12
युक्त: कर्मफलं त्यक्त्वा शान्तिमाप्नोति नैष्ठिकीम् ।
अयुक्त: कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते ॥ १२ ॥
yuktaḥ karmaphalaṃ tyaktvā śāntimāpnoti naiṣṭhikīm |
ayuktaḥ kāmakāreṇa phale sakto nibadhyate || 12 ||
Meanings
yuktaḥ: one established in yoga; karma-phalam: results of all activities; tyaktvā: giving up; śāntim: peace; āpnoti: attains; naiṣṭhikīm: everlasting; ayuktaḥ: one not established in yoga; kāma-kāreṇa: impelled by desires; phale: in the result; saktaḥ: attached; nibadhyate: becomes entangled

A disciplined person who abandons the results of action reaches lasting peace. One who is driven by desire and attached to results remains bound.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Relinquishing the fruit brings the steady peace that follows from freedom from craving. A person who acts to satisfy desire remains tied to each expected outcome.

5.13
सर्वकर्माणि मनसा संन्यस्यास्ते सुखं वशी ।
नवद्वारे पुरे देही नैव कुर्वन्न कारयन् ॥ १३ ॥
sarvakarmāṇi manasā saṃnyasyāste sukhaṃ vaśī |
navadvāre pure dehī naiva kurvanna kārayan || 13 ||
Meanings
sarva: all; karmāṇi: actions; manasā: by the mind; sannyasya: having renounced; āste: remains; sukham: happily; vaśī: the self-controlled; nava-dvāre: of nine gates; pure: in the city; dehī: the embodied self; na: never; eva: indeed; kurvan: doing anything; na: not; kārayan: causing to be done

Mentally renouncing every action, the self-controlled resident of the body rests peacefully in the nine-gated city, neither acting nor causing action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The nine-gated city is the body with its sensory openings. The discriminating Self rests as non-agent while actions proceed in body and mind according to nature.

5.14
न कर्तृत्वं न कर्माणि लोकस्य सृजति प्रभु: ।
न कर्मफलसंयोगं स्वभावस्तु प्रवर्तते ॥ १४ ॥
na kartṛtvaṃ na karmāṇi lokasya sṛjati prabhuḥ |
na karmaphalasaṃyogaṃ svabhāvastu pravartate || 14 ||
Meanings
na: neither; kartṛtvam: sense of doership; na: nor; karmāṇi: actions; lokasya: of the people; sṛjati: creates; prabhuḥ: the lord; na: nor; karma-phala: the result of action; saṃyogam: connection; svabhāvaḥ: one's nature; tu: but; pravartate: is enacted

The Lord of the world creates neither the sense of being the doer, nor actions, nor the connection between action and result. Nature produces them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Neither agency, action, nor the link between action and result is created in the Self. These arise through nature and through the ignorance that identifies consciousness with nature's activity.

5.15
नादत्ते कस्यचित्पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभु: ।
अज्ञानेनावृतं ज्ञानं तेन मुह्यन्ति जन्तव: ॥ १५ ॥
nādatte kasyacitpāpaṃ na caiva sukṛtaṃ vibhuḥ |
ajñānenāvṛtaṃ jñānaṃ tena muhyanti jantavaḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
na: not; ādatte: accepts; kasyacit: anyone's; pāpam: wrongdoing; na: not; ca: and; eva: indeed; su-kṛtam: virtuous deeds; vibhuḥ: the all-pervading one; ajñānena: by ignorance; āvṛtam: covered; jñānam: knowledge; tena: by that; muhyanti: are deluded; jantavaḥ: the beings

The Lord takes on neither anyone’s wrongdoing nor anyone’s good deeds. Knowledge is covered by ignorance, and this confuses living beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The impartial Self takes possession of no one's merit or fault. Beings experience bondage because ignorance covers their innate knowledge and makes them identify with action.

5.16
ज्ञानेन तु तदज्ञानं येषां नाशितमात्मन: ।
तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत्परम् ॥ १६ ॥
jñānena tu tadajñānaṃ yeṣāṃ nāśitamātmanaḥ |
teṣāmādityavajjñānaṃ prakāśayati tatparam || 16 ||
Meanings
jñānena: through knowledge; tu: but; tat: that; ajñānam: ignorance; yeṣām: whose; nāśitam: has been destroyed; ātmanaḥ: of the self; teṣām: their; āditya-vat: like the sun; jñānam: knowledge; prakāśayati: illumines; tat: that; param: the highest

But when self-knowledge destroys ignorance, knowledge shines like the sun and reveals the highest reality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When knowledge removes ignorance, it does not manufacture Brahman; it reveals the reality that was always present. Like sunlight, it makes what was obscured unmistakable.

5.17
तद्बुद्धयस्तदात्मानस्तन्निष्ठास्तत्परायणा: ।
गच्छन्त्यपुनरावृत्तिं ज्ञाननिर्धूतकल्मषा: ॥ १७ ॥
tadbuddhayastadātmānastanniṣṭhāstatparāyaṇāḥ |
gacchantyapunarāvṛttiṃ jñānanirdhūtakalmaṣāḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
tat-buddhayaḥ: with understanding fixed on that; tat-ātmānaḥ: with their being fixed on that; tat-niṣṭhāḥ: grounded in that; tat-parāyaṇāḥ: intent on that as their goal; gacchanti: go; apunaḥ-āvṛttim: not returning; jñāna: knowledge; nirdhūta: dispelled; kalmaṣāḥ: wrongdoing

With thought fixed on that reality, absorbed and established in it, devoted to it alone, people purified by knowledge reach the state from which there is no return.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those whose intellect and identity are settled in Brahman, and whose sole commitment is to that reality, have their faults burned by knowledge. They do not return to embodied existence.

5.18
विद्याविनयसम्पन्ने ब्राह्मणे गवि हस्तिनि ।
शुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिता: समदर्शिन: ॥ १८ ॥
vidyāvinayasampanne brāhmaṇe gavi hastini |
śuni caiva śvapāke ca paṇḍitāḥ samadarśinaḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
vidyā: knowledge; vinaya: humility; sampanne: equipped with; brāhmaṇe: a Brahmin; gavi: a cow; hastini: an elephant; śuni: a dog; ca: and; eva: indeed; śva-pāke: a dog-eater; ca: and; paṇḍitāḥ: the learned; sama-darśinaḥ: see with equal vision

The wise look equally upon a learned and humble Brahmin, a cow, an elephant, a dog, and an outcaste.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Equal vision means seeing the one, unchanging Self in beings whose bodies and social descriptions differ. It does not deny conventional differences; it denies that those differences divide the Self.

5.19
इहैव तैर्जित: सर्गो येषां साम्ये स्थितं मन: ।
निर्दोषं हि समं ब्रह्म तस्माद् ब्रह्मणि ते स्थिता: ॥ १९ ॥
ihaiva tairjitaḥ sargo yeṣāṃ sāmye sthitaṃ manaḥ |
nirdoṣaṃ hi samaṃ brahma tasmād brahmaṇi te sthitāḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
iha eva: in this very life; taiḥ: by them; jitaḥ: conquer; sargaḥ: the creation; yeṣām: whose; sāmye: in equanimity; sthitam: situated; manaḥ: mind; nirdoṣam: flawless; hi: indeed; samam: in equality; brahma: Brahman; tasmāt: therefore; brahmaṇi: in Absolute Truth; te: they; sthitāḥ: are seated

Those whose minds remain equal have overcome conditioned existence even here. Brahman is flawless and equal, so they are established in Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A mind established in equality has already overcome rebirth because it reflects Brahman, which is equal and unstained everywhere. Liberation begins in this life through right vision.

5.20
न प्रहृष्येत्प्रियं प्राप्य नोद्विजेत्प्राप्य चाप्रियम् ।
स्थिरबुद्धिरसम्मूढो ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मणि स्थित: ॥ २० ॥
na prahṛṣyetpriyaṃ prāpya nodvijetprāpya cāpriyam |
sthirabuddhirasammūḍho brahmavid brahmaṇi sthitaḥ || 20 ||
Meanings
na: neither; prahṛṣyet: rejoice; priyam: the pleasant; prāpya: obtaining; na: nor; udvijet: become disturbed; prāpya: attaining; ca: also; apriyam: the unpleasant; sthira-buddhiḥ: steady intellect; asammūḍhaḥ: firmly situated; brahma-vit: having a steady understanding; brahmaṇi: in Brahman; sthitaḥ: situated

Established in Brahman with steady, unconfused understanding, one who knows Brahman neither celebrates what is pleasant nor grieves over what is unpleasant.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Pleasant and unpleasant events belong to changing conditions, not to the complete Self. The knower therefore neither swells with delight nor collapses in grief.

5.21
बाह्यस्पर्शेष्वसक्तात्मा विन्दत्यात्मनि यत्सुखम् ।
स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते ॥ २१ ॥
bāhyasparśeṣvasaktātmā vindatyātmani yatsukham |
sa brahmayogayuktātmā sukhamakṣayamaśnute || 21 ||
Meanings
bāhya-sparśeṣu: external sense pleasure; asakta-ātmā: people who are unattached; vindati: find; ātmani: in the self; yat: which; sukham: bliss; saḥ: that person; brahma-yoga yukta-ātmā: those established through yoga; sukham: happiness; akṣayam: unlimited; aśnute: experiences

A person unattached to external contact finds joy within the self. Joined to Brahman through yoga, that person enjoys lasting happiness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Turning from external contacts, the knower discovers happiness as the nature of the Self. Because it does not depend on a temporary object, this happiness does not decay.

5.22
ये हि संस्पर्शजा भोगा दु:खयोनय एव ते ।
आद्यन्तवन्त: कौन्तेय न तेषु रमते बुध: ॥ २२ ॥
ye hi saṃsparśajā bhogā duḥkhayonaya eva te |
ādyantavantaḥ kaunteya na teṣu ramate budhaḥ || 22 ||
Meanings
ye: which; hi: indeed; saṃsparśa-jāḥ: born from contact with sense objects; bhogāḥ: pleasures; duḥkha: misery; yonayaḥ: source of; eva: indeed; te: they are; ādya-antavantaḥ: having beginning and end; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; na: never; teṣu: in those; ramate: takes delight; budhaḥ: the wise

Son of Kunti, pleasures born from sensory contact are also sources of pain because they begin and end. The wise do not seek delight in them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Pleasures caused by contact carry pain within them because they are limited, dependent, and certain to end. One who understands their structure does not seek lasting satisfaction there.

5.23
शक्नोतीहैव य: सोढुं प्राक्शरीरविमोक्षणात् ।
कामक्रोधोद्भवं वेगं स युक्त: स सुखी नर: ॥ २३ ॥
śaknotīhaiva yaḥ soḍhuṃ prākśarīravimokṣaṇāt |
kāmakrodhodbhavaṃ vegaṃ sa yuktaḥ sa sukhī naraḥ || 23 ||
Meanings
śaknoti: is able; iha eva: in present body; yaḥ: who; soḍhum: to withstand; prāk: before; śarīra: the body; vimokṣaṇāt: giving up; kāma: desire; krodha: anger; udbhavam: generated from; vegam: forces; saḥ: that person; yuktaḥ: yogi; saḥ: that person; sukhī: happy; naraḥ: person

A person who can withstand the force of desire and anger before leaving the body is disciplined and happy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Liberation while living requires mastering the bodily force of desire and anger before death. The verse rejects the hope that mere death will accomplish what discipline and knowledge have not.

5.24
योऽन्त:सुखोऽन्तरारामस्तथान्तज्र्योतिरेव य: ।
स योगी ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं ब्रह्मभूतोऽधिगच्छति ॥ २४ ॥
yo’ntaḥsukho’ntarārāmastathāntajryotireva yaḥ |
sa yogī brahmanirvāṇaṃ brahmabhūto’dhigacchati || 24 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; antaḥ-sukhaḥ: happy within the self; antaḥ-ārāmaḥ: enjoying within the self; tathā: as well as; antaḥ-jyotiḥ: illumined by the inner light; eva: indeed; yaḥ: who; saḥ: he; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; brahma-nirvāṇam: liberation from worldly existence; brahmabhūtaḥ: united with the Lord; adhigacchati: attains

A yogi who finds happiness, delight, and light within becomes one with Brahman and reaches the peace of Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The yogin's happiness, delight, and light are inward because their basis is the luminous Self. Knowing the Self as Brahman, the yogin reaches Brahman's peace.

5.25
लभन्ते ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृषय: क्षीणकल्मषा: ।
छिन्नद्वैधा यतात्मान: सर्वभूतहिते रता: ॥ २५ ॥
labhante brahmanirvāṇamṛṣayaḥ kṣīṇakalmaṣāḥ |
chinnadvaidhā yatātmānaḥ sarvabhūtahite ratāḥ || 25 ||
Meanings
labhante: achieve; brahma-nirvāṇam: liberation from worldly existence; ṛṣayaḥ: holy persons; kṣīṇa-kalmaṣāḥ: whose wrongdoing have been purged; chinna: annihilated; dvaidhāḥ: doubts; yata-ātmānaḥ: whose minds are disciplined; sarva-bhūta: for all beings; hite: in welfare work; ratāḥ: rejoice

Sages whose wrongs are ended, doubts resolved, selves controlled, and attention devoted to the welfare of all beings reach the peace of Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

With ignorance and doubt removed, sages naturally work for the good of all because they recognize no separate Self confined to one body. Their universal concern accompanies freedom, rather than purchasing it.

5.26
कामक्रोधवियुक्तानां यतीनां यतचेतसाम् ।
अभितो ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं वर्तते विदितात्मनाम् ॥ २६ ॥
kāmakrodhaviyuktānāṃ yatīnāṃ yatacetasām |
abhito brahmanirvāṇaṃ vartate viditātmanām || 26 ||
Meanings
kāma: desires; krodha: anger; viyuktānām: of people who are liberated; yatīnām: of saintly persons; yata-cetasām: self-knowers who have mastered the mind; abhitaḥ: from every side; brahma: Brahman; nirvāṇam: liberation from worldly existence; vartate: exists; vidita-ātmanām: of people who are self-realized

The peace of Brahman is close to those who know themselves, are free from desire and anger, and have mastered their minds and nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

For a self-controlled knower free from desire and anger, final release is present on every side and near at hand. No external journey separates that person from Brahman.

5.27-28
स्पर्शान्कृत्वा बहिर्बाह्यांश्चक्षुश्चैवान्तरे भ्रुवो: ।
प्राणापानौ समौ कृत्वा नासाभ्यन्तरचारिणौ ॥ २७ ॥
यतेन्द्रियमनोबुद्धिर्मुनिर्मोक्षपरायण: ।
विगतेच्छाभयक्रोधो य: सदा मुक्त एव स: ॥ २८ ॥
sparśānkṛtvā bahirbāhyāṃścakṣuścaivāntare bhruvoḥ |
prāṇāpānau samau kṛtvā nāsābhyantaracāriṇau || 27 ||
yatendriyamanobuddhirmunirmokṣaparāyaṇaḥ |
vigatecchābhayakrodho yaḥ sadā mukta eva saḥ || 28 ||
Meanings
sparśān: contacts; kṛtvā: keeping; bahiḥ: outside; bāhyān: external; cakṣuḥ: eyes; ca: and; eva: indeed; antare: between; bhruvoḥ: of the eyebrows; prāṇa-apānau: outgoing and incoming breaths; samau: equal; kṛtvā: keeping; nāsa-abhyantara: within the nostrils; cāriṇau: moving; yata: controlled; indriya: senses; manaḥ: mind; buddhiḥ: intellect; muniḥ: the sage; mokṣa: liberation; parāyaṇaḥ: dedicated; vigata: free; icchā: desires; bhaya: fear; krodhaḥ: anger; yaḥ: who; sadā: always; muktaḥ: liberated; eva: indeed; saḥ: that person

Shutting out external contact, fixing the gaze between the eyebrows, and balancing the inward and outward breaths moving through the nostrils, the sage who controls senses, mind, and intellect, seeks only freedom, and has abandoned desire, fear, and anger is always free.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara presents breath, gaze, sense, and mind control as contemplative supports for the renunciant intent on liberation. Freedom is stable when desire, fear, and anger no longer disturb this knowledge.

5.29
भोक्तारं यज्ञतपसां सर्वलोकमहेश्वरम् ।
सुहृदं सर्वभूतानां ज्ञात्वा मां शान्तिमृच्छति ॥ २९ ॥
bhoktāraṃ yajñatapasāṃ sarvalokamaheśvaram |
suhṛdaṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ jñātvā māṃ śāntimṛcchati || 29 ||
Meanings
bhoktāram: the receiver; yajña: sacrifices; tapasām: austerities; sarva-loka: of all worlds; mahā-īśvaram: the great lord; su-hṛdam: the selfless friend; sarva: of all; bhūtānām: the living beings; jñātvā: having realized; mām: me; śāntim: peace; ṛcchati: attains

Knowing me as the receiver of sacrifice and austerity, the great lord of every world, and the friend of all beings, a person reaches peace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Peace comes from knowing Krishna as the true recipient of all worship, the sovereign of every world, and the disinterested friend of every being. Nothing then remains to be defended from or bargained for with the divine.

↑ contents

6. Dhyana Yoga

ध्यानयोग · The Yoga of Meditation · 44 verses

6.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
अनाश्रित: कर्मफलं कार्यं कर्म करोति य: ।
स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रिय: ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
anāśritaḥ karmaphalaṃ kāryaṃ karma karoti yaḥ |
sa saṃnyāsī ca yogī ca na niragnirna cākriyaḥ || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; anāśritaḥ: not desiring; karma-phalam: results of actions; kāryam: obligatory; karma: action; karoti: perform; yaḥ: one who; saḥ: that person; saṃyāsī: in renounced order; ca: and; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; ca: and; na: not; niḥ: without; agniḥ: fire; na: not; ca: also; akriyaḥ: without activity

Krishna said: A person who performs the work that must be done without depending on its results is both a renunciant and a yogi, not one who merely abandons ritual fire or action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A person who performs required work without relying on its fruit is called both renunciant and yogin in a preparatory sense. Merely giving up ritual fire or bodily activity does not constitute either.

6.2
यं संन्यासमिति प्राहुर्योगं तं विद्धि पाण्डव ।
न ह्यसंन्यस्तसङ्कल्पो योगी भवति कश्चन ॥ २ ॥
yaṃ saṃnyāsamiti prāhuryogaṃ taṃ viddhi pāṇḍava |
na hyasaṃnyastasaṅkalpo yogī bhavati kaścana || 2 ||
Meanings
yam: what; saṃyāsam: renunciation; iti: thus; prāhuḥ: they say; yogam: yoga; tam: that; viddhi: know; pāṇḍava: son of Pandu; na: not; hi: indeed; asannyasta: without giving up; saṅkalpaḥ: desire; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; bhavati: becomes; kaścana: anyone

What is called renunciation is the same as yoga, Pandava. No one becomes a yogi without giving up selfish intention.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The common core of renunciation and yoga is relinquishing selfish intention. No one can gather the mind for contemplation while still constructing actions around imagined personal results.

6.3
आरुरुक्षोर्मुनेर्योगं कर्म कारणमुच्यते ।
योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शम: कारणमुच्यते ॥ ३ ॥
ārurukṣormuneryogaṃ karma kāraṇamucyate |
yogārūḍhasya tasyaiva śamaḥ kāraṇamucyate || 3 ||
Meanings
ārurukṣoḥ: a beginner; muneḥ: of a sage; yogam: yoga; karma: action; kāraṇam: the cause; ucyate: is said; yoga ārūḍhasya: of those advanced in yoga; tasya: their; eva: indeed; śamaḥ: meditation; kāraṇam: the cause; ucyate: is said

Action is the means for someone seeking to rise in yoga; stillness is the means for someone established in yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

For a beginner seeking steadiness in meditation, disciplined action is the means because it purifies the mind. Once established, cessation from such action and contemplative quiet become the means to firmness.

6.4
यदा हि नेन्द्रियार्थेषु न कर्मस्वनुषज्जते ।
सर्वसङ्कल्पसंन्यासी योगारूढस्तदोच्यते ॥ ४ ॥
yadā hi nendriyārtheṣu na karmasvanuṣajjate |
sarvasaṅkalpasaṃnyāsī yogārūḍhastadocyate || 4 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; hi: indeed; na: not; indriya-artheṣu: for sense-objects; na: not; karmasu: to actions; anuṣajjate: is attachment; sarva-saṅkalpa: every desire for action's results; saṃyāsī: renouncer; yoga-ārūḍhaḥ: elevated in the science of yoga; tadā: at that time; ucyate: is said

A person is established in yoga after letting go of selfish intention and no longer clinging to sense objects or actions.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Established yoga is marked by nonattachment both to sensory objects and to actions undertaken for results. Self-serving intention has then been relinquished at its source.

6.5
उद्धरेदात्मनात्मानं नात्मानमवसादयेत् ।
आत्मैव ह्यात्मनो बन्धुरात्मैव रिपुरात्मन: ॥ ५ ॥
uddharedātmanātmānaṃ nātmānamavasādayet |
ātmaiva hyātmano bandhurātmaiva ripurātmanaḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
uddharet: elevate; ātmanā: by the self; ātmānam: the self; na: not; ātmānam: the self; avasādayet: degrade; ātmā: self; eva: indeed; hi: indeed; ātmanaḥ: of the self; bandhuḥ: friend; ātmā: self; eva: indeed; ripuḥ: enemy; ātmanaḥ: of the self

Lift yourself through your own effort, and do not let yourself fall. You can be your own friend or your own enemy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The mind can raise the person toward discrimination or lower the person through attachment. Since this inner instrument is available to each person, one should train it rather than wait for an external rescuer.

6.6
बन्धुरात्मात्मनस्तस्य येनात्मैवात्मना जित: ।
अनात्मनस्तु शत्रुत्वे वर्ते तात्मैव शत्रुवत् ॥ ६ ॥
bandhurātmātmanastasya yenātmaivātmanā jitaḥ |
anātmanastu śatrutve varte tātmaiva śatruvat || 6 ||
Meanings
bandhuḥ: friend; ātmā: self; ātmanaḥ: of the self; tasya: of him; yena: by whom; ātmā: self; eva: indeed; ātmanā: by the self; jitaḥ: conquered; anātmanaḥ: of people with unconquered mind; tu: but; śatrutve: for an enemy; varteta: remains; ātmā: self; eva: as; śatru-vat: like an enemy

When you have mastered yourself, your self is your friend. When you have not, it acts like an enemy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A governed mind supports knowledge like a friend; an ungoverned mind obstructs it like an enemy. The same instrument takes either role according to discipline.

6.7
जितात्मन: प्रशान्तस्य परमात्मा समाहित: ।
शीतोष्णसुखदु:खेषु तथा मानापमानयो: ॥ ७ ॥
jitātmanaḥ praśāntasya paramātmā samāhitaḥ |
śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkheṣu tathā mānāpamānayoḥ || 7 ||
Meanings
jita-ātmanaḥ: a person who has conquered one's mind; praśāntasya: of the peaceful; parama-ātmā: the supreme self; samāhitaḥ: steadfast; śīta: in cold; uṣṇa: heat; sukha: happiness; duḥkheṣu: in distress; tathā: also; māna: in honor; apamānayoḥ: and dishonor

The higher self of a peaceful, self-controlled person remains steady through heat and cold, pleasure and pain, honor and dishonor.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When the lower personality is peaceful and controlled, awareness rests steadily in the supreme Self. Physical opposites and social judgment no longer displace it.

6.8
ज्ञानविज्ञानतृप्तात्मा कूटस्थो विजितेन्द्रिय: ।
युक्त इत्युच्यते योगी समलोष्टाश्मकाञ्चन: ॥ ८ ॥
jñānavijñānatṛptātmā kūṭastho vijitendriyaḥ |
yukta ityucyate yogī samaloṣṭāśmakāñcanaḥ || 8 ||
Meanings
jñāna: knowledge; vijñāna: realized knowledge, wisdom from within; tṛpta ātmā: one fully satisfied; kūṭa-sthaḥ: undisturbed; vijita-indriyaḥ: a person who has conquered the senses; yuktaḥ: disciplined; iti: thus; ucyate: is said; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; sama: looks equally; loṣṭra: pebbles; aśma: stone; kāñcanaḥ: gold

A yogi who is satisfied by knowledge and insight, remains unshaken, controls the senses, and regards earth, stone, and gold alike is fully integrated.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Scriptural knowledge ripens into direct realization, leaving the yogin inwardly complete and the senses mastered. Earth, stone, and gold are then equal as objects incapable of adding to the Self.

6.9
सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थद्वेष्यबन्धुषु ।
साधुष्वपि च पापेषु समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते ॥ ९ ॥
suhṛnmitrāryudāsīnamadhyasthadveṣyabandhuṣu |
sādhuṣvapi ca pāpeṣu samabuddhirviśiṣyate || 9 ||
Meanings
su-hṛt: toward the well-wishers; mitra: friends; ari: enemies; udāsīna: neutral persons; madhya-stha: mediators; dveṣya: the envious; bandhuṣu: relatives; sādhuṣu: pious; api: as well as; ca: and; pāpeṣu: the sinners; sama-buddhiḥ: of impartial intellect; viśiṣyate: is distinguished

One who treats friends and enemies, loved ones and strangers, neutrals and relatives, and good and bad people impartially excels.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Superior equanimity extends beyond neutral objects to difficult human relationships. The yogin sees the same Self while recognizing that conduct and conventional relationships still differ.

6.10
योगी युञ्जीत सततमात्मानं रहसि स्थित: ।
एकाकी यतचित्तात्मा निराशीरपरिग्रह: ॥ १० ॥
yogī yuñjīta satatamātmānaṃ rahasi sthitaḥ |
ekākī yatacittātmā nirāśīraparigrahaḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
yogī: a practitioner of yoga; yuñjīta: should remain engaged in meditation; satatam: constantly; ātmānam: the self; rahasi: in seclusion; sthitaḥ: remaining; ekākī: alone; yata-citta-ātmā: with a controlled mind and body; nirāśīḥ: free from desires; aparigrahaḥ: without desires for possessions

A yogi should practice continually, remaining alone in a quiet place with mind and self controlled, free from expectation and possessiveness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Meditation requires repeated practice, solitude, an inwardly controlled mind, and freedom from expectation and accumulation. These conditions reduce the occasions for distraction.

6.11
शुचौ देशे प्रतिष्ठाप्य स्थिरमासनमात्मन: ।
नात्युच्छ्रितं नातिनीचं चैलाजिनकुशोत्तरम् ॥ ११ ॥
śucau deśe pratiṣṭhāpya sthiramāsanamātmanaḥ |
nātyucchritaṃ nātinīcaṃ cailājinakuśottaram || 11 ||
Meanings
śucau: in a clean; deśe: place; pratiṣṭhāpya: having established; sthiram: steadfast; āsanam: seat; ātmanaḥ: of the self; na: not; ati: too; ucchritam: high; na: not; ati: too; nīcam: low; caila: cloth; ajina: a deerskin; kuśa: kusha grass; uttaram: one over the other

In a clean place, one should prepare a stable seat that is neither too high nor too low, layering kusha grass, antelope skin, and cloth.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The physical seat should be clean, stable, and moderate. Śaṅkara treats these details as practical supports for sustained meditation, not as ends in themselves.

6.12-13
तत्रैकाग्रं मन: कृत्वा यतचित्तेन्द्रियक्रिय: ।
उपविश्यासने युञ्ज्याद्योगमात्मविशुद्धये ॥ १२ ॥
समं कायशिरोग्रीवं धारयन्नचलं स्थिर: ।
सम्प्रेक्ष्य नासिकाग्रं स्वं दिशश्चानवलोकयन् ॥ १३ ॥
tatraikāgraṃ manaḥ kṛtvā yatacittendriyakriyaḥ |
upaviśyāsane yuñjyādyogamātmaviśuddhaye || 12 ||
samaṃ kāyaśirogrīvaṃ dhārayannacalaṃ sthiraḥ |
samprekṣya nāsikāgraṃ svaṃ diśaścānavalokayan || 13 ||
Meanings
tatra: there; eka-agram: one-pointed; manaḥ: mind; kṛtvā: having made; yata-citta: controlling the mind; indriya: senses; kriyaḥ: activities; upaviśya: being seated; āsane: on the seat; yuñjyāt yogam: should strive to practice yoga; ātma viśuddhaye: for purification of the mind; samam: straight; kāya: body; śiraḥ: head; grīvam: neck; dhārayan: holding; acalam: unmoving; sthiraḥ: still; samprekṣya: gazing; nāsika-agram: at tip of the nose; svam: own; diśaḥ: directions; ca: and; anavalokayan: not looking

Seated there, with the mind focused and the activities of thought and senses controlled, one should practice yoga to purify the self. Holding body, head, and neck upright and still, one should keep the gaze steady at the tip of the nose without looking around.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A steady posture and controlled gaze help gather thought and senses into one point. The purpose is purification and concentration, while rigid attention to the nose itself is not the object of meditation.

6.14
प्रशान्तात्मा विगतभीर्ब्रह्मचारिव्रते स्थित: ।
मन: संयम्य मच्चित्तो युक्त आसीत मत्पर: ॥ १४ ॥
praśāntātmā vigatabhīrbrahmacārivrate sthitaḥ |
manaḥ saṃyamya maccitto yukta āsīta matparaḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
praśānta: serene; ātmā: self; vigata-bhīḥ: fearless; brahmacāri-vrate: in vow of celibacy; sthitaḥ: situated; manaḥ: mind; saṃyamya: having controlled; mat-cittaḥ: meditate on me; yuktaḥ: engaged; āsīta: should sit; mat-paraḥ: intent on me

Peaceful and fearless, firm in celibate discipline, with the mind controlled and fixed on me, the yogi should sit with me as the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Fearlessness, sexual continence, calm, and mental mastery protect contemplation from disturbance. The meditator fixes the mind on Krishna as the supreme Lord and highest end.

6.15
युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानं योगी नियतमानस: ।
शान्तिं निर्वाणपरमां मत्संस्थामधिगच्छति ॥ १५ ॥
yuñjannevaṃ sadātmānaṃ yogī niyatamānasaḥ |
śāntiṃ nirvāṇaparamāṃ matsaṃsthāmadhigacchati || 15 ||
Meanings
yuñjan: practicing yoga; evam: thus; sadā: constantly; ātmānam: the self; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; niyata-mānasaḥ: one with a disciplined mind; śāntim: peace; nirvāṇa: liberation from the material bondage; paramām: supreme; mat-saṃsthām: abides in me; adhigacchati: attains

Continually joining the self in this way and controlling the mind, the yogi reaches the supreme peace that rests in me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Continuous practice under these conditions leads to the supreme peace whose ground is the Lord. This is release from the restless mind and the cycle it sustains.

6.16
नात्यश्नतस्तु योगोऽस्ति न चैकान्तमनश्नत: ।
न चाति स्वप्नशीलस्य जाग्रतो नैव चार्जुन ॥ १६ ॥
nātyaśnatastu yogo’sti na caikāntamanaśnataḥ |
na cāti svapnaśīlasya jāgrato naiva cārjuna || 16 ||
Meanings
na: not; ati: too much; aśnataḥ: one who eats; tu: however; yogaḥ: yoga; asti: there is; na: not; ca: and; ekāntam: at all; anaśnataḥ: abstaining from eating; na: not; ca: and; ati: too much; svapna-śīlasya: one who sleeps; jāgrataḥ: a person who does not sleep enough; na: not; eva: indeed; ca: and; arjuna: Arjuna

Arjuna, yoga is not for one who eats too much or too little, or who sleeps too much or too little.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Extremes of food and sleep agitate or weaken the mind and therefore obstruct concentration. Yoga depends on disciplined moderation rather than self-punishment.

6.17
युक्ताहारविहारस्य युक्तचेष्टस्य कर्मसु ।
युक्तस्वप्नावबोधस्य योगो भवति दु:खहा ॥ १७ ॥
yuktāhāravihārasya yuktaceṣṭasya karmasu |
yuktasvapnāvabodhasya yogo bhavati duḥkhahā || 17 ||
Meanings
yukta: moderate; āhāra: eating; vihārasya: recreation; yukta ceṣṭasya karmasu: balanced in work; yukta: regulated; svapna-avabodhasya: sleep and wakefulness; yogaḥ: yoga; bhavati: becomes; duḥkha-hā: slayer of sorrows

For someone balanced in food, recreation, work, sleep, and waking, yoga brings suffering to an end.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Balanced nourishment, movement, work, sleep, and waking make meditation sustainable. Proper measure removes avoidable suffering and supports the ending of suffering at its root.

6.18
यदा विनियतं चित्तमात्मन्येवावतिष्ठते ।
नि:स्पृह: सर्वकामेभ्यो युक्त इत्युच्यते तदा ॥ १८ ॥
yadā viniyataṃ cittamātmanyevāvatiṣṭhate |
niḥspṛhaḥ sarvakāmebhyo yukta ityucyate tadā || 18 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; viniyatam: fully controlled; cittam: the mind; ātmani: in the self; eva: indeed; avatiṣṭhate: stays; nispṛhaḥ: free from cravings; sarva: all; kāmebhyaḥ: for yearning of the senses; yuktaḥ: situated in perfect yoga; iti: thus; ucyate: is said; tadā: then

When the disciplined mind rests in the self, free from desire for any object, a person is said to be established in yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Yoga is established when the controlled mind rests in the Self and no longer thirsts for desired objects. Absence of craving is both a condition and a sign of inward stability.

6.19
यथा दीपो निवातस्थो नेङ्गते सोपमा स्मृता ।
योगिनो यतचित्तस्य युञ्जतो योगमात्मन: ॥ १९ ॥
yathā dīpo nivātastho neṅgate sopamā smṛtā |
yogino yatacittasya yuñjato yogamātmanaḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; dīpaḥ: a lamp; nivāta-sthaḥ: in a windless place; na: does not; iṅgate: flickers; sā: this; upamā: analogy; smṛtā: is considered; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga; yata-cittasya: whose mind is disciplined; yuñjataḥ: steadily practicing; yogam: yoga; ātmanaḥ: of the self

A lamp does not flicker in a windless place. This image describes a yogi whose disciplined mind is absorbed in the self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The windless lamp illustrates a mind no longer flickering toward different objects. Its light remains, but its movement has ceased.

6.20
यत्रोपरमते चित्तं निरुद्धं योगसेवया ।
यत्र चैवात्मनात्मानं पश्यन्नात्मनि तुष्यति ॥ २० ॥
yatroparamate cittaṃ niruddhaṃ yogasevayā |
yatra caivātmanātmānaṃ paśyannātmani tuṣyati || 20 ||
Meanings
yatra: when; uparamate: rejoice inner joy; cittam: the mind; niruddham: restrained; yoga-sevayā: by the practice of yoga; yatra: when; ca: and; eva: indeed; ātmanā: by the self; ātmānam: the self; paśyan: see; ātmani: in the self; tuṣyati: is satisfied

Through yoga, the mind grows quiet and comes to rest. Seeing the self through the self, a person becomes satisfied within the self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When mental activity becomes quiet through practice, the purified mind reveals the Self rather than producing it. Satisfaction then rests in the Self alone.

6.21
सुखमात्यन्तिकं यत्तद्बुद्धिग्राह्यमतीन्द्रियम् ।
वेत्ति यत्र न चैवायं स्थितश्चलति तत्त्वत: ॥ २१ ॥
sukhamātyantikaṃ yattadbuddhigrāhyamatīndriyam |
vetti yatra na caivāyaṃ sthitaścalati tattvataḥ || 21 ||
Meanings
sukham: happiness; ātyantikam: limitless; yat: which; tat: that; buddhi: intellect; grāhyam: grasp; atīndriyam: transcending the senses; vetti: knows; yatra: wherein; na: never; ca: and; eva: indeed; ayam: he; sthitaḥ: situated; calati: deviates; tattvataḥ: Eternal Truth

There one experiences the highest joy, grasped by the intellect but beyond the senses. Established there, one does not move away from reality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This joy is recognized by a subtle, purified intellect but is not a sensation delivered by the senses. Because it belongs to reality itself, the yogin does not depart from it.

6.22
यं लब्ध्वा चापरं लाभं मन्यते नाधिकं तत: ।
यस्मिन्स्थितो न दु:खेन गुरुणापि विचाल्यते ॥ २२ ॥
yaṃ labdhvā cāparaṃ lābhaṃ manyate nādhikaṃ tataḥ |
yasminsthito na duḥkhena guruṇāpi vicālyate || 22 ||
Meanings
yam: which; labdhvā: having gained; ca: and; aparam: any other; lābham: gain; manyate: considers; na: not; adhikam: greater; tataḥ: than that; yasmin: in which; sthitaḥ: being situated; na: never; duḥkhena: by sorrow; guruṇā: the greatest; api: even; vicālyate: is shaken

After gaining this, one sees no greater gain. Established there, one is not shaken even by profound sorrow.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowing the Self is a gain beyond which nothing remains to be gained. Even severe bodily or worldly sorrow cannot dislodge one whose identity is established there.

6.23
तं विद्याद् दु:खसंयोगवियोगं योगसञ्ज्ञितम् ।
स निश्चयेन योक्तव्यो योगोऽनिर्विण्णचेतसा ॥ २३ ॥
taṃ vidyād duḥkhasaṃyogaviyogaṃ yogasañjñitam |
sa niścayena yoktavyo yogo’nirviṇṇacetasā || 23 ||
Meanings
tam: that; vidyāt: you should know; duḥkha-saṃyoga-viyogam: the state of separation from suffering; yoga-saṅjñitam: is known as yoga; saḥ: that; niścayena: resolutely; yoktavyaḥ: should be practiced; yogaḥ: yoga; anirviṇṇa-cetasā: with an undeviating mind

Know this separation from union with suffering as yoga. Practice it with firm conviction and a mind that does not lose heart.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Yoga is specifically disconnection from the conjunction with suffering created by ignorance. It must be practiced patiently and firmly, without discouragement when steadiness develops slowly.

6.24-25
सङ्कल्पप्रभवान्कामांस्त्यक्त्वा सर्वानशेषत: ।
मनसैवेन्द्रियग्रामं विनियम्य समन्तत: ॥ २४ ॥
शनै: शनैरुपरमेद्बुद्ध्या धृतिगृहीतया ।
आत्मसंस्थं मन: कृत्वा न किञ्चिदपि चिन्तयेत् ॥ २५ ॥
saṅkalpaprabhavānkāmāṃstyaktvā sarvānaśeṣataḥ |
manasaivendriyagrāmaṃ viniyamya samantataḥ || 24 ||
śanaiḥ śanairuparamedbuddhyā dhṛtigṛhītayā |
ātmasaṃsthaṃ manaḥ kṛtvā na kiñcidapi cintayet || 25 ||
Meanings
saṅkalpa: a resolve; prabhavān: born of; kāmān: desires; tyaktvā: having abandoned; sarvān: all; aśeṣataḥ: completely; manasā: through the mind; eva: indeed; indriya-grāmam: group of senses; viniyamya: restraining; samantataḥ: from all sides; śanaiḥ: gradually; śanaiḥ: gradually; uparamet: attain peace; buddhyā: by intellect; dhṛti-gṛhītayā: held steady by resolve; ātma-saṃstham: centered in the self; manaḥ: mind; kṛtvā: having made; na: not; kiñcit: anything; api: even; cintayet: should think of

Completely abandon desires born from imagination, and use the mind to restrain the entire group of senses from every direction. Little by little, become calm through an intellect held steady. Let the mind rest in the self and think of nothing else.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire begins in imagination, which projects fulfillment onto objects. The aspirant restrains the senses, quiets the mind gradually through firm discernment, and lets attention remain in the Self alone.

6.26
यतो यतो निश्चरति मनश्चञ्चलमस्थिरम् ।
ततस्ततो नियम्यैतदात्मन्येव वशं नयेत् ॥ २६ ॥
yato yato niścarati manaścañcalamasthiram |
tatastato niyamyaitadātmanyeva vaśaṃ nayet || 26 ||
Meanings
yataḥ yataḥ: whenever and wherever; niścarati: wanders; manaḥ: the mind; cañcalam: restless; asthiram: unsteady; tataḥ tataḥ: from there; niyamya: having restrained; etat: this; ātmani: in the self; eva: indeed; vaśam: control; nayet: should bring

Whenever the restless, unsteady mind wanders away, bring it back under the self’s control.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Wandering is answered neither by anger nor resignation. Each time the mind leaves the Self, the practitioner notices and brings it back under discriminating control.

6.27
प्रशान्तमनसं ह्येनं योगिनं सुखमुत्तमम् ।
उपैति शान्तरजसं ब्रह्मभूतमकल्मषम् ॥ २७ ॥
praśāntamanasaṃ hyenaṃ yoginaṃ sukhamuttamam |
upaiti śāntarajasaṃ brahmabhūtamakalmaṣam || 27 ||
Meanings
praśānta: peaceful; manasam: mind; hi: indeed; enam: this; yoginam: yogi; sukham uttamam: the highest bliss; upaiti: attains; śānta-rajasam: whose passions are subdued; brahma-bhūtam: become Brahman; akalmaṣam: without wrongdoing

A yogi whose mind is peaceful, whose passions are quiet, and who is free from wrongdoing experiences the highest joy and becomes one with Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When restlessness, passion, and wrongdoing have subsided, the yogin's mind is transparent to Brahman. The highest joy is not acquired from outside but uncovered in that clarity.

6.28
युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानं योगी विगतकल्मष: ।
सुखेन ब्रह्मसंस्पर्शमत्यन्तं सुखमश्नुते ॥ २८ ॥
yuñjannevaṃ sadātmānaṃ yogī vigatakalmaṣaḥ |
sukhena brahmasaṃsparśamatyantaṃ sukhamaśnute || 28 ||
Meanings
yuñjan: uniting; evam: thus; sadā: always; ātmānam: the self; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; vigata: free from; kalmaṣaḥ: wrongdoing; sukhena: easily; brahma-saṃsparśam: contact with Brahman; atyantam: the highest; sukham: bliss; aśnute: attains

By steadily practicing yoga and becoming free from wrongdoing, a yogi easily experiences the infinite joy of contact with Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Steady practice removes the obstructions created by wrongdoing and makes contact with Brahman easy. Śaṅkara understands this 'contact' as realization of identity, not a meeting between two separate things.

6.29
सर्वभूतस्थमात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि ।
ईक्षते योगयुक्तात्मा सर्वत्र समदर्शन: ॥ २९ ॥
sarvabhūtasthamātmānaṃ sarvabhūtāni cātmani |
īkṣate yogayuktātmā sarvatra samadarśanaḥ || 29 ||
Meanings
sarva-bhūta-stham: established in every being; ātmānam: the self; sarva: all; bhūtāni: living beings; ca: and; ātmani: in the self; īkṣate: sees; yoga-yukta-ātmā: a self disciplined through yoga; sarvatra: everywhere; sama-darśanaḥ: equal vision

A mind disciplined by yoga sees the self present in every being and every being present in the self. It sees the same reality everywhere.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The disciplined vision sees the one Self in every being and all beings as appearances within that Self. Equality follows from identity at the level of consciousness.

6.30
यो मां पश्यति सर्वत्र सर्वं च मयि पश्यति ।
तस्याहं न प्रणश्यामि स च मे न प्रणश्यति ॥ ३० ॥
yo māṃ paśyati sarvatra sarvaṃ ca mayi paśyati |
tasyāhaṃ na praṇaśyāmi sa ca me na praṇaśyati || 30 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; mām: me; paśyati: see; sarvatra: everywhere; sarvam: everything; ca: and; mayi: in me; paśyati: see; tasya: for him; aham: I; na: not; praṇaśyāmi: lost; saḥ: that person; ca: and; me: to me; na: nor; praṇaśyati: lost

I never lose sight of one who sees me everywhere and everything in me, and that person never loses sight of me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

To see Krishna everywhere is to see the supreme Self as the reality of all appearances. Such a seer never becomes separate from the Lord, and the Lord is never absent from that person's awareness.

6.31
सर्वभूतस्थितं यो मां भजत्येकत्वमास्थित: ।
सर्वथा वर्तमानोऽपि स योगी मयि वर्तते ॥ ३१ ॥
sarvabhūtasthitaṃ yo māṃ bhajatyekatvamāsthitaḥ |
sarvathā vartamāno’pi sa yogī mayi vartate || 31 ||
Meanings
sarva-bhūta-sthitam: established in every being; yaḥ: who; mām: me; bhajati: worships; ekatvam: in unity; āsthitaḥ: established; sarvathā: in every kind of; varta-mānaḥ: remain; api: although; saḥ: he; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; mayi: in me; vartate: dwells

A yogi established in unity who worships me as present in every being lives in me, whatever that person’s outward way of life.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Worship in nondual vision recognizes the Lord as the Self in every being. Whatever bodily circumstances remain, the yogin lives in the Lord because knowledge no longer permits separation.

6.32
आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र समं पश्यति योऽर्जुन ।
सुखं वा यदि वा दु:खं स योगी परमो मत: ॥ ३२ ॥
ātmaupamyena sarvatra samaṃ paśyati yo’rjuna |
sukhaṃ vā yadi vā duḥkhaṃ sa yogī paramo mataḥ || 32 ||
Meanings
ātma-aupamyena: similar to oneself; sarvatra: everywhere; samam: equally; paśyati: see; yaḥ: who; arjuna: Arjuna; sukham: joy; vā: or; yadi: if; vā: or; duḥkham: sorrow; saḥ: such; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; paramaḥ: highest; mataḥ: is considered

Arjuna, one who recognizes through the self that pleasure and pain are equal in every being is considered the highest yogi.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The highest yogin understands another being's pleasure and pain through the same standard applied to oneself. Recognition of one Self grounds genuine equality and non-harm.

6.33
अर्जुन उवाच ।
योऽयं योगस्त्वया प्रोक्त: साम्येन मधुसूदन ।
एतस्याहं न पश्यामि चञ्चलत्वात्स्थितिं स्थिराम् ॥ ३३ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
yo’yaṃ yogastvayā proktaḥ sāmyena madhusūdana |
etasyāhaṃ na paśyāmi cañcalatvātsthitiṃ sthirām || 33 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; yaḥ: which; ayam: this; yogaḥ: yoga; tvayā: by you; proktaḥ: described; sāmyena: by equanimity; madhu-sūdana: Krishna, slayer of Madhu; etasya: of this; aham: I; na: do not; paśyāmi: see; cañcalatvāt: due to restlessness; sthitim: situation; sthirām: steady

Arjuna said: Madhusudana, because the mind is so restless, I cannot see how the yoga of equanimity you have described can remain stable.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna doubts the practical durability of this equal vision because the mind continually changes. His objection concerns sustained mastery, not the truth of the goal.

6.34
चञ्चलं हि मन: कृष्ण प्रमाथि बलवद्दृढम् ।
तस्याहं निग्रहं मन्ये वायोरिव सुदुष्करम् ॥ ३४ ॥
cañcalaṃ hi manaḥ kṛṣṇa pramāthi balavaddṛḍham |
tasyāhaṃ nigrahaṃ manye vāyoriva suduṣkaram || 34 ||
Meanings
cañcalam: restless; hi: indeed; manaḥ: mind; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; pramāthi: turbulent; bala-vat: strong; dṛḍham: obstinate; tasya: its; aham: I; nigraham: control; manye: think; vāyoḥ: of the wind; iva: like; su-duṣkaram: difficult to perform

Krishna, the mind is restless, turbulent, powerful, and difficult to control. I think restraining it is as hard as restraining the wind.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The mind is not only restless but forceful enough to carry away judgment. Comparing it to wind expresses the felt impossibility of controlling it by a single command.

6.35
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
असंशयं महाबाहो मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् ।
अभ्यासेन तु कौन्तेय वैराग्येण च गृह्यते ॥ ३५ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
asaṃśayaṃ mahābāho mano durnigrahaṃ calam |
abhyāsena tu kaunteya vairāgyeṇa ca gṛhyate || 35 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; asaṃśayam: undoubtedly; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; manaḥ: the mind; durnigraham: difficult to restrain; calam: restless; abhyāsena: by practice; tu: but; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; vairāgyeṇa: by detachment; ca: and; gṛhyate: can be controlled

Krishna said: Mighty-armed Arjuna, the mind is undoubtedly restless and difficult to control, but practice and detachment can restrain it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna accepts the difficulty but rejects impossibility. Repeated return to the chosen truth and dispassion toward competing objects gradually bring the mind under control.

6.36
असंयतात्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मति: ।
वश्यात्मना तु यतता शक्योऽवाप्तुमुपायत: ॥ ३६ ॥
asaṃyatātmanā yogo duṣprāpa iti me matiḥ |
vaśyātmanā tu yatatā śakyo’vāptumupāyataḥ || 36 ||
Meanings
asaṃyata-ātmanā: a person whose mind is unbridled; yogaḥ: yoga; duṣprāpaḥ: difficult to attain; iti: thus; me: my; matiḥ: opinion; vaśya-ātmanā: by a person whose mind is controlled; tu: but; yatatā: one who strives; śakyaḥ: possible; avāptum: to achieve; upāyataḥ: by right means

Yoga is difficult for one who lacks self-control, but one who has mastered the self can reach it through properly directed effort.

Śaṅkara's commentary

An uncontrolled person cannot stabilize meditation, while a disciplined person using the proper means can. Success therefore requires preparation, method, and persistent effort.

6.37
अर्जुन उवाच ।
अयति: श्रद्धयोपेतो योगाच्चलितमानस: ।
अप्राप्य योगसंसिद्धिं कां गतिं कृष्ण गच्छति ॥ ३७ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
ayatiḥ śraddhayopeto yogāccalitamānasaḥ |
aprāpya yogasaṃsiddhiṃ kāṃ gatiṃ kṛṣṇa gacchati || 37 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; ayatiḥ: lax; śraddhayā: with faith; upetaḥ: possessed; yogāt: from yoga; calita-mānasaḥ: whose mind becomes deviated; aprāpya: failing to attain; yoga-saṃsiddhim: the highest perfection in yoga; kām: which; gatim: destination; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; gacchati: goes

Arjuna said: Krishna, what happens to a person who has faith but lacks discipline, whose mind wanders from yoga before reaching perfection?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks about a sincere practitioner who begins with faith but dies or falls away before concentration becomes perfect. The concern is whether incomplete spiritual effort is wasted.

6.38
कच्चिन्नोभयविभ्रष्टश्छिन्नाभ्रमिव नश्यति ।
अप्रतिष्ठो महाबाहो विमूढो ब्रह्मण: पथि ॥ ३८ ॥
kaccinnobhayavibhraṣṭaśchinnābhramiva naśyati |
apratiṣṭho mahābāho vimūḍho brahmaṇaḥ pathi || 38 ||
Meanings
kaccit: whether; na: not; ubhaya: both; vibhraṣṭaḥ: deviated from; chinna: broken; abhram: cloud; iva: like; naśyati: perishes; apratiṣṭhaḥ: without any support; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; vimūḍhaḥ: bewildered; brahmaṇaḥ: of realization of Brahman; pathi: one on the path

Mighty-armed Krishna, does such a person fail in both paths and disappear like a scattered cloud, lost on the path to Brahman?

Śaṅkara's commentary

The scattered cloud image asks whether the failed yogin loses both ordinary ritual rewards and liberation. Without a footing in either path, such a person might seem to have no destination.

6.39
एतन्मे संशयं कृष्ण छेत्तुमर्हस्यशेषत: ।
त्वदन्य: संशयस्यास्य छेत्ता न ह्युपपद्यते ॥ ३९ ॥
etanme saṃśayaṃ kṛṣṇa chettumarhasyaśeṣataḥ |
tvadanyaḥ saṃśayasyāsya chettā na hyupapadyate || 39 ||
Meanings
etat: this; me: my; saṃśayam: doubt; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; chettum: to dispel; arhasi: you can; aśeṣataḥ: completely; tvat: than you; anyaḥ: other; saṃśayasya: of doubt; asya: this; chettā: a dispeller; na: never; hi: indeed; upapadyate: is fit

Krishna, please remove this doubt completely. No one but you can resolve it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna treats this as a doubt only Krishna can settle because it concerns the unseen continuity of effort across death and rebirth.

6.40
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
पार्थ नैवेह नामुत्र विनाशस्तस्य विद्यते ।
न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद्दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति ॥ ४० ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
pārtha naiveha nāmutra vināśastasya vidyate |
na hi kalyāṇakṛtkaściddurgatiṃ tāta gacchati || 40 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; na eva: never; iha: in this world; na: never; amutra: in next world; vināśaḥ: destruction; tasya: his; vidyate: exists; na: never; hi: indeed; kalyāṇa-kṛt: one who strives for realization of Brahman; kaścit: anyone; durgatim: evil destination; tāta: my friend; gacchati: goes

Krishna said: Son of Pritha, that person is destroyed neither in this world nor in the next. My friend, no one who does good ever comes to a bad end.

Śaṅkara's commentary

No sincere movement toward the good ends in destruction. Spiritual effort produces no evil result in either this life or what follows.

6.41-42
प्राप्य पुण्यकृतां लोकानुषित्वा शाश्वती: समा: ।
शुचीनां श्रीमतां गेहे योगभ्रष्टोऽभिजायते ॥ ४१ ॥
अथवा योगिनामेव कुले भवति धीमताम् ।
एतद्धि दुर्लभतरं लोके जन्म यदीदृशम् ॥ ४२ ॥
prāpya puṇyakṛtāṃ lokānuṣitvā śāśvatīḥ samāḥ |
śucīnāṃ śrīmatāṃ gehe yogabhraṣṭo’bhijāyate || 41 ||
athavā yogināmeva kule bhavati dhīmatām |
etaddhi durlabhataraṃ loke janma yadīdṛśam || 42 ||
Meanings
prāpya: attain; puṇya-kṛtām: of the virtuous; lokān: abodes; uṣitvā: after dwelling; śāśvatīḥ: many; samāḥ: ages; śucīnām: of the pious; śrī-matām: of the prosperous; gehe: in the house; yoga-bhraṣṭaḥ: the unsuccessful yogis; abhijāyate: take birth; atha vā: else; yoginām: of practitioners of yoga; eva: indeed; kule: in the family; bhavati: take birth; dhī-matām: of the wise; etat: this; hi: indeed; durlabha-taram: very rare; loke: in this world; janma: birth; yat: which; īdṛśam: like this

After reaching the worlds of those who act well and living there for many years, one who fell from yoga is born into a pure and prosperous family. Or that person is born into a family of wise yogis, though such a birth is very rare in this world.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A practitioner with remaining desires first enjoys the worlds earned by merit and then receives favorable circumstances for renewed effort. One with stronger dispassion may be born directly among wise yogins, the rarer and more helpful birth.

6.43
तत्र तं बुद्धिसंयोगं लभते पौर्वदेहिकम् ।
यतते च ततो भूय: संसिद्धौ कुरुनन्दन ॥ ४३ ॥
tatra taṃ buddhisaṃyogaṃ labhate paurvadehikam |
yatate ca tato bhūyaḥ saṃsiddhau kurunandana || 43 ||
Meanings
tatra: there; tam: that; buddhi-saṃyogam: reawaken their wisdom; labhate: obtains; paurva-dehikam: from previous lives; yatate: strives; ca: and; tataḥ: thereafter; bhūyaḥ: again; saṃsiddhau: for perfection; kuru-nandana: descendant of Kuru

There the person recovers the understanding developed in the previous life and once again strives for perfection, joy of the Kurus.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Training from the previous life reappears as an inherited disposition of the mind. The practitioner recovers earlier discernment and resumes the unfinished movement toward perfection.

6.44
पूर्वाभ्यासेन तेनैव ह्रियते ह्यवशोऽपि स: ।
जिज्ञासुरपि योगस्य शब्दब्रह्मातिवर्तते ॥ ४४ ॥
pūrvābhyāsena tenaiva hriyate hyavaśo’pi saḥ |
jijñāsurapi yogasya śabdabrahmātivartate || 44 ||
Meanings
pūrva: past; abhyāsena: discipline; tena: by that; eva: indeed; hriyate: is attracted; hi: surely; avaśaḥ: helplessly; api: although; saḥ: that person; jijñāsuḥ: inquisitive; api: even; yogasya: about yoga; śabda-brahma: the revealed word of the Vedas; ativartate: transcends

The force of earlier practice carries that person forward, even without conscious effort. Simply seeking to understand yoga carries one beyond ritual religion.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Past practice exerts force even when the person is not consciously planning a return. A genuine desire to know yoga already carries one beyond ritual action pursued only for its promised results.

6.45
प्रयत्नाद्यतमानस्तु योगी संशुद्धकिल्बिष: ।
अनेकजन्मसंसिद्धस्ततो याति परां गतिम् ॥ ४५ ॥
prayatnādyatamānastu yogī saṃśuddhakilbiṣaḥ |
anekajanmasaṃsiddhastato yāti parāṃ gatim || 45 ||
Meanings
prayatnāt: with great effort; yatamānaḥ: endeavoring; tu: and; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; saṃśuddha: purified; kilbiṣaḥ: from worldly desires; aneka: after many, many; janma: births; saṃsiddhaḥ: attain perfection; tataḥ: then; yāti: attains; parām: the highest; gatim: path

A yogi who works steadily, becomes purified, and is perfected across many births reaches the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Completion may require sustained effort across several lives. As obstacles and faults are removed, accumulated practice matures into the highest realization.

6.46
तपस्विभ्योऽधिकोयोगी
ज्ञानिभ्योऽपिमतोऽधिक:।
कर्मिभ्यश्चाधिकोयोगी
तस्माद्योगीभवार्जुन॥ ४६ ॥
tapasvibhyo’dhikoyogī
jñānibhyo’pimato’dhikaḥ|
karmibhyaścādhikoyogī
tasmādyogībhavārjuna|| 46 ||
Meanings
tapasvibhyaḥ: than the ascetics; adhikaḥ: superior; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; jñānibhyaḥ: than the persons of learning; api: even; mataḥ: considered; adhikaḥ: superior; karmibhyaḥ: than the ritualistic performers; ca: and; adhikaḥ: superior; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; tasmāt: therefore; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; bhava: just become; arjuna: Arjuna

A yogi is greater than an ascetic, greater than a scholar, and greater than a person devoted only to action. Therefore become a yogi, Arjuna.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The meditator surpasses one who practices austerity alone, possesses only textual learning, or performs action for results. Arjuna should therefore unite disciplined action with inward concentration.

6.47
योगिनामपि सर्वेषां मद्गतेनान्तरात्मना ।
श्रद्धावान्भजते यो मां स मे युक्ततमो मत: ॥ ४७ ॥
yogināmapi sarveṣāṃ madgatenāntarātmanā |
śraddhāvānbhajate yo māṃ sa me yuktatamo mataḥ || 47 ||
Meanings
yoginām: of practitioners of yoga; api: however; sarveṣām: all types of; mat-gatena: absorbed in me; antaḥ: inner; ātmanā: by the self; śraddhā-vān: with great faith; bhajate: engage in devotion; yaḥ: who; mām: to me; saḥ: he; me: by me; yukta-tamaḥ: the highest yogi; mataḥ: is considered

Among all yogis, I consider the one who worships me with faith and whose inner self rests in me to be the most fully united.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The highest yogin places the whole inner being in Krishna and worships with trust. Śaṅkara reads this devotion as steady contemplation of the Lord, not merely emotional preference.

↑ contents

7. Jnana Vijnana Yoga

ज्ञानविज्ञानयोग · The Yoga of Knowledge and Realisation · 30 verses

7.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
मय्यासक्तमना: पार्थ योगं युञ्जन्मदाश्रय: ।
असंशयं समग्रं मां यथा ज्ञास्यसि तच्छृणु ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
mayyāsaktamanāḥ pārtha yogaṃ yuñjanmadāśrayaḥ |
asaṃśayaṃ samagraṃ māṃ yathā jñāsyasi tacchṛṇu || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; mayi: to me; āsakta-manāḥ: with mind attached; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; yogam: yoga; yuñjan: practicing; mad-āśrayaḥ: depending on me; asaṃśayam: free from doubt; samagram: completely; mām: me; yathā: how; jñāsyasi: you shall know; tat: that; śṛṇu: listen

Krishna said: Partha, fix your mind on me, practice yoga, and take refuge in me. Listen to how you can come to know me completely and without doubt.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Taking refuge in Krishna, the yogin fixes the whole mind on him while continuing the discipline already taught. Krishna will now explain how the Lord can be known fully rather than through one limited manifestation.

7.2
ज्ञानं तेऽहं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषत: ।
यज्ज्ञात्वा नेह भूयोऽन्यज्ज्ञातव्यमवशिष्यते ॥ २ ॥
jñānaṃ te’haṃ savijñānamidaṃ vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ |
yajjñātvā neha bhūyo’nyajjñātavyamavaśiṣyate || 2 ||
Meanings
jñānam: knowledge; te: to you; aham: I; sa: with; vijñānam: wisdom; idam: this; vakṣyāmi: shall reveal; aśeṣataḥ: in full; yat: which; jñātvā: having known; na: not; iha: in this world; bhūyaḥ: further; anyat: anything else; jñātavyam: to be known; avaśiṣyate: remains

I will explain both knowledge and realized understanding in full. Once you know this, nothing further remains to be known.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge is a correct understanding received through teaching; realized understanding is its direct assimilation. Knowing the Lord in both ways leaves no further reality outside what is known.

7.3
मनुष्याणां सहस्रेषु कश्चिद्यतति सिद्धये ।
यततामपि सिद्धानां कश्चिन्मां वेत्ति तत्त्वत: ॥ ३ ॥
manuṣyāṇāṃ sahasreṣu kaścidyatati siddhaye |
yatatāmapi siddhānāṃ kaścinmāṃ vetti tattvataḥ || 3 ||
Meanings
manuṣyāṇām: of men; sahasreṣu: out of many thousands; kaścit: someone; yatati: strives; siddhaye: for perfection; yatatām: of people who strive; api: even; siddhānām: of people who have achieved perfection; kaścit: someone; mām: me; vetti: knows; tattvataḥ: in truth

Among thousands of people, perhaps one strives for perfection; and among those who succeed, perhaps one truly knows me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Few people seek spiritual perfection rather than limited ends, and fewer still know the Lord in truth. Śaṅkara uses this rarity to mark the depth of the knowledge being offered.

7.4
भूमिरापोऽनलो वायु: खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च ।
अहङ्कार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृतिरष्टधा ॥ ४ ॥
bhūmirāpo’nalo vāyuḥ khaṃ mano buddhireva ca |
ahaṅkāra itīyaṃ me bhinnā prakṛtiraṣṭadhā || 4 ||
Meanings
bhūmiḥ: earth; āpaḥ: water; analaḥ: fire; vāyuḥ: air; kham: space; manaḥ: mind; buddhiḥ: intellect; eva: indeed; ca: and; ahaṅkāraḥ: ego; iti: thus; iyam: this; me: my; bhinnā: divided; prakṛtiḥ: nature; aṣṭadhā: eightfold

Earth, water, fire, air, space, mind, intellect, and ego are the eight divisions of my material nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The eightfold lower nature includes the five subtle elements together with mind, intellect, and ego. These names stand for the material principles from which the experienced universe develops.

7.5
अपरेयमितस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् ।
जीवभूतां महाबाहो ययेदं धार्यते जगत् ॥ ५ ॥
apareyamitastvanyāṃ prakṛtiṃ viddhi me parām |
jīvabhūtāṃ mahābāho yayedaṃ dhāryate jagat || 5 ||
Meanings
aparā: inferior; iyam: this; itaḥ: besides this; tu: but; anyām: another; prakṛtim: nature; viddhi: know; me: my; parām: the highest; jīva-bhūtām: living beings; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; yayā: by whom; idam: this; dhāryate: the basis; jagat: the world

This is my lower nature. But know my higher nature: the living principle that sustains the entire universe, mighty-armed one.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The higher nature is the conscious principle appearing as the individual knower and sustaining embodied life. Matter can form an ordered world only in dependence on consciousness.

7.6
एतद्योनीनि भूतानि सर्वाणीत्युपधारय ।
अहं कृत्स्नस्य जगत: प्रभव: प्रलयस्तथा ॥ ६ ॥
etadyonīni bhūtāni sarvāṇītyupadhāraya |
ahaṃ kṛtsnasya jagataḥ prabhavaḥ pralayastathā || 6 ||
Meanings
etat yonīni: these two are the source of; bhūtāni: living beings; sarvāṇi: all; iti: that; upadhāraya: know; aham: I; kṛtsnasya: entire; jagataḥ: creation; prabhavaḥ: the source; pralayaḥ: dissolution; tathā: and

Understand these two as the womb of every being. I am the source from which the whole universe arises and the place into which it dissolves.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Consciousness and material nature together account for every living and nonliving form. The Lord is the ultimate source, support, and dissolution of both.

7.7
मत्त: परतरं नान्यत्किञ्चिदस्ति धनञ्जय ।
मयि सर्वमिदं प्रोतं सूत्रे मणिगणा इव ॥ ७ ॥
mattaḥ parataraṃ nānyatkiñcidasti dhanañjaya |
mayi sarvamidaṃ protaṃ sūtre maṇigaṇā iva || 7 ||
Meanings
mattaḥ: than me; para-taram: superior; na: not; anyat kiñcit: anything else; asti: there is; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth; mayi: in me; sarvam: all; idam: which we see; protam: is strung; sūtre: on a thread; maṇi-gaṇāḥ: beads; iva: like

Dhananjaya, nothing is higher than me. Everything is strung on me like pearls on a thread.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Nothing exists beyond or independently of the Lord. Like a thread that supports a necklace while remaining less visible than the pearls, he holds the entire universe together.

7.8
रसोऽहमप्सु कौन्तेय प्रभास्मि शशिसूर्ययो: ।
प्रणव: सर्ववेदेषु शब्द: खे पौरुषं नृषु ॥ ८ ॥
raso’hamapsu kaunteya prabhāsmi śaśisūryayoḥ |
praṇavaḥ sarvavedeṣu śabdaḥ khe pauruṣaṃ nṛṣu || 8 ||
Meanings
rasaḥ: taste; aham: I; apsu: in water; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; prabhā: the radiance; asmi: I am; śaśi-sūryayoḥ: of moon and the sun; praṇavaḥ: sacred syllable Om; sarva: in all; vedeṣu: Vedas; śabdaḥ: sound; khe: in ether; pauruṣam: ability; nṛṣu: in humans

Son of Kunti, I am the taste in water, the light in the moon and sun, the sacred syllable in every Veda, sound in space, and strength in human beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The distinctive essence through which each thing is experienced points back to the Lord. Taste, light, sacred sound, space-borne sound, and human vigor are presented as accessible forms for contemplation.

7.9
पुण्यो गन्ध: पृथिव्यां च तेजश्चास्मि विभावसौ ।
जीवनं सर्वभूतेषु तपश्चास्मि तपस्विषु ॥ ९ ॥
puṇyo gandhaḥ pṛthivyāṃ ca tejaścāsmi vibhāvasau |
jīvanaṃ sarvabhūteṣu tapaścāsmi tapasviṣu || 9 ||
Meanings
puṇyaḥ: pure; gandhaḥ: fragrance; pṛthivyām: of the earth; ca: and; tejaḥ: brilliance; ca: and; asmi: I am; vibhāvasau: in the fire; jīvanam: the life-force; sarva: in all; bhūteṣu: beings; tapaḥ: discipline; ca: and; asmi: I am; tapasviṣu: of the ascetics

I am the pure fragrance of the earth and the brightness of fire. I am the life in every being and the discipline of ascetics.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The natural purity or power in earth, fire, life, and austerity is the Lord's manifestation. Contemplation should look through each quality to its divine ground.

7.10
बीजं मां सर्वभूतानां विद्धि पार्थ सनातनम् ।
बुद्धिर्बुद्धिमतामस्मि तेजस्तेजस्विनामहम् ॥ १० ॥
bījaṃ māṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ viddhi pārtha sanātanam |
buddhirbuddhimatāmasmi tejastejasvināmaham || 10 ||
Meanings
bījam: the seed; mām: me; sarva-bhūtānām: of all beings; viddhi: know; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sanātanam: the eternal; buddhiḥ: intellect; buddhi-matām: of the intelligent; asmi: am; tejaḥ: splendor; tejasvinām: of the splendid; aham: I

Partha, know me as the eternal seed of all beings. I am the intelligence of the intelligent and the brilliance of everything splendid.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is the imperishable causal seed from which beings repeatedly arise. Intelligence and splendor do not belong independently to individuals; their illuminating power comes from him.

7.11
बलं बलवतां चाहं कामरागविवर्जितम् ।
धर्माविरुद्धो भूतेषु कामोऽस्मि भरतर्षभ ॥ ११ ॥
balaṃ balavatāṃ cāhaṃ kāmarāgavivarjitam |
dharmāviruddho bhūteṣu kāmo’smi bharatarṣabha || 11 ||
Meanings
balam: strength; bala-vatām: of the strong; ca: and; aham: I; kāma: desire; rāga: passion; vivarjitam: devoid of; dharma-aviruddhaḥ: not conflicting with dharma; bhūteṣu: in all beings; kāmaḥ: sexual activity; asmi: am; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas

I am the strength of the strong when it is free from desire and attachment. Lord of the Bharatas, I am desire in living beings when it does not conflict with dharma.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Divine strength is strength not corrupted by craving or attachment. Desire also manifests the Lord when it remains within dharma, serving legitimate life rather than overriding moral order.

7.12
ये चैव सात्त्विका भावा राजसास्तामसाश्च ये ।
मत्त एवेति तान्विद्धि न त्वहं तेषु ते मयि ॥ १२ ॥
ye caiva sāttvikā bhāvā rājasāstāmasāśca ye |
matta eveti tānviddhi na tvahaṃ teṣu te mayi || 12 ||
Meanings
ye: whatever; ca: and; eva: indeed; sāttvikāḥ: in sattva, the quality of clarity; bhāvāḥ: states of worldly existence; rājasāḥ: in rajas, the quality of activity; tāmasāḥ: in tamas, the quality of inertia; ca: and; ye: whatever; mattaḥ: from me; eva: indeed; iti: thus; tān: those; viddhi: know; na: not; tu: but; aham: I; teṣu: in them; te: they; mayi: in me

Know that every state arising from goodness, passion, or inertia comes from me. I am not contained in them, but they are contained in me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

All conditions formed from clarity, passion, and inertia depend on the Lord. He is not confined or changed by them, while they have no existence apart from his supporting reality.

7.13
त्रिभिर्गुणमयैर्भावैरेभि: सर्वमिदं जगत् ।
मोहितं नाभिजानाति मामेभ्य: परमव्ययम् ॥ १३ ॥
tribhirguṇamayairbhāvairebhiḥ sarvamidaṃ jagat |
mohitaṃ nābhijānāti māmebhyaḥ paramavyayam || 13 ||
Meanings
tribhiḥ: by three; guṇa-mayaiḥ: consisting of nature's qualities; bhāvaiḥ: states; ebhiḥ: all these; sarvam: whole; idam: this; jagat: universe; mohitam: deluded; na: not; abhijānāti: know; mām: me; ebhyaḥ: these; param: the highest; avyayam: imperishable

Confused by states produced by the three gunas, the entire world fails to know me as imperishable and beyond them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

People identify the Lord with effects shaped by the three guṇas and therefore miss the imperishable reality beyond them. The qualities that reveal divine power also veil it when taken as self-sufficient.

7.14
दैवी ह्येषा गुणमयी मम माया दुरत्यया ।
मामेव ये प्रपद्यन्ते मायामेतां तरन्ति ते ॥ १४ ॥
daivī hyeṣā guṇamayī mama māyā duratyayā |
māmeva ye prapadyante māyāmetāṃ taranti te || 14 ||
Meanings
daivī: divine; hi: indeed; eṣā: this; guṇa-mayī: consisting of nature's three qualities; mama: my; māyā: maya; duratyayā: very difficult to overcome; mām: to me; eva: indeed; ye: who; prapadyante: they take refuge; māyām etām: this Maya; taranti: cross over; te: they

My divine maya, formed from the gunas, is difficult to cross. Those who take refuge in me cross beyond it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Māyā is the Lord's power appearing as the three guṇas, and it is difficult to cross through individual force alone. Surrender to the Lord brings the knowledge by which its delusion is overcome.

7.15
न मां दुष्कृतिनो मूढा: प्रपद्यन्ते नराधमा: ।
माययापहृतज्ञाना आसुरं भावमाश्रिता: ॥ १५ ॥
na māṃ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ |
māyayāpahṛtajñānā āsuraṃ bhāvamāśritāḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
na: not; mām: to me; duṣkṛtinaḥ: the evil doers; mūḍhāḥ: the ignorant; prapadyante: they take refuge; nara-adhamāḥ: one who passively follows the lower nature; māyayā: by maya; apahṛta jñānāḥ: people with deluded intellect; āsuram: demonic; bhāvam: nature; āśritāḥ: having taken refuge

Wrongdoers, the deluded, and the most degraded do not turn to me. Maya has destroyed their understanding, and they have taken on a destructive nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Persistent wrongdoing and delusion turn attention away from the Lord, while māyā robs the intellect of discrimination. Śaṅkara describes destructive dispositions as the result of this entrenched ignorance.

7.16
चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जना: सुकृतिनोऽर्जुन ।
आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी ज्ञानी च भरतर्षभ ॥ १६ ॥
caturvidhā bhajante māṃ janāḥ sukṛtino’rjuna |
ārto jijñāsurarthārthī jñānī ca bharatarṣabha || 16 ||
Meanings
catuḥ-vidhāḥ: four kinds; bhajante: worship; mām: me; janāḥ: people; su-kṛtinaḥ: virtuous people; arjuna: Arjuna; ārtaḥ: the distressed; jijñāsuḥ: the seeker of knowledge; artha-arthī: a seeker of prosperity; jñānī: the person of knowledge; ca: and; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas

Arjuna, four kinds of righteous people worship me: those who suffer, those who seek knowledge, those who seek some benefit, and the wise.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Suffering, curiosity, desire for benefit, and wisdom can all turn a basically virtuous person toward the Lord. Their worship differs according to what they seek and understand.

7.17
तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते ।
प्रियो हि ज्ञानिनोऽत्यर्थमहं स च मम प्रिय: ॥ १७ ॥
teṣāṃ jñānī nityayukta ekabhaktirviśiṣyate |
priyo hi jñānino’tyarthamahaṃ sa ca mama priyaḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
teṣām: among these; jñānī: people who are established in knowledge; nitya-yuktaḥ: ever steadfast; eka: exclusively; bhaktiḥ: devotion; viśiṣyate: highest; priyaḥ: very dear; hi: indeed; jñāninaḥ: to person in knowledge; atyartham: highly; aham: I; saḥ: he; ca: and; mama: to me; priyaḥ: very dear

Of these, the wise person who remains steadfast and devoted to the One is the highest. I am deeply dear to the wise, and they are dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The wise devotee seeks no object apart from the one Lord and remains continually united in knowledge. That devotee loves the Lord as the Self rather than as a means to another result.

7.18
उदारा: सर्व एवैते ज्ञानी त्वात्मैव मे मतम् ।
आस्थित: स हि युक्तात्मा मामेवानुत्तमां गतिम् ॥ १८ ॥
udārāḥ sarva evaite jñānī tvātmaiva me matam |
āsthitaḥ sa hi yuktātmā māmevānuttamāṃ gatim || 18 ||
Meanings
udārāḥ: noble; sarve: all; eva: indeed; ete: these; jñānī: those in knowledge; tu: but; ātmā eva: my very self; me: my; matam: opinion; āsthitaḥ: situated; saḥ: he; hi: indeed; yukta-ātmā: people who are united; mām: in me; eva: indeed; anuttamām: the supreme; gatim: goal

All four are noble, but I regard the wise person as my very self. United with the self, that person is firmly established in me as the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

All four devotees are worthy, but the knower is not separate from the Lord in understanding. Established in the supreme goal as the Self, the wise person is described as the Lord's very own being.

7.19
बहूनां जन्मनामन्ते ज्ञानवान्मां प्रपद्यते ।
वासुदेव: सर्वमिति स महात्मा सुदुर्लभ: ॥ १९ ॥
bahūnāṃ janmanāmante jñānavānmāṃ prapadyate |
vāsudevaḥ sarvamiti sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
bahūnām: many; janmanām: births; ante: after; jñāna-vān: a person who is possessing knowledge; mām: to me; prapadyate: takes refuge; vāsudevaḥ: Krishna, the son of Vasudeva; sarvam: all; iti: that; saḥ: that; mahā-ātmā: great self; su-durlabhaḥ: very rare

After many births, a person of wisdom comes to me, realizing, ‘Vasudeva is everything.’ Such a great soul is very rare.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge matures after long preparation into the realization that Vāsudeva is everything. Such a person is rare because no independent self, object, or power is left outside that vision.

7.20
कामैस्तैस्तैर्हृतज्ञाना: प्रपद्यन्तेऽन्यदेवता: ।
तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियता: स्वया ॥ २० ॥
kāmaistaistairhṛtajñānāḥ prapadyante’nyadevatāḥ |
taṃ taṃ niyamamāsthāya prakṛtyā niyatāḥ svayā || 20 ||
Meanings
kāmaiḥ: by worldly desires; taiḥ taiḥ: by various; hṛta-jñānāḥ: whose knowledge has been carried away; prapadyante: they take refuge; anya: to other; devatāḥ: gods; tam tam: the various; niyamam: rules and regulations; āsthāya: following; prakṛtyā: by nature; niyatāḥ: controlled; svayā: by their own

People whose judgment is carried away by desires turn to other gods and follow various observances according to their own natures.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Specific desires take away discrimination and lead people toward deities associated with specific results. Their inherited dispositions determine the observances through which they seek those ends.

7.21
यो यो यां यां तनुं भक्त: श्रद्धयार्चितुमिच्छति ।
तस्य तस्याचलां श्रद्धां तामेव विदधाम्यहम् ॥ २१ ॥
yo yo yāṃ yāṃ tanuṃ bhaktaḥ śraddhayārcitumicchati |
tasya tasyācalāṃ śraddhāṃ tāmeva vidadhāmyaham || 21 ||
Meanings
yaḥ yaḥ: whoever; yām yām: whichever; tanum: form; bhaktaḥ: devotee; śraddhayā: with faith; arcitum: to worship; icchati: desires; tasya tasya: to him; acalām: steady; śraddhām: faith; tām: in that; eva: indeed; vidadhāmi: bestow; aham: I

Whatever divine form a devotee wishes to worship with faith, I make that person’s faith in it steady.

Śaṅkara's commentary

As the inner ruler, the Lord stabilizes the worshipper's chosen faith. The capacity to trust and worship even a limited divine form therefore depends on him.

7.22
स तया श्रद्धया युक्तस्तस्याराधनमीहते ।
लभते च तत: कामान्मयैव विहितान्हि तान् ॥ २२ ॥
sa tayā śraddhayā yuktastasyārādhanamīhate |
labhate ca tataḥ kāmānmayaiva vihitānhi tān || 22 ||
Meanings
saḥ: he; tayā: with that; śraddhayā: faith; yuktaḥ: endowed with; tasya: of that; ārādhanam: worship; īhate: tries to engage in; labhate: obtains; ca: and; tataḥ: from that; kāmān: desires; mayā: by me; eva: alone; vihitān: granted; hi: indeed; tān: those

Endowed with that faith, the devotee worships that form and receives the desired benefits, though it is I who grant them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The devotee obtains the sought result through that worship, but the Lord alone makes the connection effective. The particular deity is not a source of power independent of the supreme Lord.

7.23
अन्तवत्तु फलं तेषां तद्भवत्यल्पमेधसाम् ।
देवान्देवयजो यान्ति मद्भक्ता यान्ति मामपि ॥ २३ ॥
antavattu phalaṃ teṣāṃ tadbhavatyalpamedhasām |
devāndevayajo yānti madbhaktā yānti māmapi || 23 ||
Meanings
anta-vat: perishable; tu: but; phalam: fruit; teṣām: by them; tat: that; bhavati: is; alpa-medhasām: people of little understanding; devān: to the gods; deva-yajaḥ: the worshipers of the gods; yānti: go; mat: my; bhaktāḥ: devotees; yānti: go; mām: to me; api: whereas

But the results gained by people of limited understanding do not last. Worshipers of the gods go to those gods, while my devotees come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A finite object of worship yields a finite result, and residence in a deity's world eventually ends. Those who know and worship the supreme Lord reach the highest rather than a temporary reward.

7.24
अव्यक्तं व्यक्तिमापन्नं मन्यन्ते मामबुद्धय: ।
परं भावमजानन्तो ममाव्ययमनुत्तमम् ॥ २४ ॥
avyaktaṃ vyaktimāpannaṃ manyante māmabuddhayaḥ |
paraṃ bhāvamajānanto mamāvyayamanuttamam || 24 ||
Meanings
avyaktam: formless; vyaktim: possessing a personality; āpannam: to have assumed; manyante: think; mām: me; abuddhayaḥ: less intelligent; param: the highest; bhāvam: nature; ajānantaḥ: not understanding; mama: my; avyayam: imperishable; anuttamam: excellent

Those who lack understanding think that I, the unmanifest, have only recently taken form. They do not know my higher, imperishable, supreme nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The unwise imagine that the unmanifest Lord became a newly existing embodied being. They fail to recognize that his visible form is a manifestation of an eternal, unsurpassed nature.

7.25
नाहं प्रकाश: सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृत: ।
मूढोऽयं नाभिजानाति लोको मामजमव्ययम् ॥ २५ ॥
nāhaṃ prakāśaḥ sarvasya yogamāyāsamāvṛtaḥ |
mūḍho’yaṃ nābhijānāti loko māmajamavyayam || 25 ||
Meanings
na: not; aham: I; prakāśaḥ: manifest; sarvasya: to everyone; yoga-māyā: yogamaya; samāvṛtaḥ: veiled; mūḍhaḥ: deluded; ayam: these; na: not; abhijānāti: know; lokaḥ: persons; mām: me; ajam: unborn; avyayam: immutable

Veiled by my creative maya, I am not visible to everyone. This confused world does not know me as unborn and imperishable.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is not evident to everyone because his own yoga-māyā conceals his true nature behind appearances. Ignorance sees an ordinary birth where knowledge sees the unborn and imperishable ruler.

7.26
वेदाहं समतीतानि वर्तमानानि चार्जुन ।
भविष्याणि च भूतानि मां तु वेद न कश्चन ॥ २६ ॥
vedāhaṃ samatītāni vartamānāni cārjuna |
bhaviṣyāṇi ca bhūtāni māṃ tu veda na kaścana || 26 ||
Meanings
veda: know; aham: I; samatītāni: the past; vartamānāni: the present; ca: and; arjuna: Arjuna; bhaviṣyāṇi: the future; ca: also; bhūtāni: all living beings; mām: me; tu: but; veda: knows; na kaścana: no one

Arjuna, I know all beings who lived in the past, live now, or will live in the future, but no one fully knows me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord knows every being across past, present, and future because no event lies outside his awareness. Conditioned beings do not know him fully because their knowledge is veiled and partial.

7.27
इच्छाद्वेषसमुत्थेन द्वन्द्वमोहेन भारत ।
सर्वभूतानि सम्मोहं सर्गे यान्ति परन्तप ॥ २७ ॥
icchādveṣasamutthena dvandvamohena bhārata |
sarvabhūtāni sammohaṃ sarge yānti parantapa || 27 ||
Meanings
icchā: desire; dveṣa: aversion; samutthena: arise from; dvandva: of duality; mohena: from the illusion; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; sarva: all; bhūtāni: living beings; sammoham: into delusion; sarge: since birth; yānti: enter; parantapa: scorcher of foes

Bharata, attraction and aversion create the delusion of opposing experiences. Conqueror of enemies, every being enters this world confused by that delusion.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Attraction and aversion generate the pairs of opposites through which beings judge experience as wanted or unwanted. Born into this confusion, they fail to see the equal reality beneath changing conditions.

7.28
येषां त्वन्तगतं पापं जनानां पुण्यकर्मणाम् ।
ते द्वन्द्वमोहनिर्मुक्ता भजन्ते मां दृढव्रता: ॥ २८ ॥
yeṣāṃ tvantagataṃ pāpaṃ janānāṃ puṇyakarmaṇām |
te dvandvamohanirmuktā bhajante māṃ dṛḍhavratāḥ || 28 ||
Meanings
yeṣām: whose; tu: but; anta-gatam: completely destroyed; pāpam: wrongdoing; janānām: of persons; puṇya: pious; karmaṇām: activities; te: they; dvandva: of dualities; moha: illusion; nirmuktāḥ: free from; bhajante: worship; mām: me; dṛḍha-vratāḥ: with determination

But people whose wrongs have come to an end through good action become free from this delusion of opposites and worship me with firm commitment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Purifying action weakens accumulated wrongdoing and frees the mind from domination by opposites. Such a mind can worship the Lord with a resolve that does not collapse under changing experience.

7.29
जरामरणमोक्षाय मामाश्रित्य यतन्ति ये ।
ते ब्रह्म तद्विदु: कृत्स्नमध्यात्मं कर्म चाखिलम् ॥ २९ ॥
jarāmaraṇamokṣāya māmāśritya yatanti ye |
te brahma tadviduḥ kṛtsnamadhyātmaṃ karma cākhilam || 29 ||
Meanings
jarā: from old age; maraṇa: and death; mokṣāya: for liberation; mām: me; āśritya: take shelter in; yatanti: strive; ye: who; te: they; brahma: Brahman; tat: that; viduḥ: know; kṛtsnam: everything; adhyātmam: the inner self; karma: action; ca: and; akhilam: entire

Those who take refuge in me and strive for freedom from birth and death come to know Brahman, the whole nature of the self, and the meaning of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those seeking release from aging and death discover Brahman, the inner Self, and the full field of action by taking refuge in the Lord. These are not separate truths once their ground is known.

7.30
साधिभूताधिदैवं मां साधियज्ञं च ये विदु: ।
प्रयाणकालेऽपि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतस: ॥ ३० ॥
sādhibhūtādhidaivaṃ māṃ sādhiyajñaṃ ca ye viduḥ |
prayāṇakāle’pi ca māṃ te viduryuktacetasaḥ || 30 ||
Meanings
sa-adhibhūta: together with the realm of beings; adhidaivam: the divine principle; mām: me; sa-adhiyajñam: together with the principle of sacrifice; ca: and; ye: who; viduḥ: know; prayāṇa: of death; kāle: at the time; api: even; ca: and; mām: me; te: they; viduḥ: know; yukta-cetasaḥ: in full consciousness of me

Those who know me in relation to matter, the gods, and sacrifice remain united in mind and know me even at the moment of death.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowing the Lord as the reality underlying material existence, cosmic powers, and sacrifice keeps awareness united even at death. Chapter 8 begins by defining these technical expressions.

↑ contents

8. Akshara Brahma Yoga

अक्षरब्रह्मयोग · The Yoga of the Imperishable Absolute · 23 verses

8.1-2
अर्जुन उवाच ।
किं तद्ब्रह्म किमध्यात्मं किं कर्म पुरुषोत्तम ।
अधिभूतं च किं प्रोक्तमधिदैवं किमुच्यते ॥ १ ॥
अधियज्ञ: कथं कोऽत्र देहेऽस्मिन्मधुसूदन ।
प्रयाणकाले च कथं ज्ञेयोऽसि नियतात्मभि: ॥ २ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
kiṃ tadbrahma kimadhyātmaṃ kiṃ karma puruṣottama |
adhibhūtaṃ ca kiṃ proktamadhidaivaṃ kimucyate || 1 ||
adhiyajñaḥ kathaṃ ko’tra dehe’sminmadhusūdana |
prayāṇakāle ca kathaṃ jñeyo’si niyatātmabhiḥ || 2 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; kim: what; tat: that; brahma: Brahman; kim: what; adhyātmam: the inner self; kim: what; karma: action; puruṣa-uttama: Krishna, the Lord; adhibhūtam: the realm of beings; ca: and; kim: what; proktam: is called; adhidaivam: the divine principle; kim: what; ucyate: is called; adhiyajñaḥ: the principle of sacrifice; katham: how; kaḥ: who; atra: here; dehe: in body; asmin: this; madhusūdana: Madhusudana, slayer of Madhu; prayāṇa-kāle: at time of death; ca: and; katham: how; jñeyaḥ: to be known; asi: are; niyata-ātmabhiḥ: by people of steadfast mind

Arjuna said: Supreme Person, what is Brahman? What is knowledge of the self, and what is action? What is called knowledge of matter, and what is knowledge of the gods? Madhusudana, what is the principle of sacrifice within this body? And how can those with self-control know you at the moment of death?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks for precise definitions of the terms Krishna has just used and for the practical means of remembering him at death. The questions join metaphysics, ritual, and final contemplation.

8.3
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावोऽध्यात्ममुच्यते ।
भूतभावोद्भवकरो विसर्ग: कर्मसञ्ज्ञित: ॥ ३ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
akṣaraṃ brahma paramaṃ svabhāvo’dhyātmamucyate |
bhūtabhāvodbhavakaro visargaḥ karmasañjñitaḥ || 3 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; akṣaram: imperishable; brahma: Brahman; paramam: the highest; svabhāvaḥ: essential nature; adhyātmam: the inner self; ucyate: is called; bhūta-bhāva-udbhava-karaḥ: bringing beings into existence; visargaḥ: creative release; karma: action; sañjñitaḥ: is called

Krishna said: The imperishable supreme reality is Brahman. Its essential nature is called adhyatma. The creative force that brings beings into existence is called karma.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Brahman is the supreme imperishable reality. Adhyātma is that reality present as the innermost Self, while karma here is the sacrificial creative act through which embodied beings arise.

8.4
अधिभूतं क्षरो भाव: पुरुषश्चाधिदैवतम् ।
अधियज्ञोऽहमेवात्र देहे देहभृतां वर ॥ ४ ॥
adhibhūtaṃ kṣaro bhāvaḥ puruṣaścādhidaivatam |
adhiyajño’hamevātra dehe dehabhṛtāṃ vara || 4 ||
Meanings
adhibhūtam: the realm of beings; kṣaraḥ: perishable; bhāvaḥ: nature; puruṣaḥ: person; ca: and; adhidaivatam: the Lord of the gods; adhiyajñaḥ: Lord of all sacrifices; aham: I; eva: indeed; atra: here; dehe: in the body; deha-bhṛtām: of the embodied; vara: best

Knowledge of matter concerns my perishable nature. Knowledge of the gods concerns the cosmic person. Best of embodied beings, knowledge of sacrifice concerns me dwelling within the body.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Adhibhūta is the perishable field of material forms; adhidaiva is the cosmic person governing the senses; adhiyajña is the Lord, present within every body as the ruler and receiver of sacrifice.

8.5
अन्तकाले च मामेव स्मरन्मुक्त्वा कलेवरम् ।
य: प्रयाति स मद्भावं याति नास्त्यत्र संशय: ॥ ५ ॥
antakāle ca māmeva smaranmuktvā kalevaram |
yaḥ prayāti sa madbhāvaṃ yāti nāstyatra saṃśayaḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
anta-kāle: at time of death; ca: and; mām: me; eva: alone; smaran: remembering; muktvā: relinquish; kalevaram: the body; yaḥ: who; prayāti: goes; saḥ: he; mat-bhāvam: my state; yāti: achieves; na: no; asti: there is; atra: here; saṃśayaḥ: doubt

Anyone who leaves the body at death while thinking of me alone enters my being. There is no doubt about this.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A mind that remembers the Lord alone as the body falls reaches the Lord's being. Final recollection is effective because it expresses a deeply established orientation, not an accidental last thought.

8.6
यं यं वापि स्मरन्भावं त्यजत्यन्ते कलेवरम् ।
तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावित: ॥ ६ ॥
yaṃ yaṃ vāpi smaranbhāvaṃ tyajatyante kalevaram |
taṃ tamevaiti kaunteya sadā tadbhāvabhāvitaḥ || 6 ||
Meanings
yam yam: whatever; vā: or; api: even; smaran: remembering; bhāvam: remembrance; tyajati: gives up; ante: in the end; kalevaram: the body; tam: to that; tam: to that; eva: indeed; eti: gets; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; sadā: always; tat: that; bhāva-bhāvitaḥ: absorbed in contemplation

Son of Kunti, whatever state a person remembers when leaving the body is the state that person reaches, shaped by a lifetime of thought.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The dominant thought at death directs the next state because it has been strengthened by repeated thought throughout life. Death reveals the mind's settled tendency.

8.7
तस्मात्सर्वेषु कालेषु मामनुस्मर युध्य च ।
मय्यर्पितमनोबुद्धिर्मामेवैष्यस्यसंशयम् ॥ ७ ॥
tasmātsarveṣu kāleṣu māmanusmara yudhya ca |
mayyarpitamanobuddhirmāmevaiṣyasyasaṃśayam || 7 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; sarveṣu: in all; kāleṣu: times; mām: me; anusmara: remember; yudhya: fight; ca: and; mayi: to me; arpita: placed; manaḥ: mind; buddhiḥ: intellect; mām: to me; eva: surely; eṣyasi: you shall attain; asaṃśayaḥ: without a doubt

Therefore remember me at all times and fight. With mind and intellect fixed on me, you will certainly come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Constant remembrance need not mean abandoning Arjuna's duty. By offering mind and intellect to the Lord while fighting, he makes action part of an unbroken discipline of recollection.

8.8
अभ्यासयोगयुक्तेन चेतसा नान्यगामिना ।
परमं पुरुषं दिव्यं याति पार्थानुचिन्तयन् ॥ ८ ॥
abhyāsayogayuktena cetasā nānyagāminā |
paramaṃ puruṣaṃ divyaṃ yāti pārthānucintayan || 8 ||
Meanings
abhyāsa-yoga: by practice of yoga; yuktena: being continually engaged in remembrance; cetasā: by the mind; na anya-gāminā: without deviating; paramam puruṣam: the Lord; divyam: divine; yāti: one attains; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; anucintayan: constant remembrance

Partha, a person whose mind has been disciplined through steady practice and does not wander elsewhere reaches the supreme divine Person through constant meditation.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Repeated practice keeps thought from running toward other objects. A mind formed by that habit reaches the supreme Person on whom it steadily meditates.

8.9-10
कविं पुराणमनुशासितार
मणोरणीयांसमनुस्मरेद्य: ।
सर्वस्य धातारमचिन्त्यरूप
मादित्यवर्णं तमस: परस्तात् ॥ ९ ॥
प्रयाणकाले मनसाचलेन
भक्त्या युक्तो योगबलेन चैव ।
भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्
स तं परं पुरुषमुपैति दिव्यम् ॥ १० ॥
kaviṃ purāṇamanuśāsitāra
maṇoraṇīyāṃsamanusmaredyaḥ |
sarvasya dhātāramacintyarūpa
mādityavarṇaṃ tamasaḥ parastāt || 9 ||
prayāṇakāle manasācalena
bhaktyā yukto yogabalena caiva |
bhruvormadhye prāṇamāveśya samyak
sa taṃ paraṃ puruṣamupaiti divyam || 10 ||
Meanings
kavim: poet; purāṇam: ancient; anuśāsitāram: the Controller; aṇoḥ: than the atom; aṇīyānsam: smaller; anusmaret: always remembers; yaḥ: who; sarvasya: of everything; dhātāram: the support; acintya: inconceivable; rūpam: divine form; āditya-varṇam: effulgent like the sun; tamasaḥ: to darkness of ignorance; parastāt: beyond; prayāṇa-kāle: at time of death; manasā: mind; acalena: steadily; bhaktyā: through devotion; yuktaḥ: united; yoga-balena: through the power of yoga; ca: and; eva: indeed; bhruvoḥ: the two eyebrows; madhye: between; prāṇam: life-airs; āveśya: fixing; samyak: completely; saḥ: he; tam: him; param puruṣam: the supreme person; upaiti: attains; divyam: divine

Meditate on the ancient, all-knowing ruler, subtler than the smallest thing, the support of all, whose form is beyond thought, radiant like the sun beyond darkness. At death, one who remains steady and devoted and, through the power of yoga, gathers the vital breath between the eyebrows reaches that supreme divine Person.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The object of meditation is the timeless, omniscient ruler, subtler than every subtle thing and self-luminous beyond ignorance. At death, devotion and yogic control gather the mind and vital force into unwavering remembrance of him.

8.11
यदक्षरं वेदविदो वदन्ति
विशन्ति यद्यतयो वीतरागा: ।
यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति
तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण प्रवक्ष्ये ॥ ११ ॥
yadakṣaraṃ vedavido vadanti
viśanti yadyatayo vītarāgāḥ |
yadicchanto brahmacaryaṃ caranti
tatte padaṃ saṃgraheṇa pravakṣye || 11 ||
Meanings
yat: which; akṣaram: Imperishable; veda-vidaḥ: scholars of the Vedas; vadanti: describe; viśanti: enter; yat: which; yatayaḥ: great ascetics; vīta-rāgāḥ: free from attachment; yat: which; icchantaḥ: desiring; brahmacaryam: chaste discipline; caranti: practice; tat: that; te: to you; padam: goal; saṅgraheṇa: briefly; pravakṣye: I shall explain

I will briefly explain the goal that knowers of the Vedas call imperishable, which disciplined people free from attachment enter, and for which seekers practice celibacy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna now states briefly the contemplative path to the imperishable goal praised by Vedic knowers. Detachment and celibate discipline prepare attention for that final concentration.

8.12
सर्वद्वाराणि संयम्य मनो हृदि निरुध्य च ।
मूर्ध्न्याधायात्मन: प्राणमास्थितो योगधारणाम् ॥ १२ ॥
sarvadvārāṇi saṃyamya mano hṛdi nirudhya ca |
mūrdhnyādhāyātmanaḥ prāṇamāsthito yogadhāraṇām || 12 ||
Meanings
sarva-dvārāṇi: all gates; saṃyamya: restraining; manaḥ: the mind; hṛdi: in heart region; nirudhya: confining; ca: and; mūrdhni: in the head; ādhāya: establish; ātmanaḥ: of the self; prāṇam: the life breath; āsthitaḥ: situated; yoga-dhāraṇām: the yogic concentration

Closing every sensory gate, holding the mind in the heart, drawing the vital breath into the head, and remaining concentrated through yoga,

Śaṅkara's commentary

Closing the sensory gates withdraws awareness from external objects; holding mind in the heart and vital force in the head gathers the inner faculties. These are yogic supports for undistracted remembrance.

8.13
ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म व्याहरन्मामनुस्मरन् ।
य: प्रयाति त्यजन्देहं स याति परमां गतिम् ॥ १३ ॥
omityekākṣaraṃ brahma vyāharanmāmanusmaran |
yaḥ prayāti tyajandehaṃ sa yāti paramāṃ gatim || 13 ||
Meanings
om: the sacred syllable Om; iti: thus; eka-akṣaram: one-syllabled; brahma: the Absolute Truth; vyāharan: chanting; mām: me; anusmaran: remembering; yaḥ: who; prayāti: departs; tyajan: quitting; deham: the body; saḥ: he; yāti: attains; paramām: the supreme; gatim: goal

one who leaves the body while reciting Om, the single syllable of Brahman, and remembering me reaches the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Om serves as the verbal symbol of Brahman. Leaving the body while uttering it and remembering the Lord joins sacred sound to the knowledge it signifies.

8.14
अनन्यचेता: सततं यो मां स्मरति नित्यश: ।
तस्याहं सुलभ: पार्थ नित्ययुक्तस्य योगिन: ॥ १४ ॥
ananyacetāḥ satataṃ yo māṃ smarati nityaśaḥ |
tasyāhaṃ sulabhaḥ pārtha nityayuktasya yoginaḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
ananya-cetāḥ: without deviation of the mind; satatam: always; yaḥ: who; mām: me; smarati: remembers; nityaśaḥ: regularly; tasya: to him; aham: I; su-labhaḥ: easily attainable; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; nitya: constantly; yuktasya: engaged; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga

Partha, I am easily reached by a yogi who remains steadily united and remembers me constantly without turning the mind elsewhere.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is easy to reach for one whose remembrance is continuous and exclusive. Difficulty belongs to the wandering mind, not to distance in the Lord.

8.15
मामुपेत्य पुनर्जन्म दु:खालयमशाश्वतम् ।
नाप्नुवन्ति महात्मान: संसिद्धिं परमां गता: ॥ १५ ॥
māmupetya punarjanma duḥkhālayamaśāśvatam |
nāpnuvanti mahātmānaḥ saṃsiddhiṃ paramāṃ gatāḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
mām: me; upetya: having attained; punaḥ: again; janma: birth; duḥkha-ālayam: place full of miseries; aśāśvatam: temporary; na: never; āpnuvanti: attain; mahā-ātmānaḥ: the great selfs; saṃsiddhim: perfection; paramām: highest; gatāḥ: having achieved

Great souls who come to me do not return to this temporary rebirth filled with suffering. They have reached the highest fulfillment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those who attain the Lord no longer take a body in this unstable world of recurrent suffering. Reaching him is the completion of human development, not a temporary heavenly stay.

8.16
आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका: पुनरावर्तिनोऽर्जुन ।
मामुपेत्य तु कौन्तेय पुनर्जन्म न विद्यते ॥ १६ ॥
ābrahmabhuvanāllokāḥ punarāvartino’rjuna |
māmupetya tu kaunteya punarjanma na vidyate || 16 ||
Meanings
ā-brahma-bhuvanāt: up to the abode of Brahma; lokāḥ: worlds; punaḥ āvartinaḥ: subject to rebirth; arjuna: Arjuna; mām: Mine; upetya: having attained; tu: but; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; punaḥ janma: rebirth; na: never; vidyate: is

Arjuna, every world up to Brahma’s world is subject to repeated birth. But son of Kunti, one who comes to me is never born again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even Brahmā's highest created world remains within time and rebirth. Only realization of the supreme Lord ends return altogether.

8.17
सहस्रयुगपर्यन्तमहर्यद्ब्रह्मणो विदु: ।
रात्रिं युगसहस्रान्तां तेऽहोरात्रविदो जना: ॥ १७ ॥
sahasrayugaparyantamaharyadbrahmaṇo viduḥ |
rātriṃ yugasahasrāntāṃ te’horātravido janāḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
sahasra: one thousand; yuga: age; paryantam: until; ahaḥ: one day; yat: which; brahmaṇaḥ: of Brahma; viduḥ: know; rātrim: night; yuga-sahasra-antām: lasts one thousand yugas; te: they; ahaḥ-rātra-vidaḥ: those who understand this day and night; janāḥ: people

Those who understand that Brahma’s day lasts a thousand ages and Brahma’s night another thousand truly understand cosmic day and night.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The vast scale of Brahmā's day and night shows that cosmic duration is still duration. Knowledge of these cycles prevents long-lived worlds from being mistaken for the eternal.

8.18
अव्यक्ताद्व्यक्तय: सर्वा: प्रभवन्त्यहरागमे ।
रात्र्यागमे प्रलीयन्ते तत्रैवाव्यक्तसञ्ज्ञके ॥ १८ ॥
avyaktādvyaktayaḥ sarvāḥ prabhavantyaharāgame |
rātryāgame pralīyante tatraivāvyaktasañjñake || 18 ||
Meanings
avyaktāt: from the unmanifested; vyaktayaḥ: the manifested; sarvāḥ: all; prabhavanti: emanate; ahaḥ-āgame: at advent of Brahma's day; rātri-āgame: at fall of Brahma's night; pralīyante: they dissolve; tatra: into that; eva: indeed; avyakta-sañjñake: in what is called the unmanifest

At the arrival of day, all manifest beings emerge from the unmanifest. At the arrival of night, they dissolve back into the unmanifest.

Śaṅkara's commentary

At cosmic dawn, manifest names and forms emerge from causal, unmanifest nature; at night they return to it. Dissolution into this cause is temporary because manifestation begins again.

8.19
भूतग्राम: स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते ।
रात्र्यागमेऽवश: पार्थ प्रभवत्यहरागमे ॥ १९ ॥
bhūtagrāmaḥ sa evāyaṃ bhūtvā bhūtvā pralīyate |
rātryāgame’vaśaḥ pārtha prabhavatyaharāgame || 19 ||
Meanings
bhūta-grāmaḥ: multitude of beings; saḥ: these; eva: indeed; ayam: this; bhūtvā bhūtvā: repeatedly taking birth; pralīyate: dissolves; rātri-āgame: with advent of night; avaśaḥ: helpless; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; prabhavati: become manifest; ahaḥ-āgame: with advent of day

Partha, the same multitude of beings comes forth again and again. It dissolves helplessly when night arrives and emerges when day returns.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The same stream of beings repeatedly appears according to karma and dissolves when the cosmic night arrives. Without knowledge, they remain helpless within nature's cycle.

8.20
परस्तस्मात्तु भावोऽन्योऽव्यक्तोऽव्यक्तात्सनातन: ।
य: स सर्वेषु भूतेषु नश्यत्सु न विनश्यति ॥ २० ॥
parastasmāttu bhāvo’nyo’vyakto’vyaktātsanātanaḥ |
yaḥ sa sarveṣu bhūteṣu naśyatsu na vinaśyati || 20 ||
Meanings
paraḥ: higher; tasmāt: than that; tu: but; bhāvaḥ: creation; anyaḥ: another; avyaktaḥ: unmanifest; avyaktāt: to the unmanifest; sanātanaḥ: eternal; yaḥ: who; saḥ: that; sarveṣu: all; bhūteṣu: in beings; naśyatsu: cease to exist; na: never; vinaśyati: is annihilated

Beyond this cycle is another unmanifest reality, eternal and untouched even when all beings are destroyed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Beyond the unmanifest material cause is a higher unmanifest reality, Brahman itself. It does not enter manifestation or perish when the entire created order dissolves.

8.21
अव्यक्तोऽक्षर इत्युक्तस्तमाहु: परमां गतिम् ।
यं प्राप्य न निवर्तन्ते तद्धाम परमं मम ॥ २१ ॥
avyakto’kṣara ityuktastamāhuḥ paramāṃ gatim |
yaṃ prāpya na nivartante taddhāma paramaṃ mama || 21 ||
Meanings
avyaktaḥ: unmanifest; akṣaraḥ: imperishable; iti: thus; uktaḥ: is said; tam: that; āhuḥ: is called; paramām: the supreme; gatim: destination; yam: which; prāpya: having reached; na: never; nivartante: come back; tat: that; dhāma: abode; paramam: the highest; mama: my

That unmanifest reality is called the Imperishable and the highest goal. Those who reach it never return. It is my supreme home.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The higher unmanifest is imperishable, the final end, and the Lord's supreme state. Reaching it ends return because no ignorance remains to generate another embodiment.

8.22
पुरुष: स पर: पार्थ भक्त्या लभ्यस्त्वनन्यया ।
यस्यान्त:स्थानि भूतानि येन सर्वमिदं ततम् ॥ २२ ॥
puruṣaḥ sa paraḥ pārtha bhaktyā labhyastvananyayā |
yasyāntaḥsthāni bhūtāni yena sarvamidaṃ tatam || 22 ||
Meanings
puruṣaḥ: person; saḥ: he; paraḥ: higher; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; bhaktyā: through devotion; labhyaḥ: is attainable; tu: indeed; ananyayā: without another; yasya: of whom; antaḥ-sthāni: situated within; bhūtāni: beings; yena: by whom; sarvam: all; idam: this; tatam: is pervaded

Partha, the highest Person, in whom all beings live and by whom everything is pervaded, is reached through unwavering devotion alone.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The supreme Person contains all beings and pervades the whole universe without division. Exclusive devotion reaches him by allowing no supposedly independent reality to compete with him.

8.23-26
यत्र काले त्वनावृत्तिमावृत्तिं चैव योगिन: ।
प्रयाता यान्ति तं कालं वक्ष्यामि भरतर्षभ ॥ २३ ॥
अग्निर्ज्योतिरह: शुक्ल: षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् ।
तत्र प्रयाता गच्छन्ति ब्रह्म ब्रह्मविदो जना: ॥ २४ ॥
धूमो रात्रिस्तथा कृष्ण: षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ।
तत्र चान्द्रमसं ज्योतिर्योगी प्राप्य निवर्तते ॥ २५ ॥
शुक्लकृष्णे गती ह्येते जगत: शाश्वते मते ।
एकया यात्यनावृत्तिमन्ययावर्तते पुन: ॥ २६ ॥
yatra kāle tvanāvṛttimāvṛttiṃ caiva yoginaḥ |
prayātā yānti taṃ kālaṃ vakṣyāmi bharatarṣabha || 23 ||
agnirjyotirahaḥ śuklaḥ ṣaṇmāsā uttarāyaṇam |
tatra prayātā gacchanti brahma brahmavido janāḥ || 24 ||
dhūmo rātristathā kṛṣṇaḥ ṣaṇmāsā dakṣiṇāyanam |
tatra cāndramasaṃ jyotiryogī prāpya nivartate || 25 ||
śuklakṛṣṇe gatī hyete jagataḥ śāśvate mate |
ekayā yātyanāvṛttimanyayāvartate punaḥ || 26 ||
Meanings
yatra: where; kāle: time; tu: indeed; anāvṛttim: no return; āvṛttim: return; ca: and; eva: indeed; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga; prayātāḥ: having departed; yānti: attain; tam: that; kālam: time; vakṣyāmi: I shall describe; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas; agniḥ: fire; jyotiḥ: light; ahaḥ: day; śuklaḥ: bright fortnight of the moon; ṣaṭ-māsāḥ: six months; uttara-ayanam: sun's northern course; tatra: there; prayātāḥ: departed; gacchanti: go; brahma: Brahman; brahma-vidaḥ: people who know the Brahman; janāḥ: persons; dhūmaḥ: smoke; rātriḥ: night; tathā: and; kṛṣṇaḥ: dark fortnight of the moon; ṣaṭ-māsāḥ: six months; dakṣiṇa-ayanam: sun's southern course; tatra: there; cāndra-masam: lunar; jyotiḥ: light; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; prāpya: attain; nivartate: comes back; śukla: bright; kṛṣṇe: dark; gatī: paths; hi: indeed; ete: these; jagataḥ: of the world; śāśvate: eternal; mate: opinion; ekayā: by one; yāti: goes; anāvṛttim: to non return; anyayā: by the other; āvartate: comes back; punaḥ: again

Prince of the Bharatas, I will explain the times of departure under which yogis either return or do not return. Those who know Brahman and depart during fire, light, daytime, the bright fortnight, or the six months of the sun’s northern course go to Brahman. A yogi who departs during smoke, night, the dark fortnight, or the six months of the southern course reaches the moon’s light and later returns. Light and darkness are considered the world’s two enduring paths. One leads beyond return; the other leads back again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads fire, light, day, and the other terms as presiding divine stages on two postmortem paths, not merely as favorable clock or calendar times. Knowers travel the path of no return; meritorious ritualists reach the lunar realm and later return.

8.27
नैते सृती पार्थ जानन्योगी मुह्यति कश्चन ।
तस्मात्सर्वेषु कालेषु योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन ॥ २७ ॥
naite sṛtī pārtha jānanyogī muhyati kaścana |
tasmātsarveṣu kāleṣu yogayukto bhavārjuna || 27 ||
Meanings
na: never; ete: these two; sṛtī: paths; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; jānan: knowing; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; muhyati: bewildered; kaścana: any; tasmāt: therefore; sarveṣu kāleṣu: always; yoga-yuktaḥ: disciplined through yoga; bhava: be; arjuna: Arjuna

Partha, a yogi who understands these paths is not confused. Therefore remain established in yoga at all times, Arjuna.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowing the distinct destinations of knowledge and result-seeking action prevents confusion about spiritual practice. The yogin should therefore remain constantly committed to the path leading beyond return.

8.28
वेदेषु यज्ञेषु तप:सु चैव
दानेषु यत्पुण्यफलं प्रदिष्टम् ।
अत्येति तत्सर्वमिदं विदित्वा
योगी परं स्थानमुपैति चाद्यम् ॥ २८ ॥
vedeṣu yajñeṣu tapaḥsu caiva
dāneṣu yatpuṇyaphalaṃ pradiṣṭam |
atyeti tatsarvamidaṃ viditvā
yogī paraṃ sthānamupaiti cādyam || 28 ||
Meanings
vedeṣu: in study of the Vedas; yajñeṣu: in performing sacrifices; tapaḥsu: in austerities; ca: and; eva: indeed; dāneṣu: in giving charities; yat: which; puṇya-phalam: fruit of merit; pradiṣṭam: is gained; atyeti: surpasses; tat sarvam: all; idam: this; viditvā: having known; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; param: the highest; sthānam: place; upaiti: achieves; ca: and; ādyam: original

A yogi who understands this goes beyond every reward the Vedas promise for sacrifice, austerity, or charity and reaches the supreme, timeless foundation.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Understanding and practicing this teaching surpasses the limited merit promised for sacrifice, austerity, and giving. The yogin reaches the primal supreme reality rather than a measured reward.

↑ contents

9. Raja Vidya Raja Guhya Yoga

राजविद्याराजगुह्ययोग · The Yoga of Royal Knowledge and Royal Secret · 32 verses

9.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
इदं तु ते गुह्यतमं प्रवक्ष्याम्यनसूयवे ।
ज्ञानं विज्ञानसहितं यज्ज्ञात्वा मोक्ष्यसेऽशुभात् ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
idaṃ tu te guhyatamaṃ pravakṣyāmyanasūyave |
jñānaṃ vijñānasahitaṃ yajjñātvā mokṣyase’śubhāt || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; idam: this; tu: but; te: to you; guhya-tamam: deepest secret; pravakṣyāmi: I shall impart; anasūyave: nonenvious; jñānam: knowledge; vijñāna: realized knowledge; sahitam: with; yat: which; jñātvā: knowing; mokṣyase: you will be released; aśubhāt: miseries of worldly existence

Krishna said: Because you do not resent me, I will teach you the deepest secret: knowledge joined with realized understanding. Knowing it will free you from harm.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's freedom from resentment makes him able to hear the most inward teaching without reducing or rejecting it. Krishna offers knowledge together with realization, which removes the evil of saṃsāra.

9.2
राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् ।
प्रत्यक्षावगमं धर्म्यं सुसुखं कर्तुमव्ययम् ॥ २ ॥
rājavidyā rājaguhyaṃ pavitramidamuttamam |
pratyakṣāvagamaṃ dharmyaṃ susukhaṃ kartumavyayam || 2 ||
Meanings
rāja-vidyā: king of sciences; rāja-guhyam: most profound secret; pavitram: pure; idam: this; uttamam: highest; pratyakṣa: directly perceptible; avagamam: directly realizable; dharmyam: virtuous; su-sukham: easy; kartum: to practice; avyayam: everlasting

This is the highest knowledge and the highest secret, the supreme purifier. It can be directly understood, accords with dharma, is easy to practice, and never passes away.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This knowledge is royal because it governs and completes other disciplines, secret because the Self is easily overlooked, and purifying because it directly removes ignorance. It can be personally verified and does not decay with its result.

9.3
अश्रद्दधाना: पुरुषा धर्मस्यास्य परन्तप ।
अप्राप्य मां निवर्तन्ते मृत्युसंसारवर्त्मनि ॥ ३ ॥
aśraddadhānāḥ puruṣā dharmasyāsya parantapa |
aprāpya māṃ nivartante mṛtyusaṃsāravartmani || 3 ||
Meanings
aśraddadhānāḥ: people without faith; puruṣāḥ: persons; dharmasya: of dharma; asya: this; parantapa: scorcher of foes; aprāpya: without attaining; mām: me; nivartante: come back; mṛtyu: death; saṃsāra: the cycle of rebirth; vartmani: in the path

Conqueror of enemies, people who lack faith in this teaching do not reach me. They return to the path of death and rebirth.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A person who distrusts the teaching cannot commit to the means of knowing the Lord. Without that knowledge, the old course of death and rebirth continues.

9.4
मया ततमिदं सर्वं जगदव्यक्तमूर्तिना ।
मत्स्थानि सर्वभूतानि न चाहं तेष्ववस्थित: ॥ ४ ॥
mayā tatamidaṃ sarvaṃ jagadavyaktamūrtinā |
matsthāni sarvabhūtāni na cāhaṃ teṣvavasthitaḥ || 4 ||
Meanings
mayā: by me; tatam: pervaded; idam: this; sarvam: entire; jagat: cosmic manifestation; avyakta-mūrtinā: the unmanifested form; mat-sthāni: in me; sarva-bhūtāni: all living beings; na: not; ca: and; aham: I; teṣu: in them; avasthitaḥ: dwell

In my unmanifest form, I pervade this entire world. Every being rests in me, though I do not rest in them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord pervades the universe in an unmanifest form, and all beings depend on him for their existence. Yet he does not depend on or become confined within any of them.

9.5
न च मत्स्थानि भूतानि पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् ।
भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावन: ॥ ५ ॥
na ca matsthāni bhūtāni paśya me yogamaiśvaram |
bhūtabhṛnna ca bhūtastho mamātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
na: never; ca: and; mat-sthāni: abide in me; bhūtāni: all living beings; paśya: see; me: my; yogam aiśvaram: sovereign yoga; bhūta-bhṛt: the sustainer of every being; na: never; ca: yet; bhūta-sthaḥ: dwelling in; mama: my; ātmā: self; bhūta-bhāvanaḥ: the Creator of every being

Yet in another sense, beings do not rest in me. See the mystery of my sovereign yoga: I support and produce all beings without being contained in them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

From the highest standpoint, beings do not actually limit or modify the Lord at all. His sovereign mystery is that he supports and projects appearances while remaining unattached and undivided.

9.6
यथाकाशस्थितो नित्यं वायु: सर्वत्रगो महान् ।
तथा सर्वाणि भूतानि मत्स्थानीत्युपधारय ॥ ६ ॥
yathākāśasthito nityaṃ vāyuḥ sarvatrago mahān |
tathā sarvāṇi bhūtāni matsthānītyupadhāraya || 6 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; ākāśa-sthitaḥ: rests in the sky; nityam: always; vāyuḥ: the wind; sarvatra-gaḥ: blowing everywhere; mahān: mighty; tathā: likewise; sarvāṇi bhūtāni: all living beings; mat-sthāni: rest in me; iti: thus; upadhāraya: know

As the powerful wind moves everywhere while remaining within space, know that every being remains within me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Wind moves and changes within space while space remains unaffected. In the same way, all beings arise and act within the Lord without altering his nature.

9.7-8
सर्वभूतानि कौन्तेय प्रकृतिं यान्ति मामिकाम् ।
कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् ॥ ७ ॥
प्रकृतिं स्वामवष्टभ्य विसृजामि पुन: पुन: ।
भूतग्राममिमं कृत्स्नमवशं प्रकृतेर्वशात् ॥ ८ ॥
sarvabhūtāni kaunteya prakṛtiṃ yānti māmikām |
kalpakṣaye punastāni kalpādau visṛjāmyaham || 7 ||
prakṛtiṃ svāmavaṣṭabhya visṛjāmi punaḥ punaḥ |
bhūtagrāmamimaṃ kṛtsnamavaśaṃ prakṛtervaśāt || 8 ||
Meanings
sarva-bhūtāni: all living beings; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; prakṛtim: nature; yānti: merge; māmikām: my; kalpa-kṣaye: at end of a kalpa; punaḥ: again; tāni: them; kalpa-ādau: at beginning of a kalpa; visṛjāmi: manifest; aham: I; prakṛtim: nature; svām: my own; avaṣṭabhya: presiding over; visṛjāmi: generate; punaḥ punaḥ: again and again; bhūta-grāmam: myriad forms; imam: these; kṛtsnam: all; avaśam: beyond their control; prakṛteḥ: of nature; vaśāt: force

Son of Kunti, at the end of a cosmic age, every being enters my material nature. At the beginning of the next age, I send them forth again. Working through my own nature, I repeatedly send out this multitude of beings, helpless under nature’s power.

Śaṅkara's commentary

At dissolution, beings return with their latent tendencies into the Lord's material nature; at creation, he projects them again according to those tendencies. Their lack of freedom belongs to dependence on nature and karma.

9.9
न च मां तानि कर्माणि निबध्नन्ति धनञ्जय ।
उदासीनवदासीनमसक्तं तेषु कर्मसु ॥ ९ ॥
na ca māṃ tāni karmāṇi nibadhnanti dhanañjaya |
udāsīnavadāsīnamasaktaṃ teṣu karmasu || 9 ||
Meanings
na: none; ca: as; mām: me; tāni: those; karmāṇi: actions; nibadhnanti: bind; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth; udāsīna-vat: as neutral; āsīnam: situated; asaktam: detached; teṣu: those; karmasu: actions

Dhananjaya, these actions do not bind me because I remain above them, unattached to what I do.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Creation does not bind the Lord because he remains indifferent to its results and never identifies himself as a needy agent. Activity under his supervision does not compromise his freedom.

9.10
मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृति: सूयते सचराचरम् ।
हेतुनानेन कौन्तेय जगद्विपरिवर्तते ॥ १० ॥
mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ sūyate sacarācaram |
hetunānena kaunteya jagadviparivartate || 10 ||
Meanings
mayā: by me; adhyakṣeṇa: direction; prakṛtiḥ: nature; sūyate: brings into being; sa: both; cara-acaram: animate and the inanimate; hetunā: reason; anena: this; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; jagat: the world; viparivartate: undergoes the changes

Under my supervision, nature produces everything that moves and does not move. Son of Kunti, this is how the universe keeps turning.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Material nature produces the moving and unmoving universe only under the Lord's oversight. This dependence explains the ordered cycle of creation without turning the Lord into a changing material cause.

9.11
अवजानन्ति मां मूढा मानुषीं तनुमाश्रितम् ।
परं भावमजानन्तो मम भूतमहेश्वरम् ॥ ११ ॥
avajānanti māṃ mūḍhā mānuṣīṃ tanumāśritam |
paraṃ bhāvamajānanto mama bhūtamaheśvaram || 11 ||
Meanings
avajānanti: disregard; mām: me; mūḍhāḥ: dim-witted; mānuṣīm: human; tanum: form; āśritam: take on; param: higher; bhāvam: personality; ajānantaḥ: not knowing; mama: my; bhūta: all beings; mahā-īśvaram: the great lord

Fools dismiss me when I appear in human form because they do not know my higher nature as the great lord of beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those who see only an ordinary human body dismiss Krishna and miss the supreme Lord manifest through it. They confuse the assumed form with the total nature of the one who assumes it.

9.12
मोघाशा मोघकर्माणो मोघज्ञाना विचेतस: ।
राक्षसीमासुरीं चैव प्रकृतिं मोहिनीं श्रिता: ॥ १२ ॥
moghāśā moghakarmāṇo moghajñānā vicetasaḥ |
rākṣasīmāsurīṃ caiva prakṛtiṃ mohinīṃ śritāḥ || 12 ||
Meanings
mogha-āśāḥ: of vain hopes; mogha-karmāṇaḥ: of vain actions; mogha-jñānāḥ: of baffled knowledge; vicetasaḥ: deluded; rākṣasīm: demonic; āsurīm: atheistic; ca: and; eva: indeed; prakṛtim: nature; mohinīm: bewildered; śritāḥ: take shelter

Their hopes, actions, and knowledge are empty. Without understanding, they take on a deceptive, brutal, and destructive nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When the Lord's reality is denied, hopes, deeds, and learning are directed toward empty or destructive ends. Śaṅkara associates this failure with dispositions dominated by violence and delusion.

9.13
महात्मानस्तु मां पार्थ दैवीं प्रकृतिमाश्रिता: ।
भजन्त्यनन्यमनसो ज्ञात्वा भूतादिमव्ययम् ॥ १३ ॥
mahātmānastu māṃ pārtha daivīṃ prakṛtimāśritāḥ |
bhajantyananyamanaso jñātvā bhūtādimavyayam || 13 ||
Meanings
mahā-ātmānaḥ: the great selfs; tu: but; mām: me; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; daivīm prakṛtim: divine energy; āśritāḥ: take shelter of; bhajanti: engage in devotion; ananya-manasaḥ: with mind fixed exclusively; jñātvā: knowing; bhūta: all creation; ādim: the origin; avyayam: imperishable

But Partha, great souls share in my divine nature. Knowing me as the imperishable source of beings, they worship me with unwavering minds.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Great souls participate in a divine disposition of clarity and self-control. Knowing Krishna as the imperishable source, they worship without allowing the mind to seek an independent refuge.

9.14
सततं कीर्तयन्तो मां यतन्तश्च दृढव्रता: ।
नमस्यन्तश्च मां भक्त्या नित्ययुक्ता उपासते ॥ १४ ॥
satataṃ kīrtayanto māṃ yatantaśca dṛḍhavratāḥ |
namasyantaśca māṃ bhaktyā nityayuktā upāsate || 14 ||
Meanings
satatam: always; kīrtayantaḥ: praising; mām: me; yatantaḥ: striving; ca: and; dṛḍha-vratāḥ: with great determination; namasyantaḥ: humbly bowing down; ca: and; mām: me; bhaktyā: through devotion; nitya-yuktāḥ: constantly united; upāsate: worship

Always praising me, striving with firm commitments, bowing before me, they worship me with constant devotion.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Praise, sustained effort, vows, reverence, and continual worship are outward and inward expressions of one-pointed devotion. Their continuity matters more than an isolated devotional act.

9.15
ज्ञानयज्ञेन चाप्यन्ये यजन्तो मामुपासते ।
एकत्वेन पृथक्त्वेन बहुधा विश्वतोमुखम् ॥ १५ ॥
jñānayajñena cāpyanye yajanto māmupāsate |
ekatvena pṛthaktvena bahudhā viśvatomukham || 15 ||
Meanings
jñāna-yajñena: yajña of cultivating knowledge; ca: and; api: also; anye: others; yajantaḥ: worship; mām: me; upāsate: worship; ekatvena: undifferentiated oneness; pṛthaktvena: separately; bahudhā: various; viśvataḥ-mukham: the cosmic form

Others offer the sacrifice of knowledge and worship me as the one reality, as distinct in many forms, and as present everywhere.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The sacrifice of knowledge recognizes the Lord as the one Self, as the many divine forms named by worship, and as the all-faced reality present everywhere. These are modes of contemplating one truth.

9.16-17
अहं क्रतुरहं यज्ञ: स्वधाहमहमौषधम् ।
मन्त्रोऽहमहमेवाज्यमहमग्निरहं हुतम् ॥ १६ ॥
पिताहमस्य जगतो माता धाता पितामह: ।
वेद्यं पवित्रमोङ्कार ऋक्साम यजुरेव च ॥ १७ ॥
ahaṃ kraturahaṃ yajñaḥ svadhāhamahamauṣadham |
mantro’hamahamevājyamahamagnirahaṃ hutam || 16 ||
pitāhamasya jagato mātā dhātā pitāmahaḥ |
vedyaṃ pavitramoṅkāra ṛksāma yajureva ca || 17 ||
Meanings
aham: I; kratuḥ: Vedic ritual; aham: I; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; svadhā: oblation; aham: I; aham: I; auṣadham: medicinal herb; mantraḥ: Vedic mantra; aham: I; aham: I; eva: also; ājyam: clarified butter; aham: I; agniḥ: fire; aham: I; hutam: the act offering; pitā: father; aham: I; asya: of this; jagataḥ: universe; mātā: mother; dhātā: sustainer; pitāmahaḥ: grandsire; vedyam: what is to be known; pavitram: the purifier; om-kāra: sacred syllable Om; ṛk: the Rig Veda; sāma: the Sama Veda; yajuḥ: the Yajur Veda; eva: also; ca: and

I am the ritual, the sacrifice, the offering to the ancestors, the healing herb, and the mantra. I am the clarified butter, the fire, and the offering placed in it. I am the father and mother of this universe, its support and ancestor. I am what must be known, the purifier, the sacred syllable Om, and the Rig, Sama, and Yajur Vedas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna identifies himself with every role and element in Vedic worship and with the universe's parental source, support, object of knowledge, sacred sound, and scripture. No ritual power exists outside him.

9.18
गतिर्भर्ता प्रभु: साक्षी निवास: शरणं सुहृत् ।
प्रभव: प्रलय: स्थानं निधानं बीजमव्ययम् ॥ १८ ॥
gatirbhartā prabhuḥ sākṣī nivāsaḥ śaraṇaṃ suhṛt |
prabhavaḥ pralayaḥ sthānaṃ nidhānaṃ bījamavyayam || 18 ||
Meanings
gatiḥ: the supreme goal; bhartā: sustainer; prabhuḥ: the lord; sākṣī: witness; nivāsaḥ: abode; śaraṇam: refuge; su-hṛt: friend; prabhavaḥ: the origin; pralayaḥ: dissolution; sthānam: repository; nidhānam: resting place; bījam: seed; avyayam: imperishable

I am the goal, sustainer, lord, witness, home, refuge, and friend. I am the origin, dissolution, foundation, resting place, and imperishable seed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is every relation by which beings arise, endure, seek safety, and return to rest. Calling him the imperishable seed means that the power of future manifestation remains grounded in him.

9.19
तपाम्यहमहं वर्षं निगृह्णम्युत्सृजामि च ।
अमृतं चैव मृत्युश्च सदसच्चाहमर्जुन ॥ १९ ॥
tapāmyahamahaṃ varṣaṃ nigṛhṇamyutsṛjāmi ca |
amṛtaṃ caiva mṛtyuśca sadasaccāhamarjuna || 19 ||
Meanings
tapāmi: radiate heat; aham: I; aham: I; varṣam: rain; nigṛhṇāmi: withhold; utsṛjāmi: send forth; ca: and; amṛtam: immortality; ca: and; eva: also; mṛtyuḥ: death; ca: and; sat: eternal spirit; asat: temporary matter; ca: and; aham: I; arjuna: Arjuna

Arjuna, I give heat; I withhold rain and release it. I am immortality and death, existence and nonexistence.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Heat, rain, life, death, manifest existence, and the unmanifest cause all operate through the Lord. Apparent opposites therefore do not mark boundaries beyond his reality.

9.20
त्रैविद्या मां सोमपा: पूतपापा
यज्ञैरिष्ट्वा स्वर्गतिं प्रार्थयन्ते ।
ते पुण्यमासाद्य सुरेन्द्रलोक
मश्नन्ति दिव्यान्दिवि देवभोगान् ॥ २० ॥
traividyā māṃ somapāḥ pūtapāpā
yajñairiṣṭvā svargatiṃ prārthayante |
te puṇyamāsādya surendraloka
maśnanti divyāndivi devabhogān || 20 ||
Meanings
trai-vidyāḥ: knowledge of Vedic ritual action; mām: me; soma-pāḥ: drinkers of the Soma juice; pūta: purified; pāpāḥ: wrongdoing; yajñaiḥ: through sacrifices; iṣṭvā: worship; svaḥ-gatim: the path to Indra's realm; prārthayante: seek; te: they; puṇyam: pious; āsādya: attain; sura-indra: of Indra; lokam: abode; aśnanti: enjoy; divyān: heavenly; divi: in heaven; deva-bhogān: the pleasures of the gods

Those who know the three Vedas, drink soma, and become purified through sacrifice pray to me for heaven. They rise to Indra’s sacred world and enjoy the gods’ celestial pleasures.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Ritualists who know and practice the three Vedas worship the Lord indirectly while seeking heaven. Sacrifice purifies them enough for that result, but their desire keeps the goal limited.

9.21
ते तं भुक्त्वा स्वर्गलोकं विशालं
क्षीणे पुण्ये मर्त्यलोकं विशन्ति ।
एवं त्रयीधर्ममनुप्रपन्ना
गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते ॥ २१ ॥
te taṃ bhuktvā svargalokaṃ viśālaṃ
kṣīṇe puṇye martyalokaṃ viśanti |
evaṃ trayīdharmamanuprapannā
gatāgataṃ kāmakāmā labhante || 21 ||
Meanings
te: they; tam: that; bhuktvā: having enjoyed; svarga-lokam: heaven; viśālam: vast; kṣīṇe: at exhaustion of; puṇye: stock of merits; martya-lokam: to earthly plane; viśanti: return; evam: thus; trayī dharmam: the ritual teaching of the three Vedas; anuprapannāḥ: follow; gata-āgatam: repeated coming and going; kāma-kāmāḥ: desiring objects of enjoyments; labhante: attain

After enjoying heaven’s vast world, they return to the mortal world when the merit behind their stay runs out. Following the three Vedas while desiring pleasure, they gain only what passes away.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Heaven lasts only while the merit that produced it remains. Desire-driven Vedic ritual therefore alternates elevated enjoyment with return, rather than ending saṃsāra.

9.22
अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जना: पर्युपासते ।
तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् ॥ २२ ॥
ananyāścintayanto māṃ ye janāḥ paryupāsate |
teṣāṃ nityābhiyuktānāṃ yogakṣemaṃ vahāmyaham || 22 ||
Meanings
ananyāḥ: with no other focus; cintayantaḥ: think of; mām: me; ye: those who; janāḥ: persons; paryupāsate: worship exclusively; teṣām: of them; nitya abhiyuktānām: ever steadfast; yoga: what they lack; kṣemam: what they possess; vahāmi: I secure; aham: I

For those who worship me alone and think of no other, who remain steadily united with me, I provide what they need and protect what they have.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those who recognize no other reality and worship the Lord continuously do not have to secure spiritual gain by private anxiety. The Lord carries what they lack and preserves what serves their union with him.

9.23
येऽप्यन्यदेवता भक्ता यजन्ते श्रद्धयान्विता: ।
तेऽपि मामेव कौन्तेय यजन्त्यविधिपूर्वकम् ॥ २३ ॥
ye’pyanyadevatā bhaktā yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ |
te’pi māmeva kaunteya yajantyavidhipūrvakam || 23 ||
Meanings
ye: those who; api: although; anya: other; devatā: gods; bhaktāḥ: devotees; yajante: worship; śraddhayā anvitāḥ: faithfully; te: they; api: also; mām: me; eva: only; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; yajanti: worship; avidhi-pūrvakam: by wrong method

Son of Kunti, even devotees who faithfully worship other gods are worshiping me, though not according to the full understanding.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Worship of other gods reaches the supreme Lord because no deity is independent of him. It is 'not according to full understanding' when the worshipper treats the chosen deity and result as separate and ultimate.

9.24
अहं हि सर्वयज्ञानां भोक्ता च प्रभुरेव च ।
न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते ॥ २४ ॥
ahaṃ hi sarvayajñānāṃ bhoktā ca prabhureva ca |
na tu māmabhijānanti tattvenātaścyavanti te || 24 ||
Meanings
aham: I; hi: indeed; sarva: of all; yajñānām: sacrifices; bhoktā: experiencer; ca: and; prabhuḥ: the lord; eva: only; ca: and; na: not; tu: but; mām: me; abhijānanti: realize; tattvena: in reality; ataḥ: therefore; cyavanti: fall down; te: they

I am the receiver and lord of every sacrifice, but because they do not know my true nature, they fall back.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is the true recipient and ruler of every sacrifice. Worshippers return to limited existence because they do not know this identity and therefore aim at a finite divine form or reward.

9.25
यान्ति देवव्रता देवान्पितॄ न्यान्ति पितृव्रता: ।
भूतानि यान्ति भूतेज्या यान्ति मद्याजिनोऽपि माम् ॥ २५ ॥
yānti devavratā devānpitṝ nyānti pitṛvratāḥ |
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā yānti madyājino’pi mām || 25 ||
Meanings
yānti: go; deva-vratāḥ: worshipers of gods; devān: among the gods; pitṝīn: to the ancestors; yānti: go; pitṛ-vratā: worshippers of ancestors; bhūtāni: to the ghosts; yānti: go; bhūta-ijyāḥ: worshippers of ghosts; yānti: go; mat: my; yājinaḥ: devotees; api: and; mām: to me

Worshipers of the gods go to the gods; worshipers of the ancestors go to the ancestors; those who honor nature spirits go to them; and those who worship me come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The object understood and worshipped determines the destination: deity, ancestor, spirit, or the supreme Lord. Only the last is beyond limited worlds and return.

9.26
पत्रं पुष्पं फलं तोयं यो मे भक्त्या प्रयच्छति ।
तदहं भक्त्युपहृतमश्नामि प्रयतात्मन: ॥ २६ ॥
patraṃ puṣpaṃ phalaṃ toyaṃ yo me bhaktyā prayacchati |
tadahaṃ bhaktyupahṛtamaśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ || 26 ||
Meanings
patram: a leaf; puṣpam: a flower; phalam: a fruit; toyam: water; yaḥ: who; me: to me; bhaktyā: through devotion; prayacchati: offers; tat: that; aham: I; bhakti-upahṛtam: offered with devotion; aśnāmi: partake; prayata-ātmanaḥ: one in pure consciousness

When someone offers me a leaf, a flower, a fruit, or water with devotion, I accept that devoted offering from the sincere heart.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord values the devotion that offers the simplest available object, not the object's price. A pure, attentive heart makes a leaf or water a complete act of worship.

9.27
यत्करोषि यदश्नासि यज्जुहोषि ददासि यत् ।
यत्तपस्यसि कौन्तेय तत्कुरुष्व मदर्पणम् ॥ २७ ॥
yatkaroṣi yadaśnāsi yajjuhoṣi dadāsi yat |
yattapasyasi kaunteya tatkuruṣva madarpaṇam || 27 ||
Meanings
yat: whatever; karoṣi: you do; yat: whatever; aśnāsi: you eat; yat: whatever; juhoṣi: offer to the sacred fire; dadāsi: bestow as a gift; yat: whatever; yat: whatever; tapasyasi: austerities you perform; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; tat: them; kuruṣva: do; mad arpaṇam: as an offering to me

Son of Kunti, whatever you do, eat, offer, give, or practice as discipline, do it as an offering to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Every ordinary and sacred act can be relinquished to the Lord rather than claimed by the ego. This comprehensive offering turns an entire life into karma-yoga.

9.28
शुभाशुभफलैरेवं मोक्ष्यसे कर्मबन्धनै: ।
संन्यासयोगयुक्तात्मा विमुक्तो मामुपैष्यसि ॥ २८ ॥
śubhāśubhaphalairevaṃ mokṣyase karmabandhanaiḥ |
saṃnyāsayogayuktātmā vimukto māmupaiṣyasi || 28 ||
Meanings
śubha aśubha phalaiḥ: from good and bad results; evam: thus; mokṣyase: you will be freed; karma: action; bandhanaiḥ: from the bondage; saṃyāsa-yoga: renunciation of selfishness; yukta-ātmā: having the mind attached to me; vimuktaḥ: liberated; mām: to me; upaiṣyasi: you shall reach

In this way you will be freed from the bonds of action and their good and bad results. United through the yoga of renunciation, you will become free and come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Offering all acts releases the practitioner from attachment to both good and bad karmic results. This yoga of renunciation prepares freedom and culminates in reaching the Lord.

9.29
समोऽहं सर्वभूतेषु न मे द्वेष्योऽस्ति न प्रिय: ।
ये भजन्ति तु मां भक्त्या मयि ते तेषु चाप्यहम् ॥ २९ ॥
samo’haṃ sarvabhūteṣu na me dveṣyo’sti na priyaḥ |
ye bhajanti tu māṃ bhaktyā mayi te teṣu cāpyaham || 29 ||
Meanings
samaḥ: equally disposed; aham: I; sarva-bhūteṣu: to every being; na: no one; me: to me; dveṣyaḥ: inimical; asti: is; na: not; priyaḥ: dear; ye: who; bhajanti: worship with love; tu: but; mām: me; bhaktyā: through devotion; mayi: reside in me; te: such persons; teṣu: in them; ca: and; api: also; aham: I

I am equal toward every being; no one is hateful or especially dear to me. Yet those who worship me with devotion live in me, and I live in them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord's equal presence has no favorites or enemies. Devotees appear specially united with him because knowledge and love remove their imagined separation, not because divine impartiality has been suspended.

9.30
अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् ।
साधुरेव स मन्तव्य: सम्यग्व्यवसितो हि स: ॥ ३० ॥
api cetsudurācāro bhajate māmananyabhāk |
sādhureva sa mantavyaḥ samyagvyavasito hi saḥ || 30 ||
Meanings
api: even; cet: if; su-durācāraḥ: the vilest sinners; bhajate: worship; mām: me; ananya-bhāk: exclusive devotion; sādhuḥ: righteous; eva: indeed; saḥ: that person; mantavyaḥ: is to be considered; samyak: properly; vyavasitaḥ: resolve; hi: indeed; saḥ: that person

Even someone who has acted very wrongly should be regarded as righteous when that person worships me with undivided devotion, because the resolve is right.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara does not excuse continuing misconduct. He reads the verse as describing someone with a deeply wrong past who has now formed an undivided and correct resolve toward the Lord.

9.31
क्षिप्रं भवति धर्मात्मा शश्वच्छान्तिं निगच्छति ।
कौन्तेय प्रतिजानीहि न मे भक्त: प्रणश्यति ॥ ३१ ॥
kṣipraṃ bhavati dharmātmā śaśvacchāntiṃ nigacchati |
kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati || 31 ||
Meanings
kṣipram: quickly; bhavati: become; dharma-ātmā: virtuous; śaśvat-śāntim: lasting peace; nigacchati: attain; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; pratijānīhi: declare; na: never; me: my; bhaktaḥ: devotee; praṇaśyati: perishes

Such a person soon becomes devoted to dharma and reaches lasting peace. Son of Kunti, know with certainty that my devotee is never lost.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Exclusive devotion quickly reorganizes conduct around dharma and brings lasting peace. Krishna's assurance removes the fear that a bad past permanently disqualifies a sincere devotee.

9.32
मां हि पार्थ व्यपाश्रित्य येऽपि स्यु: पापयोनय: ।
स्त्रियो वैश्यास्तथा शूद्रास्तेऽपि यान्ति परां गतिम् ॥ ३२ ॥
māṃ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye’pi syuḥ pāpayonayaḥ |
striyo vaiśyāstathā śūdrāste’pi yānti parāṃ gatim || 32 ||
Meanings
mām: in me; hi: indeed; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; vyapāśritya: take refuge; ye: who; api: even; syuḥ: may be; pāpa yonayaḥ: of low birth; striyaḥ: women; vaiśyāḥ: mercantile people; tathā: and; śūdrāḥ: manual workers; te api: even they; yānti: go; parām: the highest; gatim: destination

Partha, all who take refuge in me can reach the highest path, including those treated as low-born, women, Vaishyas, and Shudras.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara follows the verse's inherited social hierarchy, yet emphasizes its opening: refuge in the Lord makes the highest goal available to people whom that hierarchy excluded from Vedic privilege.

9.33
किं पुनर्ब्राह्मणा: पुण्या भक्ता राजर्षयस्तथा ।
अनित्यमसुखं लोकमिमं प्राप्य भजस्व माम् ॥ ३३ ॥
kiṃ punarbrāhmaṇāḥ puṇyā bhaktā rājarṣayastathā |
anityamasukhaṃ lokamimaṃ prāpya bhajasva mām || 33 ||
Meanings
kim: what; punaḥ: then; brāhmaṇāḥ: sages; puṇyāḥ: meritorius; bhaktāḥ: devotees; rāja-ṛṣayaḥ: saintly kings; tathā: and; anityam: transient; asukham: joyless; lokam: world; imam: this; prāpya: having achieved; bhajasva: engage in devotion; mām: to me

How much more easily, then, can holy Brahmins and devoted royal sages reach it? You have entered this temporary, troubled world, so worship me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those already granted learning, discipline, or authority have still more reason to worship. Since every position in this impermanent and painful world ends, none should be mistaken for the goal.

9.34
मन्मना भव मद्भक्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु ।
मामेवैष्यसि युक्त्वैवमात्मानं मत्परायण: ॥ ३४ ॥
manmanā bhava madbhakto madyājī māṃ namaskuru |
māmevaiṣyasi yuktvaivamātmānaṃ matparāyaṇaḥ || 34 ||
Meanings
mat-manāḥ: always think of me; bhava: be; mat: my; bhaktaḥ: devotee; mat: my; yājī: worshipper; mām: to me; namaskuru: offer obeisances; mām: to me; eva: indeed; eṣyasi: you will come; yuktvā: united with me; evam: thus; ātmānam: the self; mat-parāyaṇaḥ: having dedicated to me

Fix your mind on me, be devoted to me, sacrifice to me, and bow to me. United with me in this way and making me your highest goal, you will come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna gathers the practice into four acts: direct thought to him, love him, offer worship to him, and bow in surrender. When he becomes the highest end, the whole person moves toward him.

↑ contents

10. Vibhuti Yoga

विभूतियोग · The Yoga of Divine Manifestations · 39 verses

10.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
भूय एव महाबाहो शृणु मे परमं वच: ।
यत्तेऽहं प्रीयमाणाय वक्ष्यामि हितकाम्यया ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
bhūya eva mahābāho śṛṇu me paramaṃ vacaḥ |
yatte’haṃ prīyamāṇāya vakṣyāmi hitakāmyayā || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; bhūyaḥ: again; eva: indeed; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; śṛṇu: hear; me: my; paramam: the highest; vacaḥ: teachings; yat: which; te: to you; aham: I; prīyamāṇāya: you are my beloved confidant; vakṣyāmi: say; hita-kāmyayā: desiring your welfare

Krishna said: Mighty-armed Arjuna, listen again to my highest teaching. Because you are dear to me, I will speak for your good.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna continues because Arjuna listens with love and because further knowledge will serve his liberation. Repetition deepens a truth whose implications cannot be exhausted in one statement.

10.2
न मे विदु: सुरगणा: प्रभवं न महर्षय: ।
अहमादिर्हि देवानां महर्षीणां च सर्वश: ॥ २ ॥
na me viduḥ suragaṇāḥ prabhavaṃ na maharṣayaḥ |
ahamādirhi devānāṃ maharṣīṇāṃ ca sarvaśaḥ || 2 ||
Meanings
na: neither; me: my; viduḥ: know; sura-gaṇāḥ: the gods; prabhavam: origin; na: nor; mahā-ṛṣayaḥ: the great sages; aham: I; ādiḥ: the source; hi: indeed; devānām: of the gods; mahā-ṛṣīṇām: of great seers; ca: also; sarvaśaḥ: in every way

Neither the gods nor the great sages know my origin, because I am the source of all the gods and sages.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Gods and ancient sages cannot know the Lord as an effect with an earlier cause, because they themselves arise from him. The source of all finite knowers cannot be contained by their ordinary knowledge.

10.3
यो मामजमनादिं च वेत्ति लोकमहेश्वरम् ।
असम्मूढ: स मर्त्येषु सर्वपापै: प्रमुच्यते ॥ ३ ॥
yo māmajamanādiṃ ca vetti lokamaheśvaram |
asammūḍhaḥ sa martyeṣu sarvapāpaiḥ pramucyate || 3 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; mām: me; ajam: unborn; anādim: beginningless; ca: and; vetti: know; loka: of the universe; mahā-īśvaram: the great lord; asammūḍhaḥ: undeluded; saḥ: they; martyeṣu: among mortals; sarva-pāpaiḥ: from all evils; pramucyate: are free from

A mortal who knows me as unborn, beginningless, and the great lord of the world is free from delusion and released from all wrongdoing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowing the Lord as unborn, beginningless, and sovereign removes the delusion that treats him as one conditioned being. That knowledge cuts the root of wrongdoing by ending false identification.

10.4-5
बुद्धिर्ज्ञानमसम्मोह: क्षमा सत्यं दम: शम: ।
सुखं दु:खं भवोऽभावो भयं चाभयमेव च ॥ ४ ॥
अहिंसा समता तुष्टिस्तपो दानं यशोऽयश: ।
भवन्ति भावा भूतानां मत्त एव पृथग्विधा: ॥ ५ ॥
buddhirjñānamasammohaḥ kṣamā satyaṃ damaḥ śamaḥ |
sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ bhavo’bhāvo bhayaṃ cābhayameva ca || 4 ||
ahiṃsā samatā tuṣṭistapo dānaṃ yaśo’yaśaḥ |
bhavanti bhāvā bhūtānāṃ matta eva pṛthagvidhāḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
buddhiḥ: intellect; jñānam: knowledge; asammohaḥ: clarity of thought; kṣamā: forgiveness; satyam: truthfulness; damaḥ: control over the senses; śamaḥ: control of the mind; sukham: joy; duḥkham: sorrow; bhavaḥ: birth; abhāvaḥ: death; bhayam: fear; ca: and; abhayam: courage; eva: indeed; ca: and; ahiṃsā: nonviolence; samatā: equanimity; tuṣṭiḥ: contentment; tapaḥ: discipline; dānam: charity; yaśaḥ: fame; ayaśaḥ: infamy; bhavanti: arise; bhāvāḥ: qualities; bhūtānām: among humans; mattaḥ: from me; eva: alone; pṛthak-vidhāḥ: varieties of

Intellect, knowledge, freedom from confusion, forgiveness, truth, self-control, calm, pleasure and pain, birth and death, fear and courage, nonviolence, equanimity, contentment, discipline, generosity, fame, and disgrace are among the many qualities of beings that arise from me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Every intellectual, moral, emotional, and existential condition depends on the Lord as its ultimate source. Opposite experiences such as pleasure and pain do not fall outside his cosmic power.

10.6
महर्षय: सप्त पूर्वे चत्वारो मनवस्तथा ।
मद्भावा मानसा जाता येषां लोक इमा: प्रजा: ॥ ६ ॥
maharṣayaḥ sapta pūrve catvāro manavastathā |
madbhāvā mānasā jātā yeṣāṃ loka imāḥ prajāḥ || 6 ||
Meanings
mahā-ṛṣayaḥ: the great Sages; sapta: seven; pūrve: before; catvāraḥ: four; manavaḥ: Manus; tathā: also; mat bhāvāḥ: are born from me; mānasāḥ: mind; jātāḥ: born; yeṣām: from them; loke: in the world; imāḥ: all these; prajāḥ: people

The seven great sages, the four ancient sages, and the Manus were born from my mind and nature. From them came the beings of this world.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The primordial sages and Manus arise from the Lord's mind, and later beings arise through them. The genealogy expresses the dependence of cosmic and human order on one conscious source.

10.7
एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वत: ।
सोऽविकम्पेन योगेन युज्यते नात्र संशय: ॥ ७ ॥
etāṃ vibhūtiṃ yogaṃ ca mama yo vetti tattvataḥ |
so’vikampena yogena yujyate nātra saṃśayaḥ || 7 ||
Meanings
etām: these; vibhūtim: glories; yogam: yoga; ca: and; mama: my; yaḥ: those who; vetti: know; tattvataḥ: in truth; saḥ: they; avikalpena: unwavering; yogena: through yoga; yujyate: becomes united; na: never; atra: here; saṃśayaḥ: doubt

One who truly understands my divine powers and yoga becomes firmly united through unwavering yoga. There is no doubt about this.

Śaṅkara's commentary

To know the Lord's manifestations and sovereign power in truth is to see no power as independent of him. That understanding establishes an unwavering union rather than a passing devotional mood.

10.8
अहं सर्वस्य प्रभवो मत्त: सर्वं प्रवर्तते ।
इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसमन्विता: ॥ ८ ॥
ahaṃ sarvasya prabhavo mattaḥ sarvaṃ pravartate |
iti matvā bhajante māṃ budhā bhāvasamanvitāḥ || 8 ||
Meanings
aham: I; sarvasya: of all creation; prabhavaḥ: the origin of; mattaḥ: from me; sarvam: everything; pravartate: proceeds; iti: thus; matvā: having known; bhajante: worship; mām: me; budhāḥ: the wise; bhāva-samanvitāḥ: possessing great faith and devotion

I am the source of everything; everything develops from me. Understanding this, the wise worship me with deep feeling.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The wise worship because they understand the Lord as the source from which every thing and capacity unfolds. Their devotion is an informed response to reality.

10.9
मच्चित्ता मद्गतप्राणा बोधयन्त: परस्परम् ।
कथयन्तश्च मां नित्यं तुष्यन्ति च रमन्ति च ॥ ९ ॥
maccittā madgataprāṇā bodhayantaḥ parasparam |
kathayantaśca māṃ nityaṃ tuṣyanti ca ramanti ca || 9 ||
Meanings
mat-cittāḥ: people with minds fixed on me; mat-gata-prāṇāḥ: people who have surrendered their lives to me; bodhayantaḥ: enlightening; parasparam: one another; kathayantaḥ: speaking; ca: and; mām: about me; nityam: continously; tuṣyanti: satisfaction; ca: and; ramanti: delight; ca: also

Their minds are on me and their lives devoted to me. Teaching one another and always speaking about me, they find contentment and joy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Devotees center both thought and life in the Lord, help one another understand him, and take joy in that shared contemplation. Knowledge and devotion strengthen one another.

10.10
तेषां सततयुक्तानां भजतां प्रीतिपूर्वकम् ।
ददामि बुद्धियोगं तं येन मामुपयान्ति ते ॥ १० ॥
teṣāṃ satatayuktānāṃ bhajatāṃ prītipūrvakam |
dadāmi buddhiyogaṃ taṃ yena māmupayānti te || 10 ||
Meanings
teṣām: to them; satata-yuktānām: ever steadfast; bhajatām: who engage in devotion; prīti-pūrvakam: with love; dadāmi: I give; buddhi-yogam: the yoga of understanding; tam: that; yena: by which; mām: to me; upayānti: come; te: they

To those who remain united with me and worship with love, I give the discerning understanding through which they come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord gives persistently loving devotees buddhi-yoga, the discriminating insight that directs them to him. Grace works within understanding rather than replacing it.

10.11
तेषामेवानुकम्पार्थमहमज्ञानजं तम: ।
नाशयाम्यात्मभावस्थो ज्ञानदीपेन भास्वता ॥ ११ ॥
teṣāmevānukampārthamahamajñānajaṃ tamaḥ |
nāśayāmyātmabhāvastho jñānadīpena bhāsvatā || 11 ||
Meanings
teṣām: for them; eva: only; anukampā-artham: out of compassion; aham: I; ajñāna-jam: born of ignorance; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; nāśayāmi: destroy; ātma-bhāva: within their hearts; sthaḥ: dwelling; jñāna: knowledge; dīpena: with the lamp; bhāsvatā: luminous

Out of compassion for them, I dwell in their hearts and dispel the darkness born of ignorance with wisdom’s shining lamp.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Dwelling as the inner Self, the Lord compassionately removes ignorance with the lamp of knowledge. The image joins divine grace, inward presence, and the seeker's dawning discrimination.

10.12-13
अर्जुन उवाच ।
परं ब्रह्म परं धाम पवित्रं परमं भवान् ।
पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यमादिदेवमजं विभुम् ॥ १२ ॥
आहुस्त्वामृषय: सर्वे देवर्षिर्नारदस्तथा ।
असितो देवलो व्यास: स्वयं चैव ब्रवीषि मे ॥ १३ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma pavitraṃ paramaṃ bhavān |
puruṣaṃ śāśvataṃ divyamādidevamajaṃ vibhum || 12 ||
āhustvāmṛṣayaḥ sarve devarṣirnāradastathā |
asito devalo vyāsaḥ svayaṃ caiva bravīṣi me || 13 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; param: the highest; brahma: Brahman; param: the highest; dhāma: abode; pavitram: purifier; paramam: the highest; bhavān: you; puruṣam: person; śāśvatam: eternal; divyam: divine; ādi-devam: the Primal Being; ajam: the unborn; vibhum: the great; āhuḥ: declare; tvām: you; ṛṣayaḥ: sages; sarve: all; devarṣiḥ nāradaḥ: the divine sage Narada; tathā: also; asitaḥ: Asit; devalaḥ: Deval; vyāsaḥ: Vyās; svayam: personally; ca: and; eva: even; bravīṣī: you are declaring; me: to me

Arjuna said: You are supreme Brahman, the highest refuge and the purest reality: the eternal divine Person, the primal deity, unborn and all-pervading. All the sages proclaim this, including the divine sage Narada, as well as Asita, Devala, and Vyasa; and now you tell me the same.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna recognizes Krishna as supreme Brahman and confirms that respected sages teach the same truth. Their testimony supports what Krishna has revealed directly about himself.

10.14
सर्वमेतदृतं मन्ये यन्मां वदसि केशव ।
न हि ते भगवन्व्यक्तिं विदुर्देवा न दानवा: ॥ १४ ॥
sarvametadṛtaṃ manye yanmāṃ vadasi keśava |
na hi te bhagavanvyaktiṃ vidurdevā na dānavāḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
sarvam: everything; etat: this; ṛtam: truth; manye: I accept; yat: which; mām: me; vadasi: you tell; keśava: Keshava; na: neither; hi: indeed; te: your; bhagavan: Lord; vyaktim: personality; viduḥ: can understand; devāḥ: the gods; na: nor; dānavāḥ: the demons

Keshava, I accept everything you tell me as true. Neither the gods nor the danavas understand your manifestation.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna accepts Krishna's account because divine and anti-divine powers alike cannot comprehend the Lord's manifestation independently. His assent is grounded in teaching, testimony, and growing insight.

10.15
स्वयमेवात्मनात्मानं वेत्थ त्वं पुरुषोत्तम ।
भूतभावन भूतेश देवदेव जगत्पते ॥ १५ ॥
svayamevātmanātmānaṃ vettha tvaṃ puruṣottama |
bhūtabhāvana bhūteśa devadeva jagatpate || 15 ||
Meanings
svayam: yourself; eva: indeed; ātmanā: by the self; ātmānam: the self; vettha: know; tvam: you; puruṣa-uttama: the Lord; bhūta-bhāvana: the Creator of every being; bhūta-īśa: Lord of everything; deva-deva: god of gods; jagat-pate: Lord of the universe

Only you know yourself through your own being, Supreme Person, source and lord of all beings, god of gods, and ruler of the universe.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Only the Lord knows himself without mediation or limitation. The many titles name his relations to beings while acknowledging that his own knowledge is self-established.

10.16-17
वक्तुमर्हस्यशेषेण दिव्या ह्यात्मविभूतय: ।
याभिर्विभूतिभिर्लोकानिमांस्त्वं व्याप्य तिष्ठसि ॥ १६ ॥
कथं विद्यामहं योगिंस्त्वां सदा परिचिन्तयन् ।
केषु केषु च भावेषु चिन्त्योऽसि भगवन्मया ॥ १७ ॥
vaktumarhasyaśeṣeṇa divyā hyātmavibhūtayaḥ |
yābhirvibhūtibhirlokānimāṃstvaṃ vyāpya tiṣṭhasi || 16 ||
kathaṃ vidyāmahaṃ yogiṃstvāṃ sadā paricintayan |
keṣu keṣu ca bhāveṣu cintyo’si bhagavanmayā || 17 ||
Meanings
vaktum: to describe; arhasi: please do; aśeṣeṇa: completely; divyāḥ: divine; hi: indeed; ātma: your own; vibhūtayaḥ: opulences; yābhiḥ: by which; vibhūtibhiḥ: opulences; lokān: all worlds; imān: these; tvam: you; vyāpya: pervade; tiṣṭhasi: reside; katham: how; vidyām aham: shall I know; yogin: master of yoga; tvām: you; sadā: always; paricintayan: meditating; keṣu: in what; keṣu: in what; ca: and; bhāveṣu: forms; cintyaḥ asi: to be thought of; bhagavan: Lord; mayā: by me

Please describe fully the divine manifestations through which you pervade these worlds. Master of yoga, how may I know you through constant meditation? In which forms should I contemplate you, Blessed Lord?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks for concrete manifestations that can support continuous contemplation. Since the Lord is present everywhere, the question is which especially revealing forms best gather the mind.

10.18
विस्तरेणात्मनो योगं विभूतिं च जनार्दन ।
भूय: कथय तृप्तिर्हि शृण्वतो नास्ति मेऽमृतम् ॥ १८ ॥
vistareṇātmano yogaṃ vibhūtiṃ ca janārdana |
bhūyaḥ kathaya tṛptirhi śṛṇvato nāsti me’mṛtam || 18 ||
Meanings
vistareṇa: in detail; ātmanaḥ: of the self; yogam: yoga; vibhūtim: opulences; ca: also; janaārdana: Krishna, protector of the people; bhūyaḥ: again; kathaya: describe; tṛptiḥ: satisfaction; hi: because; śṛṇvataḥ: hearing; na: not; asti: is; me: my; amṛtam: nectar

Janardana, tell me again in detail about your yoga and glory. I never tire of hearing your life-giving teaching.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Hearing about the Lord is 'life-giving' because it turns attention from limited objects toward their source. Arjuna's lack of satiety contrasts spiritual attention with desires that tire without completing the seeker.

10.19
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
हन्त ते कथयिष्यामि दिव्या ह्यात्मविभूतय: ।
प्राधान्यत: कुरुश्रेष्ठ नास्त्यन्तो विस्तरस्य मे ॥ १९ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
hanta te kathayiṣyāmi divyā hyātmavibhūtayaḥ |
prādhānyataḥ kuruśreṣṭha nāstyanto vistarasya me || 19 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; hanta: yes; te: to you; kathayiṣyāmi: I shall describe; divyāḥ: divine; hi: indeed; ātma-vibhūtayaḥ: my divine glories; prādhānyataḥ: salient; kuru-śreṣṭha: best of the Kurus; na: not; asti: is; antaḥ: limit; vistarasya: extensive glories; me: my

Krishna said: Very well. Best of the Kurus, I will describe the chief among my divine manifestations, for their extent has no end.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord's manifestations are infinite, so a complete list is impossible. Krishna selects prominent examples that disclose the pattern: exceptional power or excellence points toward its divine source.

10.20
अहमात्मा गुडाकेश सर्वभूताशयस्थित: ।
अहमादिश्च मध्यं च भूतानामन्त एव च ॥ २० ॥
ahamātmā guḍākeśa sarvabhūtāśayasthitaḥ |
ahamādiśca madhyaṃ ca bhūtānāmanta eva ca || 20 ||
Meanings
aham: I; ātmā: self; guḍākeśa: Arjuna, master of sleep; sarva-bhūta: of all beings; āśaya-sthitaḥ: seated in the heart; aham: I; ādiḥ: the beginning; ca: and; madhyam: middle; ca: and; bhūtānām: of all beings; antaḥ: end; eva: even; ca: also

Gudakesha, I am the self seated in the heart of every being. I am the beginning, middle, and end of all beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The most direct manifestation is the conscious Self in every heart. As the origin, duration, and end of beings, the Lord is not merely one distinguished object within the universe.

10.21
आदित्यानामहं विष्णुर्ज्योतिषां रविरंशुमान् ।
मरीचिर्मरुतामस्मि नक्षत्राणामहं शशी ॥ २१ ॥
ādityānāmahaṃ viṣṇurjyotiṣāṃ raviraṃśumān |
marīcirmarutāmasmi nakṣatrāṇāmahaṃ śaśī || 21 ||
Meanings
ādityānām: among the twelve sons of Aditi; aham: I; viṣṇuḥ: Lord Vishnu; jyotiṣām: among luminous objects; raviḥ: the sun; aṃśu-mān: radiant; marīciḥ: Marichi; marutām: of the maruts; asmi: am; nakṣatrāṇām: among the stars; aham: I; śaśī: the moon

Among the Adityas I am Vishnu; among lights, the radiant sun; among the Maruts, Marichi; and among stars, the moon.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Within each class, a particularly radiant or governing member serves as a focus for contemplation. Its excellence belongs ultimately to the Lord rather than to an independent power.

10.22
वेदानां सामवेदोऽस्मि देवानामस्मि वासव: ।
इन्द्रियाणां मनश्चास्मि भूतानामस्मि चेतना ॥ २२ ॥
vedānāṃ sāmavedo’smi devānāmasmi vāsavaḥ |
indriyāṇāṃ manaścāsmi bhūtānāmasmi cetanā || 22 ||
Meanings
vedānām: among the Vedas; sāma-vedaḥ: the Sama Veda; asmi: I am; devānām: of all the gods; asmi: I am; vāsavaḥ̣: Indra; indriyāṇām: among the senses; manaḥ: the mind; ca: and; asmi: I am; bhūtānām: among the living beings; asmi: I am; cetanā: consciousness

Among the Vedas I am the Sama Veda; among the gods, Indra; among the senses, the mind; and in living beings, consciousness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sacred melody, divine sovereignty, the coordinating mind, and consciousness each reveal the Lord through preeminence or indispensable function. Consciousness is the life of every living being.

10.23
रुद्राणां शङ्करश्चास्मि वित्तेशो यक्षरक्षसाम् ।
वसूनां पावकश्चास्मि मेरु: शिखरिणामहम् ॥ २३ ॥
rudrāṇāṃ śaṅkaraścāsmi vitteśo yakṣarakṣasām |
vasūnāṃ pāvakaścāsmi meruḥ śikhariṇāmaham || 23 ||
Meanings
rudrāṇām: among the rudras; śaṅkaraḥ: Shiva; ca: and; asmi: I am; vitta-īśaḥ: Kubera, treasurer of the gods; yakṣa: among yakshas; rakṣasām: among the demons; vasūnām: among the vasus; pāvakaḥ: Agni; ca: and; asmi: I am; meruḥ: Mount Meru; śikhariṇām: among the mountains; aham: I am

Among the Rudras I am Shankara; among Yakshas and Rakshasas, Kubera; among the Vasus, fire; and among high mountains, Meru.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads these as representative excellences among divine groups, elemental powers, and mountains. Meditation moves from the visible distinction to the one splendor expressed through it.

10.24
पुरोधसां च मुख्यं मां विद्धि पार्थ बृहस्पतिम् ।
सेनानीनामहं स्कन्द: सरसामस्मि सागर: ॥ २४ ॥
purodhasāṃ ca mukhyaṃ māṃ viddhi pārtha bṛhaspatim |
senānīnāmahaṃ skandaḥ sarasāmasmi sāgaraḥ || 24 ||
Meanings
purodhasām: among priests; ca: and; mukhyam: the chiefs; mām: me; viddhi: know; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; bṛhaspatim: Brihaspati; senānīnām: warrior chief; aham: I; skandaḥ: Kartikeya; sarasām: among reservoirs of water; asmi: I am; sāgaraḥ: the ocean

Partha, among priests know me as their chief, Brihaspati; among generals I am Skanda, and among bodies of water I am the ocean.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Religious authority, military command, and the vastness of the ocean are selected as chief forms in their domains. None is worshipped as an independent ultimate.

10.25
महर्षीणां भृगुरहं गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् ।
यज्ञानां जपयज्ञोऽस्मि स्थावराणां हिमालय: ॥ २५ ॥
maharṣīṇāṃ bhṛgurahaṃ girāmasmyekamakṣaram |
yajñānāṃ japayajño’smi sthāvarāṇāṃ himālayaḥ || 25 ||
Meanings
mahā-ṛṣīṇām: among the great seers; bhṛguḥ: Bhrigu; aham: I; girām: among chants; asmi: I am; ekam akṣaram: the syllable Om; yajñānām: of sacrifices; japa-yajñaḥ: sacrifice through recitation; asmi: I am; sthāvarāṇām: among immovable things; himālayaḥ: the Himalayas

Among great sages I am Bhrigu; among sounds, the single sacred syllable; among sacrifices, silent repetition; and among immovable things, the Himalayas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Bṛgu, Om, silent repetition, and the Himalayas exemplify wisdom, sacred speech, inward sacrifice, and immovable greatness. Śaṅkara notes that mental repetition is a sacrifice involving no injury.

10.26
अश्वत्थ: सर्ववृक्षाणां देवर्षीणां च नारद: ।
गन्धर्वाणां चित्ररथ: सिद्धानां कपिलो मुनि: ॥ २६ ॥
aśvatthaḥ sarvavṛkṣāṇāṃ devarṣīṇāṃ ca nāradaḥ |
gandharvāṇāṃ citrarathaḥ siddhānāṃ kapilo muniḥ || 26 ||
Meanings
aśvatthaḥ: the peepul tree; sarva-vṛkṣāṇām: among all trees; deva-ṛṣīṇām: among divine sages; ca: and; nāradaḥ: Narad; gandharvāṇām: among the gandharvas; citrarathaḥ: Chitrarath; siddhānām: of all people who are perfected; kapilaḥ muniḥ: sage Kapil

Among trees I am the ashvattha; among divine sages, Narada; among Gandharvas, Chitraratha; and among perfected beings, the sage Kapila.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A sacred tree, a divine sage, a celestial musician, and a perfected teacher each display a leading excellence. Their diversity trains the mind to recognize divine presence across kinds of being.

10.27
उच्चै:श्रवसमश्वानां विद्धि माममृतोद्भवम् ।
ऐरावतं गजेन्द्राणां नराणां च नराधिपम् ॥ २७ ॥
uccaiḥśravasamaśvānāṃ viddhi māmamṛtodbhavam |
airāvataṃ gajendrāṇāṃ narāṇāṃ ca narādhipam || 27 ||
Meanings
uccaiḥśravasam: Uchchaihshrava; aśvānām: among horses; viddhi: know; mām: me; amṛta-udbhavam: born from the churning of the nectar ocean; airāvatam: Airavata; gaja-indrāṇām: among all lordly elephants; narāṇām: among humans; ca: and; nara-adhipam: the king

Among horses know me as nectar-born Uchchaishravas; among noble elephants, Airavata; and among human beings, the king.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Mythic horse and elephant and the human king represent unsurpassed status in their classes. Their dignity is a borrowed expression of the Lord's power.

10.28
आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् ।
प्रजनश्चास्मि कन्दर्प: सर्पाणामस्मि वासुकि: ॥ २८ ॥
āyudhānāmahaṃ vajraṃ dhenūnāmasmi kāmadhuk |
prajanaścāsmi kandarpaḥ sarpāṇāmasmi vāsukiḥ || 28 ||
Meanings
āyudhānām: among weapons; aham: I; vajram: the Vajra; dhenūnām: among cows; asmi: I am; kāma-dhuk: Kamdhenu; prajanaḥ: among causes for procreation; ca: and; asmi: I am; kandarpaḥ: Kamadeva, the god of love; sarpāṇām: among serpents; asmi: I am; vāsukiḥ: serpent Vasuki

Among weapons I am the thunderbolt; among cows, Kamadhenu; among causes of generation, desire; and among serpents, Vasuki.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The thunderbolt, wish-granting cow, generative desire, and serpent king reveal force, abundance, lawful reproduction, and sovereignty. Desire counts as divine here only in its ordered, life-serving form.

10.29
अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानां वरुणो यादसामहम् ।
पितृणामर्यमा चास्मि यम: संयमतामहम् ॥ २९ ॥
anantaścāsmi nāgānāṃ varuṇo yādasāmaham |
pitṛṇāmaryamā cāsmi yamaḥ saṃyamatāmaham || 29 ||
Meanings
anantaḥ: Anant; ca: and; asmi: I am; nāgānām: among snakes; varuṇaḥ: Varuna, god of the waters; yādasām: among aquatics; aham: I; pitṝīṇām: among the departed ancestors; aryamā: Aryama; ca: and; asmi: am; yamaḥ: Yama, ruler of the dead; saṃyamatām: among dispensers of law; aham: I

Among Nagas I am Ananta; among beings of the sea, Varuna; among ancestors, Aryaman; and among those who govern, Yama.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Ananta, Varuṇa, Aryaman, and Yama represent supremacy among serpent beings, waters, ancestors, and governors. Each points to one divine authority operating through different orders.

10.30
प्रह्लादश्चास्मि दैत्यानां काल: कलयतामहम् ।
मृगाणां च मृगेन्द्रोऽहं वैनतेयश्च पक्षिणाम् ॥ ३० ॥
prahlādaścāsmi daityānāṃ kālaḥ kalayatāmaham |
mṛgāṇāṃ ca mṛgendro’haṃ vainateyaśca pakṣiṇām || 30 ||
Meanings
prahlādaḥ: Prahlad; ca: and; asmi: I am; daityānām: of the demons; kālaḥ: time; kalayatām: of all that controls; aham: I; mṛgāṇām: among animals; ca: and; mṛga-indraḥ: the lion; aham: I; vainateyaḥ: Garud; ca: and; pakṣiṇām: among birds

Among Daityas I am Prahlada; among measures, Time; among wild animals, the lion; and among birds, Garuda.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Prahlāda shows devotion even among anti-gods; Time measures and consumes; lion and Garuḍa lead their animal classes. Divine manifestation is not confined to one moral or biological category.

10.31
पवन: पवतामस्मि राम: शस्त्रभृतामहम् ।
झषाणां मकरश्चास्मि स्रोतसामस्मि जाह्नवी ॥ ३१ ॥
pavanaḥ pavatāmasmi rāmaḥ śastrabhṛtāmaham |
jhaṣāṇāṃ makaraścāsmi srotasāmasmi jāhnavī || 31 ||
Meanings
pavanaḥ: the wind; pavatām: of all that purifies; asmi: I am; rāmaḥ: Ram; śastra-bhṛtām: of carriers of weapons; aham: I am; jhaṣāṇām: of all acquatics; makaraḥ: crocodile; ca: also; asmi: I am; srotasām: of flowing rivers; asmi: I am; jāhnavī: the Ganges

Among purifiers I am the wind; among warriors, Rama; among fish, the makara; and among rivers, the Ganges.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Wind purifies, Rāma excels in arms, the makara rules aquatic creatures, and the Ganges is foremost among rivers. Their distinctive greatness becomes material for remembrance.

10.32
सर्गाणामादिरन्तश्च मध्यं चैवाहमर्जुन ।
अध्यात्मविद्या विद्यानां वाद: प्रवदतामहम् ॥ ३२ ॥
sargāṇāmādirantaśca madhyaṃ caivāhamarjuna |
adhyātmavidyā vidyānāṃ vādaḥ pravadatāmaham || 32 ||
Meanings
sargāṇām: of all creations; ādiḥ: the beginning; antaḥ: end; ca: and; madhyam: middle; ca: and; eva: indeed; aham: I; arjuna: Arjuna; adhyātma-vidyā: science of spirituality; vidyānām: among sciences; vādaḥ: the logical conclusion; pravadatām: of debates; aham: I

Arjuna, I am the beginning, middle, and end of creation. Among sciences I am knowledge of the self, and among speakers I am reasoned debate.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord encompasses the whole course of creation. Among fields of learning, Self-knowledge is highest because it ends ignorance; among forms of speech, reasoned debate seeks a defensible truth.

10.33
अक्षराणामकारोऽस्मि द्वन्द्व: सामासिकस्य च ।
अहमेवाक्षय: कालो धाताहं विश्वतोमुख: ॥ ३३ ॥
akṣarāṇāmakāro’smi dvandvaḥ sāmāsikasya ca |
ahamevākṣayaḥ kālo dhātāhaṃ viśvatomukhaḥ || 33 ||
Meanings
akṣarāṇām: among all letters; a-kāraḥ: beginning letter “A”; asmi: I am; dvandvaḥ: the dual; sāmāsikasya: among grammatical compounds; ca: and; aham: I; eva: only; akṣayaḥ: endless; kālaḥ: time; dhātā: among the creators; aham: I; viśvataḥ-mukhaḥ: Brahma

Among letters I am A; among compounds, the dual; I am inexhaustible Time and the all-facing sustainer.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The first sound, a prominent compound, inexhaustible Time, and the universal sustainer symbolize origin, linguistic unity, duration, and support. The Lord faces everywhere because no direction lies outside him.

10.34
मृत्यु: सर्वहरश्चाहमुद्भवश्च भविष्यताम् ।
कीर्ति: श्रीर्वाक्च नारीणां स्मृतिर्मेधा धृति: क्षमा ॥ ३४ ॥
mṛtyuḥ sarvaharaścāhamudbhavaśca bhaviṣyatām |
kīrtiḥ śrīrvākca nārīṇāṃ smṛtirmedhā dhṛtiḥ kṣamā || 34 ||
Meanings
mṛtyuḥ: death; sarva-haraḥ: all-devouring; ca: and; aham: I; udbhavaḥ: the origin; ca: and; bhaviṣyatām: things yet to come; kīrtiḥ: fame; śrīḥ: prosperity; vāk: fine speech; ca: and; nārīṇām: among feminine qualities; smṛtiḥ: memory; medhā: intelligence; dhṛtiḥ: courage; kṣamā: forgiveness

I am all-consuming death and the origin of what is yet to come. Among feminine qualities I am fame, prosperity, speech, memory, intelligence, constancy, and forgiveness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Death consumes what presently exists, while the Lord is also the source of future arising. The named feminine qualities are powers through which human excellence and continuity become possible.

10.35
बृहत्साम तथा साम्नां गायत्री छन्दसामहम् ।
मासानां मार्गशीर्षोऽहमृतूनां कुसुमाकर: ॥ ३५ ॥
bṛhatsāma tathā sāmnāṃ gāyatrī chandasāmaham |
māsānāṃ mārgaśīrṣo’hamṛtūnāṃ kusumākaraḥ || 35 ||
Meanings
bṛhat-sāma: the Brihatsama; tathā: also; sāmnām: among the hymns of the Sama Veda; gāyatrī: the Gayatri mantra; chandasām: among poetic meters; aham: I; māsānām: of twelve months; mārga-śīrṣaḥ: month of November-December; aham: I; ṛtūnām: of all seasons; kusuma-ākaraḥ: spring

Among hymns I am the Brihat Saman; among poetic meters, Gayatri; among months, Margashirsha; and among seasons, spring.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The foremost chant, meter, month, and season reveal excellence within sacred and natural cycles. Their attractiveness is meant to lead thought beyond the form to its source.

10.36
द्यूतं छलयतामस्मि तेजस्तेजस्विनामहम् ।
जयोऽस्मि व्यवसायोऽस्मि सत्त्वं सत्त्ववतामहम् ॥ ३६ ॥
dyūtaṃ chalayatāmasmi tejastejasvināmaham |
jayo’smi vyavasāyo’smi sattvaṃ sattvavatāmaham || 36 ||
Meanings
dyūtam: gambling; chalayatām: of all cheats; asmi: I am; tejaḥ: the splendor; tejasvinām: of the splendid; aham: I; jayaḥ: victory; asmi: I am; vyavasāyaḥ: firm resolve; asmi: I am; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; sattva-vatām: of the virtuous; aham: I

I am the gambling of cheats and the brilliance of everything splendid. I am victory, determination, and the goodness of the good.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even the captivating power in gambling derives from the Lord, though this does not make cheating virtuous. Splendor, victory, perseverance, and clarity are especially transparent manifestations of divine capacity.

10.37
वृष्णीनां वासुदेवोऽस्मि पाण्डवानां धनञ्जय: ।
मुनीनामप्यहं व्यास: कवीनामुशना कवि: ॥ ३७ ॥
vṛṣṇīnāṃ vāsudevo’smi pāṇḍavānāṃ dhanañjayaḥ |
munīnāmapyahaṃ vyāsaḥ kavīnāmuśanā kaviḥ || 37 ||
Meanings
vṛṣṇīnām: among the descendants of Vrishni; vāsudevaḥ: Krishna, the son of Vasudeva; asmi: I am; pāṇḍavānām: among the Pandavas; dhanañjayaḥ: Arjuna, winner of wealth; munīnām: among the sages; api: also; aham: I; vyāsaḥ: Vyasa; kavīnām: among the great thinkers; uśanā: Shukracharya; kaviḥ: the thinker

Among the Vrishnis I am Vasudeva; among the Pandavas, Arjuna; among sages, Vyasa; and among poets, Ushanas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna, Arjuna, Vyāsa, and Uśanas are named as leading members of their own groups. The inclusion of speaker and listener locates the present dialogue itself within the Lord's manifestations.

10.38
दण्डो दमयतामस्मि नीतिरस्मि जिगीषताम् ।
मौनं चैवास्मि गुह्यानां ज्ञानं ज्ञानवतामहम् ॥ ३८ ॥
daṇḍo damayatāmasmi nītirasmi jigīṣatām |
maunaṃ caivāsmi guhyānāṃ jñānaṃ jñānavatāmaham || 38 ||
Meanings
daṇḍaḥ: punishment; damayatām: among means of preventing lawlessness; asmi: I am; nītiḥ: proper conduct; asmi: I am; jigīṣatām: among those who seek victory; maunam: silence; ca: and; eva: also; asmi: I am; guhyānām: among secrets; jñānam: knowledge; jñāna-vatām: in the wise; aham: I

Among those who govern I am the rod of authority; among those seeking victory, wise policy; among secrets, silence; and among those who know, knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Legitimate punishment, strategic judgment, silence that protects a secret, and the knowledge of knowers express governing intelligence. Their proper power depends on discernment, not mere force.

10.39
यच्चापि सर्वभूतानां बीजं तदहमर्जुन ।
न तदस्ति विना यत्स्यान्मया भूतं चराचरम् ॥ ३९ ॥
yaccāpi sarvabhūtānāṃ bījaṃ tadahamarjuna |
na tadasti vinā yatsyānmayā bhūtaṃ carācaram || 39 ||
Meanings
yat: which; ca: and; api: also; sarva-bhūtānām: of every being; bījam: generating seed; tat: that; aham: I; arjuna: Arjuna; na: not; tat: that; asti: is; vinā: without; yat: which; syāt: may exist; mayā: me; bhūtam: creature; cara-acaram: moving and nonmoving

Arjuna, I am the seed of every being. Nothing moving or unmoving can exist without me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is the causal seed without which no moving or unmoving being could appear. This universal claim supplies the principle behind every particular example.

10.40
नान्तोऽस्ति मम दिव्यानां विभूतीनां परन्तप ।
एष तूद्देशत: प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया ॥ ४० ॥
nānto’sti mama divyānāṃ vibhūtīnāṃ parantapa |
eṣa tūddeśataḥ prokto vibhūtervistaro mayā || 40 ||
Meanings
na: not; antaḥ: end; asti: is; mama: my; divyānām: of divine manifestations; vibhūtīnām: manifestations; parantapa: scorcher of foes; eṣaḥ: this; tu: but; uddeśataḥ: just one portion; proktaḥ: declared; vibhūteḥ: of glories; vistaraḥ: breath of the topic; mayā: by me

Conqueror of enemies, my divine manifestations have no end. What I have described is only a brief illustration of my infinite glory.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The list is illustrative rather than exhaustive. Since every excellence depends on the Lord, his manifestations cannot be numbered to an end.

10.41
यद्यद्विभूतिमत्सत्त्वं श्रीमदूर्जितमेव वा ।
तत्देवावगच्छ त्वं मम तेजोंऽशसम्भवम् ॥ ४१ ॥
yadyadvibhūtimatsattvaṃ śrīmadūrjitameva vā |
tatdevāvagaccha tvaṃ mama tejoṃ’śasambhavam || 41 ||
Meanings
yat yat: whatever; vibhūtimat: opulent; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; śrī-mat: beautiful; ūrjitam: glorious; eva: also; vā: or; tat tat: all that; eva: only; avagaccha: know; tvam: you; mama: my; tejaḥ: splendor; aṃśa: a part; sambhavam: born of

Understand that whatever is glorious, beautiful, powerful, or excellent arises from a small portion of my splendor.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Wherever unusual beauty, power, prosperity, or dignity appears, it should be understood as a small expression of divine splendor. This turns admiration into contemplation rather than possession or envy.

10.42
अथवा बहुनैतेन किं ज्ञातेन तवार्जुन ।
विष्टभ्याहमिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् ॥ ४२ ॥
athavā bahunaitena kiṃ jñātena tavārjuna |
viṣṭabhyāhamidaṃ kṛtsnamekāṃśena sthito jagat || 42 ||
Meanings
athavā: or; bahunā: detailed; etena: by this; kim: what; jñātena tava: is this knowledge to you; arjuna: Arjuna; viṣṭabhya: pervade and support; aham: I; idam: this; kṛtsnam: entire; eka: by one; aṃśena: fraction; sthitaḥ: am situated; jagat: creation

But Arjuna, what need is there for all these details? I remain while sustaining this entire universe with a single fragment of myself.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The detailed examples are ultimately unnecessary once their principle is grasped. One part of the Lord's power sustains the entire universe while his reality remains unlimited by it.

↑ contents

11. Vishwarupa Darshana Yoga

विश्वरूपदर्शनयोग · The Vision of the Universal Form · 50 verses

11.1
अर्जुन उवाच ।
मदनुग्रहाय परमं गुह्यमध्यात्मसञ्ज्ञितम् ।
यत्त्वयोक्तं वचस्तेन मोहोऽयं विगतो मम ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
madanugrahāya paramaṃ guhyamadhyātmasañjñitam |
yattvayoktaṃ vacastena moho’yaṃ vigato mama || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; mat-anugrahāya: out of compassion to me; paramam: the highest; guhyam: confidential; adhyātma-sañjñitam: concerning the self; yat: which; tvayā: by you; uktam: spoken; vacaḥ: words; tena: by that; mohaḥ: illusion; ayam: this; vigataḥ: is dispelled; mama: my

Arjuna said: Out of compassion, you have taught me the highest secret concerning the self. Your teaching has removed my confusion.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna says that teaching about the Self has removed the confusion that made him identify bodily relationships with ultimate reality. He now seeks a vision corresponding to Krishna's account of divine sovereignty.

11.2
भवाप्ययौ हि भूतानां श्रुतौ विस्तरशो मया ।
त्वत्त: कमलपत्राक्ष माहात्म्यमपि चाव्ययम् ॥ २ ॥
bhavāpyayau hi bhūtānāṃ śrutau vistaraśo mayā |
tvattaḥ kamalapatrākṣa māhātmyamapi cāvyayam || 2 ||
Meanings
bhava: appearance; apyayau: disappearance; hi: indeed; bhūtānām: of every being; śrutau: have heard; vistaraśaḥ: in detail; mayā: by me; tvattaḥ: from you; kamala-patra-akṣa: lotus-eyed one; māhātmyam: greatness; api: also; ca: and; avyayam: eternal

Lotus-eyed Krishna, I have heard from you in detail how beings arise and disappear, and I have heard of your imperishable greatness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Creation, dissolution, and the Lord's imperishable greatness have been understood through words. Arjuna's next request is not caused by doctrinal doubt but by a desire for direct vision.

11.3
एवमेतद्यथात्थ त्वमात्मानं परमेश्वर ।
द्रष्टुमिच्छामि ते रूपमैश्वरं पुरुषोत्तम ॥ ३ ॥
evametadyathāttha tvamātmānaṃ parameśvara |
draṣṭumicchāmi te rūpamaiśvaraṃ puruṣottama || 3 ||
Meanings
evam: thus; etat: this; yathā: as; āttha: have spoken; tvam: you; ātmānam: the self; parama-īśvara: the supreme lord; draṣṭum: to see; icchāmi: I desire; te: your; rūpam: form; aiśvaram: sovereign; puruṣa-uttama: Krishna, the Lord

Supreme Lord, you are as you have described yourself. Highest Person, I now wish to see your sovereign form.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna affirms Krishna's description before asking to see the universal form. The request seeks experiential confirmation of the Lord as the body and support of the cosmos.

11.4
मन्यसे यदि तच्छक्यं मया द्रष्टुमिति प्रभो ।
योगेश्वर ततो मे त्वं दर्शयात्मानमव्ययम् ॥ ४ ॥
manyase yadi tacchakyaṃ mayā draṣṭumiti prabho |
yogeśvara tato me tvaṃ darśayātmānamavyayam || 4 ||
Meanings
manyase: you think; yadi: if; tat: that; śakyam: possible; mayā: by me; draṣṭum: to behold; iti: thus; prabho: Lord; yoga-īśvara: Lord of all mystic powers; tataḥ: then; me: to me; tvam: you; darśaya: reveal; ātmānam: the self; avyayam: imperishable

Lord and master of yoga, if you believe I am able to see it, then show me your imperishable self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna does not claim a right or capacity to see. He leaves the judgment to Krishna, acknowledging that the vision depends on divine power and grace.

11.5
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
पश्य मे पार्थ रूपाणि शतशोऽथ सहस्रश: ।
नानाविधानि दिव्यानि नानावर्णाकृतीनि च ॥ ५ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
paśya me pārtha rūpāṇi śataśo’tha sahasraśaḥ |
nānāvidhāni divyāni nānāvarṇākṛtīni ca || 5 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; paśya: see; me: my; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; rūpāṇi: forms; śataśaḥ: by the hundreds; atha: and; sahasraśaḥ: thousands; nānā-vidhāni: various; divyāni: divine; nānā: various; varṇa: colors; ākṛtīni: shapes; ca: and

Krishna said: Partha, see my hundreds and thousands of divine forms, varied in kind, color, and shape.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The universal form contains countless divine appearances of every color and shape. Multiplicity is displayed within one Lord rather than as a collection of independent beings.

11.6
पश्यादित्यान्वसून् रुद्रानश्विनौ मरुतस्तथा ।
बहून्यदृष्टपूर्वाणि पश्याश्चर्याणि भारत ॥ ६ ॥
paśyādityānvasūn rudrānaśvinau marutastathā |
bahūnyadṛṣṭapūrvāṇi paśyāścaryāṇi bhārata || 6 ||
Meanings
paśya: see; ādityān: the sons of Aditi; vasūn: the vasus; rudrān: the rudras; aśvinau: the Ashvini Kumars; marutaḥ: the maruts; tathā: and; bahūni: many; adṛṣṭa: never revealed; pūrvāṇi: before; paśya: see; āścaryāṇi: marvels; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Bharata, see the Adityas, Vasus, Rudras, the two Ashvins, and the Maruts. See wonders never witnessed before.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna names major classes of gods and promises forms beyond anything previously seen. Familiar sacred categories are included but do not exhaust the vision.

11.7
इहैकस्थं जगत्कृत्स्नं पश्याद्य सचराचरम् ।
मम देहे गुडाकेश यच्चान्यद्द्रष्टुमिच्छसि ॥ ७ ॥
ihaikasthaṃ jagatkṛtsnaṃ paśyādya sacarācaram |
mama dehe guḍākeśa yaccānyaddraṣṭumicchasi || 7 ||
Meanings
iha: here; eka-stham: assembled together; jagat: the universe; kṛtsnam: entire; paśya: see; adya: now; sa: with; cara: the moving; acaram: the non- moving; mama: my; dehe: in this form; guḍākeśa: Arjuna, master of sleep; yat: whatever; ca: also; anyat: else; draṣṭum: to see; icchasi: you wish

Gudakesha, see today the entire universe, everything moving and unmoving, united within my body, along with anything else you wish to see.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Every moving and unmoving thing, across every place and division, is gathered into one divine body. What ordinarily appears dispersed can now be seen as a unity.

11.8
न तु मां शक्यसे द्रष्टुमनेनैव स्वचक्षुषा ।
दिव्यं ददामि ते चक्षु: पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् ॥ ८ ॥
na tu māṃ śakyase draṣṭumanenaiva svacakṣuṣā |
divyaṃ dadāmi te cakṣuḥ paśya me yogamaiśvaram || 8 ||
Meanings
na: not; tu: but; mām: me; śakyase: you can; draṣṭum: to see; anena: with these; eva: even; sva-cakṣuṣā: with your physical eyes; divyam: divine; dadāmi: I give; te: to you; cakṣuḥ: eyes; paśya: see; me: my; yogam aiśvaram: sovereign yoga

But your ordinary eyes cannot see me in this way. I give you divine sight. Witness my sovereign yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Ordinary physical sight is fitted to finite forms and cannot perceive the cosmic unity. Krishna grants a divine eye, a special capacity adequate to the revelation.

11.9
सञ्जय उवाच ।
एवमुक्त्वा ततो राजन्महायोगेश्वरो हरि: ।
दर्शयामास पार्थाय परमं रूपमैश्वरम् ॥ ९ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
evamuktvā tato rājanmahāyogeśvaro hariḥ |
darśayāmāsa pārthāya paramaṃ rūpamaiśvaram || 9 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; evam: thus; uktvā: having spoken; tataḥ: then; rājan: king; mahā-yoga-īśvaraḥ: the great master of yoga; hariḥ: Krishna; darśayām āsa: displayed; pārthāya: to Arjuna; paramam: the highest; rūpam aiśvaram: opulent form

Sanjaya said: King, after speaking to Arjuna, the great master of yoga, Hari, revealed his supreme universal form.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sanjaya identifies Krishna as the great master of yoga because the revelation is produced through his sovereign power. The universal form is shown, not constructed by Arjuna's imagination.

11.10-11
अनेकवक्त्रनयनमनेकाद्भुतदर्शनम् ।
अनेकदिव्याभरणं दिव्यानेकोद्यतायुधम् ॥ १० ॥
दिव्यमाल्याम्बरधरं दिव्यगन्धानुलेपनम् ।
सर्वाश्चर्यमयं देवमनन्तं विश्वतोमुखम् ॥ ११ ॥
anekavaktranayanamanekādbhutadarśanam |
anekadivyābharaṇaṃ divyānekodyatāyudham || 10 ||
divyamālyāmbaradharaṃ divyagandhānulepanam |
sarvāścaryamayaṃ devamanantaṃ viśvatomukham || 11 ||
Meanings
aneka: many; vaktra: faces; nayanam: eyes; aneka: many; adbhuta: wonderful; darśanam: had a vision of; aneka: many; divya: divine; ābharaṇam: ornaments; divya: divine; aneka: many; udyata: uplifted; āyudham: weapons; divya: divine; mālya: garlands; āmbara: garments; dharam: wearing; divya: divine; gandha: fragrances; anulepanam: anointed with; sarva: all; āścarya-mayam: wonderful; devam: Lord; anantam: unlimited; viśvataḥ: all sides; mukham: face

It had countless mouths and eyes, displayed countless wonders, wore divine ornaments, and raised many divine weapons. It wore divine garlands and clothing, was anointed with divine fragrances, contained every wonder, had no boundary, and faced in every direction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Countless faces, weapons, ornaments, and wonders express omnipresence and unlimited capacity. Facing every direction, the form leaves no standpoint outside divine awareness.

11.12
दिवि सूर्यसहस्रस्य भवेद्युगपदुत्थिता ।
यदि भा: सदृशी सा स्याद्भासस्तस्य महात्मन: ॥ १२ ॥
divi sūryasahasrasya bhavedyugapadutthitā |
yadi bhāḥ sadṛśī sā syādbhāsastasya mahātmanaḥ || 12 ||
Meanings
divi: in heaven; sūrya: suns; sahasrasya: thousand; bhavet: were; yugapat: simultaneously; utthitā: rising; yadi: if; bhāḥ: splendor; sadṛśī: like; sā: that; syāt: would be; bhāsaḥ: splendor; tasya: of them; mahā-ātmanaḥ: of the great-hearted one

If a thousand suns rose together in the sky, their light might resemble the splendor of that great being.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The comparison with a thousand suns offers only an approximation. Ordinary language and natural light cannot measure the radiance of the universal form.

11.13
तत्रैकस्थं जगत्कृत्स्नं प्रविभक्तमनेकधा ।
अपश्यद्देवदेवस्य शरीरे पाण्डवस्तदा ॥ १३ ॥
tatraikasthaṃ jagatkṛtsnaṃ pravibhaktamanekadhā |
apaśyaddevadevasya śarīre pāṇḍavastadā || 13 ||
Meanings
tatra: there; eka-stham: established in one place; jagat: the universe; kṛtsnam: entire; pravibhaktam: divided; anekadhā: many; apaśyat: could see; deva-devasya: of the god of gods; śarīre: in the body; pāṇḍavaḥ: son of Pandu; tadā: at that time

There Arjuna saw the whole universe, divided into its many parts, united within the body of the God of gods.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The universe remains divided into its many parts while being seen as one in God's body. Unity does not require that the manifest distinctions vanish from perception.

11.14
तत: स विस्मयाविष्टो हृष्टरोमा धनञ्जय: ।
प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत ॥ १४ ॥
tataḥ sa vismayāviṣṭo hṛṣṭaromā dhanañjayaḥ |
praṇamya śirasā devaṃ kṛtāñjalirabhāṣata || 14 ||
Meanings
tataḥ: then; saḥ: he; vismaya-āviṣṭaḥ: full of wonder; hṛṣṭa-romā: with hair standing on end; dhanañjayaḥ: Arjuna, winner of wealth; praṇamya: bow down; śirasā: with head; devam: the Lord; kṛta-añjaliḥ: with folded hands; abhāṣata: he addressed

Overwhelmed with wonder, his hair standing on end, Arjuna bowed his head to the radiant Lord, joined his palms, and spoke.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's bodily astonishment, bow, and joined hands show that the vision produces reverence before it produces explanation. His response joins wonder with submission.

11.15
अर्जुन उवाच ।
पश्यामि देवांस्तव देव देहे
सर्वांस्तथा भूतविशेषसङ्घान् ।
ब्रह्माणमीशं कमलासनस्थ-
मृषींश्च सर्वानुरगांश्च दिव्यान् ॥ १५ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
paśyāmi devāṃstava deva dehe
sarvāṃstathā bhūtaviśeṣasaṅghān |
brahmāṇamīśaṃ kamalāsanastha-
mṛṣīṃśca sarvānuragāṃśca divyān || 15 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; paśyāmi: I behold; devān: all the gods; tava: your; deva: Lord; dehe: within the body; sarvān: all; tathā: as well as; bhūta viśeṣa-saṅghān: hosts of different beings; brahmāṇam: Lord Brahma; īśam: Shiv; kamala-āsana-stham: seated on the lotus flower; ṛṣīn: sages; ca: and; sarvān: all; uragān: serpents; ca: and; divyān: divine

Arjuna said: God, within your form I see all the gods and every kind of being. I see Brahma seated on his lotus, all the sages, and the divine serpents.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Gods, creatures, Brahmā, sages, and celestial serpents all appear within the one form. Even the creator and highest cosmic beings are contained rather than independent.

11.16
अनेकबाहूदरवक्त्रनेत्रं
पश्यामि त्वां सर्वतोऽनन्तरूपम् ।
नान्तं न मध्यं न पुनस्तवादिं
पश्यामि विश्वेश्वर विश्वरूप ॥ १६ ॥
anekabāhūdaravaktranetraṃ
paśyāmi tvāṃ sarvato’nantarūpam |
nāntaṃ na madhyaṃ na punastavādiṃ
paśyāmi viśveśvara viśvarūpa || 16 ||
Meanings
aneka: infinite; bāhu: arms; udara: stomachs; vaktra: faces; netram: eyes; paśyāmi: I see; tvām: you; sarvataḥ: in every direction; ananta-rūpam: inifinite forms; na antam: without end; na: not; madhyam: middle; na: no; punaḥ: again; tava: your; ādim: beginning; paśyāmi: I see; viśva-īśvara: The Lord of the universe; viśva-rūpa: universal form

I see you everywhere with countless mouths, eyes, arms, torsos, and faces. Your form is unbounded. Infinite Lord, I can find no beginning, middle, or end to you.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The inability to find beginning, middle, or end expresses infinity, while the countless limbs express presence and agency everywhere. No bounded perspective contains the form.

11.17
किरीटिनं गदिनं चक्रिणं च
तेजोराशिं सर्वतो दीप्तिमन्तम् ।
पश्यामि त्वां दुर्निरीक्ष्यं समन्ताद्
दीप्तानलार्कद्युतिमप्रमेयम् ॥ १७ ॥
kirīṭinaṃ gadinaṃ cakriṇaṃ ca
tejorāśiṃ sarvato dīptimantam |
paśyāmi tvāṃ durnirīkṣyaṃ samantād
dīptānalārkadyutimaprameyam || 17 ||
Meanings
kirīṭinam: adorned with a crown; gadinam: with club; cakriṇam: with discs; ca: and; tejaḥ-rāśim: abode of splendor; sarvataḥ: everywhere; dīpti-mantam: shining; paśyāmi: I see; tvām: you; durnirīkṣyam: difficult to look upon; samantāt: in all directions; dīpta-anala: blazing fire; arka: like the sun; dyutim: effulgence; aprameyam: immeasurable

I see you crowned and carrying mace and discus, shining everywhere as a mass of light, blazing like fire and sun, dazzling and immeasurable.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Traditional emblems identify the figure as Viṣṇu, but their light has expanded beyond an ordinary icon. The same Lord is personal in symbol and immeasurable in reality.

11.18
त्वमक्षरं परमं वेदितव्यं
त्वमस्य विश्वस्य परं निधानम् ।
त्वमव्यय: शाश्वतधर्मगोप्ता
सनातनस्त्वं पुरुषो मतो मे ॥ १८ ॥
tvamakṣaraṃ paramaṃ veditavyaṃ
tvamasya viśvasya paraṃ nidhānam |
tvamavyayaḥ śāśvatadharmagoptā
sanātanastvaṃ puruṣo mato me || 18 ||
Meanings
tvam: you; akṣaram: the imperishable; paramam: the highest; veditavyam: worthy of being known; tvam: you; asya: of this; viśvasya: of the creation; param: the highest; nidhānam: support; tvam: you; avyayaḥ: eternal; śāśvata-dharma-goptā: protector of the eternal religion; sanātanaḥ: everlasting; tvam: you; puruṣaḥ: person; mataḥ me: my opinion

You are the imperishable, supreme reality to be known, the ultimate refuge of this universe, and the unfailing guardian of eternal dharma. I understand you as the timeless Person.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna recognizes the vision as the imperishable Brahman, the universe's final refuge, and the guardian of dharma. The cosmic form confirms the teaching about Krishna's timeless nature.

11.19
अनादिमध्यान्तमनन्तवीर्य-
मनन्तबाहुं शशिसूर्यनेत्रम् ।
पश्यामि त्वां दीप्तहुताशवक्त्रं-
स्वतेजसा विश्वमिदं तपन्तम् ॥ १९ ॥
anādimadhyāntamanantavīrya-
manantabāhuṃ śaśisūryanetram |
paśyāmi tvāṃ dīptahutāśavaktraṃ-
svatejasā viśvamidaṃ tapantam || 19 ||
Meanings
anādi-madhya-antam: without beginning, middle, or end; ananta: infinite; vīryam: power; ananta: unlimited; bāhum: arms; śaśi: the moon; sūrya: the sun; netram: eyes; paśyāmi: I see; tvām: you; dīpta: blazing; hutāśa: emanating from; vaktram: your mouth; sva-tejasā: by your radiance; viśvam: universe; idam: this; tapantam: warming

I see no beginning, middle, or end to you. Your power is infinite and your arms beyond counting. The sun and moon are your eyes, your mouth is blazing fire, and your radiance burns the worlds.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Limitless arms indicate infinite power, sun and moon universal sight, and the fiery mouth consuming energy. The Lord both illuminates and transforms the worlds.

11.20
द्यावापृथिव्योरिदमन्तरं हि
व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन दिशश्च सर्वा: ।
दृष्ट्वाद्भुतं रूपमुग्रं तवेदं
लोकत्रयं प्रव्यथितं महात्मन् ॥ २० ॥
dyāvāpṛthivyoridamantaraṃ hi
vyāptaṃ tvayaikena diśaśca sarvāḥ |
dṛṣṭvādbhutaṃ rūpamugraṃ tavedaṃ
lokatrayaṃ pravyathitaṃ mahātman || 20 ||
Meanings
dyau-ā-pṛthivyoḥ: between heaven and earth; idam: this; antaram: space between; hi: indeed; vyāptam: pervaded; tvayā: by you; ekena: alone; diśaḥ: directions; ca: and; sarvāḥ: all; dṛṣṭvā: seeing; adbhutam: wondrous; rūpam: form; ugram: terrible; tava: your; idam: this; loka: worlds; trayam: three; pravyathitam: trembling; mahā-ātman: The greatest of every being

You alone fill the space between heaven and earth and every direction. Seeing your awesome form, the three worlds tremble, mighty one.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The form fills all space rather than occupying one location within it. The world's trembling shows the terror of seeing finite existence completely exposed to divine power.

11.21
अमी हि त्वां सुरसङ्घा विशन्ति
केचिद्भीता: प्राञ्जलयो गृणन्ति ।
स्वस्तीत्युक्त्वा महर्षिसिद्धसङ्घा:
स्तुवन्ति त्वां स्तुतिभि: पुष्कलाभि: ॥ २१ ॥
amī hi tvāṃ surasaṅghā viśanti
kecidbhītāḥ prāñjalayo gṛṇanti |
svastītyuktvā maharṣisiddhasaṅghāḥ
stuvanti tvāṃ stutibhiḥ puṣkalābhiḥ || 21 ||
Meanings
amī: these; hi: indeed; tvām: you; sura-saṅghāḥ: assembly of gods; viśanti: are entering; kecit: some; bhītāḥ: in fear; prāñjalayaḥ: with folded hands; gṛṇanti: praise; svasti: auspicious; iti: thus; uktvā: reciting; mahā-ṛṣi: great sages; siddha-saṅghāḥ: perfect beings; stuvanti: are extolling; tvām: you; stutibhiḥ: with prayers; puṣkalābhiḥ: hymns

The hosts of gods enter you. Some join their palms and call out in awe, while bands of great sages and perfected beings cry, ‘May all be well,’ and praise you with resounding hymns.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Some gods enter the form, some pray in fear, and sages praise it. Different responses are gathered within one recognition of overwhelming sovereignty.

11.22
रुद्रादित्या वसवो ये च साध्या
विश्वेऽश्विनौ मरुतश्चोष्मपाश्च ।
गन्धर्वयक्षासुरसिद्धसङ्घा
वीक्षन्ते त्वां विस्मिताश्चैव सर्वे ॥ २२ ॥
rudrādityā vasavo ye ca sādhyā
viśve’śvinau marutaścoṣmapāśca |
gandharvayakṣāsurasiddhasaṅghā
vīkṣante tvāṃ vismitāścaiva sarve || 22 ||
Meanings
rudra: a form of Shiva; ādityāḥ: the adityas; vasavaḥ: the vasus; ye: these; ca: and; sādhyāḥ: the sadhyas; viśve: the vishvadevas; aśvinau: the Ashvini Kumars; marutaḥ: the maruts; ca: and; uṣma-pāḥ: the ancestors; ca: and; gandharva: gandharvas; yakṣa: the yakshas; asura: the demons; siddha: the perfected beings; saṅghāḥ: the assemblies; vīkṣante: are beholding; tvām: you; vismitāḥ: in wonder; ca: and; eva: indeed; sarve: all

Rudras, Vasus, Sadhyas, Adityas, Vishvas, Ashvins, Maruts, ancestors, Gandharvas, Yakshas, Siddhas, and Asuras all gaze at you in astonishment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Every class of celestial or anti-celestial being looks on in amazement. Rank and affiliation offer no standpoint from which the universal Lord appears ordinary.

11.23
रूपं महत्ते बहुवक्त्रनेत्रं
महाबाहो बहुबाहूरुपादम् ।
बहूदरं बहुदंष्ट्राकरालं
दृष्ट्वा लोका: प्रव्यथितास्तथाहम् ॥ २३ ॥
rūpaṃ mahatte bahuvaktranetraṃ
mahābāho bahubāhūrupādam |
bahūdaraṃ bahudaṃṣṭrākarālaṃ
dṛṣṭvā lokāḥ pravyathitāstathāham || 23 ||
Meanings
rūpam: form; mahat: magnificent; te: your; bahu: many; vaktra: mouths; netram: eyes; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; bahu: many; bāhu: arms; ūru: thighs; pādam: legs; bahu-udaram: many stomachs; bahu-daṃṣṭrā: many teeth; karālam: terrifying; dṛṣṭvā: seeing; lokāḥ: all the worlds; pravyathitāḥ: terror-stricken; tathā: so also; aham: I

The worlds are terrified by your immense form with its many mouths and eyes, countless arms, thighs, and feet, vast torso, and terrible teeth. So am I.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The same multiplicity first seen as wondrous now appears terrifying through vast scale and destructive teeth. Arjuna shares the fear he observes in the worlds.

11.24
नभ:स्पृशं दीप्तमनेकवर्णं
व्यात्ताननं दीप्तविशालनेत्रम् ।
दृष्ट्वा हि त्वां प्रव्यथितान्तरात्मा
धृतिं न विन्दामि शमं च विष्णो ॥ २४ ॥
nabhaḥspṛśaṃ dīptamanekavarṇaṃ
vyāttānanaṃ dīptaviśālanetram |
dṛṣṭvā hi tvāṃ pravyathitāntarātmā
dhṛtiṃ na vindāmi śamaṃ ca viṣṇo || 24 ||
Meanings
nabhaḥ-spṛśam: touching the sky; dīptam: effulgent; aneka: many; varṇam: colors; vyātta: open; ānanam: mouths; dīpta: blazing; viśāla: enormous; netram: eyes; dṛṣṭvā: seeing; hi: indeed; tvām: you; pravyathitāntar-ātmā: my heart is trembling with fear; dhṛtim: firmness; na: not; vindāmi: I find; śamam: mental peace; ca: and; viṣṇo: Lord Vishnu

Vishnu, your many-colored radiance touches heaven. Seeing your open mouths and enormous shining eyes, I tremble within; my courage and peace are gone.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The loss of courage and orientation shows the limit of Arjuna's ordinary composure before an unbounded manifestation. Divine radiance is not merely comforting when it reveals total power.

11.25
दंष्ट्राकरालानि च ते मुखानि
दृष्ट्वैव कालानलसन्निभानि ।
दिशो न जाने न लभे च शर्म
प्रसीद देवेश जगन्निवास ॥ २५ ॥
daṃṣṭrākarālāni ca te mukhāni
dṛṣṭvaiva kālānalasannibhāni |
diśo na jāne na labhe ca śarma
prasīda deveśa jagannivāsa || 25 ||
Meanings
daṃṣṭrā: teeth; karālāni: terrible; ca: and; te: your; mukhāni: mouths; dṛṣṭvā: having seen; eva: indeed; kāla-anala: fire of annihilation; sannibhāni: resembling; diśaḥ: the directions; na: not; jāne: know; na: not; labhe: I obtain; ca: and; śarma: peace; prasīda: have mercy; deva-īśa: lord of gods; jagat-nivāsa: The shelter of the universe

Your teeth rise like the flames that consume the world at the end of time. I cannot tell one direction from another or find safety. Lord of the gods and refuge of the universe, have mercy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The mouths resemble the fire of cosmic dissolution, so ordinary directions and shelters disappear. Arjuna can seek refuge only in the very Lord whose form terrifies him.

11.26-27
अमी च त्वां धृतराष्ट्रस्य पुत्रा:
सर्वे सहैवावनिपालसङ्घै: ।
भीष्मो द्रोण: सूतपुत्रस्तथासौ
सहास्मदीयैरपि योधमुख्यै: ॥ २६ ॥
वक्त्राणि ते त्वरमाणा विशन्ति
दंष्ट्राकरालानि भयानकानि ।
केचिद्विलग्ना दशनान्तरेषु
सन्दृश्यन्ते चूर्णितैरुत्तमाङ्गै: ॥ २७ ॥
amī ca tvāṃ dhṛtarāṣṭrasya putrāḥ
sarve sahaivāvanipālasaṅghaiḥ |
bhīṣmo droṇaḥ sūtaputrastathāsau
sahāsmadīyairapi yodhamukhyaiḥ || 26 ||
vaktrāṇi te tvaramāṇā viśanti
daṃṣṭrākarālāni bhayānakāni |
kecidvilagnā daśanāntareṣu
sandṛśyante cūrṇitairuttamāṅgaiḥ || 27 ||
Meanings
amī: these; ca: and; tvām: you; dhṛtarāṣṭrasya: of Dhritarashtra; putrāḥ: sons; sarve: all; saha: with; eva: even; avani-pāla: their allied kings; saṅghaiḥ: assembly; bhīṣmaḥ: Bhishma; droṇaḥ: Drona; sūta-putraḥ: Karna; tathā: and also; asau: this; saha: with; asmadīyaiḥ: from our side; api: also; yodha-mukhyaiḥ: generals; vaktrāṇi: mouths; te: your; tvaramāṇāḥ: rushing; viśanti: enter; daṃṣṭrā: teeth; karālāni: terrible; bhayānakāni: fearsome; kecit: some; vilagnāḥ: getting stuck; daśana-antareṣu: between the teeth; sandṛśyante: are seen; cūrṇitaiḥ: getting smashed; uttama-aṅgaiḥ: heads

Dhritarashtra’s sons, the assembled kings, Bhishma, Drona, Karna, and the leading warriors on our side rush headlong into your fearsome, wide-open mouths with their terrible teeth. Some are caught between your teeth, their heads crushed to powder.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The warriors already appear inside the Lord's destroying mouths. Their battlefield deaths are shown as events within a cosmic process, not as outcomes controlled independently by Arjuna.

11.28-29
यथा नदीनां बहवोऽम्बुवेगा:
समुद्रमेवाभिमुखा द्रवन्ति ।
तथा तवामी नरलोकवीरा
विशन्ति वक्त्राण्यभिविज्वलन्ति ॥ २८ ॥
यथा प्रदीप्तं ज्वलनं पतङ्गा
विशन्ति नाशाय समृद्धवेगा: ।
तथैव नाशाय विशन्ति लोका-
स्तवापि वक्त्राणि समृद्धवेगा: ॥ २९ ॥
yathā nadīnāṃ bahavo’mbuvegāḥ
samudramevābhimukhā dravanti |
tathā tavāmī naralokavīrā
viśanti vaktrāṇyabhivijvalanti || 28 ||
yathā pradīptaṃ jvalanaṃ pataṅgā
viśanti nāśāya samṛddhavegāḥ |
tathaiva nāśāya viśanti lokā-
stavāpi vaktrāṇi samṛddhavegāḥ || 29 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; nadīnām: of the rivers; bahavaḥ: many; ambu-vegāḥ: water currents; samudram: the ocean; eva: indeed; abhimukhāḥ: toward; dravanti: flowing rapidly; tathā: similarly; tava: your; amī: these; nara-loka-vīrāḥ: heroes of the human world; viśanti: enter; vaktrāṇi: mouths; abhivijvalanti: blazing; yathā: as; pradīptam: burning intensely; jvalanam: fire; pataṅgāḥ: moths; viśanti: enter; nāśāya: to destruction; samṛddha vegāḥ: with great speed; tathā eva: similarly; nāśāya: to destruction; viśanti: enter; lokāḥ: these people; tava: your; api: also; vaktrāṇi: mouths; samṛddha-vegāḥ: with great speed

As rushing rivers pour their waters into the ocean, these powerful rulers of the human world stream into your blazing mouths. As moths fly rapidly into a flame and are destroyed, these people rush into your mouths to their destruction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rivers rushing to the sea suggest inevitability, while moths entering flame suggest self-destructive momentum. Together the images show the warriors moving unstoppably toward death.

11.30
लेलिह्यसे ग्रसमान: समन्ता-
ल्लोकान्समग्रान्वदनैर्ज्वलद्भि: ।
तेजोभिरापूर्य जगत्समग्रं
भासस्तवोग्रा: प्रतपन्ति विष्णो ॥ ३० ॥
lelihyase grasamānaḥ samantā-
llokānsamagrānvadanairjvaladbhiḥ |
tejobhirāpūrya jagatsamagraṃ
bhāsastavogrāḥ pratapanti viṣṇo || 30 ||
Meanings
lelihyase: you are licking; grasamānaḥ: devouring; samantāt: on all sides; lokān: worlds; samagrān: all; vadanaiḥ: with mouths; jvaladbhiḥ: blazing; tejobhiḥ: by effulgence; āpūrya: filled with; jagat: the universe; samagram: all; bhāsaḥ: rays; tava: your; ugrāḥ: fierce; pratapanti: scorching; viṣṇo: Lord Vishnu

Your fiery tongues swallow and consume every person from every side. Vishnu, your fierce rays fill space and burn the universe.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord's consuming action fills the whole field of vision, leaving no untouched region. Creation's sustaining radiance and Time's destructive blaze belong to the same universal power.

11.31
आख्याहि मे को भवानुग्ररूपो
नमोऽस्तु ते देववर प्रसीद ।
विज्ञातुमिच्छामि भवन्तमाद्यं
न हि प्रजानामि तव प्रवृत्तिम् ॥ ३१ ॥
ākhyāhi me ko bhavānugrarūpo
namo’stu te devavara prasīda |
vijñātumicchāmi bhavantamādyaṃ
na hi prajānāmi tava pravṛttim || 31 ||
Meanings
ākhyāhi: tell; me: me; kaḥ: who; bhavān: you; ugra-rūpaḥ: fierce form; namaḥ astu: I bow; te: to you; deva-vara: best of gods; prasīda: be merciful; vijñātum: to know; icchāmi: I wish; bhavantam: you; ādyam: the primeval; na: not; hi: because; prajānāmi: comprehend; tava: your; pravṛttim: workings

Tell me who you are in this terrifying form. I bow to you; have mercy, Supreme God. I want to understand your inner purpose, because this overwhelming force confuses me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Although Arjuna knows the form is Krishna's, he asks which divine function now dominates and what purpose it serves. The terrifying manifestation has exceeded the categories through which he knew his friend.

11.32
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
कालोऽस्मि लोकक्षयकृत्प्रवृद्धो
लोकान्समाहर्तुमिह प्रवृत्त: ।
ऋतेऽपि त्वां न भविष्यन्ति सर्वे
येऽवस्थिता: प्रत्यनीकेषु योधा: ॥ ३२ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
kālo’smi lokakṣayakṛtpravṛddho
lokānsamāhartumiha pravṛttaḥ |
ṛte’pi tvāṃ na bhaviṣyanti sarve
ye’vasthitāḥ pratyanīkeṣu yodhāḥ || 32 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; kālaḥ: time; asmi: I am; loka-kṣaya-kṛt: the destroyer of worlds; pravṛddhaḥ: mighty; lokān: the worlds; samāhartum: to destroy; iha: here; pravṛttaḥ: set in motion; ṛte: without; api: even; tvām: you; na bhaviṣyanti: will cease to exist; sarve: all; ye: who; avasthitāḥ: arrayed; prati-anīkeṣu: in opposing army; yodhāḥ: the warriors

Krishna said: I am Time, grown powerful, destroying the worlds. Even without you, none of the warriors in the opposing ranks will survive.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna identifies the form as Time bringing the assembled warriors to destruction. Their mortality is already operating through the cosmic order, whether or not Arjuna claims personal control.

11.33
तस्मात्त्वमुत्तिष्ठ यशो लभस्व
जित्वा शत्रून्भुङ् क्ष्व राज्यं समृद्धम् ।
मयैवैते निहता: पूर्वमेव
निमित्तमात्रं भव सव्यसाचिन् ॥ ३३ ॥
tasmāttvamuttiṣṭha yaśo labhasva
jitvā śatrūnbhuṅ kṣva rājyaṃ samṛddham |
mayaivaite nihatāḥ pūrvameva
nimittamātraṃ bhava savyasācin || 33 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; tvam: you; uttiṣṭha: arise; yaśaḥ: honor; labhasva: attain; jitvā: conquer; śatrūn: foes; bhuṅkṣva: enjoy; rājyam: kingdom; samṛddham: prosperous; mayā: by me; eva: indeed; ete: these; nihatāḥ: slain; pūrvam: already; eva nimitta-mātram: only an instrument; bhava: become; savya-sācin: Arjuna, the ambidextrous archer

So stand up, win honor, defeat your enemies, and enjoy a prosperous kingdom. I have already overcome them; be only the instrument, skilled archer.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna is asked to become an instrument of an outcome already encompassed by the Lord. Instrumentality removes the fantasy of independent authorship but does not remove his obligation to act.

11.34
द्रोणं च भीष्मं च जयद्रथं च
कर्णं तथान्यानपि योधवीरान् ।
मया हतांस्त्वं जहि मा व्यथिष्ठा
युध्यस्व जेतासि रणे सपत्नान् ॥ ३४ ॥
droṇaṃ ca bhīṣmaṃ ca jayadrathaṃ ca
karṇaṃ tathānyānapi yodhavīrān |
mayā hatāṃstvaṃ jahi mā vyathiṣṭhā
yudhyasva jetāsi raṇe sapatnān || 34 ||
Meanings
droṇam: Drona; ca: and; bhīṣmam: Bhishma; ca: and; jayadratham: Jayadratha; ca: and; karṇam: Karn; tathā: also; anyān: others; api: also; yodha-vīrān: brave warriors; mayā: by me; hatān: already killed; tvam: you; jahi: slay; mā: not; vyathiṣṭhāḥ: be disturbed; yudhyasva: fight; jetā asi: you will be victorious; raṇe: in battle; sapatnān: enemies

Drona, Bhishma, Jayadratha, Karna, and the other warriors have already been killed by me. Destroy them without fear. Fight, and you will defeat your rivals in battle.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Naming the principal warriors makes the command concrete. Since their destruction is already determined within Time, fear of personally creating the entire result should no longer paralyze Arjuna.

11.35
सञ्जय उवाच ।
एतच्छ्रुत्वा वचनं केशवस्य
कृताञ्जलिर्वेपमान: किरीटी ।
नमस्कृत्वा भूय एवाह कृष्णं
सगद्गदं भीतभीत: प्रणम्य ॥ ३५ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
etacchrutvā vacanaṃ keśavasya
kṛtāñjalirvepamānaḥ kirīṭī |
namaskṛtvā bhūya evāha kṛṣṇaṃ
sagadgadaṃ bhītabhītaḥ praṇamya || 35 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; etat: thus; śrutvā: hearing; vacanam: words; keśavasya: of Krishna; kṛta-añjaliḥ: with joined palms; vepamānaḥ: trembling; kirītī: the crowned one, Arjuna; namaskṛtvā: with palms joined; bhūyaḥ: again; eva: indeed; āha: spoke; kṛṣṇam: to Krishna; sa-gadgadam: in a faltering voice; bhīta-bhītaḥ: overwhelmed with fear; praṇamya: bowed down

Sanjaya said: After hearing Krishna, the crowned Arjuna folded his hands and bowed. Trembling and stammering with fear, he addressed Krishna again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's trembling reverence reflects both relief at receiving direction and fear before the revealed power. His speech is now submission rather than argument.

11.36
अर्जुन उवाच ।
स्थाने हृषीकेश तव प्रकीर्त्या
जगत्प्रहृष्यत्यनुरज्यते च ।
रक्षांसि भीतानि दिशो द्रवन्ति
सर्वे नमस्यन्ति च सिद्धसङ्घा: ॥ ३६ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
sthāne hṛṣīkeśa tava prakīrtyā
jagatprahṛṣyatyanurajyate ca |
rakṣāṃsi bhītāni diśo dravanti
sarve namasyanti ca siddhasaṅghāḥ || 36 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; sthāne: it is but apt; hṛṣīka-īśa: Krishna, lord of the senses; tava: your; prakīrtyā: in praise; jagat: the universe; prahṛṣyati: rejoices; anurajyate: be enamored; ca: and; rakṣānsi: the demons; bhītāni: fearfully; diśaḥ: in all directions; dravanti: flee; sarve: all; namasyanti: bow down; ca: and; siddha-saṅghāḥ: hosts of perfected saints

Arjuna said: Hrishikesha, the world rightly rejoices in your greatness and sings your praise. Rakshasas flee in fear in every direction, while hosts of perfected beings bow to you.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The benevolent recognize and praise the Lord, destructive beings flee, and perfected beings bow. Arjuna sees these responses as fitting consequences of divine manifestation.

11.37
कस्माच्च ते न नमेरन्महात्मन्
गरीयसे ब्रह्मणोऽप्यादिकर्त्रे ।
अनन्त देवेश जगन्निवास
त्वमक्षरं सदसतत्परं यत् ॥ ३७ ॥
kasmācca te na nameranmahātman
garīyase brahmaṇo’pyādikartre |
ananta deveśa jagannivāsa
tvamakṣaraṃ sadasatatparaṃ yat || 37 ||
Meanings
kasmāt: why; ca: and; te: you; na nameran: should they not bow down; mahā-ātman: The Great one; garīyase: who are greater; brahmaṇaḥ: than Brahma; api: even; ādi-kartre: to original creator; ananta: The limitless One; deva-īśa: lord of gods; jagat-nivāsa: Refuge of the universe; tvam: you; akṣaram: the imperishable; sat-asat: manifest and non-manifest; tat: that; param: the highest; yat: which

Why would they not bow, highest Self? You are the first cause, greater even than Brahma. Infinite Lord, God of gods and home of the universe, you are the imperishable reality beyond both being and nonbeing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

All should bow because Krishna is the cause even of Brahmā and is therefore prior to the created order. He is the imperishable reality beyond both manifest effect and unmanifest cause.

11.38
त्वमादिदेव: पुरुष: पुराणस्-
त्वमस्य विश्वस्य परं निधानम् ।
वेत्तासि वेद्यं च परं च धाम
त्वया ततं विश्वमनन्तरूप ॥ ३८ ॥
tvamādidevaḥ puruṣaḥ purāṇas-
tvamasya viśvasya paraṃ nidhānam |
vettāsi vedyaṃ ca paraṃ ca dhāma
tvayā tataṃ viśvamanantarūpa || 38 ||
Meanings
tvam: you; ādi-devaḥ: the primal deity; puruṣaḥ: person; purāṇaḥ: ancient; tvam: you; asya: of; viśvasya: universe; param: the highest; nidhānam: resting place; vettā: the knower; asi: you are; vedyam: object of knowledge; ca: and; param: the highest; ca: and; dhāma: abode; tvayā: by you; tatam: pervaded; viśvam: universe; ananta-rūpa: possessor of infinite forms

You are the first God and the most ancient Person, the final refuge of all that exists. You are the knower, what is known, and the highest home. Your infinite form pervades the universe.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is knower, known object, and final resting place because consciousness and its entire field depend on him. His form pervades rather than merely observes the universe.

11.39
वायुर्यमोऽग्निर्वरुण: शशाङ्क:
प्रजापतिस्त्वं प्रपितामहश्च ।
नमो नमस्तेऽस्तु सहस्रकृत्व:
पुनश्च भूयोऽपि नमो नमस्ते ॥ ३९ ॥
vāyuryamo’gnirvaruṇaḥ śaśāṅkaḥ
prajāpatistvaṃ prapitāmahaśca |
namo namaste’stu sahasrakṛtvaḥ
punaśca bhūyo’pi namo namaste || 39 ||
Meanings
vāyuḥ: god of wind; yamaḥ: god of death; agniḥ: god of fire; varuṇaḥ: god of water; śaśa-aṅkaḥ: the moon; prajāpatiḥ: Brahma; tvam: you; prapitāmahaḥ: the great-grandfather; ca: and; namaḥ: my salutations; namaḥ: my salutations; te: to you; astu: let there be; sahasra-kṛtvaḥ: a thousand times; punaḥ ca: and again; bhūyaḥ: again; api: also; namaḥ: my salutations; namaḥ te: offering my salutations to you

You are wind, death, fire, moon, Varuna, father, and ancestor of all. I bow to you a thousand times, and then again and again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The powers worshipped as wind, death, fire, moon, and Varuṇa are included in Krishna. Repeated bowing acknowledges that every direction and divine function belongs to him.

11.40
नम: पुरस्तादथ पृष्ठतस्ते
नमोऽस्तु ते सर्वत एव सर्व ।
अनन्तवीर्यामितविक्रमस्त्वं
सर्वं समाप्नोषि ततोऽसि सर्व: ॥ ४० ॥
namaḥ purastādatha pṛṣṭhataste
namo’stu te sarvata eva sarva |
anantavīryāmitavikramastvaṃ
sarvaṃ samāpnoṣi tato’si sarvaḥ || 40 ||
Meanings
namaḥ: offering salutations; purastāt: from the front; atha: and; pṛṣṭhataḥ: the rear; te: to you; namaḥ astu: I offer my salutations; te: to you; sarvataḥ: from all sides; eva: indeed; sarva: all; ananta-vīrya: infinite power; amita-vikramaḥ: infinite valor and might; tvam: you; sarvam: everything; samāpnoṣi: pervade; tataḥ: thus; asi: are; sarvaḥ: everything

I bow before you, behind you, and on every side. Your power has no limit and your strength no measure. You contain everything, and so you are everything.

Śaṅkara's commentary

There is no rear, front, or side from which the Lord is absent. Because his power contains every being, Arjuna can say that he is all.

11.41-42
सखेति मत्वा प्रसभं यदुक्तं
हे कृष्ण हे यादव हे सखेति ।
अजानता महिमानं तवेदं
मया प्रमादात्प्रणयेन वापि ॥ ४१ ॥
यच्चावहासार्थमसत्कृतोऽसि
विहारशय्यासनभोजनेषु ।
एकोऽथवाप्यच्युत तत्समक्षं
तत्क्षामये त्वामहमप्रमेयम् ॥ ४२ ॥
sakheti matvā prasabhaṃ yaduktaṃ
he kṛṣṇa he yādava he sakheti |
ajānatā mahimānaṃ tavedaṃ
mayā pramādātpraṇayena vāpi || 41 ||
yaccāvahāsārthamasatkṛto’si
vihāraśayyāsanabhojaneṣu |
eko’thavāpyacyuta tatsamakṣaṃ
tatkṣāmaye tvāmahamaprameyam || 42 ||
Meanings
sakhā: friend; iti: as; matvā: thinking; prasabham: presumptuously; yat: whatever; uktam: addressed; he kṛṣṇa: Krishna; he yādava: Krishna, descendant of Yadu; he sakhe: my dear friend; iti: thus; ajānatā: in ignorance; mahimānam: majesty; tava: your; idam: this; mayā: by me; pramādāt: out of negligence; praṇayena: out of affection; vā api: or else; yat: whatever; ca: also; avahāsa-artham: humorously; asat-kṛtaḥ: disrespectfully; asi: you were; vihāra: while at play; śayyā: while resting; āsana: while sitting; bhojaneṣu: while eating; ekaḥ: alone; athavā: or; api: even; acyuta: Achyuta, the unfallen one; tat-samakṣam: before others; tat: all that; kṣāmaye: beg for forgiveness; tvām: from you; aham: I; aprameyam: immeasurable

Thinking of you only as my friend, unaware of your greatness, I may have addressed you carelessly as ‘Krishna,’ ‘Yadava,’ or ‘my friend,’ out of affection. If I treated you disrespectfully in jest while playing, resting, sitting, eating, alone, or among friends, please forgive me, boundless one.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's earlier familiarity treated Krishna as only a companion and overlooked his immeasurable nature. He asks forgiveness not for affection itself, but for careless disrespect grounded in ignorance.

11.43
पितासि लोकस्य चराचरस्य
त्वमस्य पूज्यश्च गुरुर्गरीयान् ।
न त्वत्समोऽस्त्यभ्यधिक: कुतोऽन्यो
लोकत्रयेऽप्यप्रतिमप्रभाव ॥ ४३ ॥
pitāsi lokasya carācarasya
tvamasya pūjyaśca gururgarīyān |
na tvatsamo’styabhyadhikaḥ kuto’nyo
lokatraye’pyapratimaprabhāva || 43 ||
Meanings
pitā: the father; asi: you are; lokasya: of the whole universe; cara: moving; acarasya: nonmoving; tvam: you; asya: of this; pūjyaḥ: worshipable; ca: and; guruḥ: teacher; garīyān: glorious; na: not; tvat-samaḥ: equal to you; asti: is; abhyadhikaḥ: greater; kutaḥ: who is; anyaḥ: other; loka-traye: in three worlds; api: even; apratima-prabhāva: possessor of incomparable power

You are the father of every world, of all that moves and does not move, worthy of greater reverence than any teacher. No one is equal to you, much less greater, because your power is unrivaled throughout the worlds.

Śaṅkara's commentary

As source and teacher of the whole universe, the Lord has no equal, much less a superior. Every other authority derives its existence and capacity from him.

11.44
तस्मात्प्रणम्य प्रणिधाय कायं
प्रसादये त्वामहमीशमीड्यम् ।
पितेव पुत्रस्य सखेव सख्यु:
प्रिय: प्रियायार्हसि देव सोढुम् ॥ ४४ ॥
tasmātpraṇamya praṇidhāya kāyaṃ
prasādaye tvāmahamīśamīḍyam |
piteva putrasya sakheva sakhyuḥ
priyaḥ priyāyārhasi deva soḍhum || 44 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; praṇamya: bowing down; praṇidhāya: prostrating; kāyam: the body; prasādaye: to implore grace; tvām: your; aham: I; īśam: the Supreme Lord; īḍyam: adorable; pitā: father; iva: as; putrasya: with a son; sakhā: friend; iva: as; sakhyuḥ: with a friend; priyaḥ: a lover; priyāyāḥ: with the beloved; arhasi: you should; deva: Lord; soḍhum: forgive

Therefore I bow my body before you and ask for your grace. Bear with me as a father bears with a son, a friend with a friend, or a lover with the beloved.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna responds with bodily surrender and asks the Lord to endure his faults through the most forgiving human relationships. Intimacy is restored on the basis of reverence.

11.45
अदृष्टपूर्वं हृषितोऽस्मि दृष्ट्वा
भयेन च प्रव्यथितं मनो मे ।
तदेव मे दर्शय देवरूपं
प्रसीद देवेश जगन्निवास ॥ ४५ ॥
adṛṣṭapūrvaṃ hṛṣito’smi dṛṣṭvā
bhayena ca pravyathitaṃ mano me |
tadeva me darśaya devarūpaṃ
prasīda deveśa jagannivāsa || 45 ||
Meanings
adṛṣṭa-pūrvam: what has never been seen before; hṛṣitaḥ: great joy; asmi: I am; dṛṣṭvā: having seen; bhayena: with fear; ca: yet; pravyathitam: trembles; manaḥ: mind; me: my; tat: that; eva: indeed; me: to me; darśaya: show; deva: Lord; rūpam: form; prasīda: please have mercy; deva-īśa: lord of gods; jagat-nivāsa: abode of the universe

I rejoice at seeing what no one has seen before, yet fear overwhelms my mind. God of gods and refuge of the universe, have mercy and show me your other form again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The unprecedented vision produces joy because it confirms divine infinity and fear because the same infinity consumes all forms. Arjuna asks to return to a form his mind can steadily approach.

11.46
किरीटिनं गदिनं चक्रहस्त-
मिच्छामि त्वां द्रष्टुमहं तथैव ।
तेनैव रूपेण चतुर्भुजेन
सहस्रबाहो भव विश्वमूर्ते ॥ ४६ ॥
kirīṭinaṃ gadinaṃ cakrahasta-
micchāmi tvāṃ draṣṭumahaṃ tathaiva |
tenaiva rūpeṇa caturbhujena
sahasrabāho bhava viśvamūrte || 46 ||
Meanings
kirīṭinam: wearing the crown; gadinam: carrying the mace; cakra-hastam: disc in hand; icchāmi: I wish; tvām: you; draṣṭum: to see; aham: I; tathā eva: similarly; tena eva: in that; rūpeṇa: form; catuḥ-bhujena: four-armed; sahasra-bāho: thousand-armed one; bhava: be; viśva-mūrte: universal form

I want to see you as before, crowned and holding mace and discus. Lord of countless forms and a thousand arms, return to your four-armed shape.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The requested four-armed form retains visible divinity while replacing the unbounded terror of the cosmic manifestation. It mediates between Krishna's familiar human appearance and universal form.

11.47
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
मया प्रसन्नेन तवार्जुनेदं
रूपं परं दर्शितमात्मयोगात् ।
तेजोमयं विश्वमनन्तमाद्यं
यन्मे त्वदन्येन न दृष्टपूर्वम् ॥ ४७ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
mayā prasannena tavārjunedaṃ
rūpaṃ paraṃ darśitamātmayogāt |
tejomayaṃ viśvamanantamādyaṃ
yanme tvadanyena na dṛṣṭapūrvam || 47 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; mayā: by me; prasannena: being pleased; tava: with you; arjuna: Arjuna; idam: this; rūpam: form; param: the highest; darśitam: shown; ātma-yogāt: by my yogamaya power; tejaḥ-mayam: resplendent; viśvam: cosmic; anantam: unlimited; ādyam: primeval; yat: which; me: my; tvat anyena: other than you; na dṛṣṭa-pūrvam: no one has ever seen

Krishna said: Arjuna, by my grace you have seen this highest, radiant, all-pervading, endless, primal form, revealed through my own yoga and never before seen by anyone but you.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The vision was granted by grace through Krishna's own sovereign yoga. Its uniqueness shows that sensory or ritual effort cannot compel revelation of the supreme form.

11.48
न वेदयज्ञाध्ययनैर्न दानै-
र्न च क्रियाभिर्न तपोभिरुग्रै: ।
एवंरूप: शक्य अहं नृलोके
द्रष्टुं त्वदन्येन कुरुप्रवीर ॥ ४८ ॥
na vedayajñādhyayanairna dānai-
rna ca kriyābhirna tapobhirugraiḥ |
evaṃrūpaḥ śakya ahaṃ nṛloke
draṣṭuṃ tvadanyena kurupravīra || 48 ||
Meanings
na: not; veda-yajña: by performing sacrifice; adhyayanaiḥ: by study of the Vedas; na: nor; dānaiḥ: by charity; na: nor; ca: and; kriyābhiḥ: by rituals; na: not; tapobhiḥ: by austerities; ugraiḥ: severe; evam-rūpaḥ: in this form; śakyaḥ: possible; aham: I; nṛ-loke: in world of the mortals; draṣṭum: to be seen; tvat: than you; anyena: by another; kuru-pravīra: best of the Kuru warriors

Best of the Kurus, no sacrifice, Vedic study, charity, ritual, severe austerity, or deep learning can give anyone else the vision of this form you have seen.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Learning, ritual, gifts, and austerity can purify and prepare, but none independently produces this vision. Divine self-revelation is not the mechanical result of accumulated merit.

11.49
मा ते व्यथा मा च विमूढभावो
दृष्ट्वा रूपं घोरमीदृङ्ममेदम् ।
व्यपेतभी: प्रीतमना: पुनस्त्वं
तदेव मे रूपमिदं प्रपश्य ॥ ४९ ॥
mā te vyathā mā ca vimūḍhabhāvo
dṛṣṭvā rūpaṃ ghoramīdṛṅmamedam |
vyapetabhīḥ prītamanāḥ punastvaṃ
tadeva me rūpamidaṃ prapaśya || 49 ||
Meanings
mā te: you should not be; vyathā: afraid; mā: not; ca: and; vimūḍha-bhāvaḥ: bewildered state; dṛṣṭvā: on seeing; rūpam: form; ghoram: terrible; īdṛk: such; mama: of mine; idam: this; vyapeta-bhīḥ: free from fear; prīta-manāḥ: cheerful mind; punaḥ: again; tvam: you; tat eva: that very; me: my; rūpam: form; idam: this; prapaśya: see

Do not remain confused or afraid after seeing this terrifying form. Let go of fear, let your heart be glad, and look again at my familiar shape.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna does not leave Arjuna overwhelmed by terror. He deliberately restores confidence and a form suited to loving contemplation.

11.50
सञ्जय उवाच ।
इत्यर्जुनं वासुदेवस्तथोक्त्वा
स्वकं रूपं दर्शयामास भूय: ।
आश्वासयामास च भीतमेनं
भूत्वा पुन: सौम्यवपुर्महात्मा ॥ ५० ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
ityarjunaṃ vāsudevastathoktvā
svakaṃ rūpaṃ darśayāmāsa bhūyaḥ |
āśvāsayāmāsa ca bhītamenaṃ
bhūtvā punaḥ saumyavapurmahātmā || 50 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; iti: thus; arjunam: to Arjuna; vāsudevaḥ: Krishna, the son of Vasudeva; tathā: in that way; uktvā: having spoken; svakam: his personal; rūpam: form; darśayām āsa: displayed; bhūyaḥ: again; āśvāsayām āsa: consoled; ca: and; bhītam: frightened; enam: him; bhūtvā: becoming; punaḥ: again; saumya-vapuḥ: the gentle form; mahā-ātmā: the compassionate

Sanjaya said: After speaking to Arjuna, Krishna showed his familiar form again and comforted the frightened warrior by returning to his gentle appearance.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The return to the gentle form shows that the terrifying and reassuring manifestations belong to the same Lord. Sanjaya marks the change as an act of consolation.

11.51
अर्जुन उवाच ।
दृष्ट्वेदं मानुषं रूपं तव सौम्यं जनार्दन ।
इदानीमस्मि संवृत्त: सचेता: प्रकृतिं गत: ॥ ५१ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
dṛṣṭvedaṃ mānuṣaṃ rūpaṃ tava saumyaṃ janārdana |
idānīmasmi saṃvṛttaḥ sacetāḥ prakṛtiṃ gataḥ || 51 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; dṛṣṭvā: seeing; idam: this; mānuṣam: human; rūpam: form; tava: your; saumyam: gentle; janārdana: Janardana; idānīm: now; asmi: I am; saṃvṛttaḥ: composed; sa-cetāḥ: in my mind; prakṛtim: nature; gataḥ: have become

Arjuna said: Janardana, now that I see your gentle human form again, I have regained my composure and returned to myself.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's ordinary composure returns when divine infinitude is again presented through a humanly approachable form. The vision has expanded his knowledge without making relationship impossible.

11.52-53
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मम ।
देवा अप्यस्य रूपस्य नित्यं दर्शनकाङ्क्षिण: ॥ ५२ ॥
नाहं वेदैर्न तपसा न दानेन न चेज्यया ।
शक्य एवंविधो द्रष्टुं दृष्टवानसि मां यथा ॥ ५३ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
sudurdarśamidaṃ rūpaṃ dṛṣṭavānasi yanmama |
devā apyasya rūpasya nityaṃ darśanakāṅkṣiṇaḥ || 52 ||
nāhaṃ vedairna tapasā na dānena na cejyayā |
śakya evaṃvidho draṣṭuṃ dṛṣṭavānasi māṃ yathā || 53 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; su-durdarśam: exceedingly difficult to behold; idam: this; rūpam: form; dṛṣṭavān asi: that you are seeing; yat: which; mama: of mine; devāḥ: the gods; api: even; asya: this; rūpasya: form; nityam: eternally; darśana-kāṅkṣiṇaḥ: aspiring to see; na: never; aham: I; vedaiḥ: by study of the Vedas; na: never; tapasā: by serious penances; na: never; dānena: by charity; na: never; ca: also; ijyayā: by worship; śakyaḥ: it is possible; evam-vidhaḥ: like this; draṣṭum: to see; dṛṣṭavān: seeing; asi: you are; mām: me; yathā: as

Krishna said: The form you have seen is very difficult to see. Even the gods constantly long for this vision. Neither Vedic study, austerity, charity, nor sacrifice can reveal me in the way you have seen me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even the gods desire this rare vision, and established religious disciplines cannot by themselves reveal it. Krishna repeats the point to redirect attention from ritual achievement to exclusive devotion.

11.54
भक्त्या त्वनन्यया शक्य अहमेवंविधोऽर्जुन ।
ज्ञातुं द्रष्टुं च तत्त्वेन प्रवेष्टुं च परन्तप ॥ ५४ ॥
bhaktyā tvananyayā śakya ahamevaṃvidho’rjuna |
jñātuṃ draṣṭuṃ ca tattvena praveṣṭuṃ ca parantapa || 54 ||
Meanings
bhaktyā: through devotion; tu: alone; ananyayā: unalloyed; śakyaḥ: possible; aham: I; evam-vidhaḥ: like this; arjuna: Arjuna; jñātum: to be known; draṣṭum: to be seen; ca: and; tattvena: in reality; praveṣṭum: to enter into; ca: and; parantapa: scorcher of foes

But Arjuna, through single-minded devotion I can be truly known, seen in this form, and entered, conqueror of enemies.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Single-minded devotion makes the Lord truly knowable and seeable and allows the devotee to enter him. Śaṅkara connects such devotion with knowledge that excludes every independent refuge.

11.55
मत्कर्मकृन्मत्परमो मद्भक्त: सङ्गवर्जित: ।
निर्वैर: सर्वभूतेषु य: स मामेति पाण्डव ॥ ५५ ॥
matkarmakṛnmatparamo madbhaktaḥ saṅgavarjitaḥ |
nirvairaḥ sarvabhūteṣu yaḥ sa māmeti pāṇḍava || 55 ||
Meanings
mat-karma-kṛt: perform duties for my sake; mat-paramaḥ: holding me highest; mat-bhaktaḥ: devoted to me; saṅga-varjitaḥ: free from attachment; nirvairaḥ: without malice; sarva-bhūteṣu: toward all entities; yaḥ: who; saḥ: he; mām: to me; eti: comes; pāṇḍava: son of Pandu

Pandava, one who works for me, regards me as supreme, is devoted to me, abandons attachment, and hates no being comes to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The path is summarized as acting for the Lord, holding him highest, loving him, relinquishing attachment, and hating no being. Together these purify action and direct knowledge toward union with him.

↑ contents

12. Bhakti Yoga

भक्तियोग · The Yoga of Devotion · 16 verses

12.1
अर्जुन उवाच ।
एवं सततयुक्ता ये भक्तास्त्वां पर्युपासते ।
ये चाप्यक्षरमव्यक्तं तेषां के योगवित्तमा: ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
evaṃ satatayuktā ye bhaktāstvāṃ paryupāsate |
ye cāpyakṣaramavyaktaṃ teṣāṃ ke yogavittamāḥ || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; evam: thus; satata: steadfastly; yuktāḥ: devoted; ye: those; bhaktāḥ: devotees; tvām: you; paryupāsate: worship; ye: those; ca: and; api: also; akṣaram: the imperishable; avyaktam: the formless Brahman; teṣām: of them; ke: who; yoga-vit-tamāḥ: more perfect in yoga

Arjuna said: Who is more firmly established in yoga: those who worship you with constant devotion, or those who worship the imperishable, unmanifest reality?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna contrasts devotees of Krishna's manifest universal Lordship with contemplatives of the attributeless imperishable. He asks which group has the stronger mastery of yoga.

12.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
मय्यावेश्य मनो ये मां नित्ययुक्ता उपासते ।
श्रद्धया परयोपेतास्ते मे युक्ततमा मता: ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
mayyāveśya mano ye māṃ nityayuktā upāsate |
śraddhayā parayopetāste me yuktatamā matāḥ || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; mayi: on me; āveśya: fix; manaḥ: the mind; ye: those; mām: me; nitya yuktāḥ: always engaged; upāsate: worship; śraddhayā: with faith; parayā: best; upetāḥ: endowed; te: they; me: by me; yukta-tamāḥ: situated highest in yoga; matāḥ: I consider

Krishna said: Those who fix their minds on me, remain steadily united with me, and worship me with complete faith are, in my view, the best established in yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna calls personal devotees the best established because their minds and faith can rest continuously on an approachable Lord. The comparison concerns practical accessibility, not a second ultimate reality.

12.3-4
ये त्वक्षरमनिर्देश्यमव्यक्तं पर्युपासते ।
सर्वत्रगमचिन्त्यञ्च कूटस्थमचलन्ध्रुवम् ॥ ३ ॥
सन्नियम्येन्द्रियग्रामं सर्वत्र समबुद्धय: ।
ते प्राप्नुवन्ति मामेव सर्वभूतहिते रता: ॥ ४ ॥
ye tvakṣaramanirdeśyamavyaktaṃ paryupāsate |
sarvatragamacintyañca kūṭasthamacalandhruvam || 3 ||
sanniyamyendriyagrāmaṃ sarvatra samabuddhayaḥ |
te prāpnuvanti māmeva sarvabhūtahite ratāḥ || 4 ||
Meanings
ye: who; tu: but; akṣaram: the imperishable; anirdeśyam: the indefinable; avyaktam: the unmanifest; paryupāsate: worship; sarvatra-gam: the all-pervading; acintyam: the unthinkable; ca: and; kūṭa-stham: the unchanging; acalam: the immovable; dhruvam: the eternal; sanniyamya: restraining; indriya-grāmam: the senses; sarvatra: everywhere; sama-buddhayaḥ: even-minded; te: they; prāpnuvanti: attain; mām: me; eva: also; sarva-bhūta-hite: in the welfare of every being; ratāḥ: engaged

Those who worship the imperishable, indefinable, unmanifest, all-pervading, inconceivable, unchanging, immovable, eternal reality also come to me. They restrain every sense, remain even-minded everywhere, and devote themselves to the welfare of all beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Contemplatives of the imperishable also reach the Lord by restraining the senses, seeing equally, serving all beings, and meditating on reality beyond every concept and change.

12.5
क्लेशोऽधिकतरस्तेषामव्यक्तासक्तचेतसाम् ।।
अव्यक्ता हि गतिर्दु:खं देहवद्भिरवाप्यते ॥ ५ ॥
kleśo’dhikatarasteṣāmavyaktāsaktacetasām ||
avyaktā hi gatirduḥkhaṃ dehavadbhiravāpyate || 5 ||
Meanings
kleśaḥ: tribulations; adhika-taraḥ: full of; teṣām: of those; avyakta: to the unmanifest; āsakta: attached; cetasām: whose minds; avyaktā: the unmanifest; hi: indeed; gatiḥ: path; duḥkham: exceedingly difficult; deha-vadbhiḥ: for the embodied; avāpyate: is reached

Those whose minds are fixed on the unmanifest face greater difficulty, because reaching the unmanifest is hard for embodied beings.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The unmanifest path is harder for those who still identify strongly with the body, because its object offers no sensory or conceptual support. It requires direct discrimination of the attributeless Self.

12.6-7
ये तु सर्वाणि कर्माणि मयि संन्न्यस्य मत्परा: ।
अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते ॥ ६ ॥
तेषामहं समुद्धर्ता मृत्युसंसारसागरात् ।
भवामि नचिरात्पार्थ मय्यावेशितचेतसाम् ॥ ७ ॥
ye tu sarvāṇi karmāṇi mayi saṃnnyasya matparāḥ |
ananyenaiva yogena māṃ dhyāyanta upāsate || 6 ||
teṣāmahaṃ samuddhartā mṛtyusaṃsārasāgarāt |
bhavāmi nacirātpārtha mayyāveśitacetasām || 7 ||
Meanings
ye: who; tu: but; sarvāṇi: all; karmāṇi: actions; mayi: to me; sannyasya: dedicating; mat-parāḥ: intent on me; ananyena: exclusively; eva: indeed; yogena: through yoga; mām: me; dhyāyantaḥ: meditating; upāsate: worship; teṣām: of those; aham: I; samuddhartā: the deliverer; mṛtyu-saṃsāra-sāgarāt: from the sea of repeated birth and death; bhavāmi: become; na: not; cirāt: after a long time; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; mayi: with me; āveśita cetasām: of people whose consciousness is united

But those who dedicate every action to me, regard me as supreme, and worship me through wholehearted meditation are soon rescued by me from the ocean of death and rebirth, Partha, because their minds are fixed on me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those unable to follow that austere path can dedicate all action to the personal Lord and meditate on him as supreme. Because their minds rest in him, he becomes their swift deliverer from saṃsāra.

12.8
मय्येव मन आधत्स्व मयि बुद्धिं निवेशय ।
निवसिष्यसि मय्येव अत ऊर्ध्वं न संशय: ॥ ८ ॥
mayyeva mana ādhatsva mayi buddhiṃ niveśaya |
nivasiṣyasi mayyeva ata ūrdhvaṃ na saṃśayaḥ || 8 ||
Meanings
mayi: on me; eva: alone; manaḥ: mind; ādhatsva: fix; mayi: on me; buddhim: intellect; niveśaya: place; nivasiṣyasi: you will always live; mayi: in me; eva: alone; ataḥ ūrdhvam: thereafter; na: not; saṃśayaḥ: doubt

Fix your mind on me and let your intellect rest in me. Then you will live in me beyond this life; there is no doubt.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The highest personal practice places both feeling mind and discriminating intellect in the Lord. When both remain there, the devotee lives in him without doubt.

12.9
अथ चित्तं समाधातुं न शक्नोषि मयि स्थिरम् ।
अभ्यासयोगेन ततो मामिच्छाप्तुं धनञ्जय ॥ ९ ॥
atha cittaṃ samādhātuṃ na śaknoṣi mayi sthiram |
abhyāsayogena tato māmicchāptuṃ dhanañjaya || 9 ||
Meanings
atha: if; cittam: mind; samādhātum: to fix; na śaknoṣi: are unable; mayi: on me; sthiram: steadily; abhyāsa-yogena: through repeated yoga practice; tataḥ: then; mām: me; icchā: desire; āptum: to attain; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth

If you cannot hold your mind steadily on me, Dhananjaya, seek to reach me through repeated practice.

Śaṅkara's commentary

If continuous absorption is not yet possible, repeated return to the Lord builds the needed mental tendency. Practice is the deliberate formation of steadiness.

12.10
अभ्यासेऽप्यसमर्थोऽसि मत्कर्मपरमो भव ।
मदर्थमपि कर्माणि कुर्वन्सिद्धिमवाप्स्यसि ॥ १० ॥
abhyāse’pyasamartho’si matkarmaparamo bhava |
madarthamapi karmāṇi kurvansiddhimavāpsyasi || 10 ||
Meanings
abhyāse: in practice; api: if; asamarthaḥ: unable; asi: you; mat-karma paramaḥ: devotedly work for me; bhava: be; mat-artham: for my sake; api: also; karmāṇi: actions; kurvan: performing; siddhim: perfection; avāpsyasi: you shall achieve

If sustained practice is also beyond you, devote yourself to work done for me. By acting for my sake, you will reach perfection.

Śaṅkara's commentary

If formal contemplative practice remains too difficult, work can be explicitly undertaken for the Lord. Service without a private end purifies the mind and leads toward perfection.

12.11
अथैतदप्यशक्तोऽसि कर्तुं मद्योगमाश्रित: ।
सर्वकर्मफलत्यागं तत: कुरु यतात्मवान् ॥ ११ ॥
athaitadapyaśakto’si kartuṃ madyogamāśritaḥ |
sarvakarmaphalatyāgaṃ tataḥ kuru yatātmavān || 11 ||
Meanings
atha: if; etat: this; api: even; aśaktaḥ: unable; asi: you are; kartum: to work; mad-yogam: with devotion to me; āśritaḥ: taking refuge; sarva-karma: of all actions; phala-tyāgam: to renounce the fruits; tataḥ: then; kuru: do; yata-ātma-vān: be established in the self

If you cannot do even this, take refuge in union with me, control yourself, and renounce the results of every action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

If even dedicated service cannot be sustained, the practitioner should at least relinquish every result while exercising self-control. This loosens the most immediate form of attachment.

12.12
श्रेयो हि ज्ञानमभ्यासाज्ज्ञानाद्ध्यानं विशिष्यते ।
ध्यानात्कर्मफलत्यागस्त्यागाच्छान्तिरनन्तरम् ॥ १२ ॥
śreyo hi jñānamabhyāsājjñānāddhyānaṃ viśiṣyate |
dhyānātkarmaphalatyāgastyāgācchāntiranantaram || 12 ||
Meanings
śreyaḥ: better; hi: for; jñānam: knowledge; abhyāsāt: than practice; jñānāt: than knowledge; dhyānam: meditation; viśiṣyate: better; dhyānāt: than meditation; karma-phala-tyāgaḥ: renunciation of the results of actions; tyāgāt: renunciation; śāntiḥ: peace; anantaram: immediately

Knowledge is better than mechanical practice; meditation is better than knowledge; renouncing the results of action is better than meditation, because peace immediately follows renunciation.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara calls knowledge better than blind repetition and meditation with knowledge better still. He treats praise of fruit-renunciation as encouragement for the beginner unable to follow the earlier paths, not as placing mechanical renunciation above realization.

12.13-14
अद्वेष्टा सर्वभूतानां मैत्र: करुण एव च ।
निर्ममो निरहङ्कार: समदु:खसुख: क्षमी ॥ १३ ॥
सन्तुष्ट: सततं योगी यतात्मा दृढनिश्चय: ।
मय्यर्पितमनोबुद्धिर्यो मद्भक्त: स मे प्रिय: ॥ १४ ॥
adveṣṭā sarvabhūtānāṃ maitraḥ karuṇa eva ca |
nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ samaduḥkhasukhaḥ kṣamī || 13 ||
santuṣṭaḥ satataṃ yogī yatātmā dṛḍhaniścayaḥ |
mayyarpitamanobuddhiryo madbhaktaḥ sa me priyaḥ || 14 ||
Meanings
adveṣṭā: free from malice; sarva-bhūtānām: toward every being; maitraḥ: friendly; karuṇaḥ: compassionate; eva: indeed; ca: and; nirmamaḥ: without attachment to possession; nirahaṅkāraḥ: free from egoism; sama: even-minded; duḥkha: distress; sukhaḥ: happiness; kṣamī: forgiving; santuṣṭaḥ: content; satatam: steadily; yogī: a practitioner of yoga; yata-ātmā: self-controlled; dṛḍha-niścayaḥ: firm resolve; mayi: to me; arpita: placed; manaḥ: mind; buddhiḥ: intellect; yaḥ: who; mat-bhaktaḥ: my devotee; saḥ: that person; me: to me; priyaḥ: dear

One who bears ill will toward no being, who is friendly and compassionate, free from possessiveness and ego, even-minded in pleasure and pain, forgiving, always content, disciplined, self-controlled, and resolute, with mind and intellect dedicated to me, is dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara applies these qualities especially to renunciant knowers of the imperishable. Seeing every being as the Self removes hatred, possessiveness, and ego, while knowledge supports compassion, endurance, contentment, and unwavering devotion.

12.15
यस्मान्नोद्विजते लोको लोकान्नोद्विजते च य: ।
हर्षामर्षभयोद्वेगैर्मुक्तो य: स च मे प्रिय: ॥ १५ ॥
yasmānnodvijate loko lokānnodvijate ca yaḥ |
harṣāmarṣabhayodvegairmukto yaḥ sa ca me priyaḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
yasmāt: by whom; na: not; udvijate: are agitated; lokaḥ: people; lokāt: from people; na: not; udvijate: are disturbed; ca: and; yaḥ: who; harṣa: pleasure; amarṣa: pain; bhaya: fear; udvegaiḥ: anxiety; muktaḥ: free; yaḥ: who; saḥ: they; ca: and; me: to me; priyaḥ: very dear

One who does not disturb the world and is not disturbed by it, who is free from agitation caused by joy, anger, fear, and anxiety, is dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower threatens no being and grants all beings freedom from fear, while remaining inwardly undisturbed by the world. Joyful agitation, resentment, fear, and anxiety no longer take command.

12.16
अनपेक्ष: शुचिर्दक्ष उदासीनो गतव्यथ: ।
सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी यो मद्भक्त: स मे प्रिय: ॥ १६ ॥
anapekṣaḥ śucirdakṣa udāsīno gatavyathaḥ |
sarvārambhaparityāgī yo madbhaktaḥ sa me priyaḥ || 16 ||
Meanings
anapekṣaḥ: indifferent to worldly gain; śuciḥ: pure; dakṣaḥ: skillful; udāsīnaḥ: without cares; gata-vyathaḥ: untroubled; sarva-ārambha: of all undertakings; parityāgī: renouncer; saḥ: who; mad-bhaktaḥ: my devotees; saḥ: he; me: to me; priyaḥ: very dear

One who expects nothing, is pure, capable, impartial, untroubled, and has let go of self-serving projects is dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Freedom from demands is joined to inward and outward purity, practical competence, impartiality, and release from distress. Abandoning undertakings means giving up projects designed to secure desired worldly or heavenly results.

12.17
यो न हृष्यति न द्वेष्टि न शोचति न काङ् क्षति ।
शुभाशुभपरित्यागी भक्तिमान्य: स मे प्रिय: ॥ १७ ॥
yo na hṛṣyati na dveṣṭi na śocati na kāṅ kṣati |
śubhāśubhaparityāgī bhaktimānyaḥ sa me priyaḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; na: neither; hṛṣyati: rejoice; na: nor; dveṣṭi: despair; na: neither; śocati: lament; na: nor; kāṅkṣati: hanker for gain; śubha-aśubha-parityāgī: who relinquish both good and bad results; bhakti-mān: full of devotion; yaḥ: who; saḥ: that person; me: to me; priyaḥ: very dear

One who neither delights nor hates, neither grieves nor desires, and lets go of both favorable and unfavorable results while remaining devoted is dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The devotee neither rises and falls with circumstances nor longs to recover or acquire objects. Renouncing favorable and unfavorable karmic ends accompanies devotion to the reality beyond both.

12.18-19
सम: शत्रौ च मित्रे च तथा मानापमानयो: ।
शीतोष्णसुखदु:खेषु सम: सङ्गविवर्जित: ॥ १८ ॥
तुल्यनिन्दास्तुतिर्मौनी सन्तुष्टो येन केनचित् ।
अनिकेत: स्थिरमतिर्भक्तिमान्मे प्रियो नर: ॥ १९ ॥
samaḥ śatrau ca mitre ca tathā mānāpamānayoḥ |
śītoṣṇasukhaduḥkheṣu samaḥ saṅgavivarjitaḥ || 18 ||
tulyanindāstutirmaunī santuṣṭo yena kenacit |
aniketaḥ sthiramatirbhaktimānme priyo naraḥ || 19 ||
Meanings
samaḥ: alike; śatrau: to a foe; ca: and; mitre: to a friend; ca tathā: as well as; māna-apamānayoḥ: in honor and dishonor; śīta-uṣṇa: in cold and heat; sukha-duḥkheṣu: in joy and sorrow; samaḥ: even-minded; saṅga-vivarjitaḥ: without all unfavorable association; tulya: alike; nindā-stutiḥ: reproach and praise; maunī: silent contemplation; santuṣṭaḥ: content; yena kenacit: with anything; aniketaḥ: unattached to any dwelling; sthira: firmly fixed; matiḥ: intellect; bhakti-mān: full of devotion; me: to me; priyaḥ: very dear; naraḥ: a person

One who is equal toward friend and enemy, honor and dishonor, cold and heat, pleasure and pain, and is free from attachment is dear to me. Such a person receives praise and blame equally, speaks with restraint, is content with whatever comes, has no fixed sense of home, remains steady-minded, and is full of devotion.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Equal vision extends through relationship, reputation, bodily opposites, praise, and blame. Śaṅkara describes a restrained, homeless renunciant who accepts whatever sustains the body and keeps thought fixed on the supreme reality.

12.20
ये तु धर्म्यामृतमिदं यथोक्तं पर्युपासते ।
श्रद्दधाना मत्परमा भक्तास्तेऽतीव मे प्रिया: ॥ २० ॥
ye tu dharmyāmṛtamidaṃ yathoktaṃ paryupāsate |
śraddadhānā matparamā bhaktāste’tīva me priyāḥ || 20 ||
Meanings
ye: who; tu: indeed; dharma: dharma; amṛtam: nectar; idam: this; yathā: as; uktam: declared; paryupāsate: exclusive devotion; śraddadhānāḥ: with faith; mat-paramāḥ: intent on me as the highest goal; bhaktāḥ: devotees; te: they; atīva: exceedingly; me: to me; priyāḥ: dear

Those devoted people who receive this life-giving wisdom as taught, practice it with faith, and make me their highest goal are exceedingly dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The 'immortal law' is the full discipline of knowledge and character just described. Those who practice it with faith and take the imperishable Lord as their sole highest end are exceedingly dear to him.

↑ contents

13. Kshetra Kshetrajna Vibhaga Yoga

क्षेत्रक्षेत्रज्ञविभागयोग · The Field and the Knower of the Field · 31 verses

13.1

Textual variant. This verse appears in some editions and is omitted in others. Including it produces the 701-verse count used on this page.

अर्जुन उवाच ।
प्रकृतिं पुरुषं चैव क्षेत्रं क्षेत्रज्ञमेव च ।
एतद्वेदितुमिच्छामि ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं च केशव ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva kṣetraṃ kṣetrajñameva ca |
etadveditumicchāmi jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ ca keśava || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; prakṛtim: nature; puruṣam: the conscious principle; ca: and; eva: indeed; kṣetram: the field; kṣetra-jñam: the knower of the field; eva: even; ca: also; etat: this; veditum: to know; icchāmi: I wish; jñānam: knowledge; jñeyam: what is to be known; ca: and; keśava: Keshava

Arjuna said: Keshava, I want to understand matter and spirit, the Field and the Knower of the Field, knowledge and what is to be known.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This question is absent from the 700-verse recension on which Śaṅkara's commentary is based. His chapter begins with Krishna's answer, numbered 13.1 there and 13.2 on this page.

13.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते ।
एतद्यो वेत्ति तं प्राहु: क्षेत्रज्ञ इति तद्विद: ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
idaṃ śarīraṃ kaunteya kṣetramityabhidhīyate |
etadyo vetti taṃ prāhuḥ kṣetrajña iti tadvidaḥ || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; idam: this; śarīram: body; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; kṣetram: the field; iti: thus; abhidhīyate: is termed as; etat: this; yaḥ: one who; vetti: knows; tam: that person; prāhuḥ: is called; kṣetra-jñaḥ: knower of the field; iti: thus; tat-vidaḥ: people who discern the truth

Krishna said: Son of Kunti, this body is called the Field. The wise call the one who knows it the Knower of the Field.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The body is a field because it changes, decays, and provides the ground on which the fruits of action are experienced. Its knower is conscious of the body as an object and is therefore distinct from it.

13.3
क्षेत्रज्ञं चापि मां विद्धि सर्वक्षेत्रेषु भारत ।
क्षेत्रक्षेत्रज्ञयोर्ज्ञानं यत्तज्ज्ञानं मतं मम ॥ ३ ॥
kṣetrajñaṃ cāpi māṃ viddhi sarvakṣetreṣu bhārata |
kṣetrakṣetrajñayorjñānaṃ yattajjñānaṃ mataṃ mama || 3 ||
Meanings
kṣetra-jñam: the knower of the field; ca: also; api: only; mām: me; viddhi: know; sarva: all; kṣetreṣu: in individual fields of activities; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; kṣetra: field of activities; kṣetra-jñayoḥ: of knower of the field; jñānam: knowledge; yat: which; tat: that; jñānam: knowledge; matam: opinion; mama: my

Bharata, understand me as the Knower in every Field. In my view, true knowledge is knowledge of both the Field and its Knower.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The knower in every body is not a separate consciousness but the one Lord appearing through different bodily conditions. True knowledge must distinguish the field while recognizing the identity of its knower with the Lord.

13.4
तत्क्षेत्रं यच्च यादृक्च यद्विकारि यतश्च यत् ।
स च यो यत्प्रभावश्च तत्समासेन मे शृणु ॥ ४ ॥
tatkṣetraṃ yacca yādṛkca yadvikāri yataśca yat |
sa ca yo yatprabhāvaśca tatsamāsena me śṛṇu || 4 ||
Meanings
tat: that; kṣetram: the field; yat: what; ca: and; yādṛk: its nature; ca: and; yat-vikāri: how change takes place in it; yataḥ: from what; ca: also; yat: what; saḥ: he; ca: also; yaḥ: who; yat-prabhāvaḥ: what his powers are; ca: and; tat: that; samāsena: in summary; me: from me; śṛṇu: listen

Listen as I briefly explain what the Field is, what it is like, how it changes, where it comes from, who the Knower is, and what powers the Knower possesses.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna will analyze the field's nature, modifications, source, and powers together with the identity of its knower. The promised account is brief because its purpose is discrimination, not an exhaustive catalogue.

13.5
ऋषिभिर्बहुधा गीतं छन्दोभिर्विविधै: पृथक् ।
ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितै: ॥ ५ ॥
ṛṣibhirbahudhā gītaṃ chandobhirvividhaiḥ pṛthak |
brahmasūtrapadaiścaiva hetumadbhirviniścitaiḥ || 5 ||
Meanings
ṛṣibhiḥ: by great sages; bahudhā: in manifold ways; gītam: sung; chandobhiḥ: in Vedic hymns; vividhaiḥ: various; pṛthak: various; brahma-sūtra: the Brahma Sūtra; padaiḥ: by the hymns; ca: and; eva: especially; hetu-madbhiḥ: with logic; viniścitaiḥ: conclusive evidence

Sages have expressed this in many ways, through many hymns and through the carefully reasoned, decisive verses of the Brahma Sutras.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This distinction has already been taught in varied Vedic hymns, by sages, and in reasoned statements concerning Brahman. Krishna presents his teaching as the clarified conclusion of that inherited inquiry.

13.6
महाभूतान्यङ्ककारो बुद्धिरव्यक्त मेव च ।
इन्द्रियाणि दशैकं च पञ्च चेन्द्रियगोचरा: ॥ ६ ॥
mahābhūtānyaṅkakāro buddhiravyakta meva ca |
indriyāṇi daśaikaṃ ca pañca cendriyagocarāḥ || 6 ||
Meanings
mahā-bhūtāni: the great elements; ahaṅkāraḥ: the ego; buddhiḥ: the intellect; avyaktam: unmanifested primordial matter; eva: indeed; ca: and; indriyāṇi: the senses; daśa-ekam: eleven; ca: and; pañca: five; ca: and; indriya-go-carāḥ: the objects of the senses

The Field includes the five great elements, individuality, intellect, the unmanifest, the ten senses and the mind, and the five objects of the senses;

Śaṅkara's commentary

The field includes the material elements, cosmic intellect, ego, unmanifest causal nature, senses, mind, and sensory objects. Body is therefore a changing aggregate, not the simple conscious Self.

13.7
इच्छा द्वेष: सुखं दु:खं सङ्घातश्चेतना धृति: ।
एतत्क्षेत्रं समासेन सविकारमुदाहृतम् ॥ ७ ॥
icchā dveṣaḥ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ saṅghātaścetanā dhṛtiḥ |
etatkṣetraṃ samāsena savikāramudāhṛtam || 7 ||
Meanings
icchā: desire; dveṣaḥ: aversion; sukham: happiness; duḥkham: misery; saṅghātaḥ: the aggregate; cetanā: the consciousness; dhṛtiḥ: the will; etat: all these; kṣetram: the field; samāsena: comprise of; sa-vikāram: with modifications; udāhṛtam: are said

desire, aversion, pleasure, pain, the body’s organized unity, consciousness, and persistence. These briefly are the Field and its modifications.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire, aversion, pleasure, pain, bodily organization, empirical consciousness, and persistence are modifications within the field. Even the mind's felt states are objects known by the Self.

13.8-12
अमानित्वमदम्भित्वमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् ।
आचार्योपासनं शौचं स्थैर्यमात्मविनिग्रह: ॥ ८ ॥
इन्द्रियार्थेषु वैराग्यमनहङ्कार एव च ।
जन्ममृत्युजराव्याधिदु:खदोषानुदर्शनम् ॥ ९ ॥
असक्तिरनभिष्वङ्ग: पुत्रदारगृहादिषु ।
नित्यं च समचित्तत्वमिष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु ॥ १० ॥
मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी ।
विविक्तदेशसेवित्वमरतिर्जनसंसदि ॥ ११ ॥
अध्यात्मज्ञाननित्यत्वं तत्वज्ञानार्थदर्शनम् ।
एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतोऽन्यथा ॥ १२ ॥
amānitvamadambhitvamahiṃsā kṣāntirārjavam |
ācāryopāsanaṃ śaucaṃ sthairyamātmavinigrahaḥ || 8 ||
indriyārtheṣu vairāgyamanahaṅkāra eva ca |
janmamṛtyujarāvyādhiduḥkhadoṣānudarśanam || 9 ||
asaktiranabhiṣvaṅgaḥ putradāragṛhādiṣu |
nityaṃ ca samacittatvamiṣṭāniṣṭopapattiṣu || 10 ||
mayi cānanyayogena bhaktiravyabhicāriṇī |
viviktadeśasevitvamaratirjanasaṃsadi || 11 ||
adhyātmajñānanityatvaṃ tatvajñānārthadarśanam |
etajjñānamiti proktamajñānaṃ yadato’nyathā || 12 ||
Meanings
amānitvam: humility; adambhitvam: freedom from hypocrisy; ahiṃsā: nonviolence; kṣāntiḥ: forgiveness; ārjavam: integrity; ācārya-upāsanam: service to a teacher; śaucam: purity; sthairyam: steadfastness; ātma-vinigrahaḥ: self-control; indriya-artheṣu: toward sense objects; vairāgyam: dispassion; anahaṅkāraḥ: absence of egotism; eva ca: and also; janma: of birth; mṛtyu: death; jarā: old age; vyādhi: disease; duḥkha: suffering; doṣa: the fault in; anudarśanam: clear recognition; asaktiḥ: non-attachment; anabhiṣvaṅgaḥ: absence of possessiveness; putra: children; dāra: spouse; gṛha-ādiṣu: home, etc; nityam: constant; ca: and; sama-cittatvam: even-mindedness; iṣṭa: the desirable; aniṣṭa: undesirable; upapattiṣu: when they occur; mayi: toward me; ca: also; ananya-yogena: through single-minded yoga; bhaktiḥ: devotion; avyabhicāriṇī: constant; vivikta: secluded; deśa: places; sevitvam: preference for; aratiḥ: aversion; jana-saṃsadi: crowds; adhyātma: of the self; jñāna: knowledge; nityatvam: constancy; tattva-jñāna: knowledge of reality; artha: for; darśanam: insight; etat: all this; jñānam: knowledge; iti: thus; proktam: declared; ajñānam: ignorance; yat: what; ataḥ: to this; anyathā: contrary

Humility, sincerity, nonviolence, forgiveness, integrity, service to a teacher, purity, steadiness, and self-control; detachment from sense objects, freedom from ego, and clear recognition of the suffering involved in birth, death, old age, and illness; nonattachment, freedom from possessive identification with children, spouse, or home, and an even mind through desired and undesired events; unwavering and single-minded devotion to me through yoga, a preference for quiet places, and no craving for crowds; constancy in self-knowledge and insight into the purpose of true knowledge. This is called knowledge. Whatever opposes it is ignorance.

Śaṅkara's commentary

These dispositions are called 'knowledge' because they prepare the mind for knowledge of the Self. Humility, non-harm, dispassion, equanimity, devotion, solitude, and sustained inquiry remove the habits that keep field and knower confused.

13.13
ज्ञेयं यत्तत्प्रवक्ष्यामि यज्ज्ञात्वामृतमश्रुते ।
अनादिमत्परं ब्रह्म न सत्तन्नासदुच्यते ॥ १३ ॥
jñeyaṃ yattatpravakṣyāmi yajjñātvāmṛtamaśrute |
anādimatparaṃ brahma na sattannāsaducyate || 13 ||
Meanings
jñeyam: what is to be known; yat: which; tat: that; pravakṣyāmi: I shall now reveal; yat: which; jñātvā: knowing; amṛtam: immortality; aśnute: one achieves; anādi: beginningless; mat-param: subordinate to me; brahma: Brahman; na: not; sat: existent; tat: that; na: not; asat: non-existent; ucyate: is called

I will now explain what is to be known; knowing it, one tastes immortality. It is beginningless supreme Brahman, said to be neither being nor nonbeing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Brahman is beginningless and cannot be classed as an existing object or a nonexistent nothing. The categories of being and nonbeing used for perceptible things do not contain the reality by which both are known.

13.14
सर्वत: पाणिपादं तत्सर्वतोऽक्षिशिरोमुखम् ।
सर्वत: श्रुतिमल्लोके सर्वमावृत्य तिष्ठति ॥ १४ ॥
sarvataḥ pāṇipādaṃ tatsarvato’kṣiśiromukham |
sarvataḥ śrutimalloke sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati || 14 ||
Meanings
sarvataḥ: everywhere; pāṇi: hands; pādam: feet; tat: that; sarvataḥ: everywhere; akṣi: eyes; śiraḥ: heads; mukham: faces; sarvataḥ: everywhere; śruti-mat: having ears; loke: in the universe; sarvam: everything; āvṛtya: pervades; tiṣṭhati: exists

With hands and feet everywhere, with eyes, heads, faces, and ears everywhere, it exists in the world, encompassing everything.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Brahman has no physical limbs, yet every hand, foot, eye, head, and ear functions through consciousness. Scriptural language attributes the instruments of all bodies to the one all-pervading Self.

13.15
सर्वेन्द्रियगुणाभासं सर्वेन्द्रियविवर्जितम् ।
असक्तं सर्वभृच्चैव निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च ॥ १५ ॥
sarvendriyaguṇābhāsaṃ sarvendriyavivarjitam |
asaktaṃ sarvabhṛccaiva nirguṇaṃ guṇabhoktṛ ca || 15 ||
Meanings
sarva: all; indriya: senses; guṇa: quality; ābhāsam: the perciever; sarva: all; indriya: senses; vivarjitam: devoid of; asaktam: unattached; sarva-bhṛt: sustainer of all; ca: yet; eva: indeed; nirguṇam: beyond nature's three qualities; guṇa-bhoktṛ: the experiencer of nature's three qualities; ca: although

It appears through every sense but has no senses; it is unattached yet supports everything; free from the gunas, it still experiences the gunas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self appears to perceive through the senses while itself possessing no material organ. It supports guṇa-made experience and seems to enjoy it, yet remains unattached and beyond the guṇas.

13.16
बहिरन्तश्च भूतानामचरं चरमेव च ।
सूक्ष्मत्वात्तदविज्ञेयं दूरस्थं चान्तिके च तत् ॥ १६ ॥
bahirantaśca bhūtānāmacaraṃ carameva ca |
sūkṣmatvāttadavijñeyaṃ dūrasthaṃ cāntike ca tat || 16 ||
Meanings
bahiḥ: outside; antaḥ: inside; ca: and; bhūtānām: all living beings; acaram: not moving; caram: moving; eva: indeed; ca: and; sūkṣmatvāt: due to subtlety; tat: he; avijñeyam: incomprehensible; dūra-stham: very far away; ca: and; antike: very near; ca: also; tat: He

It is outside and inside all beings, both moving and unmoving. Because it is subtle, it cannot be perceived. It is far away, yet also near.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self is inside and outside because nothing limits its presence, moving and unmoving because bodies have both forms. It seems far to ignorance and is nearer than anything as one's own consciousness.

13.17
अविभक्तं च भूतेषु विभक्तमिव च स्थितम् ।
भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च ॥ १७ ॥
avibhaktaṃ ca bhūteṣu vibhaktamiva ca sthitam |
bhūtabhartṛ ca tajjñeyaṃ grasiṣṇu prabhaviṣṇu ca || 17 ||
Meanings
avibhaktam: indivisible; ca: although; bhūteṣu: among living beings; vibhaktam: divided; iva: apparently; ca: yet; sthitam: situated; bhūta-bhartṛ: the Sustainer of every being; ca: also; tat: that; jñeyam: what is to be known; grasiṣṇu: the Annihilator; prabhaviṣṇu: the Creator; ca: and

Though undivided, it appears divided among beings. Know it as the sustainer of beings and also as that which absorbs and brings them forth.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Consciousness is undivided, but bodily conditions make it appear divided into many knowers, like space divided by containers. The same reality sustains, withdraws, and projects beings.

13.18
ज्योतिषामपि तज्ज्योतिस्तमस: परमुच्यते ।
ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं ज्ञानगम्यं हृदि सर्वस्य विष्ठितम् ॥ १८ ॥
jyotiṣāmapi tajjyotistamasaḥ paramucyate |
jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ jñānagamyaṃ hṛdi sarvasya viṣṭhitam || 18 ||
Meanings
jyotiṣām: in all luminarie; api: and; tat: that; jyotiḥ: source of light; tamasaḥ: the darkness; param: the highest; ucyate: is said; jñānam: knowledge; jñeyam: what is to be known; jñāna-gamyam: what is to be known; hṛdi: within the heart; sarvasya: of every being; viṣṭhitam: dwells

It is the light behind every light, beyond darkness. It is knowledge, the object of knowledge, and the goal reached through knowledge; it is present in every heart.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Self is the awareness by which every physical and intellectual light becomes known, and ignorance cannot cover it in itself. It is knowing, the final object sought by inquiry, and the reality present in every heart.

13.19
इति क्षेत्रं तथा ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं चोक्तं समासत: ।
मद्भक्त एतद्विज्ञाय मद्भावायोपपद्यते ॥ १९ ॥
iti kṣetraṃ tathā jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ coktaṃ samāsataḥ |
madbhakta etadvijñāya madbhāvāyopapadyate || 19 ||
Meanings
iti: thus; kṣetram: the field; tathā: and; jñānam: knowledge; jñeyam: what is to be known; ca: and; uktam: revealed; samāsataḥ: in summary; mad-bhaktaḥ: my devotees; etat: this; vijñāya: having understood; mad-bhāvāya: to my state; upapadyate: attain

I have briefly described the Field, knowledge, and the object of knowledge. A devotee who understands this comes to share in my being.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Field, the qualities preparing knowledge, and Brahman as the knowable have now been distinguished. A devotee who understands them becomes fit to realize identity with the Lord.

13.20
प्रकृतिं पुरुषं चैव विद्ध्यनादी उभावपि ।
विकारांश्च गुणांश्चैव विद्धि प्रकृतिसम्भवान् ॥ २० ॥
prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva viddhyanādī ubhāvapi |
vikārāṃśca guṇāṃścaiva viddhi prakṛtisambhavān || 20 ||
Meanings
prakṛtim: nature; puruṣam: the conscious principle; ca: and; eva: indeed; viddhi: know; anādī: beginningless; ubhau: both; api: and; vikārān: transformations; ca: also; guṇān: qualities; ca: and; eva: indeed; viddhi: know; prakṛti: nature; sambhavān: produced by

Know that prakriti and purusha are both without beginning, and that all changes and gunas arise from prakriti.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Material nature and conscious spirit have no beginning as the Lord's two dependent powers. Bodily modifications and all three guṇas belong to nature, never to pure consciousness.

13.21
कार्यकारणकर्तृत्वे हेतु: प्रकृतिरुच्यते ।
पुरुष: सुखदु:खानां भोक्तृत्वे हेतुरुच्यते ॥ २१ ॥
kāryakāraṇakartṛtve hetuḥ prakṛtirucyate |
puruṣaḥ sukhaduḥkhānāṃ bhoktṛtve heturucyate || 21 ||
Meanings
kārya: effect; kāraṇa: cause; kartṛtve: in matter of creation; hetuḥ: motive; prakṛtiḥ: nature; ucyate: is called; puruṣaḥ: person; sukha-duḥkhānām: of happiness and distress; bhoktṛtve: in experiencing; hetuḥ: motive; ucyate: is called

Prakriti is said to cause the production of causes and effects. Purusha is said to cause the experience of pleasure and pain.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Prakṛti produces body, senses, mind, and their activity, while Purusha provides consciousness in whose presence pleasure and pain are experienced. Assigning material production to the Self creates confusion.

13.22
पुरुष: प्रकृतिस्थो हि भुङक्ते प्रकृतिजान्गुणान् ।
कारणं गुणसङ्गोऽस्य सदसद्योनिजन्मसु ॥ २२ ॥
puruṣaḥ prakṛtistho hi bhuṅakte prakṛtijānguṇān |
kāraṇaṃ guṇasaṅgo’sya sadasadyonijanmasu || 22 ||
Meanings
puruṣaḥ: person; prakṛti-sthaḥ: seated in the nature; hi: indeed; bhuṅkte: desires to enjoy; prakṛti-jān: produced by the nature; guṇān: qualities; kāraṇam: the cause; guṇa-saṅgaḥ: the attachment; asya: of its; sat-asat-yoni: in superior and inferior wombs; janmasu: of birth

Purusha, seated in prakriti, experiences the gunas born of prakriti. Attachment to those gunas causes birth in favorable and unfavorable conditions.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When consciousness identifies with body and mind, it appears to enjoy nature's guṇas and becomes attached to their states. That attachment, not consciousness itself, generates higher and lower births.

13.23
उपद्रष्टानुमन्ता च भर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वर: ।
परमात्मेति चाप्युक्तो देहेऽस्मिन्पुरुष: पर: ॥ २३ ॥
upadraṣṭānumantā ca bhartā bhoktā maheśvaraḥ |
paramātmeti cāpyukto dehe’sminpuruṣaḥ paraḥ || 23 ||
Meanings
upadraṣṭā: the witness; anumantā: the permitter; ca: and; bhartā: the supporter; bhoktā: experiencer; mahā-īśvaraḥ: the ultimate controller; parama-ātmā: supreme self; iti: that; ca api: and also; uktaḥ: is said; dehe: within the body; asmin: this; puruṣaḥ paraḥ: the highest person

Within this body, the supreme Purusha is called the witness, consenter, supporter, experiencer, great Lord, and supreme self.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The supreme Self witnesses mental states, permits activity by its presence, supports the aggregate, and appears as experiencer. Because it is actually independent and universal, it is the great Lord within the body.

13.24
य एवं वेत्ति पुरुषं प्रकृतिं च गुणै: सह ।
सर्वथा वर्तमानोऽपि न स भूयोऽभिजायते ॥ २४ ॥
ya evaṃ vetti puruṣaṃ prakṛtiṃ ca guṇaiḥ saha |
sarvathā vartamāno’pi na sa bhūyo’bhijāyate || 24 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; evam: thus; vetti: understand; puruṣam: person; prakṛtim: nature; ca: and; guṇaiḥ: by the qualities; saha: with; sarvathā: in every way; vartamānaḥ: situated; api: although; na: not; saḥ: they; bhūyaḥ: again; abhijāyate: take birth

One who understands purusha, prakriti, and the gunas in this way is not born again, whatever that person’s present circumstances.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Directly knowing Purusha as one's Self and seeing prakṛti's apparent power resolved by knowledge ends rebirth. Earlier karma that already produced the present body continues only until that body's end.

13.25
ध्यानेनात्मनि पश्यन्ति केचिदात्मानमात्मना ।
अन्ये साङ् ख्येन योगेन कर्मयोगेन चापरे ॥ २५ ॥
dhyānenātmani paśyanti kecidātmānamātmanā |
anye sāṅ khyena yogena karmayogena cāpare || 25 ||
Meanings
dhyānena: through meditation; ātmani: in the self; paśyanti: perceive; kecit: some; ātmānam: the self; ātmanā: by the self; anye: others; sāṅkhyena: through cultivation of knowledge; yogena: through yoga; karma-yogena: yoga through action; ca: and; apare: others

Some perceive the self within themselves through meditation; others through the yoga of Sankhya, and still others through the yoga of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Different qualifications call for different approaches: direct meditation for the most prepared, discriminating inquiry for others, and selfless action that purifies the mind for those who need preparation.

13.26
अन्ये त्वेवमजानन्त: श्रुत्वान्येभ्य उपासते ।
तेऽपि चातितरन्त्येव मृत्युं श्रुतिपरायणा: ॥ २६ ॥
anye tvevamajānantaḥ śrutvānyebhya upāsate |
te’pi cātitarantyeva mṛtyuṃ śrutiparāyaṇāḥ || 26 ||
Meanings
anye: others; tu: still; evam: thus; ajānantaḥ: those without this knowledge; śrutvā: by hearing; anyebhyaḥ: from others; upāsate: begin to worship; te: they; api: also; ca: and; atitaranti: cross over; eva: even; mṛtyum: death; śruti-parāyaṇāḥ: devotion to hearing

Others do not know these paths themselves but hear the truth from teachers and worship accordingly. By faithfully following what they hear, they too cross beyond death.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those unable to establish the truth independently can still receive it from a trustworthy teacher and contemplate it with faith. Fidelity to valid teaching can carry even such beginners beyond death.

13.27
यावत्सञ्जायते किञ्चित्सत्वं स्थावरजङ्गमम् ।
क्षेत्रक्षेत्रज्ञसंयोगात्तद्विद्धि भरतर्षभ ॥ २७ ॥
yāvatsañjāyate kiñcitsatvaṃ sthāvarajaṅgamam |
kṣetrakṣetrajñasaṃyogāttadviddhi bharatarṣabha || 27 ||
Meanings
yāvat: whatever; sañjāyate: manifesting; kiñcit: anything; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; sthāvara: unmoving; jaṅgamam: moving; kṣetra: field of activities; kṣetra-jña: knower of the field; saṃyogāt: combination of; tat: that; viddhi: know; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas

Best of the Bharatas, know that every being born, whether moving or unmoving, arises from the union of the Field and the Knower of the Field.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Field and knower do not literally join like two material things. Beings arise from mutual superimposition, in which ignorance transfers bodily attributes to consciousness and consciousness to the body.

13.28
समं सर्वेषु भूतेषु तिष्ठन्तं परमेश्वरम् ।
विनश्यत्स्वविनश्यन्तं य: पश्यति स पश्यति ॥ २८ ॥
samaṃ sarveṣu bhūteṣu tiṣṭhantaṃ parameśvaram |
vinaśyatsvavinaśyantaṃ yaḥ paśyati sa paśyati || 28 ||
Meanings
samam: equally; sarveṣu: in all; bhūteṣu: beings; tiṣṭhan-tam: accompanying; parama-īśvaram: supreme self; vinaśyatsu: among the perishable; avinaśyantam: the imperishable; yaḥ: who; paśyati: see; saḥ: they; paśyati: perceive

One truly sees who sees the supreme Lord present equally in every being, imperishable within what perishes.

Śaṅkara's commentary

True sight recognizes the same supreme Lord in every changing body. The bodies perish, but the consciousness appearing through them neither divides nor dies.

13.29
समं पश्यन्हि सर्वत्र समवस्थितमीश्वरम् ।
न हिनस्त्यात्मनात्मानं ततो याति परां गतिम् ॥ २९ ॥
samaṃ paśyanhi sarvatra samavasthitamīśvaram |
na hinastyātmanātmānaṃ tato yāti parāṃ gatim || 29 ||
Meanings
samam: equally; paśyan: see; hi: indeed; sarvatra: everywhere; samavasthitam: equally present; īśvaram: the lord; na: do not; hinasti: degrade; ātmanā: by the self; ātmānam: the self; tataḥ: thereby; yāti: reach; parām: the highest; gatim: destination

Seeing the same Lord dwelling everywhere, a person does not harm the self through the self and therefore reaches the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Seeing one Self everywhere removes the basis for harming another and for degrading oneself through ignorance. Non-harm follows from nonduality and leads toward the highest realization.

13.30
प्रकृत्यैव च कर्माणि क्रियमाणानि सर्वश: ।
य: पश्यति तथात्मानमकर्तारं स पश्यति ॥ ३० ॥
prakṛtyaiva ca karmāṇi kriyamāṇāni sarvaśaḥ |
yaḥ paśyati tathātmānamakartāraṃ sa paśyati || 30 ||
Meanings
prakṛtyā: by nature; eva: truly; ca: also; karmāṇi: actions; kriyamāṇāni: are performed; sarvaśaḥ: all; yaḥ: who; paśyati: see; tathā: also; ātmānam: the self; akartāram: actionless; saḥ: they; paśyati: see

One truly sees who recognizes that prakriti performs every action while the self remains actionless.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Body, senses, and mind act through prakṛti's guṇas. The Self is the actionless witness, and one who keeps this distinction sees correctly.

13.31
यदा भूतपृथग्भावमेकस्थमनुपश्यति ।
तत एव च विस्तारं ब्रह्म सम्पद्यते तदा ॥ ३१ ॥
yadā bhūtapṛthagbhāvamekasthamanupaśyati |
tata eva ca vistāraṃ brahma sampadyate tadā || 31 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; bhūta: beings; pṛthak-bhāvam: diverse variety; eka-stham: established in the same place; anupaśyati: see; tataḥ: thereafter; eva: indeed; ca: and; vistāram: born from; brahma: Brahman; sampadyate: attain; tadā: then

When a person sees the many separate beings as rooted in the One and spreading from it, that person reaches Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The apparent multiplicity of beings rests in one consciousness and spreads as names and forms from that ground. Seeing this dependence is realization of Brahman.

13.32
अनादित्वान्निर्गुणत्वात्परमात्मायमव्यय: ।
शरीरस्थोऽपि कौन्तेय न करोति न लिप्यते ॥ ३२ ॥
anāditvānnirguṇatvātparamātmāyamavyayaḥ |
śarīrastho’pi kaunteya na karoti na lipyate || 32 ||
Meanings
anāditvāt: being without beginning; nirguṇatvāt: being devoid of any material qualities; parama: the Supreme; ātmā: self; ayam: this; avyayaḥ: imperishable; śarīra-sthaḥ: dwelling in the body; api: although; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; na: neither; karoti: acts; na: nor; lipyate: is tainted

Son of Kunti, because the imperishable supreme self has no beginning and no gunas, it neither acts nor is affected even while dwelling in the body.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The supreme Self has no origin, parts, or guṇas and therefore cannot act or be stained. Its presence in a body no more changes it than an appearance changes its underlying reality.

13.33
यथा सर्वगतं सौक्ष्म्यादाकाशं नोपलिप्यते ।
सर्वत्रावस्थितो देहे तथात्मा नोपलिप्यते ॥ ३३ ॥
yathā sarvagataṃ saukṣmyādākāśaṃ nopalipyate |
sarvatrāvasthito dehe tathātmā nopalipyate || 33 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; sarva-gatam: all-pervading; saukṣmyāt: due to subtlety; ākāśam: the space; na: not; upalipyate: is contaminated; sarvatra: everywhere; avasthitaḥ: situated; dehe: the body; tathā: similarly; ātmā: self; na: not; upalipyate: is contaminated

All-pervading space remains unaffected because it is subtle. In the same way, the self present throughout the body remains unaffected.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Subtle space pervades objects without taking on their dirt or damage. Consciousness likewise pervades bodily experience without acquiring bodily qualities.

13.34
यथा प्रकाशयत्येक: कृत्स्नं लोकमिमं रवि: ।
क्षेत्रं क्षेत्री तथा कृत्स्नं प्रकाशयति भारत ॥ ३४ ॥
yathā prakāśayatyekaḥ kṛtsnaṃ lokamimaṃ raviḥ |
kṣetraṃ kṣetrī tathā kṛtsnaṃ prakāśayati bhārata || 34 ||
Meanings
yathā: as; prakāśayati: illumines; ekaḥ: one; kṛtsnam: entire; lokam: solar system; imam: this; raviḥ: sun; kṣetram: the field; kṣetrī: the knower of the field; tathā: so; kṛtsnam: entire; prakāśayati: illumine; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Bharata, as one sun illuminates the whole earth, the Knower of the Field illuminates the entire Field.

Śaṅkara's commentary

As one sun makes a whole field visible, one conscious knower illumines body, senses, and mind. What is illumined cannot itself be the ultimate illuminator.

13.35
क्षेत्रक्षेत्रज्ञयोरेवमन्तरं ज्ञानचक्षुषा ।
भूतप्रकृतिमोक्षं च ये विदुर्यान्ति ते परम् ॥ ३५ ॥
kṣetrakṣetrajñayorevamantaraṃ jñānacakṣuṣā |
bhūtaprakṛtimokṣaṃ ca ye viduryānti te param || 35 ||
Meanings
kṣetra: the field; kṣetra-jñayoḥ: of the field and its knower; evam: thus; antaram: the difference; jñāna-cakṣuṣā: through the eye of knowledge; bhūta: the being; prakṛti-mokṣam: release from nature; ca: and; ye: who; viduḥ: know; yānti: approach; te: they; param: the highest

Those who use the eye of knowledge to distinguish the Field from its Knower and understand how beings are freed from prakriti reach the highest reality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The eye of knowledge separates changing field from conscious knower and sees how ignorance of their distinction creates bondage. When that confusion ends, nature no longer binds and the supreme is reached.

↑ contents

14. Gunatraya Vibhaga Yoga

गुणत्रयविभागयोग · The Three Gunas · 21 verses

14.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
परं भूय: प्रवक्ष्यामि ज्ञानानां ज्ञानमुत्तमम् ।
यज्ज्ञात्वा मुनय: सर्वे परां सिद्धिमितो गता: ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
paraṃ bhūyaḥ pravakṣyāmi jñānānāṃ jñānamuttamam |
yajjñātvā munayaḥ sarve parāṃ siddhimito gatāḥ || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; param: the highest; bhūyaḥ: again; pravakṣyāmi: I shall explain; jñānānām: of all knowledge; jñānam uttamam: the supreme wisdom; yat: which; jñātvā: knowing; munayaḥ: saints; sarve: all; parām: the highest; siddhim: perfection; itaḥ: through this; gatāḥ: attained

Krishna said: I will again teach the highest knowledge, the best of all knowledge. By knowing it, every sage has reached the highest perfection.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna returns to the relation between nature and consciousness, now explaining the guṇas in detail. Sages reach the highest perfection because this knowledge prevents nature's qualities from being mistaken for the Self.

14.2
इदं ज्ञानमुपाश्रित्य मम साधर्म्यमागता: ।
सर्गेऽपि नोपजायन्ते प्रलये न व्यथन्ति च ॥ २ ॥
idaṃ jñānamupāśritya mama sādharmyamāgatāḥ |
sarge’pi nopajāyante pralaye na vyathanti ca || 2 ||
Meanings
idam: this; jñānam: knowledge; upāśritya: take refuge in; mama: mine; sādharmyam: of similar nature; āgatāḥ: having attained; sarge: at time of creation; api: even; na: not; upajāyante: are born; pralaye: at time of dissolution; na-vyathanti: they will not experience misery; ca: and

Those who take refuge in this knowledge and come to share my nature are neither reborn when the universe emerges nor disturbed when it dissolves.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Those established in this knowledge share the Lord's freedom from material nature. Cosmic creation does not produce another birth for them, and cosmic dissolution causes no fear or loss.

14.3-4
मम योनिर्महद् ब्रह्म तस्मिन्गर्भं दधाम्यहम् ।
सम्भव: सर्वभूतानां ततो भवति भारत ॥ ३ ॥
सर्वयोनिषु कौन्तेय मूर्तय: सम्भवन्ति या: ।
तासां ब्रह्म महद्योनिरहं बीजप्रद: पिता ॥ ४ ॥
mama yonirmahad brahma tasmingarbhaṃ dadhāmyaham |
sambhavaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ tato bhavati bhārata || 3 ||
sarvayoniṣu kaunteya mūrtayaḥ sambhavanti yāḥ |
tāsāṃ brahma mahadyonirahaṃ bījapradaḥ pitā || 4 ||
Meanings
mama: my; yoniḥ: womb; mahat brahma: great Brahman; tasmin: in that; garbham: womb; dadhāmi: impregnate; aham: I; sambhavaḥ: birth; sarva-bhūtānām: of every being; tataḥ: thereby; bhavati: becomes; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; sarva: all; yoniṣu: species of life; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; mūrtayaḥ: forms; sambhavanti: are produced; yāḥ: which; tāsām: of all of them; brahma-mahat: great nature; yoniḥ: womb; aham: I; bīja-pradaḥ: seed-giving; pitā: father

Bharata, great Brahman is my womb. I place the seed within it, and from that union every being is born. Son of Kunti, whatever forms beings are born into, great Brahman is their womb, and I am the father who plants the seed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The great womb is the Lord's material nature, into which he places the seed of consciousness. Every form develops from this conjunction, making prakṛti the universal mother and the conscious Lord the seed-giving father.

14.5
सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणा: प्रकृतिसम्भवा: ।
निबध्नन्ति महाबाहो देहे देहिनमव्ययम् ॥ ५ ॥
sattvaṃ rajastama iti guṇāḥ prakṛtisambhavāḥ |
nibadhnanti mahābāho dehe dehinamavyayam || 5 ||
Meanings
sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; iti: thus; guṇāḥ: qualities; prakṛti: nature; sambhavāḥ: born from; nibadhnanti: bind; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; dehe: in the body; dehinam: the embodied self; avyayam: eternal

Mighty-armed Arjuna, sattva, rajas, and tamas are the gunas born of prakriti. They bind the indestructible self within the body.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattva, rajas, and tamas are qualities of prakṛti, yet ignorance makes them seem to bind the indestructible Self to a body. The bondage is misidentification, not an actual alteration of consciousness.

14.6
तत्र सत्त्वं निर्मलत्वात्प्रकाशकमनामयम् ।
सुखसङ्गेन बध्नाति ज्ञानसङ्गेन चानघ ॥ ६ ॥
tatra sattvaṃ nirmalatvātprakāśakamanāmayam |
sukhasaṅgena badhnāti jñānasaṅgena cānagha || 6 ||
Meanings
tatra: among these; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; nirmalatvāt: being purest; prakāśakam: illuminating; anāmayam: healthy and full of well-being; sukha: happiness; saṅgena: attachment; badhnāti: binds; jñāna: knowledge; saṅgena: attachment; ca: also; anagha: Arjuna, the blameless one

Of these, sattva is pure, bright, and healthy. Sinless one, it binds through attachment to happiness and knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattva reveals through clarity and freedom from disturbance, but it still binds when a person identifies with happiness or with being knowledgeable. Even a refined condition is not the Self.

14.7
रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि तृष्णासङ्गसमुद्भवम् ।
तन्निबध्नाति कौन्तेय कर्मसङ्गेन देहिनम् ॥ ७ ॥
rajo rāgātmakaṃ viddhi tṛṣṇāsaṅgasamudbhavam |
tannibadhnāti kaunteya karmasaṅgena dehinam || 7 ||
Meanings
rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; rāga-ātmakam: of nature of passion; viddhi: know; tṛṣṇā: desires; saṅga: association; samudbhavam: arises from; tat: that; nibadhnāti: binds; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; karma-saṅgena: through attachment to action; dehinam: the embodied self

Son of Kunti, know rajas as the nature of passion, the source of craving and attachment. It binds the embodied self through attachment to action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rajas has the character of coloring and passion, producing thirst for what is absent and attachment to what is possessed. It binds through incessant investment in action and its results.

14.8
तमस्त्वज्ञानजं विद्धि मोहनं सर्वदेहिनाम् ।
प्रमादालस्यनिद्राभिस्तन्निबध्नाति भारत ॥ ८ ॥
tamastvajñānajaṃ viddhi mohanaṃ sarvadehinām |
pramādālasyanidrābhistannibadhnāti bhārata || 8 ||
Meanings
tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; tu: but; ajñāna-jam: born of ignorance; viddhi: know; mohanam: illusion; sarva-dehinām: for all the embodied selfs; pramāda: negligence; ālasya: laziness; nidrābhiḥ: sleep; tat: that; nibadhnāti: binds; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Know tamas, born of ignorance, as the force that confuses every embodied being. Bharata, it binds through carelessness, laziness, and sleep.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamas veils discrimination and produces error. Negligence, inactivity, and sleep bind by preventing the attention and effort through which truth could become clear.

14.9
सत्त्वं सुखे सञ्जयति रज: कर्मणि भारत ।
ज्ञानमावृत्य तु तम: प्रमादे सञ्जयत्युत ॥ ९ ॥
sattvaṃ sukhe sañjayati rajaḥ karmaṇi bhārata |
jñānamāvṛtya tu tamaḥ pramāde sañjayatyuta || 9 ||
Meanings
sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; sukhe: to happiness; sañjayati: binds; rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; karmaṇi: in action; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; jñānam: knowledge; āvṛtya: clouds; tu: but; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; pramāde: to delusion; sañjayati: binds; uta: indeed

Bharata, sattva binds a person to happiness and rajas to action. Tamas covers knowledge and binds a person to negligence.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Each guṇa secures identification through its characteristic effect: sattva through happiness, rajas through activity, and tamas through covered knowledge and carelessness.

14.10
रजस्तमश्चाभिभूय सत्त्वं भवति भारत ।
रज: सत्त्वं तमश्चैव तम: सत्त्वं रजस्तथा ॥ १० ॥
rajastamaścābhibhūya sattvaṃ bhavati bhārata |
rajaḥ sattvaṃ tamaścaiva tamaḥ sattvaṃ rajastathā || 10 ||
Meanings
rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; ca: and; abhibhūya: prevails; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; bhavati: becomes; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; ca: and; eva: indeed; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; tathā: also

At times sattva prevails by overcoming rajas and tamas, Bharata. At other times rajas overcomes sattva and tamas, or tamas overcomes sattva and rajas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The guṇas are always present in changing proportions. A person's dominant condition reflects which one has temporarily suppressed the effects of the other two.

14.11-13
सर्वद्वारेषु देहेऽस्मिन्प्रकाश उपजायते ।
ज्ञानं यदा तदा विद्याद्विवृद्धं सत्त्वमित्युत ॥ ११ ॥
लोभ: प्रवृत्तिरारम्भ: कर्मणामशम: स्पृहा ।
रजस्येतानि जायन्ते विवृद्धे भरतर्षभ ॥ १२ ॥
अप्रकाशोऽप्रवृत्तिश्च प्रमादो मोह एव च ।
तमस्येतानि जायन्ते विवृद्धे कुरुनन्दन ॥ १३ ॥
sarvadvāreṣu dehe’sminprakāśa upajāyate |
jñānaṃ yadā tadā vidyādvivṛddhaṃ sattvamityuta || 11 ||
lobhaḥ pravṛttirārambhaḥ karmaṇāmaśamaḥ spṛhā |
rajasyetāni jāyante vivṛddhe bharatarṣabha || 12 ||
aprakāśo’pravṛttiśca pramādo moha eva ca |
tamasyetāni jāyante vivṛddhe kurunandana || 13 ||
Meanings
sarva: all; dvāreṣu: through the gates; dehe: body; asmin: in this; prakāśaḥ: illumination; upajāyate: manifest; jñānam: knowledge; yadā: when; tadā: then; vidyāt: know; vivṛddham: predominates; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; iti: thus; uta: indeed; lobhaḥ: greed; pravṛttiḥ: activity; ārambhaḥ: exertion; karmaṇām: of actions; aśamaḥ: restlessness; spṛhā: craving; rajasi: of mode of passion; etāni: these; jāyante: develop; vivṛddhe: when predominates; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas; aprakāśaḥ: nescience; apravṛttiḥ: inertia; ca: and; pramādaḥ: negligence; mohaḥ: delusion; eva: indeed; ca: also; tamasi: tamas, the quality of inertia; etāni: these; jāyante: manifest; vivṛddhe: when dominates; kuru-nandana: descendant of Kuru

When the light of knowledge shines through every gateway of the body, one can know that sattva is increasing. Best of the Bharatas, greed, restless energy, constant activity, agitation, and craving appear when rajas increases. Joy of the Kurus, darkness, stagnation, negligence, and confusion appear when tamas increases.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Clarity across the body's sensory and mental gateways indicates sattva; greed and restless initiative indicate rajas; obscurity, passivity, and confusion indicate tamas. These signs allow a person to identify nature's present tendency.

14.14-15
यदा सत्त्वे प्रवृद्धे तु प्रलयं याति देहभृत् ।
तदोत्तमविदां लोकानमलान्प्रतिपद्यते ॥ १४ ॥
रजसि प्रलयं गत्वा कर्मसङ्गिषु जायते ।
तथा प्रलीनस्तमसि मूढयोनिषु जायते ॥ १५ ॥
yadā sattve pravṛddhe tu pralayaṃ yāti dehabhṛt |
tadottamavidāṃ lokānamalānpratipadyate || 14 ||
rajasi pralayaṃ gatvā karmasaṅgiṣu jāyate |
tathā pralīnastamasi mūḍhayoniṣu jāyate || 15 ||
Meanings
yadā: when; sattve: in sattva, the quality of clarity; pravṛddhe: when premodinates; tu: indeed; pralayam: death; yāti: reach; deha-bhṛt: the embodied; tadā: then; uttama-vidām: of the learned; lokān: abodes; amalān: pure; pratipadyate: attains; rajasi: in rajas, the quality of activity; pralayam: death; gatvā: attaining; karma-saṅgiṣu: among people impelled by work; jāyate: are born; tathā: likewise; pralīnaḥ: dying; tamasi: in tamas, the quality of inertia; mūḍha-yoniṣu: in animal kingdom; jāyate: takes birth

If sattva is dominant when an embodied being dies, that person reaches the pure worlds of those who possess great knowledge. One who dies under the influence of rajas is born among people attached to action. One who dies under tamas is born among beings without understanding.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The guṇa dominant at death shapes the next embodiment: sattva leads toward the worlds of the wise, rajas toward action-bound human life, and tamas toward births marked by delusion.

14.16
कर्मण: सुकृतस्याहु: सात्त्विकं निर्मलं फलम् ।
रजसस्तु फलं दु:खमज्ञानं तमस: फलम् ॥ १६ ॥
karmaṇaḥ sukṛtasyāhuḥ sāttvikaṃ nirmalaṃ phalam |
rajasastu phalaṃ duḥkhamajñānaṃ tamasaḥ phalam || 16 ||
Meanings
karmaṇaḥ: of action; su-kṛtasya: pure; āhuḥ: is said; sāttvikam: sattva, the quality of clarity; nirmalam: pure; phalam: result; rajasaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; tu: indeed; phalam: result; duḥkham: pain; ajñānam: ignorance; tamasaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia; phalam: result

The result of good action is said to be pure and sattvic. The result of rajas is suffering, and the result of tamas is ignorance.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic action produces a clear and relatively pure result; rajasic action culminates in dissatisfaction and pain; tamasic action deepens ignorance. Results resemble the quality of their causes.

14.17
सत्त्वात्सञ्जायते ज्ञानं रजसो लोभ एव च ।
प्रमादमोहौ तमसो भवतोऽज्ञानमेव च ॥ १७ ॥
sattvātsañjāyate jñānaṃ rajaso lobha eva ca |
pramādamohau tamaso bhavato’jñānameva ca || 17 ||
Meanings
sattvāt: from mode of goodness; sañjāyate: arises; jñānam: knowledge; rajasaḥ: from mode of passion; lobhaḥ: greed; eva: indeed; ca: and; pramāda: negligence; mohau: delusion; tamasaḥ: from mode of ignorance; bhavataḥ: arise; ajñānam: ignorance; eva: indeed; ca: and

Knowledge arises from sattva, greed from rajas, and negligence, confusion, and ignorance from tamas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattva supports knowledge because it is transparent, rajas feeds acquisitive greed, and tamas produces negligence and error. Mental and moral outcomes reveal their material quality.

14.18
ऊर्ध्वं गच्छन्ति सत्त्वस्था मध्ये तिष्ठन्ति राजसा: ।
जघन्यगुणवृत्तिस्था अधो गच्छन्ति तामसा: ॥ १८ ॥
ūrdhvaṃ gacchanti sattvasthā madhye tiṣṭhanti rājasāḥ |
jaghanyaguṇavṛttisthā adho gacchanti tāmasāḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
ūrdhvam: upward; gacchanti: rise; sattva-sthāḥ: those established in sattva; madhye: in the middle; tiṣṭhanti: stay; rājasāḥ: people in the mode of passion; jaghanya: abominable; guṇa: quality; vṛtti-sthāḥ: engaged in activities; adhaḥ: down; gacchanti: go; tāmasāḥ: people in the mode of ignorance

Those established in sattva rise upward; those dominated by rajas remain in the middle; and those immersed in tamas sink downward.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Predominant sattva leads upward, rajas keeps beings within the active human middle, and tamas carries them toward more obscured forms of life. All three destinations remain within saṃsāra.

14.19
नान्यं गुणेभ्य: कर्तारं यदा द्रष्टानुपश्यति ।
गुणेभ्यश्च परं वेत्ति मद्भावं सोऽधिगच्छति ॥ १९ ॥
nānyaṃ guṇebhyaḥ kartāraṃ yadā draṣṭānupaśyati |
guṇebhyaśca paraṃ vetti madbhāvaṃ so’dhigacchati || 19 ||
Meanings
na: no; anyam: other; guṇebhyaḥ: of the guṇas; kartāram: agents of action; yadā: when; draṣṭā: the seer; anupaśyati: see; guṇebhyaḥ: to modes of nature; ca: and; param: the highest; vetti: know; mad-bhāvam: my state; saḥ: they; adhigacchati: attain

When the seer recognizes that no agent other than the gunas is acting and knows what lies beyond the gunas, that person enters my nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The seer recognizes body and mind as guṇas acting on guṇa-made objects and assigns no action to the Self. Knowing consciousness beyond the guṇas, that person realizes the Lord's nature.

14.20
गुणानेतानतीत्य त्रीन्देही देहसमुद्भवान् ।
जन्ममृत्युजरादु:खैर्विमुक्तोऽमृतमश्रुते ॥ २० ॥
guṇānetānatītya trīndehī dehasamudbhavān |
janmamṛtyujarāduḥkhairvimukto’mṛtamaśrute || 20 ||
Meanings
guṇān: qualities; etān: these; atītya: transcending; trīn: three; dehī: the embodied self; deha: body; samudbhavān: produced of; janma: birth; mṛtyu: death; jarā: old age; duḥkhaiḥ: misery; vimuktaḥ: free from; amṛtam: immortality; aśnute: attains

When the embodied self crosses beyond the three gunas from which bodies arise, it is freed from birth, death, old age, and sorrow and tastes immortality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Crossing the guṇas means ending identification with the material causes of embodiment. The Self then stands free from birth, aging, death, and sorrow and is known as immortal.

14.21
अर्जुन उवाच ।
कैर्लिङ्गैस्त्रीन्गुणानेतानतीतो भवति प्रभो ।
किमाचार: कथं चैतांस्त्रीन्गुणानतिवर्तते ॥ २१ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
kairliṅgaistrīnguṇānetānatīto bhavati prabho |
kimācāraḥ kathaṃ caitāṃstrīnguṇānativartate || 21 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; kaiḥ: by what; liṅgaiḥ: symptoms; trīn: three; guṇān: qualities; etān: these; atītaḥ: having transcended; bhavati: is; prabho: Lord; kim: what; ācāraḥ: conduct; katham: how; ca: and; etān: these; trīn: three; guṇān: qualities; ativartate: transcend

Arjuna said: Lord, what marks a person who has crossed beyond the three gunas? How does such a person act, and how are the gunas transcended?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks for inward signs, outward conduct, and the actual means of transcendence. Krishna answers these separately rather than offering only an abstract definition.

14.22-23
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
प्रकाशं च प्रवृत्तिं च मोहमेव च पाण्डव ।
न द्वेष्टि सम्प्रवृत्तानि न निवृत्तानि काङ् क्षति ॥ २२ ॥
उदासीनवदासीनो गुणैर्यो न विचाल्यते ।
गुणा वर्तन्त इत्येवं योऽवतिष्ठति नेङ्गते ॥ २३ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
prakāśaṃ ca pravṛttiṃ ca mohameva ca pāṇḍava |
na dveṣṭi sampravṛttāni na nivṛttāni kāṅ kṣati || 22 ||
udāsīnavadāsīno guṇairyo na vicālyate |
guṇā vartanta ityevaṃ yo’vatiṣṭhati neṅgate || 23 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; prakāśam: illumination; ca: and; pravṛttim: activity; ca: and; moham: delusion; eva: even; ca: and; pāṇḍava: son of Pandu; na dveṣṭi: do not hate; sampravṛttāni: when present; na: nor; nivṛttāni: when absent; kāṅkṣati: longs; udāsīna-vat: neutral; āsīnaḥ: situated; guṇaiḥ: by the qualities; yaḥ: who; na: not; vicālyate: are disturbed; guṇāḥ: qualities; vartante: act; iti-evam: knowing it in this way; yaḥ: who; avatiṣṭhati: established in the self; na: not; iṅgate: wavering

Krishna said: Pandava, such a person neither resents illumination, activity, or confusion when they arise nor longs for them when they disappear. Remaining like a neutral observer, unshaken by the gunas, that person understands, ‘The gunas are acting,’ and stays steady.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The liberated person neither hates clarity, activity, or dullness when they arise nor wants their return when they pass. Remaining a witness, that person knows these as movements of the guṇas and does not identify with them.

14.24-25
समदु:खसुख: स्वस्थ: समलोष्टाश्मकाञ्चन: ।
तुल्यप्रियाप्रियो धीरस्तुल्यनिन्दात्मसंस्तुति: ॥ २४ ॥
मानापमानयोस्तुल्यस्तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयो: ।
सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीत: स उच्यते ॥ २५ ॥
samaduḥkhasukhaḥ svasthaḥ samaloṣṭāśmakāñcanaḥ |
tulyapriyāpriyo dhīrastulyanindātmasaṃstutiḥ || 24 ||
mānāpamānayostulyastulyo mitrāripakṣayoḥ |
sarvārambhaparityāgī guṇātītaḥ sa ucyate || 25 ||
Meanings
sama: alike; duḥkha: distress; sukhaḥ: happiness; sva-sthaḥ: established in the self; sama: equally; loṣṭa: a clod; aśma: stone; kāñcanaḥ: gold; tulya: of equal value; priya: pleasant; apriyaḥ: unpleasant; dhīraḥ: steady; tulya: the same; nindā: blame; ātma-saṃstutiḥ: praise; māna: honor; apamānayoḥ: dishonor; tulyaḥ: equal; tulyaḥ: equal; mitra: friend; ari: foe; pakṣayoḥ: to the parties; sarva: all; ārambha: enterprises; parityāgī: renouncer; guṇa-atītaḥ: having passed beyond nature's three qualities; saḥ: they; ucyate: are said to have

Self-reliant and equal in pleasure and pain, regarding earth, stone, and gold alike, treating the pleasant and unpleasant equally, steady in praise and criticism, equal in honor and disgrace and toward friend and enemy, and having abandoned self-serving undertakings, such a person is said to have crossed beyond the gunas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Self-established equality makes pleasure and pain, wealth and earth, approval and blame, honor and disgrace, friend and enemy unable to alter identity. Only acts needed to sustain the body remain, without self-serving projects.

14.26
मां च योऽव्यभिचारेण भक्तियोगेन सेवते ।
स गुणान्समतीत्यैतान्ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते ॥ २६ ॥
māṃ ca yo’vyabhicāreṇa bhaktiyogena sevate |
sa guṇānsamatītyaitānbrahmabhūyāya kalpate || 26 ||
Meanings
mām: me; ca: only; yaḥ: who; avyabhicāreṇa: unalloyed; bhakti-yogena: through devotion; sevate: serve; saḥ: they; guṇān: qualities; samatītya: rise above; etān: these; brahma-bhūyāya: level of Brahman; kalpate: comes to

One who serves me exclusively through the yoga of devotion crosses beyond the gunas and becomes ready to unite with Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Unfailing devotion is continuous contemplation of Nārāyaṇa, the Lord in every heart, supported by divine grace. It becomes discriminating knowledge through which guṇa-identification is crossed and Brahman realized.

14.27
ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च ।
शाश्वतस्य च धर्मस्य सुखस्यैकान्तिकस्य च ॥ २७ ॥
brahmaṇo hi pratiṣṭhāhamamṛtasyāvyayasya ca |
śāśvatasya ca dharmasya sukhasyaikāntikasya ca || 27 ||
Meanings
brahmaṇaḥ: of Brahman; hi: only; pratiṣṭhā: the basis; aham: I; amṛtasya: of the immortal; avyayasya: of the imperishable; ca: and; śāśvatasya: of the eternal; ca: and; dharmasya: of dharma; sukhasya: of bliss; aikāntikasya: unending; ca: and

For I am the foundation of Brahman, of imperishable immortality, of eternal dharma, and of unending joy.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara identifies the innermost Self with the supreme Brahman. The Lord is the ground of immortality, the knowledge-discipline that reveals it, and the joy that does not fail.

↑ contents

15. Purushottama Yoga

पुरुषोत्तमयोग · The Yoga of the Supreme Person · 19 verses

15.1
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
ऊर्ध्वमूलमध:शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्ययम् ।
छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ १ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
ūrdhvamūlamadhaḥśākhamaśvatthaṃ prāhuravyayam |
chandāṃsi yasya parṇāni yastaṃ veda sa vedavit || 1 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; ūrdhva-mūlam: with roots above; adhaḥ: downward; śākham: branches; aśvattham: sacred fig tree; prāhuḥ: they call; avyayam: imperishable; chandāṃsi: Vedic hymns; yasya: of which; parṇāni: leaves; yaḥ: who; tam: that; veda: knows; saḥ: he; veda-vit: knower of the Vedas

Krishna said: The imperishable ashvattha tree is said to have roots above and branches below, with Vedic hymns as its leaves. One who knows this tree knows the Vedas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Saṃsāra is pictured as an inverted tree whose highest root is the causal divine ground and whose branches are the worlds of experience. Vedic teachings are its leaves because they preserve and explain the ordered field of action.

15.2
अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखा
गुणप्रवृद्धा विषयप्रवाला: ।
अधश्च मूलान्यनुसन्ततानि
कर्मानुबन्धीनि मनुष्यलोके ॥ २ ॥
adhaścordhvaṃ prasṛtāstasya śākhā
guṇapravṛddhā viṣayapravālāḥ |
adhaśca mūlānyanusantatāni
karmānubandhīni manuṣyaloke || 2 ||
Meanings
adhaḥ: downward; ca: and; ūrdhvam: upward; prasṛtāḥ: extended; tasya: its; śākhāḥ: branches; guṇa: quality; pravṛddhāḥ: nourished; viṣaya: sense objects; pravālāḥ: buds; adhaḥ: downward; ca: and; mūlāni: roots; anusantatāni: keep growing; karma: action; anubandhīni: bound; manuṣya-loke: in world of humans

Its branches spread upward and downward, nourished by the gunas, and sense objects are its buds. Its roots extend downward into the human world, binding people through action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The guṇas nourish branches ranging through higher and lower births, while sensory objects invite further growth. Tendencies formed by action become secondary roots that bind especially in human life, where choice and karma operate together.

15.3-4
न रूपमस्येह तथोपलभ्यते
नान्तो न चादिर्न च सम्प्रतिष्ठा ।
अश्वत्थमेनं सुविरूढमूल
मसङ्गशस्त्रेण दृढेन छित्त्वा ॥ ३ ॥
तत: पदं तत्परिमार्गितव्यं
यस्मिन्गता न निवर्तन्ति भूय: ।
तमेव चाद्यं पुरुषं प्रपद्ये
यत: प्रवृत्ति: प्रसृता पुराणी ॥ ४ ॥
na rūpamasyeha tathopalabhyate
nānto na cādirna ca sampratiṣṭhā |
aśvatthamenaṃ suvirūḍhamūla
masaṅgaśastreṇa dṛḍhena chittvā || 3 ||
tataḥ padaṃ tatparimārgitavyaṃ
yasmingatā na nivartanti bhūyaḥ |
tameva cādyaṃ puruṣaṃ prapadye
yataḥ pravṛttiḥ prasṛtā purāṇī || 4 ||
Meanings
na: not; rūpam: form; asya: of this; iha: in this world; tathā: as such; upalabhyate: is perceived; na: neither; antaḥ: end; na: nor; ca: also; ādiḥ: beginning; na: never; ca: also; sampratiṣṭhā: the basis; aśvattham: sacred fig tree; enam: this; su-virūḍha-mūlam: deep-rooted; asaṅga-śastreṇa: by axe of detachment; dṛḍhena: strong; chittvā: having cut down; tataḥ: then; padam: place; tat: that; parimārgitavyam: one must search out; yasmin: where; gatāḥ: having gone; na: not; nivartanti: return; bhūyaḥ: again; tam: to him; eva: indeed; ca: and; ādyam: original; puruṣam: person; prapadye: I take refuge; yataḥ: whence; pravṛttiḥ: the activity; prasṛtā: streamed forth; purāṇi: very old

Its true form, end, beginning, and foundation cannot be perceived here. Cut down this deeply rooted ashvattha with the strong weapon of nonattachment. Then seek the path from which there is no return, taking refuge in the primal Person from whom the ancient creative power first flowed.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The tree's full shape cannot be fixed because saṃsāra changes without a discoverable beginning. Strong dispassion cuts identification with it, after which the seeker turns to the primal Person and the path of no return.

15.5
निर्मानमोहा जितसङ्गदोषा
अध्यात्मनित्या विनिवृत्तकामा: ।
द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ता: सुखदु:खसंज्ञै
र्गच्छन्त्यमूढा: पदमव्ययं तत् ॥ ५ ॥
nirmānamohā jitasaṅgadoṣā
adhyātmanityā vinivṛttakāmāḥ |
dvandvairvimuktāḥ sukhaduḥkhasaṃjñai
rgacchantyamūḍhāḥ padamavyayaṃ tat || 5 ||
Meanings
niḥ: free from; māna: vanity; mohāḥ: delusion; jita: having overcome; saṅga: attachment; doṣāḥ: evils; adhyātma-nityāḥ: continually centered in the self; vinivṛtta: free from; kāmāḥ: desire to enjoy senses; dvandvaiḥ: from the dualities; vimuktāḥ: liberated; sukha-duḥkha: pleasure and pain; saṃjñaiḥ: known as; gacchanti: attain; amūḍhāḥ: unbewildered; padam: abode; avyayam: eternal; tat: that

Those free from pride and delusion, who have overcome attachment, remain centered in the self, quiet desire, and rise beyond the opposites of pleasure and pain reach that imperishable goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Freedom from status, delusion, attachment, desire, and domination by opposites makes the mind fit for the imperishable goal. Centering in the Self replaces dependence on the tree's changing branches.

15.6
न तद्भासयते सूर्यो न शशाङ्को न पावक: ।
यद्गत्वा न निवर्तन्ते तद्धाम परमं मम ॥ ६ ॥
na tadbhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ |
yadgatvā na nivartante taddhāma paramaṃ mama || 6 ||
Meanings
na: neither; tat: that; bhāsayate: illumine; sūryaḥ: the sun; na: nor; śaśāṅkaḥ: the moon; na: nor; pāvakaḥ: fire; yat: where; gatvā: having gone; na: never; nivartante: they return; tat: that; dhāma: abode; paramam: the highest; mama: Mine

Neither sun, moon, nor fire illuminates that place. Those who reach it do not return. It is my supreme home.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The supreme state is self-luminous consciousness, so sun, moon, and fire cannot reveal it as they reveal an object. Once ignorance ends there, no cause remains for return.

15.7
ममैवांशो जीवलोके जीवभूत: सनातन: ।
मन:षष्ठानीन्द्रियाणि प्रकृतिस्थानि कर्षति ॥ ७ ॥
mamaivāṃśo jīvaloke jīvabhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ |
manaḥṣaṣṭhānīndriyāṇi prakṛtisthāni karṣati || 7 ||
Meanings
mama: my; eva: only; aṃśaḥ: fragmental part; jīva-loke: in the world; jīva-bhūtaḥ: the embodied selfs; sanātanaḥ: eternal; manaḥ: with the mind; ṣaṣṭhāni: the six; indriyāṇi: senses; prakṛti-sthāni: bound by nature; karṣati: struggling

An eternal portion of my own self becomes the individual self in the world of living beings and draws to itself the five senses and the mind, all rooted in prakriti.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The individual self is called an eternal 'portion' only because limiting conditions make the undivided Lord appear localized, as space seems divided by jars. It is not a piece literally cut from Brahman.

15.8
शरीरं यदवाप्नोति यच्चाप्युत्क्रामतीश्वर: ।
गृहीत्वैतानि संयाति वायुर्गन्धानिवाशयात् ॥ ८ ॥
śarīraṃ yadavāpnoti yaccāpyutkrāmatīśvaraḥ |
gṛhītvaitāni saṃyāti vāyurgandhānivāśayāt || 8 ||
Meanings
śarīram: the body; yat: as; avāpnoti: carries; yat: as; ca api: also; utkrāmati: leaves; īśvaraḥ: the lord; gṛhītvā: taking; etāni: these; saṃyāti: goes away; vāyuḥ: the air; gandhān: fragrance; iva: like; āśayāt: from seats

When the embodied lord enters or leaves a body, it carries the mind and senses along as the wind carries fragrances from their source.

Śaṅkara's commentary

At death, the subtle body carries mind and sensory capacities together with their latent tendencies into another embodiment. The wind-and-fragrance image describes this invisible continuity.

15.9
श्रोत्रं चक्षु: स्पर्शनं च रसनं घ्राणमेव च ।
अधिष्ठाय मनश्चायं विषयानुपसेवते ॥ ९ ॥
śrotraṃ cakṣuḥ sparśanaṃ ca rasanaṃ ghrāṇameva ca |
adhiṣṭhāya manaścāyaṃ viṣayānupasevate || 9 ||
Meanings
śrotram: ears; cakṣuḥ: eyes; sparśanam: a sense of touch; ca: and; rasanam: tongue; ghrāṇam: nose; eva: also; ca: and; adhiṣṭhāya: grouped around; manaḥ: mind; ca: also; ayam: they; viṣayān: sense objects; upasevate: savors

Dwelling in hearing, sight, touch, taste, smell, and mind, the self experiences the objects of the senses.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Through the mind and five sensory powers, the conditioned self appears to experience sound and other objects. The activity belongs to these instruments, while consciousness makes experience possible.

15.10
उत्क्रामन्तं स्थितं वापि भुञ्जानं वा गुणान्वितम् ।
विमूढा नानुपश्यन्ति पश्यन्ति ज्ञानचक्षुष: ॥ १० ॥
utkrāmantaṃ sthitaṃ vāpi bhuñjānaṃ vā guṇānvitam |
vimūḍhā nānupaśyanti paśyanti jñānacakṣuṣaḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
utkrāmantam: departing; sthitam: residing; vā api: or even; bhuñjānam: enjoys; vā: or; guṇa-anvitam: subject to nature's qualities; vimūḍhāḥ: the ignorant; na: not; anupaśyanti: percieve; paśyanti: see; jñāna-cakṣuṣaḥ: those with the eye of knowledge

People without understanding do not perceive the self when it leaves, remains, or experiences through the gunas. Those with the eye of knowledge do.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Ordinary attention sees only bodies and events, not the conscious principle present through staying, acting, and departing. Discriminating knowledge supplies the eye by which it is recognized.

15.11
यतन्तो योगिनश्चैनं पश्यन्त्यात्मन्यवस्थितम् ।
यतन्तोऽप्यकृतात्मानो नैनं पश्यन्त्यचेतस: ॥ ११ ॥
yatanto yoginaścainaṃ paśyantyātmanyavasthitam |
yatanto’pyakṛtātmāno nainaṃ paśyantyacetasaḥ || 11 ||
Meanings
yatantaḥ: striving; yoginaḥ: practitioners of yoga; ca: too; enam: this; paśyanti: see; ātmani: in the self; avasthitam: enshrined; yatantaḥ: strive; api: even though; akṛta-ātmānaḥ: those without self-mastery; na: not; enam: this; paśyanti: cognize; acetasaḥ: unperceptive

Yogis who practice discipline perceive the self established within themselves. Those without understanding cannot see it, even when they struggle, because they have not trained themselves.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Yogins whose minds have been purified by discipline recognize the Self within. Effort without inner purification and discrimination cannot force that vision.

15.12
यदादित्यगतं तेजो जगद्भासयतेऽखिलम् ।
यच्चन्द्रमसि यच्चाग्नौ तत्तेजो विद्धि मामकम् ॥ १२ ॥
yadādityagataṃ tejo jagadbhāsayate’khilam |
yaccandramasi yaccāgnau tattejo viddhi māmakam || 12 ||
Meanings
yat: which; āditya-gatam: in the sun; tejaḥ: brilliance; jagat: solar system; bhāsayate: illuminates; akhilam: entire; yat: which; candramasi: in the moon; yat: which; ca: also; agnau: in the fire; tat: that; tejaḥ: brightness; viddhi: know; māmakam: Mine

Know that the splendor in the sun that lights the whole world, and the light in the moon and fire, come from me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The light of consciousness is manifest with exceptional clarity through sun, moon, and fire, though it is present in all things. Their physical splendor therefore serves as a sign of the Lord's universal illumination.

15.13
गामाविश्य च भूतानि धारयाम्यहमोजसा ।
पुष्णामि चौषधी: सर्वा: सोमो भूत्वा रसात्मक: ॥ १३ ॥
gāmāviśya ca bhūtāni dhārayāmyahamojasā |
puṣṇāmi cauṣadhīḥ sarvāḥ somo bhūtvā rasātmakaḥ || 13 ||
Meanings
gām: earth; āviśya: permeating; ca: and; bhūtāni: living beings; dhārayāmi: sustain; aham: I; ojasā: energy; puṣṇāmi: nourish; ca: and; auṣadhīḥ: plants; sarvāḥ: all; somaḥ: the moon; bhūtvā: becoming; rasa-ātmakaḥ: supplying the juice of life

Entering the earth, I sustain beings with my living energy. Becoming nourishing Soma, I feed every plant.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord's desireless energy holds the earth and sustains its beings. As Soma, the nourishing lunar principle, he gives flavor and growth to plants.

15.14
अहं वैश्वानरो भूत्वा प्राणिनां देहमाश्रित: ।
प्राणापानसमायुक्त: पचाम्यन्नं चतुर्विधम् ॥ १४ ॥
ahaṃ vaiśvānaro bhūtvā prāṇināṃ dehamāśritaḥ |
prāṇāpānasamāyuktaḥ pacāmyannaṃ caturvidham || 14 ||
Meanings
aham: I; vaiśvānaraḥ: fire of digestion; bhūtvā: becoming; prāṇinām: of every being; deham: the body; āśritaḥ: situated; prāṇa-apāna: outgoing and incoming breath; samāyuktaḥ: keeping in balance; pacāmi: I digest; annam: foods; catuḥ-vidham: the four kinds

Becoming the digestive fire within the bodies of breathing beings and joining with the inward and outward breaths, I digest the four kinds of food.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord functions as the digestive fire within living bodies, coordinated with the vital breaths. Recognizing divine action in eating removes the idea that nourishment is a wholly private act.

15.15
सर्वस्य चाहं हृदि सन्निविष्टो
मत्त: स्मृतिर्ज्ञानमपोहनं च ।
वेदैश्च सर्वैरहमेव वेद्यो
वेदान्तकृद्वेदविदेव चाहम् ॥ १५ ॥
sarvasya cāhaṃ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo
mattaḥ smṛtirjñānamapohanaṃ ca |
vedaiśca sarvairahameva vedyo
vedāntakṛdvedavideva cāham || 15 ||
Meanings
sarvasya: of every being; ca: and; aham: I; hṛdi: in the hearts; sanniviṣṭaḥ: seated; mattaḥ: from me; smṛtiḥ: memory; jñānam: knowledge; apohanam: forgetfulness; ca: as well as; vedaiḥ: by the Vedas; ca: and; sarvaiḥ: all; aham: I; eva: alone; vedyaḥ: to be known; vedānta-kṛt: the author of the Vedanta; veda-vit: one who understands the Vedas; eva: alone; ca: and; aham: I

I sit in every heart. Memory, knowledge, and their loss come from me. I am what all the Vedas seek to reveal, the knower of the Vedas and the author of Vedanta.

Śaṅkara's commentary

As the Self in every intellect, the Lord grounds memory, knowledge, and their loss according to conditions and past action. He is both the reality sought by the Vedas and the source and knower of their final teaching.

15.16
द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च ।
क्षर: सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थोऽक्षर उच्यते ॥ १६ ॥
dvāvimau puruṣau loke kṣaraścākṣara eva ca |
kṣaraḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni kūṭastho’kṣara ucyate || 16 ||
Meanings
dvau: two; imau: these; puruṣau: beings; loke: in creation; kṣaraḥ: the perishable; ca: and; akṣaraḥ: the imperishable; eva: even; ca: and; kṣaraḥ: the perishable; sarvāṇi: all; bhūtāni: beings; kūṭa-sthaḥ: the liberated; akṣaraḥ: the imperishable; ucyate: is said

Two kinds of being exist in this world: the perishable and the imperishable. All embodied beings are perishable; the unchanging reality is called imperishable.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The perishable is the whole changing universe; the 'imperishable' here is māyā, the unmanifest store of tendencies from which change repeatedly arises. It is imperishable only relative to its effects, lasting until knowledge ends ignorance.

15.17
उत्तम: पुरुषस्त्वन्य: परमात्मेत्युदाहृत: ।
यो लोकत्रयमाविश्य बिभर्त्यव्यय ईश्वर: ॥ १७ ॥
uttamaḥ puruṣastvanyaḥ paramātmetyudāhṛtaḥ |
yo lokatrayamāviśya bibhartyavyaya īśvaraḥ || 17 ||
Meanings
uttamaḥ: highest; puruṣaḥ: person; tu: but; anyaḥ: besides; parama-ātmā: the supreme self; iti: thus; udāhṛtaḥ: is said; yaḥ: who; loka trayam: the three worlds; āviśya: enters; bibharti: supports; avyayaḥ: indestructible; īśvaraḥ: the lord

But beyond both is the supreme Person, the supreme self, the imperishable Lord who enters and sustains the three worlds.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The highest Person is distinct from both changing manifestation and its unmanifest seed. As the supreme Self and Lord, he pervades and sustains all three worlds without sharing their limitations.

15.18
यस्मात्क्षरमतीतोऽहमक्षरादपि चोत्तम: ।
अतोऽस्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथित: पुरुषोत्तम: ॥ १८ ॥
yasmātkṣaramatīto’hamakṣarādapi cottamaḥ |
ato’smi loke vede ca prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
yasmāt: hence; kṣaram: to the perishable; atītaḥ: beyond; aham: I; akṣarāt: to the imperishable; api: even; ca: and; uttamaḥ: highest; ataḥ: therefore; asmi: I am; loke: in the world; vede: in the Vedas; ca: and; prathitaḥ: celebrated; puruṣa-uttamaḥ: as the Lord

Because I transcend the perishable and am higher even than the imperishable, both the world and the Vedas proclaim me the Supreme Person.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna is called Puruṣottama because he transcends both the perishable universe and its seemingly imperishable causal power. Scripture and realized understanding recognize this unsurpassed status.

15.19
यो मामेवमसम्मूढो जानाति पुरुषोत्तमम् ।
स सर्वविद्भजति मां सर्वभावेन भारत ॥ १९ ॥
yo māmevamasammūḍho jānāti puruṣottamam |
sa sarvavidbhajati māṃ sarvabhāvena bhārata || 19 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; mām: me; evam: thus; asammūḍhaḥ: without a doubt; jānāti: know; puruṣa-uttamam: the Lord; saḥ: they; sarva-vit: people with complete knowledge; bhajati: worship; mām: me; sarva-bhāvena: with one's whole being; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Bharata, one who knows me without confusion as the Supreme Person knows the whole truth and worships me with their entire being.

Śaṅkara's commentary

To know Krishna without confusing him with body, creation, or causal nature is to know him as one's own highest Self. Such comprehensive knowledge naturally becomes whole-being worship.

15.20
इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रमिदमुक्तं मयानघ ।
एतद्बुद्ध्वा बुद्धिमान्स्यात्कृतकृत्यश्च भारत ॥ २० ॥
iti guhyatamaṃ śāstramidamuktaṃ mayānagha |
etadbuddhvā buddhimānsyātkṛtakṛtyaśca bhārata || 20 ||
Meanings
iti: these; guhya-tamam: most secret; śāstram: teaching; idam: this; uktam: spoken; mayā: by me; anagha: Arjuna, the blameless one; etat: this; buddhvā: understanding; buddhi-mān: enlightened; syāt: one becomes; kṛta-kṛtyaḥ: who has completed what must be done; ca: and; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Sinless one, I have taught you this most secret wisdom. Bharata, one who understands it becomes wise and completes what must be done.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara says this chapter condenses the teaching of the Gita and the Vedas. Knowing it accomplishes the purpose of every duty because all action ultimately seeks the knowledge that has now been gained.

↑ contents

16. Daivasura Sampad Vibhaga Yoga

दैवासुरसम्पद्विभागयोग · The Divine and the Demonic · 19 verses

16.1-3
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
अभयं सत्त्वसंशुद्धिर्ज्ञानयोगव्यवस्थिति: ।
दानं दमश्च यज्ञश्च स्वाध्यायस्तप आर्जवम् ॥ १ ॥
अहिंसा सत्यमक्रोधस्त्याग: शान्तिरपैशुनम् ।
दया भूतेष्वलोलुप्त्वं मार्दवं ह्रीरचापलम् ॥ २ ॥
तेज: क्षमा धृति: शौचमद्रोहोनातिमानिता ।
भवन्ति सम्पदं दैवीमभिजातस्य भारत ॥ ३ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
abhayaṃ sattvasaṃśuddhirjñānayogavyavasthitiḥ |
dānaṃ damaśca yajñaśca svādhyāyastapa ārjavam || 1 ||
ahiṃsā satyamakrodhastyāgaḥ śāntirapaiśunam |
dayā bhūteṣvaloluptvaṃ mārdavaṃ hrīracāpalam || 2 ||
tejaḥ kṣamā dhṛtiḥ śaucamadrohonātimānitā |
bhavanti sampadaṃ daivīmabhijātasya bhārata || 3 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; abhayam: fearlessness; sattva-saṃśuddhiḥ: purity of mind; jñāna: knowledge; yoga: yoga; vyavasthitiḥ: steadfastness in; dānam: charity; damaḥ: control of the senses; ca: and; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; ca: and; svādhyāyaḥ: study and recitation; tapaḥ: discipline; ārjavam: straightforwardness; ahiṃsā: nonviolence; satyam: truthfulness; akrodhaḥ: absence of anger; tyāgaḥ: renunciation; śāntiḥ: peacefulness; apaiśunam: restraint from fault-finding; dayā: compassion; bhūteṣu: toward every being; aloluptvam: absence of covetousness; mārdavam: gentleness; hrīḥ: modesty; acāpalam: lack of fickleness; tejaḥ: vigor; kṣamā: forgiveness; dhṛtiḥ: fortitude; śaucam: cleanliness; adrohaḥ: absence of malice; na: lack of; ati-mānitā: excessive pride; bhavanti: are; sampadam: endowment; daivīm: divine; abhijātasya: of one born to; bhārata: descendant of Bharata

Krishna said: Fearlessness, purity, steadiness in the yoga of knowledge, generosity, self-control, sacrifice, study of scripture, discipline, and honesty; nonviolence, truthfulness, freedom from anger, renunciation, peace, sincerity, compassion for living beings, lack of greed, gentleness, modesty, and steadiness; energy, forgiveness, courage, cleanliness, freedom from envy, and freedom from pride. Bharata, these qualities belong to one born with a divine nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

These divine qualities prepare for knowledge and liberation. Śaṅkara explains them practically: fearlessness comes from truth, purity from disciplined mind, and steadiness from remaining in the path of knowledge rather than merely admiring it.

16.4
दम्भो दर्पोऽभिमानश्च क्रोध: पारुष्यमेव च ।
अज्ञानं चाभिजातस्य पार्थ सम्पदमासुरीम् ॥ ४ ॥
dambho darpo’bhimānaśca krodhaḥ pāruṣyameva ca |
ajñānaṃ cābhijātasya pārtha sampadamāsurīm || 4 ||
Meanings
dambhaḥ: hypocrisy; darpaḥ: arrogance; abhimānaḥ: conceit; ca: and; krodhaḥ: anger; pāruṣyam: harshness; eva: indeed; ca: and; ajñānam: ignorance; ca: and; abhijātasya: of people who possess; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sampadam: qualities; āsurīm: demonic

Hypocrisy, arrogance, conceit, anger, harshness, and ignorance belong to one born with a destructive nature, Partha.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The destructive disposition replaces discipline with performance of virtue, self-importance, anger, cruelty in speech, and failure to distinguish right from wrong. Its common structure is ego reinforced rather than examined.

16.5
दैवी सम्पद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता ।
मा शुच: सम्पदं दैवीमभिजातोऽसि पाण्डव ॥ ५ ॥
daivī sampadvimokṣāya nibandhāyāsurī matā |
mā śucaḥ sampadaṃ daivīmabhijāto’si pāṇḍava || 5 ||
Meanings
daivī: divine; sampat: qualities; vimokṣāya: toward liberation; nibandhāya: to bondage; āsurī: demonic qualities; matā: are considered; mā: do not; śucaḥ: grieve; sampadam: virtues; daivīm: divine; abhijātaḥ: born; asi: you are; pāṇḍava: son of Pandu

Divine qualities lead to freedom, while destructive qualities lead to bondage. Do not grieve, Pandava; you were born with divine qualities.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Divine qualities release because they support knowledge; destructive ones bind because they deepen ignorance and harmful action. Krishna reassures Arjuna that his present crisis does not define his underlying disposition.

16.6
द्वौ भूतसर्गौ लोकेऽस्मिन्दैव आसुर एव च ।
दैवो विस्तरश: प्रोक्त आसुरं पार्थ मे शृणु ॥ ६ ॥
dvau bhūtasargau loke’smindaiva āsura eva ca |
daivo vistaraśaḥ prokta āsuraṃ pārtha me śṛṇu || 6 ||
Meanings
dvau: two; bhūta-sargau: of created living beings; loke: in the world; asmin: this; daivaḥ: divine; āsuraḥ: demonic; eva: indeed; ca: and; daivaḥ: the divine; vistaraśaḥ: at great length; proktaḥ: said; āsuram: the demonic; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; me: from me; śṛṇu: hear

Two kinds of created nature exist in this world: divine and destructive. I have described the divine in detail; now hear about the destructive, Partha.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The two natures classify ethical and spiritual tendencies, not two permanent species of person. Krishna now develops the destructive pattern so that it can be recognized and abandoned.

16.7
प्रवृत्तिं च निवृत्तिं च जना न विदुरासुरा: ।
न शौचं नापि चाचारो न सत्यं तेषु विद्यते ॥ ७ ॥
pravṛttiṃ ca nivṛttiṃ ca janā na vidurāsurāḥ |
na śaucaṃ nāpi cācāro na satyaṃ teṣu vidyate || 7 ||
Meanings
pravṛttim: proper actions; ca: and; nivṛttim: improper actions; ca: and; janāḥ: persons; na: not; viduḥ: comprehend; āsurāḥ: those possessing demonic nature; na: neither; śaucam: purity; na: nor; api: even; ca: and; ācāraḥ: conduct; na: nor; satyam: truthfulness; teṣu: in them; vidyate: exist

People of destructive nature understand neither when to act nor when to refrain. They possess no purity, proper conduct, or truth.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A destructive mind lacks discernment about action and restraint, as well as the cleanliness, conduct, and truthfulness that support it. This is practical ignorance before it becomes a theory.

16.8
असत्यमप्रतिष्ठं ते जगदाहुरनीश्वरम् ।
अपरस्परसम्भूतं किमन्यत्कामहैतुकम् ॥ ८ ॥
asatyamapratiṣṭhaṃ te jagadāhuranīśvaram |
aparasparasambhūtaṃ kimanyatkāmahaitukam || 8 ||
Meanings
asatyam: without Absolute Truth; apratiṣṭham: without any basis; te: they; jagat: the world; āhuḥ: say; anīśvaram: without a lord; aparaspara: without cause; sambhūtam: created; kim: what; anyat: other; kāma-haitukam: for sexual gratification only

They say, ‘The universe has no truth, foundation, or God. It arose only from sexual union and has no cause beyond desire.’

Śaṅkara's commentary

The destructive worldview denies moral order, a sustaining divine ground, and any cause beyond desire and material union. Śaṅkara treats this denial as the intellectual expression of a life already ruled by appetite.

16.9
एतां दृष्टिमवष्टभ्य नष्टात्मानोऽल्पबुद्धय: ।
प्रभवन्त्युग्रकर्माण: क्षयाय जगतोऽहिता: ॥ ९ ॥
etāṃ dṛṣṭimavaṣṭabhya naṣṭātmāno’lpabuddhayaḥ |
prabhavantyugrakarmāṇaḥ kṣayāya jagato’hitāḥ || 9 ||
Meanings
etām: such; dṛṣṭim: views; avaṣṭabhya: holding; naṣṭa: misdirected; ātmānaḥ: selfs; alpa-buddhayaḥ: of small intellect; prabhavanti: arise; ugra: cruel; karmāṇaḥ: actions; kṣayāya: destruction; jagataḥ: of the world; ahitāḥ: enemies

Holding this view, these ruined people of limited understanding and violent action become enemies of the world and work toward its destruction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When no truth or accountability is recognized beyond desire, limited intelligence can be applied with great energy to harm. Such people become enemies of the world by treating destruction as freedom.

16.10
काममाश्रित्य दुष्पूरं दम्भमानमदान्विता: ।
मोहाद्गृहीत्वासद्ग्राहान्प्रवर्तन्तेऽशुचिव्रता: ॥ १० ॥
kāmamāśritya duṣpūraṃ dambhamānamadānvitāḥ |
mohādgṛhītvāsadgrāhānpravartante’śucivratāḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
kāmam: lust; āśritya: harboring; duṣpūram: insatiable; dambha: hypocrisy; māna: arrogance; mada-anvitāḥ: clinging to false tenets; mohāt: the illusioned; gṛhītvā: being attracted to; asat: impermanent; grāhān: things; pravartante: they flourish; aśuci-vratāḥ: with impure resolve

Giving themselves to insatiable desires and filled with vanity, pride, and arrogance, they adopt corrupt ideas through delusion and act from impure intentions.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Insatiable desire is supported by hypocrisy, status, and false convictions adopted under delusion. Impure intention then shapes action even when the person claims a noble motive.

16.11
चिन्तामपरिमेयां च प्रलयान्तामुपाश्रिता: ।
कामोपभोगपरमा एतावदिति निश्चिता: ॥ ११ ॥
cintāmaparimeyāṃ ca pralayāntāmupāśritāḥ |
kāmopabhogaparamā etāvaditi niścitāḥ || 11 ||
Meanings
cintām: anxieties; aparimeyām: endless; ca: and; pralaya-antām: until death; upāśritāḥ: taking refuge; kāma-upabhoga: gratification of desires; paramāḥ: purpose of life; etāvat: still; iti: thus; niścitāḥ: with complete assurance

They surrender to limitless anxiety that ends only with death, convinced that satisfying desire is the highest goal and that nothing else matters.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Anxiety multiplies because desire promises a final satisfaction it cannot deliver. Treating pleasure as the highest human end keeps concern expanding until death interrupts it.

16.12
आशापाशशतैर्बद्धा: कामक्रोधपरायणा: ।
ईहन्ते कामभोगार्थमन्यायेनार्थसञ्जयान् ॥ १२ ॥
āśāpāśaśatairbaddhāḥ kāmakrodhaparāyaṇāḥ |
īhante kāmabhogārthamanyāyenārthasañjayān || 12 ||
Meanings
āśā-pāśa: bondage of desires; śataiḥ: by hundreds; baddhāḥ: bound; kāma: desire; krodha: anger; parāyaṇāḥ: dedicated to; īhante: strive; kāma: desire; bhoga: enjoyment; artham: for; anyāyena: by unjust means; artha: wealth; sañcayān: to accumulate

Bound by hundreds of expectations and consumed by desire and anger, they pursue wealth through unjust means for the sake of sensory pleasure.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Hope becomes a binding network when every expectation serves desire and anger. Wealth acquired unjustly then appears acceptable because sensory enjoyment has become the governing standard.

16.13-15
इदमद्य मया लब्धमिमं प्राप्स्ये मनोरथम् ।
इदमस्तीदमपि मे भविष्यति पुनर्धनम् ॥ १३ ॥
असौ मया हत: शत्रुर्हनिष्ये चापरानपि ।
ईश्वरोऽहमहं भोगी सिद्धोऽहं बलवान्सुखी ॥ १४ ॥
आढ्योऽभिजनवानस्मि कोऽन्योऽस्ति सदृशो मया ।
यक्ष्ये दास्यामि मोदिष्य इत्यज्ञानविमोहिता: ॥ १५ ॥
idamadya mayā labdhamimaṃ prāpsye manoratham |
idamastīdamapi me bhaviṣyati punardhanam || 13 ||
asau mayā hataḥ śatrurhaniṣye cāparānapi |
īśvaro’hamahaṃ bhogī siddho’haṃ balavānsukhī || 14 ||
āḍhyo’bhijanavānasmi ko’nyo’sti sadṛśo mayā |
yakṣye dāsyāmi modiṣya ityajñānavimohitāḥ || 15 ||
Meanings
idam: this; adya: today; mayā: by me; labdham: gained; imam: this; prāpsye: I shall acquire; manaḥ-ratham: desire; idam: this; asti: is; idam: this; api: also; me: mine; bhaviṣyati: in future; punaḥ: again; dhanam: wealth; asau: that; mayā: by me; hataḥ: has been destroyed; śatruḥ: enemy; haniṣye: I shall destroy; ca: and; aparān: others; api: also; īśvaraḥ: the lord; aham: I; aham: I; bhogī: the conscious person; siddhaḥ: perfect; aham: I; bala-vān: powerful; sukhī: happy; āḍhyaḥ: wealthy; abhijana-vān: having highly placed relatives; asmi: me; kaḥ: who; anyaḥ: else; asti: is; sadṛśaḥ: like; mayā: to me; yakṣye: I shall perform sacrifices; dāsyāmi: I shall give alms; modiṣye: I shall rejoice; iti: thus; ajñāna: ignorance; vimohitāḥ: deluded

They think, ‘I gained this today, and I will fulfill that desire next. This wealth is mine, and in the future I will have even more. I killed this enemy, and I will kill the others too. I am the ruler and enjoyer. I am successful, powerful, and happy. I am wealthy and well-born. Who is equal to me? I will perform sacrifices, give gifts, and enjoy myself.’ In this way ignorance deludes them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The repeated language of 'I' and 'mine' exposes the structure of the destructive mind: acquisition, domination, self-deification, comparison, and even religious acts are made instruments of ego.

16.16
अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्ता मोहजालसमावृता: ।
प्रसक्ता: कामभोगेषु पतन्ति नरकेऽशुचौ ॥ १६ ॥
anekacittavibhrāntā mohajālasamāvṛtāḥ |
prasaktāḥ kāmabhogeṣu patanti narake’śucau || 16 ||
Meanings
aneka: many; citta: imaginings; vibhrāntāḥ: led astray; moha: delusion; jāla: mesh; samāvṛtāḥ: enveloped; prasaktāḥ: addicted; kāma-bhogeṣu: gratification of sensuous pleasures; patanti: descend; narake: to hell; aśucau: murky

Confused by countless thoughts, trapped in a web of delusion, and addicted to satisfying desire, they fall into a degraded hell.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Endless plans do not produce clarity; they fragment attention and deepen delusion. A mind addicted to gratification creates its own degraded condition before any later destination is considered.

16.17
आत्मसम्भाविता: स्तब्धा धनमानमदान्विता: ।
यजन्ते नामयज्ञैस्ते दम्भेनाविधिपूर्वकम् ॥ १७ ॥
ātmasambhāvitāḥ stabdhā dhanamānamadānvitāḥ |
yajante nāmayajñaiste dambhenāvidhipūrvakam || 17 ||
Meanings
ātma-sambhāvitāḥ: self-conceited; stabdhāḥ: stubborn; dhana: wealth; māna: pride; mada: arrogance; anvitāḥ: full of; yajante: perform sacrifice; nāma: in name only; yajñaiḥ: sacrifices; te: they; dambhena: ostentatiously; avidhi-pūrvakam: without regard for scriptural rules

Self-important, stubborn, and intoxicated by wealth and pride, they perform sacrifices only for display, without following the scriptural principles.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sacrifice performed for reputation while ignoring its discipline is religious display rather than worship. Wealth and social confidence can intensify the error by making the performance persuasive to oneself.

16.18
अहङ्कारं बलं दर्पं कामं क्रोधं च संश्रिता: ।
मामात्मपरदेहेषु प्रद्विषन्तोऽभ्यसूयका: ॥ १८ ॥
ahaṅkāraṃ balaṃ darpaṃ kāmaṃ krodhaṃ ca saṃśritāḥ |
māmātmaparadeheṣu pradviṣanto’bhyasūyakāḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
ahaṅkāram: egotism; balam: strength; darpam: arrogance; kāmam: desire; krodham: anger; ca: and; saṃśritāḥ: covered by; mām: me; ātma-para-deheṣu: within a person's and bodies of others; pradviṣantaḥ: abuse; abhyasūyakāḥ: the demonic

Given over to ego, power, arrogance, desire, and anger, these malicious people hate me in their own bodies and in the bodies of others.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Ego, power, pride, desire, and anger lead people to hate the Lord present as the Self in themselves and others. Harm toward beings is therefore also rejection of their divine ground.

16.19-20
तानहं द्विषत: क्रूरान्संसारेषु नराधमान् ।
क्षिपाम्यजस्रमशुभानासुरीष्वेव योनिषु ॥ १९ ॥
आसुरीं योनिमापन्ना मूढा जन्मनि जन्मनि ।
मामप्राप्यैव कौन्तेय ततो यान्त्यधमां गतिम् ॥ २० ॥
tānahaṃ dviṣataḥ krūrānsaṃsāreṣu narādhamān |
kṣipāmyajasramaśubhānāsurīṣveva yoniṣu || 19 ||
āsurīṃ yonimāpannā mūḍhā janmani janmani |
māmaprāpyaiva kaunteya tato yāntyadhamāṃ gatim || 20 ||
Meanings
tān: these; aham: I; dviṣataḥ: hateful; krūrān: cruel; saṃsāreṣu: in the world; nara-adhamān: vile and vicious of humankind; kṣipāmi: I hurl; ajasram: again and again; aśubhān: inauspicious; āsurīṣu: demonic; eva: indeed; yoniṣu: into the wombs; āsurīm: demonic; yonim: wombs; āpannāḥ: gaining; mūḍhāḥ: the ignorant; janmani janmani: in birth after birth; mām: me; aprāpya: failing to reach; eva: even; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; tataḥ: thereafter; yānti: go; adhamām: abominable; gatim: destination

I repeatedly cast these hateful, cruel, and degraded people into destructive forms of birth within the cycle of rebirth. Son of Kunti, confused and born again and again into destructive conditions, they never reach me and sink to the lowest state.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord does not punish from personal hatred. Śaṅkara understands these lower births as the impartial consequence of cruel action and fixed destructive tendencies, which reproduce conditions where the same ignorance deepens.

16.21
त्रिविधं नरकस्येदं द्वारं नाशनमात्मन: ।
काम: क्रोधस्तथा लोभस्तस्मादेतत्त्रयं त्यजेत् ॥ २१ ॥
trividhaṃ narakasyedaṃ dvāraṃ nāśanamātmanaḥ |
kāmaḥ krodhastathā lobhastasmādetattrayaṃ tyajet || 21 ||
Meanings
tri-vidham: three types of; narakasya: to the hell; idam: this; dvāram: gates; nāśanam: destruction; ātmanaḥ: of the self; kāmaḥ: lust; krodhaḥ: anger; tathā: and; lobhaḥ: greed; tasmāt: therefore; etat: these; trayam: three; tyajet: should abandon

Desire, anger, and greed form the three gates to this hell, destroying the self. Therefore abandon all three.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Desire seeks possession, anger attacks obstruction, and greed refuses sufficiency. Together they destroy discrimination and open directly into the suffering described as hell.

16.22
एतैर्विमुक्त: कौन्तेय तमोद्वारैस्त्रिभिर्नर: ।
आचरत्यात्मन: श्रेयस्ततो याति परां गतिम् ॥ २२ ॥
etairvimuktaḥ kaunteya tamodvāraistribhirnaraḥ |
ācaratyātmanaḥ śreyastato yāti parāṃ gatim || 22 ||
Meanings
etaiḥ: from this; vimuktaḥ: free; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; tamaḥ-dvāraiḥ: gates to darkness; tribhiḥ: three; naraḥ: a person; ācarati: endeavor; ātmanaḥ: of the self; śreyaḥ: welfare; tataḥ: thereby; yāti: attain; parām: the highest; gatim: goal

Son of Kunti, a person freed from these three gates of darkness acts for their own true good and reaches the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Abandoning these three restores the capacity to act for one's real welfare rather than an impulse's immediate demand. Ethical freedom becomes the road to the highest goal.

16.23
य: शास्त्रविधिमुत्सृज्य वर्तते कामकारत: ।
न स सिद्धिमवाप्नोति न सुखं न परां गतिम् ॥ २३ ॥
yaḥ śāstravidhimutsṛjya vartate kāmakārataḥ |
na sa siddhimavāpnoti na sukhaṃ na parāṃ gatim || 23 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; śāstra-vidhim: scriptural injunctions; utsṛjya: discarding; vartate: act; kāma-kārataḥ: under the impulse of desire; na: neither; saḥ: they; siddhim: perfection; avāpnoti: attain; na: nor; sukham: happiness; na: nor; parām: the highest; gatim: goal

One who ignores scriptural guidance and follows the impulses of desire reaches neither perfection, happiness, nor the highest goal.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Dharma and its unseen consequences cannot be discovered from desire or ordinary perception alone. Rejecting valid scriptural guidance leaves no reliable standard beyond personal impulse.

16.24
तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ ।
ज्ञात्वा शास्त्रविधानोक्तं कर्म कर्तुमिहार्हसि ॥ २४ ॥
tasmācchāstraṃ pramāṇaṃ te kāryākāryavyavasthitau |
jñātvā śāstravidhānoktaṃ karma kartumihārhasi || 24 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; śāstram: teaching; pramāṇam: authority; te: your; kārya: duty; akārya: forbidden action; vyavasthitau: in determining; jñātvā: having understood; śāstra: scriptures; vidhāna: injunctions; uktam: as revealed; karma: action; kartum: perform; iha: in this world; arhasi: you should

Therefore let scripture guide your judgment about what should and should not be done. Understand its teachings and then act in this world.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Scripture supplies the standard for distinguishing what should be done from what should be avoided. Understanding must precede action, so authority is joined to interpretation rather than blind motion.

↑ contents

17. Shraddhatraya Vibhaga Yoga

श्रद्धात्रयविभागयोग · The Three Kinds of Faith · 26 verses

17.1
अर्जुन उवाच ।
ये शास्त्रविधिमुत्सृज्य यजन्ते श्रद्धयान्विता: ।
तेषां निष्ठा तु का कृष्ण सत्त्वमाहो रजस्तम: ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
ye śāstravidhimutsṛjya yajante śraddhayānvitāḥ |
teṣāṃ niṣṭhā tu kā kṛṣṇa sattvamāho rajastamaḥ || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; ye: who; śāstra-vidhim: scriptural injunctions; utsṛjya: disregard; yajante: worship; śraddhayā-anvitāḥ: with faith; teṣām: their; niṣṭhā: faith; tu: indeed; kā: what; kṛṣṇa: Krishna; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; āho: or; rajaḥ: rajas, the quality of activity; tamaḥ: tamas, the quality of inertia

Arjuna said: Krishna, what is the condition of people who sacrifice with faith but disregard scriptural guidance? Is their faith sattvic, rajasic, or tamasic?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks about sincere worship that lacks scriptural form, since conduct outside explicit rules is not necessarily faithless. He wants to know which guṇa shapes such faith.

17.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
त्रिविधा भवति श्रद्धा देहिनां सा स्वभावजा ।
सात्त्विकी राजसी चैव तामसी चेति तां शृणु ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
trividhā bhavati śraddhā dehināṃ sā svabhāvajā |
sāttvikī rājasī caiva tāmasī ceti tāṃ śṛṇu || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; tri-vidhā: of three kinds; bhavati: is; śraddhā: faith; dehinām: embodied beings; sā: which; sva-bhāva-jā: born of one's innate nature; sāttvikī: of mode of goodness; rājasī: of mode of passion; ca: and; eva: indeed; tāmasī: of mode of ignorance; ca: and; iti: thus; tām: about this; śṛṇu: hear

Krishna said: The natural faith of embodied beings is threefold: sattvic, rajasic, and tamasic. Listen as I explain them.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Faith reflects the sattvic, rajasic, or tamasic structure of the mind. It is 'natural' because it grows from dispositions formed by prior action, not because it is fixed beyond change.

17.3
सत्त्वानुरूपा सर्वस्य श्रद्धा भवति भारत ।
श्रद्धामयोऽयं पुरुषो यो यच्छ्रद्ध: स एव स: ॥ ३ ॥
sattvānurūpā sarvasya śraddhā bhavati bhārata |
śraddhāmayo’yaṃ puruṣo yo yacchraddhaḥ sa eva saḥ || 3 ||
Meanings
sattva-anurūpā: matching the nature of one's mind; sarvasya: all; śraddhā: faith; bhavati: is; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; śraddhāmayaḥ: possessing faith; ayam: that; puruṣaḥ: person; yaḥ: who; yat-śraddhaḥ: whatever the nature of their faith; saḥ: their; eva: indeed; saḥ: they

Bharata, each person’s faith is shaped by their nature. A person is formed by faith and becomes what they place their faith in.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A person's operative faith reveals and reinforces the kind of inner nature that person has. What one treats as ultimately trustworthy gradually organizes the whole self around it.

17.4
यजन्ते सात्त्विका देवान्यक्षरक्षांसि राजसा: ।
प्रेतान्भूतगणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जना: ॥ ४ ॥
yajante sāttvikā devānyakṣarakṣāṃsi rājasāḥ |
pretānbhūtagaṇāṃścānye yajante tāmasā janāḥ || 4 ||
Meanings
yajante: worship; sāttvikāḥ: people in the mode of goodness; devān: gods; yakṣa: yakshas; rakṣānsi: powerful beings driven by desire and anger; rājasāḥ: people in the mode of passion; pretān-bhūta-gaṇān: ghosts and spirits; ca: and; anye: others; yajante: worship; tāmasāḥ: people in the mode of ignorance; janāḥ: persons

Sattvic people worship the gods; rajasic people worship yakshas and rakshasas; tamasic people worship ghosts and nature spirits.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Objects of worship correspond to mental quality: clarity seeks luminous gods, restless ambition seeks powerful intermediary beings, and obscurity seeks frightening or disordered forces.

17.5-6
अशास्त्रविहितं घोरं तप्यन्ते ये तपो जना: ।
दम्भाहङ्कारसंयुक्ता: कामरागबलान्विता: ॥ ५ ॥
कर्षयन्त: शरीरस्थं भूतग्राममचेतस: ।
मां चैवान्त:शरीरस्थं तान्विद्ध्यासुरनिश्चयान् ॥ ६ ॥
aśāstravihitaṃ ghoraṃ tapyante ye tapo janāḥ |
dambhāhaṅkārasaṃyuktāḥ kāmarāgabalānvitāḥ || 5 ||
karṣayantaḥ śarīrasthaṃ bhūtagrāmamacetasaḥ |
māṃ caivāntaḥśarīrasthaṃ tānviddhyāsuraniścayān || 6 ||
Meanings
aśāstra-vihitam: not enjoined by the scriptures; ghoram: stern; tapyante: perform; ye: who; tapaḥ: discipline; janāḥ: people; dambha: hypocrisy; ahaṅkāra: egotism; saṃyuktāḥ: possessed of; kāma: desire; rāga: attachment; bala: force; anvitāḥ: impelled by; karṣayantaḥ: torment; śarīra-stham: within the body; bhūta-grāmam: elements of the body; acetasaḥ: senseless; mām: me; ca: and; eva: even; antaḥ: within; śarīra-stham: dwelling in the body; tān: them; viddhi: know; āsura-niścayān: of demonical resolves

Some people practice harsh austerities that scripture never prescribed. Driven by vanity, ego, desire, and attachment, they senselessly torment the elements of their bodies and also me, who dwell within them. Know that their resolve is destructive.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Austerity is not holy merely because it is severe. When unsupported by teaching and driven by ego or desire, tormenting the body also dishonors the Lord who dwells within it.

17.7
आहारस्त्वपि सर्वस्य त्रिविधो भवति प्रिय: ।
यज्ञस्तपस्तथा दानं तेषां भेदमिमं शृणु ॥ ७ ॥
āhārastvapi sarvasya trividho bhavati priyaḥ |
yajñastapastathā dānaṃ teṣāṃ bhedamimaṃ śṛṇu || 7 ||
Meanings
āhāraḥ: food; tu: indeed; api: even; sarvasya: of all; tri-vidhaḥ: of three kinds; bhavati: is; priyaḥ: dear; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; tapaḥ: discipline; tathā: and; dānam: charity; teṣām: of them; bhedam: distinctions; imam: this; śṛṇu: hear

The foods people prefer are also threefold, as are sacrifice, discipline, and giving. Hear how they differ.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Food, sacrifice, austerity, and giving show the guṇas in ordinary choices. Their classification depends on effect and motive, not on a spiritual label alone.

17.8
आयु:सत्त्वबलारोग्यसुखप्रीतिविवर्धना: ।
रस्या: स्निग्धा: स्थिरा हृद्या आहारा: सात्त्विकप्रिया: ॥ ८ ॥
āyuḥsattvabalārogyasukhaprītivivardhanāḥ |
rasyāḥ snigdhāḥ sthirā hṛdyā āhārāḥ sāttvikapriyāḥ || 8 ||
Meanings
āyuḥ sattva: which promote longevity; bala: strength; ārogya: health; sukha: happiness; prīti: satisfaction; vivardhanāḥ: increase; rasyāḥ: juicy; snigdhāḥ: succulent; sthirāḥ: nourishing; hṛdyāḥ: pleasing to the heart; āhārāḥ: food; sāttvika-priyāḥ: favored by people governed by sattva

Foods that promote longevity, vitality, strength, health, happiness, and satisfaction, and that are flavorful, nourishing, substantial, and pleasing, are dear to sattvic people.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic food supports life, strength, health, contentment, and a clear mind. Its moderation and nourishment make the body a stable instrument rather than an object of indulgence.

17.9
कट्वम्ललवणात्युष्णतीक्ष्णरूक्षविदाहिन: ।
आहारा राजसस्येष्टा दु:खशोकामयप्रदा: ॥ ९ ॥
kaṭvamlalavaṇātyuṣṇatīkṣṇarūkṣavidāhinaḥ |
āhārā rājasasyeṣṭā duḥkhaśokāmayapradāḥ || 9 ||
Meanings
kaṭu: bitter; amla: sour; lavaṇa: salty; ati-uṣṇa: very hot; tīkṣṇa: pungent; rūkṣa: dry; vidāhinaḥ: full of chillies; āhārāḥ: food; rājasasya: to people in the mode of passion; iṣṭāḥ: dear; duḥkha: pain; śoka: grief; āmaya: disease; pradāḥ: produce

Rajasic people prefer food that is bitter, sour, salty, excessively hot, pungent, dry, or burning, and that produces pain, grief, and illness.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rajasic food overstimulates and produces discomfort or illness. The attraction to intensity mirrors a mind seeking agitation and force rather than balance.

17.10
यातयामं गतरसं पूति पर्युषितं च यत् ।
उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यं भोजनं तामसप्रियम् ॥ १० ॥
yātayāmaṃ gatarasaṃ pūti paryuṣitaṃ ca yat |
ucchiṣṭamapi cāmedhyaṃ bhojanaṃ tāmasapriyam || 10 ||
Meanings
yāta-yāmam: stale foods; gata-rasam: tasteless; pūti: putrid; paryuṣitam: polluted; ca: and; yat: which; ucchiṣṭam: left over; api: also; ca: and; amedhyam: impure; bhojanam: foods; tāmasa: to people in the mode of ignorance; priyam: dear

Food that is stale, tasteless, rotten, spoiled, left over, or unclean is dear to tamasic people.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamasic food is decayed, depleted, contaminated, or improperly left over. Its condition reflects disregard for clarity, health, and disciplined awareness.

17.11
अफलाकाङ्क्षिभिर्यज्ञो विधिदृष्टो य इज्यते ।
यष्टव्यमेवेति मन: समाधाय स सात्त्विक: ॥ ११ ॥
aphalākāṅkṣibhiryajño vidhidṛṣṭo ya ijyate |
yaṣṭavyameveti manaḥ samādhāya sa sāttvikaḥ || 11 ||
Meanings
aphala-ākāṅkṣibhiḥ: without expectation of any reward; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; vidhi-driṣṭaḥ: in accord with scriptural teaching; yaḥ: which; ijyate: is performed; yaṣṭavyam-eva-iti: ought to be offered; manaḥ: mind; samādhāya: with conviction; saḥ: that; sāttvikaḥ: of nature of goodness

A sacrifice performed as a duty according to guidance, without desire for a reward, is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic sacrifice follows valid guidance because it is a duty and should be offered, not because the performer wants payment. Resolve is steady precisely because reward is not the motive.

17.12
अभिसन्धाय तु फलं दम्भार्थमपि चैव यत् ।
इज्यते भरतश्रेष्ठ तं यज्ञं विद्धि राजसम् ॥ १२ ॥
abhisandhāya tu phalaṃ dambhārthamapi caiva yat |
ijyate bharataśreṣṭha taṃ yajñaṃ viddhi rājasam || 12 ||
Meanings
abhisandhāya: motivated by; tu: but; phalam: the result; dambha: pride; artham: for sake of; api: also; ca: and; eva: indeed; yat: that which; ijyate: is performed; bharata-śreṣṭha: Arjuna, the best of the Bharatas; tam: that; yajñam: sacrifice; viddhi: know; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity

Best of the Bharatas, a sacrifice performed for reward or self-display is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

When sacrifice is calculated for a result or public honor, its dominant quality is rajas. Outward correctness does not remove the binding intention.

17.13
विधिहीनमसृष्टान्नं मन्त्रहीनमदक्षिणम् ।
श्रद्धाविरहितं यज्ञं तामसं परिचक्षते ॥ १३ ॥
vidhihīnamasṛṣṭānnaṃ mantrahīnamadakṣiṇam |
śraddhāvirahitaṃ yajñaṃ tāmasaṃ paricakṣate || 13 ||
Meanings
vidhi-hīnam: without scriptural direction; asṛṣṭa-annam: without distribution of prasad; mantra-hīnam: without chanting of the Vedic hymns; adakṣiṇam: without remunerations to the priests; śraddhā: faith; virahitam: without; yajñam: sacrifice; tāmasam: in tamas, the quality of inertia; paricakṣate: is to be considered

A sacrifice that disregards guidance, distributes no food, uses no sacred words, gives no gifts, and lacks faith is called tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A tamasic sacrifice disregards the elements that make an offering intelligible and beneficial, including proper rule, nourishment, sacred formulation, generosity, and trust. It is ritual emptied of order.

17.14
देवद्विजगुरुप्राज्ञपूजनं शौचमार्जवम् ।
ब्रह्मचर्यमहिंसा च शारीरं तप उच्यते ॥ १४ ॥
devadvijaguruprājñapūjanaṃ śaucamārjavam |
brahmacaryamahiṃsā ca śārīraṃ tapa ucyate || 14 ||
Meanings
deva: the gods; dvija: brahmins; guru: teachers; prājña: the wise; pūjanam: reverence; śaucam: cleanliness; ārjavam: simplicity; brahmacaryam: chaste discipline; ahiṃsā: nonviolence; ca: and; śārīram: bodily; tapaḥ: discipline; ucyate: is called

Reverence for the gods, Brahmins, teachers, and the wise; purity, honesty, celibate discipline, and nonviolence are called discipline of the body.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Bodily discipline combines reverence, cleanliness, straightforward conduct, sexual self-control, and non-harm. Śaṅkara presents respect for deities, learned Brahmins, teachers, and the wise within the social world of the text.

17.15
अनुद्वेगकरं वाक्यं सत्यं प्रियहितं च यत् ।
स्वाध्यायाभ्यसनं चैव वाङ्मयं तप उच्यते ॥ १५ ॥
anudvegakaraṃ vākyaṃ satyaṃ priyahitaṃ ca yat |
svādhyāyābhyasanaṃ caiva vāṅmayaṃ tapa ucyate || 15 ||
Meanings
anudvega-karam: not causing distress; vākyam: words; satyam: truthful; priya- hitam: beneficial; ca: and; yat: which; svādhyāya-abhyasanam: recitation of the Vedic scriptures; ca eva: as well as; vāṅ-mayam: of speech; tapaḥ: discipline; ucyate: are declared as

Speech that does not disturb, and is truthful, pleasant, and beneficial, together with regular study of scripture, is called discipline of speech.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Disciplined speech must be true without being needlessly harmful, pleasant without deception, and beneficial rather than flattering. Regular recitation and study train speech toward sacred meaning.

17.16
मन: प्रसाद: सौम्यत्वं मौनमात्मविनिग्रह: ।
भावसंशुद्धिरित्येतत्तपो मानसमुच्यते ॥ १६ ॥
manaḥ prasādaḥ saumyatvaṃ maunamātmavinigrahaḥ |
bhāvasaṃśuddhirityetattapo mānasamucyate || 16 ||
Meanings
manaḥ-prasādaḥ: serenity of thought; saumyatvam: gentleness; maunam: silence; ātma-vinigrahaḥ: self-control; bhāva-saṃśuddhiḥ: purity of purpose; iti: thus; etat: these; tapaḥ: discipline; mānasam: of the mind; ucyate: are declared as

Inner happiness, serenity, silence, self-control, and purity of intention are called discipline of the mind.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Mental austerity is not mute suppression but inward cheerfulness, calm, governed thought, and pure intention. Silence here includes mastery of the mind from which speech emerges.

17.17
श्रद्धया परया तप्तं तपस्तत्त्रिविधं नरै: ।
अफलाकाङ्क्षिभिर्युक्तै: सात्त्विकं परिचक्षते ॥ १७ ॥
śraddhayā parayā taptaṃ tapastattrividhaṃ naraiḥ |
aphalākāṅkṣibhiryuktaiḥ sāttvikaṃ paricakṣate || 17 ||
Meanings
śraddhayā: with faith; parayā: spiritual; taptam: practiced; tapaḥ: discipline; tat: that; tri-vidham: three-fold; naraiḥ: by persons; aphala-ākāṅkṣibhiḥ: without yearning for material rewards; yuktaiḥ: steadfast; sāttvikam: in sattva, the quality of clarity; paricakṣate: are designated

When disciplined people practice these three forms with complete faith and without seeking reward, the practice is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The three disciplines become sattvic when practiced together with deep trust and no claim on their result. Their aim is purification, not identity as an impressive ascetic.

17.18
सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् ।
क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ १८ ॥
satkāramānapūjārthaṃ tapo dambhena caiva yat |
kriyate tadiha proktaṃ rājasaṃ calamadhruvam || 18 ||
Meanings
sat-kāra: respect; māna: honor; pūjā: adoration; artham: for sake of; tapaḥ: discipline; dambhena: with ostentation; ca: also; eva: indeed; yat: which; kriyate: is performed; tat: that; iha: in this world; proktam: is said; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity; calam: flickering; adhruvam: temporary

Discipline practiced for respect, honor, praise, or display is rajasic, unstable, and temporary.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Austerity performed for admiration, rank, or display is rajasic because its stability depends on other people's response. When recognition changes, the practice loses its support.

17.19
मूढग्राहेणात्मनो यत्पीडया क्रियते तप: ।
परस्योत्सादनार्थं वा तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ १९ ॥
mūḍhagrāheṇātmano yatpīḍayā kriyate tapaḥ |
parasyotsādanārthaṃ vā tattāmasamudāhṛtam || 19 ||
Meanings
mūḍha: people with confused notions; grāheṇa: with endeavor; ātmanaḥ: of the self; yat: which; pīḍayā: torturing; kriyate: is performed; tapaḥ: discipline; parasya: of others; utsādana-artham: for harming; vā: or; tat: that; tāmasam: in tamas, the quality of inertia; udāhṛtam: is described to be

Discipline practiced from confused judgment, to torture oneself, or to harm another is called tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Self-torture based on delusion and discipline intended to injure another are tamasic. Pain alone proves neither wisdom nor purification.

17.20
दातव्यमिति यद्दानं दीयतेऽनुपकारिणे ।
देशे काले च पात्रे च तद्दानं सात्त्विकं स्मृतम् ॥ २० ॥
dātavyamiti yaddānaṃ dīyate’nupakāriṇe |
deśe kāle ca pātre ca taddānaṃ sāttvikaṃ smṛtam || 20 ||
Meanings
dātavyam: worthy of charity; iti: thus; yat: which; dānam: charity; dīyate: is given; anupakāriṇe: to a person who cannot give in return; deśe: in proper place; kāle: at proper time; ca: and; pātre: to a worthy person; ca: and; tat: that; dānam: charity; sāttvikam: in sattva, the quality of clarity; smṛtam: is stated to be

A gift is sattvic when given as a duty, at the right time and place, to a worthy recipient who cannot repay it.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic giving is offered because giving is right, under conditions that make it genuinely helpful, and without leverage over the recipient. The inability to repay protects the gift from becoming an exchange.

17.21
यत्तु प्रत्युपकारार्थं फलमुद्दिश्य वा पुन: ।
दीयते च परिक्लिष्टं तद्दानं राजसं स्मृतम् ॥ २१ ॥
yattu pratyupakārārthaṃ phalamuddiśya vā punaḥ |
dīyate ca parikliṣṭaṃ taddānaṃ rājasaṃ smṛtam || 21 ||
Meanings
yat: which; tu: but; prati-upakāra-artham: with hope of a return; phalam: reward; uddiśya: expectation; vā: or; punaḥ: again; dīyate: is given; ca: and; parikliṣṭam: reluctantly; tat: that; dānam: charity; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity; smṛtam: is called

A gift made reluctantly, in expectation of repayment, or in pursuit of a reward is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Reluctance, expected repayment, or pursuit of spiritual reward makes giving rajasic. The object leaves one's hand while possessive calculation remains.

17.22
अदेशकाले यद्दानमपात्रेभ्यश्च दीयते ।
असत्कृतमवज्ञातं तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ २२ ॥
adeśakāle yaddānamapātrebhyaśca dīyate |
asatkṛtamavajñātaṃ tattāmasamudāhṛtam || 22 ||
Meanings
adeśa: at wrong place; kāle: at wrong time; yat: which; dānam: charity; apātrebhyaḥ: to unworthy persons; ca: and; dīyate: is given; asat-kṛtam: without respect; avajñātam: with contempt; tat: that; tāmasam: of nature of nescience; udāhṛtam: is held to be

A gift given at the wrong time or place, to an unworthy recipient, and with disrespect or contempt is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Giving becomes tamasic when careless conditions, an unsuitable purpose, or contempt degrade both gift and recipient. Material transfer without regard or judgment is not enough.

17.23
ॐ तत्सदिति निर्देशो ब्रह्मणस्त्रिविध: स्मृत: ।
ब्राह्मणास्तेन वेदाश्च यज्ञाश्च विहिता: पुरा ॥ २३ ॥
oṃ tatsaditi nirdeśo brahmaṇastrividhaḥ smṛtaḥ |
brāhmaṇāstena vedāśca yajñāśca vihitāḥ purā || 23 ||
Meanings
om tat sat: syllables representing aspects of transcendence; iti: thus; nirdeśaḥ: symbolic representatives; brahmaṇaḥ: of Brahman; tri-vidhaḥ: of three kinds; smṛtaḥ: have been declared; brāhmaṇāḥ: the priests; tena: from them; vedāḥ: scriptures; ca: and; yajñāḥ: sacrifice; ca: and; vihitāḥ: came about; purā: from beginning of creation

Om Tat Sat is regarded as the threefold designation of Brahman. In ancient times, it consecrated Brahmins, the Vedas, and sacrifices.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Om, Tat, and Sat name Brahman from three angles and traditionally consecrate sacred learning and action. They connect finite acts with the reality to which those acts should be offered.

17.24
तस्माद् ॐ इत्युदाहृत्य यज्ञदानतप:क्रिया: ।
प्रवर्तन्ते विधानोक्ता: सततं ब्रह्मवादिनाम् ॥ २४ ॥
tasmād oṃ ityudāhṛtya yajñadānatapaḥkriyāḥ |
pravartante vidhānoktāḥ satataṃ brahmavādinām || 24 ||
Meanings
tasmāt: therefore; om: sacred syllable om; iti: thus; udāhṛtya: by uttering; yajña: sacrifice; dāna: charity; tapaḥ: discipline; kriyāḥ: performing; pravartante: begin; vidhāna-uktāḥ: according to the prescriptions of Vedic injunctions; satatam: always; brahma-vādinām: expounders of the Vedas

Therefore knowers of Brahman begin acts of sacrifice, giving, and discipline prescribed by scripture with the sound Om.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Beginning prescribed sacrifice, austerity, and giving with Om aligns them with Brahman as taught in scripture. The utterance establishes sacred orientation before the act.

17.25
तदित्यनभिसन्धाय फलं यज्ञतप:क्रिया: ।
दानक्रियाश्च विविधा: क्रियन्ते मोक्षकाङ्क्षिभि: ॥ २५ ॥
tadityanabhisandhāya phalaṃ yajñatapaḥkriyāḥ |
dānakriyāśca vividhāḥ kriyante mokṣakāṅkṣibhiḥ || 25 ||
Meanings
tat: the syllable Tat; iti: thus; anabhisandhāya: without desiring; phalam: a reward; yajña: sacrifice; tapaḥ: discipline; kriyāḥ: acts; dāna: charity; kriyāḥ: acts; ca: and; vividhāḥ: various; kriyante: are done; mokṣa-kāṅkṣibhiḥ: by seekers of freedom from material entanglements

Those seeking freedom pronounce Tat and perform sacrifice, discipline, and giving without aiming at a reward.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tat, meaning 'That,' releases the act from personal ownership and reward. Seekers of liberation use it to dedicate disciplined action to Brahman.

17.26-27
सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत्प्रयुज्यते ।
प्रशस्ते कर्मणि तथा सच्छब्द: पार्थ युज्यते ॥ २६ ॥
यज्ञे तपसि दाने च स्थिति: सदिति चोच्यते ।
कर्म चैव तदर्थीयं सदित्येवाभिधीयते ॥ २७ ॥
sadbhāve sādhubhāve ca sadityetatprayujyate |
praśaste karmaṇi tathā sacchabdaḥ pārtha yujyate || 26 ||
yajñe tapasi dāne ca sthitiḥ saditi cocyate |
karma caiva tadarthīyaṃ sadityevābhidhīyate || 27 ||
Meanings
sat-bhāve: with the idea that it is lasting and good; sādhu-bhāve: with auspicious intention; ca: also; sat: the syllable Sat; iti: thus; etat: this; prayujyate: is used; praśaste: auspicious; karmaṇi: in action; tathā: also; sat-śabdaḥ: the word “Sat”; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; yujyate: is used; yajñe: in sacrifice; tapasi: in penance; dāne: in charity; ca: and; sthitiḥ: established in steadiness; sat: the syllable Sat; iti: thus; ca: and; ucyate: is pronounced; karma: action; ca: and; eva: indeed; tat-arthīyam: for such purposes; sat: the syllable Sat; iti: thus; eva: indeed; abhidhīyate: is described

Sat expresses reality and goodness. Partha, the word Sat is also used for a good action. Steadiness in sacrifice, discipline, and giving is also called Sat, as is action performed for the sake of the highest reality.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sat names reality, goodness, worthy action, and steadiness in sacred practice. An act done for Brahman participates in Sat through its intention and sustaining truth.

17.28
अश्रद्धया हुतं दत्तं तपस्तप्तं कृतं च यत् ।
असदित्युच्यते पार्थ न च तत्प्रेत्य नो इह ॥ २८ ॥
aśraddhayā hutaṃ dattaṃ tapastaptaṃ kṛtaṃ ca yat |
asadityucyate pārtha na ca tatpretya no iha || 28 ||
Meanings
aśraddhayā: without faith; hutam: sacrifice; dattam: charity; tapaḥ: discipline; taptam: practiced; kṛtam: done; ca: and; yat: which; asat: unreal; iti: thus; ucyate: are termed as; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; na: not; ca: and; tat: that; pretya: in next world; no: not; iha: in this world

Partha, any sacrifice, gift, discipline, or other act performed without faith is called Asat. It has no value here or after death.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Faithless ritual, giving, or austerity lacks connection to truth and therefore yields no lasting good now or after death. Form alone cannot replace conviction and understanding.

↑ contents

18. Moksha Sanyasa Yoga

मोक्षसंन्यासयोग · The Yoga of Liberation by Renunciation · 75 verses

18.1
अर्जुन उवाच ।
सन्न्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् ।
त्यागस्य च हृषीकेश पृथक्केशिनिषूदन ॥ १ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
sannyāsasya mahābāho tattvamicchāmi veditum |
tyāgasya ca hṛṣīkeśa pṛthakkeśiniṣūdana || 1 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; saṃyāsasya: of renunciation of actions; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; tattvam: the truth; icchāmi: I wish; veditum: to understand; tyāgasya: of renouncing attachment to action's results; ca: and; hṛṣīkeśa: Hrishikesha, lord of the senses; pṛthak: difference; keśī-niṣūdana: slayer of Keshi

Arjuna said: Mighty-armed Hrishikesha, killer of Keshi, I want to understand separately the essence of renunciation and the relinquishment of results.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna asks Śaṅkara's central practical question one last time: what is abandoned in full renunciation, and what is relinquished while action continues? The answer distinguishes actions from their fruits.

18.2
श्रीभगवानुवाच ।
काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं सन्न्यासं कवयो विदु: ।
सर्वकर्मफलत्यागं प्राहुस्त्यागं विचक्षणा: ॥ २ ॥
śrībhagavānuvāca |
kāmyānāṃ karmaṇāṃ nyāsaṃ sannyāsaṃ kavayo viduḥ |
sarvakarmaphalatyāgaṃ prāhustyāgaṃ vicakṣaṇāḥ || 2 ||
Meanings
śrībhagavān uvāca: the Lord said; kāmyānām: desireful; karmaṇām: of actions; nyāsam: giving up; saṃyāsam: renunciation of actions; kavayaḥ: the learned; viduḥ: to understand; sarva: all; karma-phala: the result of action; tyāgam: renunciation of attachment to action's results; prāhuḥ: declare; tyāgam: renunciation of attachment to action's results; vicakṣaṇāḥ: the wise

Krishna said: Sages understand renunciation as giving up actions driven by desire. The wise call giving up the results of every action relinquishment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sannyāsa is giving up actions undertaken to obtain desired results; tyāga is surrendering the fruit of every action. Complete renunciation grounded in Self-knowledge will later be distinguished from both ordinary forms.

18.3
त्याज्यं दोषवदित्येके कर्म प्राहुर्मनीषिण: ।
यज्ञदानतप:कर्म न त्याज्यमिति चापरे ॥ ३ ॥
tyājyaṃ doṣavadityeke karma prāhurmanīṣiṇaḥ |
yajñadānatapaḥkarma na tyājyamiti cāpare || 3 ||
Meanings
tyājyam: should be given up; doṣa-vat: as evil; iti: thus; eke: some; karma: action; prāhuḥ: declare; manīṣiṇaḥ: the learned; yajña: sacrifice; dāna: charity; tapaḥ: discipline; karma: action; na: never; tyājyam: should be abandoned; iti: thus; ca: and; apare: others

Some thinkers say action should be abandoned because it is harmful, while others say acts of sacrifice, giving, and discipline should never be abandoned.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One view condemns action because every act can involve harm; another exempts sacrifice, giving, and austerity because scripture commands them. Krishna's conclusion determines which actions purify and for whom.

18.4
निश्चयं शृणु मे तत्र त्यागे भरतसत्तम ।
त्यागो हि पुरुषव्याघ्र त्रिविध: सम्प्रकीर्तित: ॥ ४ ॥
niścayaṃ śṛṇu me tatra tyāge bharatasattama |
tyāgo hi puruṣavyāghra trividhaḥ samprakīrtitaḥ || 4 ||
Meanings
niścayam: conclusion; śṛṇu: hear; me: my; tatra: there; tyāge: about renouncing attachment to action's results; bharata-sat-tama: best of the Bharatas; tyāgaḥ: renunciation of attachment to action's results; hi: indeed; puruṣa-vyāghra: tiger among men; tri-vidhaḥ: of three kinds; samprakīrtitaḥ: declared

Best of the Bharatas, hear my conclusion about relinquishment. Tiger among people, it has been explained as threefold.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Relinquishment is threefold because sattva, rajas, and tamas can shape the motive for giving something up. Outward cessation alone does not reveal its quality.

18.5
यज्ञदानतप:कर्म न त्याज्यं कार्यमेव तत् ।
यज्ञो दानं तपश्चैव पावनानि मनीषिणाम् ॥ ५ ॥
yajñadānatapaḥkarma na tyājyaṃ kāryameva tat |
yajño dānaṃ tapaścaiva pāvanāni manīṣiṇām || 5 ||
Meanings
yajña: sacrifice; dāna: charity; tapaḥ: discipline; karma: action; na: never; tyājyam: should be abandoned; kāryam eva: must certainly be performed; tat: that; yajñaḥ: sacrifice; dānam: charity; tapaḥ: discipline; ca: and; eva: indeed; pāvanāni: purifying; manīṣiṇām: for the wise

Acts of sacrifice, giving, and discipline should not be abandoned but performed, because they purify the wise.

Śaṅkara's commentary

For a person still preparing for knowledge, sacrifice, generosity, and discipline purify and should continue. Śaṅkara does not impose these works on the established Self-knower whose preparatory need has ended.

18.6
एतान्यपि तु कर्माणि सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलानि च ।
कर्तव्यानीति मे पार्थ निश्चितं मतमुत्तमम् ॥ ६ ॥
etānyapi tu karmāṇi saṅgaṃ tyaktvā phalāni ca |
kartavyānīti me pārtha niścitaṃ matamuttamam || 6 ||
Meanings
etāni: these; api tu: must certainly be; karmāṇi: actions; saṅgam: attachment; tyaktvā: giving up; phalāni: rewards; ca: and; kartavyāni: should be done as duty; iti: such; me: my; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; niścitam: definite; matam: opinion; uttamam: highest

Partha, even these actions should be performed without attachment or desire for results. This is my considered and highest judgment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Even purifying duties must be free from possessive attachment and expectation of reward. Krishna calls this his settled judgment for the karma-yogin.

18.7
नियतस्य तु सन्न्यास: कर्मणो नोपपद्यते ।
मोहात्तस्य परित्यागस्तामस: परिकीर्तित: ॥ ७ ॥
niyatasya tu sannyāsaḥ karmaṇo nopapadyate |
mohāttasya parityāgastāmasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 7 ||
Meanings
niyatasya: of prescribed duties; tu: but; saṃyāsaḥ: renunciation; karmaṇaḥ: of action; na: never; upapadyate: to be performed; mohāt: deluded; tasya: of that; parityāgaḥ: renunciation; tāmasaḥ: in tamas, the quality of inertia; parikīrtitaḥ: has been declared

It is not right to renounce prescribed action. Abandoning it through confusion is called tamasic relinquishment.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Abandoning an obligatory act through confusion mistakes negligence for freedom. Because discrimination is obscured, such relinquishment is tamasic.

18.8
दु:खमित्येव यत्कर्म कायक्लेशभयात्यजेत् ।
स कृत्वा राजसं त्यागं नैव त्यागफलं लभेत् ॥ ८ ॥
duḥkhamityeva yatkarma kāyakleśabhayātyajet |
sa kṛtvā rājasaṃ tyāgaṃ naiva tyāgaphalaṃ labhet || 8 ||
Meanings
duḥkham: troublesome; iti: as; eva: indeed; yat: which; karma: action; kāya: bodily; kleśa: discomfort; bhayāt: out of fear; tyajet: giving up; saḥ: they; kṛtvā: having done; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity; tyāgam: renunciation of attachment to action's results; na: never; eva: indeed; tyāga: renunciation of attachment to action's results; phalam: result; labhet: attain

One who abandons an action because it is physically difficult or painful practices rajasic relinquishment and gains none of renunciation’s fruit.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Avoiding duty merely because it is tiring or uncomfortable is rajasic, since concern for the body governs the choice. It produces none of the clarity that real relinquishment should bring.

18.9
कार्यमित्येव यत्कर्म नियतं क्रियतेऽर्जुन ।
सङ्गं त्यक्त्वा फलं चैव स त्याग: सात्त्विको मत: ॥ ९ ॥
kāryamityeva yatkarma niyataṃ kriyate’rjuna |
saṅgaṃ tyaktvā phalaṃ caiva sa tyāgaḥ sāttviko mataḥ || 9 ||
Meanings
kāryam: as a duty; iti: as; eva: indeed; yat: which; karma niyatam: obligatory actions; kriyate: are performed; arjuna: Arjuna; saṅgam: attachment; tyaktvā: relinquishing; phalam: reward; ca: and; eva: indeed; saḥ: such; tyāgaḥ: renunciation of attachment to action's results; sāttvikaḥ: in sattva, the quality of clarity; mataḥ: considered

Arjuna, when someone performs prescribed action simply because it should be done, while abandoning attachment and results, that relinquishment is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic relinquishment performs required action because it is right while releasing both attachment to the act and claim on its result. Duty remains, possessive agency loosens.

18.10
न द्वेष्ट्यकुशलं कर्म कुशले नानुषज्जते ।
त्यागी सत्त्वसमाविष्टो मेधावी छिन्नसंशय: ॥ १० ॥
na dveṣṭyakuśalaṃ karma kuśale nānuṣajjate |
tyāgī sattvasamāviṣṭo medhāvī chinnasaṃśayaḥ || 10 ||
Meanings
na: neither; dveṣṭi: hate; akuśalam: disagreeable; karma: action; kuśale: to an agreeable; na: nor; anuṣajjate: seek; tyāgī: one who renounces attachment to action's results; sattva: in sattva, the quality of clarity; samāviṣṭaḥ: endowed with; medhāvī: intelligent; chinna-saṃśayaḥ: people who have no doubts

A wise and sattvic renunciant whose doubts have been resolved neither resents unpleasant work nor clings to pleasant work.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The clear renouncer neither hates an unpleasant duty nor attaches to an agreeable one. Resolved doubt and freedom from reaction allow judgment rather than preference to guide action.

18.11
न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषत: ।
यस्तु कर्मफलत्यागी स त्यागीत्यभिधीयते ॥ ११ ॥
na hi dehabhṛtā śakyaṃ tyaktuṃ karmāṇyaśeṣataḥ |
yastu karmaphalatyāgī sa tyāgītyabhidhīyate || 11 ||
Meanings
na: not; hi: indeed; deha-bhṛtā: for embodied being; śakyam: possible; tyaktum: to give up; karmāṇi: actions; aśeṣataḥ: entirely; yaḥ: who; tu: but; karma-phala: the result of action; tyāgī: one who renounces every attachment to action's results; saḥ: they; tyāgī: one who renounces every attachment to action's results; iti: as; abhidhīyate: are said

An embodied being cannot completely give up action. One who gives up the results of action is truly called a renunciant.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads 'embodied being' here as one who still identifies with the body; such a person cannot wholly stop action. The Self-knower can renounce all agency, while the preparatory practitioner is rightly called a renouncer by surrendering results.

18.12
अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मण: फलम् ।
भवत्यत्यागिनां प्रेत्य न तु सन्न्यासिनां क्वचित् ॥ १२ ॥
aniṣṭamiṣṭaṃ miśraṃ ca trividhaṃ karmaṇaḥ phalam |
bhavatyatyāgināṃ pretya na tu sannyāsināṃ kvacit || 12 ||
Meanings
aniṣṭam: unpleasant; iṣṭam: pleasant; miśram: mixed; ca: and; tri-vidham: three-fold; karmaṇaḥ phalam: results of actions; bhavati: accrue; atyāginām: to people attached to personal reward; pretya: after death; na: not; tu: but; saṃyāsinām: for renouncers of actions; kvacit: ever

For those who do not renounce results, action produces pleasant, unpleasant, or mixed consequences after death. For true renunciants, no such result remains.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Pleasant, painful, and mixed karmic results follow those who retain a claim on action, including after death. For the true renunciant, no personal ownership remains to connect the Self with those results.

18.13
पञ्चैतानि महाबाहो कारणानि निबोध मे ।
साङ् ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि सिद्धये सर्वकर्मणाम् ॥ १३ ॥
pañcaitāni mahābāho kāraṇāni nibodha me |
sāṅ khye kṛtānte proktāni siddhaye sarvakarmaṇām || 13 ||
Meanings
pañca: five; etāni: these; mahā-bāho: mighty-armed one; kāraṇāni: causes; nibodha: listen; me: from me; sāṅkhye: of Sānkhya; kṛta-ante: stop reactions of karmas; proktāni: explains; siddhaye: for the accomplishment; sarva: all; karmaṇām: of karmas

Mighty-armed Arjuna, learn from me the five causes that Sankhya identifies behind the completion of every action:

Śaṅkara's commentary

The five causes explain how action actually occurs and undermine the belief that the isolated Self performs it. Krishna attributes this analysis to the reasoned teaching that brings action to an end.

18.14
अधिष्ठानं तथा कर्ता करणं च पृथग्विधम् ।
विविधाश्च पृथक्चेष्टा दैवं चैवात्र पञ्चमम् ॥ १४ ॥
adhiṣṭhānaṃ tathā kartā karaṇaṃ ca pṛthagvidham |
vividhāśca pṛthakceṣṭā daivaṃ caivātra pañcamam || 14 ||
Meanings
adhiṣṭhānam: the body; tathā: also; kartā: the doer; karaṇam: senses; ca: and; pṛthak-vidham: various kinds; vividhāḥ: many; ca: and; pṛthak: distinct; ceṣṭāḥ: efforts; daivam: the divine factor; ca eva atra: these certainly are; pañcamam: the fifth

the body, the doer, the various instruments, the different kinds of effort, and divine providence as the fifth.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The body's situation, the egoic agent, sensory and motor instruments, varied vital efforts, and divine or unseen conditions cooperate in every act. No single factor is sufficient by itself.

18.15-16
शरीरवाङ्मनोभिर्यत्कर्म प्रारभते नर: ।
न्याय्यं वा विपरीतं वा पञ्चैते तस्य हेतव: ॥ १५ ॥
तत्रैवं सति कर्तारमात्मानं केवलं तु य: ।
पश्यत्यकृतबुद्धित्वान्न स पश्यति दुर्मति: ॥ १६ ॥
śarīravāṅmanobhiryatkarma prārabhate naraḥ |
nyāyyaṃ vā viparītaṃ vā pañcaite tasya hetavaḥ || 15 ||
tatraivaṃ sati kartāramātmānaṃ kevalaṃ tu yaḥ |
paśyatyakṛtabuddhitvānna sa paśyati durmatiḥ || 16 ||
Meanings
śarīra-vāk-manobhiḥ: with body, speech, or mind; yat: which; karma: action; prārabhate: performs; naraḥ: a person; nyāyyam: proper; vā: or; viparītam: improper; vā: or; pañca: five; ete: these; tasya: their; hetavaḥ: factors; tatra: there; evam sati: in spite of this; kartāram: the doer; ātmānam: the self; kevalam: only; tu: but; yaḥ: who; paśyati: see; akṛta-buddhitvāt: with impure intellect; na: not; saḥ: they; paśyati: see; durmatiḥ: foolish

Whatever action a person performs with body, speech, or mind, whether right or wrong, has these five causes. Because this is so, a person with an untrained intellect who sees the isolated self as the only doer does not see clearly.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Right and wrong acts of body, speech, and mind all depend on the five causes. An untrained intellect ignores them and falsely assigns sole agency to the pure Self.

18.17
यस्य नाहङ् कृतो भावो बुद्धिर्यस्य न लिप्यते ।
हत्वाऽपि स इमाँल्लोकान्न हन्ति न निबध्यते ॥ १७ ॥
yasya nāhaṅ kṛto bhāvo buddhiryasya na lipyate |
hatvā’pi sa imām̐llokānna hanti na nibadhyate || 17 ||
Meanings
yasya: whose; na ahaṅkṛtaḥ: free from the conceit of agency; bhāvaḥ: nature; buddhiḥ: intellect; yasya: whose; na lipyate: unattached; hatvā: slay; api: even; saḥ: they; imān: this; lokān: living beings; na: neither; hanti: kill; na: nor; nibadhyate: get bound

A person free from the egoistic sense of being the doer, whose understanding is unattached, neither kills nor is bound by the action, even if they kill these warriors.

Śaṅkara's commentary

This applies to the realized person whose egoistic agency has genuinely ended, not to anyone seeking an excuse for violence. Knowing the Self as unattached, such a person is not the killer and acquires no bondage even while bodily action occurs.

18.18
ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना ।
करणं कर्म कर्तेति त्रिविध: कर्मसंग्रह: ॥ १८ ॥
jñānaṃ jñeyaṃ parijñātā trividhā karmacodanā |
karaṇaṃ karma karteti trividhaḥ karmasaṃgrahaḥ || 18 ||
Meanings
jñānam: knowledge; jñeyam: what is to be known; parijñātā: the knower; tri-vidhā: three factors; karma-codanā: factors that induce action; karaṇam: instrumens of action; karma: action; kartā: the doer; iti: thus; tri-vidhaḥ: threefold; karma-saṅgrahaḥ: constituents of action

Knowledge, the object of knowledge, and the knower are the three impulses to action. The instrument, the action, and the doer are the three components of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A known object, knowledge of it, and a knower motivate action; instrument, act, and empirical agent then constitute its performance. All six belong to the field of guṇas, not to pure consciousness.

18.19
ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदत: ।
प्रोच्यते गुणसङ् ख्याने यथावच्छृणु तान्यपि ॥ १९ ॥
jñānaṃ karma ca kartā ca tridhaiva guṇabhedataḥ |
procyate guṇasaṅ khyāne yathāvacchṛṇu tānyapi || 19 ||
Meanings
jñānam: knowledge; karma: action; ca: and; kartā: doer; ca: also; tridhā: of three kinds; eva: indeed; guṇa-bhedataḥ: distinguished by nature's three qualities; procyate: are declared; guṇa-saṅkhyāne: the Sankhya account of nature's qualities; yathā-vat: as they are; śṛṇu: listen; tāni: them; api: also

In Sankhya, knowledge, action, and the doer are each divided into three kinds according to the gunas. Hear how they differ.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Knowledge, action, and the empirical doer vary with the three guṇas. Their classification shows that even ways of knowing and choosing are conditions of nature.

18.20
सर्वभूतेषु येनैकं भावमव्ययमीक्षते ।
अविभक्तं विभक्तेषु तज्ज्ञानं विद्धि सात्त्विकम् ॥ २० ॥
sarvabhūteṣu yenaikaṃ bhāvamavyayamīkṣate |
avibhaktaṃ vibhakteṣu tajjñānaṃ viddhi sāttvikam || 20 ||
Meanings
sarva-bhūteṣu: within every being; yena: by which; ekam: one; bhāvam: nature; avyayam: imperishable; īkṣate: one sees; avibhaktam: undivided; vibhakteṣu: in diversity; tat: that; jñānam: knowledge; viddhi: understand; sāttvikam: in sattva, the quality of clarity

Knowledge that sees one undivided, imperishable reality in all diverse beings is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic knowledge sees one undivided, imperishable Self through all apparently divided beings. Bodily distinctions remain visible without being mistaken for divisions in consciousness.

18.21
पृथक्त्वेन तु यज्ज्ञानं नानाभावान्पृथग्विधान् ।
वेत्ति सर्वेषु भूतेषु तज्ज्ञानं विद्धि राजसम् ॥ २१ ॥
pṛthaktvena tu yajjñānaṃ nānābhāvānpṛthagvidhān |
vetti sarveṣu bhūteṣu tajjñānaṃ viddhi rājasam || 21 ||
Meanings
pṛthaktvena: unconnected; tu: however; yat: which; jñānam: knowledge; nānā-bhāvān: manifold entities; pṛthak-vidhān: of diversity; vetti: consider; sarveṣu: in all; bhūteṣu: beings; tat: that; jñānam: knowledge; viddhi: know; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity

Knowledge that sees separate, distinct realities in the many different beings is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rajasic knowledge treats the selves of different beings as independently real and separate. It remains caught in plurality because it identifies consciousness with distinct bodies.

18.22
यत्तु कृत्स्नवदेकस्मिन्कार्ये सक्तमहैतुकम् ।
अतत्त्वार्थवदल्पं च तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ २२ ॥
yattu kṛtsnavadekasminkārye saktamahaitukam |
atattvārthavadalpaṃ ca tattāmasamudāhṛtam || 22 ||
Meanings
yat: which; tu: but; kṛtsna-vat: as if it encompasses the whole; ekasmin: in single; kārye: action; saktam: engrossed; ahaitukam: without a reason; atattva-artha-vat: not based on truth; alpam: fragmental; ca: and; tat: that; tāmasam: in tamas, the quality of inertia; udāhṛtam: is called

Knowledge that clings to one fragment as if it were the whole, without reason or any grasp of truth, is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamasic knowledge takes one limited body, object, or practice as the whole reality without evidence or reasoning. Its attachment is intense precisely because its field is narrow.

18.23
नियतं सङ्गरहितमरागद्वेषत: कृतम् ।
अफलप्रेप्सुना कर्म यतत्सात्त्विकमुच्यते ॥ २३ ॥
niyataṃ saṅgarahitamarāgadveṣataḥ kṛtam |
aphalaprepsunā karma yatatsāttvikamucyate || 23 ||
Meanings
niyatam: prescribed; saṅga-rahitam: free from attachment; arāga-dveṣataḥ: without attachment and aversion; kṛtam: done; aphala-prepsunā: without desire for rewards; karma: action; yat: which; tat: that; sāttvikam: in sattva, the quality of clarity; ucyate: is called

An action done as duty, without attachment, attraction, aversion, or desire for results, is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic action follows duty without personal attachment, emotional attraction or aversion, or hunger for a result. Its clarity lies as much in motive as in the act itself.

18.24
यत्तुकामेप्सुना कर्म साहङ्कारेण वा पुन: ।
क्रियते बहुलायासं तद्राजसमुदाहृतम् ॥ २४ ॥
yattukāmepsunā karma sāhaṅkāreṇa vā punaḥ |
kriyate bahulāyāsaṃ tadrājasamudāhṛtam || 24 ||
Meanings
yat: which; tu: but; kāma-īpsunā: prompted by selfish desire; karma: action; sa-ahaṅkārena: with pride; vā: or; punaḥ: again; kriyate: enacted; bahula-āyāsam: stressfully; tat: that; rājasam: in nature of passion; udāhṛtam: is called

An action performed with great effort by someone driven by desire for results and a sense of ego is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rajasic action is burdensomely pursued for a desired result under the claim 'I am doing this.' Effort becomes binding because ego and outcome define it.

18.25
अनुबन्धं क्षयं हिंसामनपेक्ष्य च पौरुषम् ।
मोहादारभ्यते कर्म यत्तत्तामसमुच्यते ॥ २५ ॥
anubandhaṃ kṣayaṃ hiṃsāmanapekṣya ca pauruṣam |
mohādārabhyate karma yattattāmasamucyate || 25 ||
Meanings
anubandham: consequences; kṣayam: loss; hinsām: injury; anapekṣya: by disregarding; ca: and; pauruṣam: one's own ability; mohāt: out of delusion; ārabhyate: is begun; karma: action; yat: which; tat: that; tāmasam: in tamas, the quality of inertia; ucyate: is declared to be

An action begun in delusion, without considering its consequences, harm, loss, or one’s ability, is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamasic action begins without examining consequence, damage, cost, or capacity. Delusion prevents the practical foresight that responsible action requires.

18.26
मुक्तसङ्गोऽनहंवादी धृत्युत्साहसमन्वित: ।
सिद्ध्यसिद्ध्योर्निर्विकार: कर्ता सात्त्विक उच्यते ॥ २६ ॥
muktasaṅgo’nahaṃvādī dhṛtyutsāhasamanvitaḥ |
siddhyasiddhyornirvikāraḥ kartā sāttvika ucyate || 26 ||
Meanings
mukta-saṅgaḥ: without worldly attachment; anaham-vādī: free from ego; dhṛti: strong resolve; utsāha: zeal; samanvitaḥ: endowed with; siddhi-asiddhyoḥ: in success and failure; nirvikāraḥ: unaffected; kartā: worker; sāttvikaḥ: in sattva, the quality of clarity; ucyate: is called

A doer free from attachment and ego, full of resolve and enthusiasm, and unchanged by success or failure is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The sattvic doer has energy and persistence but does not claim the action or depend on its success. Resolve remains even because identity is not tied to the outcome.

18.27
रागी कर्मफलप्रेप्सुर्लुब्धो हिंसात्मकोऽशुचि: ।
हर्षशोकान्वित: कर्ता राजस: परिकीर्तित: ॥ २७ ॥
rāgī karmaphalaprepsurlubdho hiṃsātmako’śuciḥ |
harṣaśokānvitaḥ kartā rājasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 27 ||
Meanings
rāgī: craving; karma-phala: the result of action; prepsuḥ: covet; lubdhaḥ: greedy; hinsā-ātmakaḥ: violent-natured; aśuciḥ: impure; harṣa-śoka-anvitaḥ: moved by joy and sorrow; kartā: performer; rājasaḥ: in rajas, the quality of activity; parikīrtitaḥ: is declared

A doer who craves results, is greedy, harmful, impure, and swayed by joy and sorrow is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The rajasic doer seeks rewards, hoards, harms, neglects purity, and rises and falls emotionally with results. Desire makes action personally costly even when it succeeds.

18.28
अयुक्त: प्राकृत: स्तब्ध: शठो नैष्कृतिकोऽलस: ।
विषादी दीर्घसूत्री च कर्ता तामस उच्यते ॥ २८ ॥
ayuktaḥ prākṛtaḥ stabdhaḥ śaṭho naiṣkṛtiko’lasaḥ |
viṣādī dīrghasūtrī ca kartā tāmasa ucyate || 28 ||
Meanings
ayuktaḥ: undisciplined; prākṛtaḥ: vulgar; stabdhaḥ: obstinate; śaṭhaḥ: cunning; naiṣkṛtikaḥ: dishonest or vile; alasaḥ: slothful; viṣādī: unhappy and morose; dīrgha-sūtrī: procrastinator; ca: and; kartā: performer; tāmasaḥ: in tamas, the quality of inertia; ucyate: is called

A doer who is undisciplined, crude, stubborn, deceitful, malicious, lazy, despondent, and procrastinating is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The tamasic doer combines lack of discipline with stubbornness, deceit, hostility, inertia, and delay. These traits prevent both competent action and honest correction.

18.29
बुद्धेर्भेदं धृतेश्चैव गुणतस्त्रिविधं शृणु ।
प्रोच्यमानमशेषेण पृथक्त्वेन धनञ्जय ॥ २९ ॥
buddherbhedaṃ dhṛteścaiva guṇatastrividhaṃ śṛṇu |
procyamānamaśeṣeṇa pṛthaktvena dhanañjaya || 29 ||
Meanings
buddheḥ: of intellect; bhedam: the distinctions; dhṛteḥ: of determination; ca: and; eva: indeed; guṇataḥ tri-vidham: according to nature's three qualities; śṛṇu: hear; procyamānam: described; aśeṣeṇa: in detail; pṛthaktvena: distinctly; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth

Dhananjaya, now hear a full account of the three kinds of intellect and resolve according to the gunas.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna next classifies the intellect that judges and the resolve that sustains behavior. Knowing a rule and holding to it are distinct capacities, and each can express any guṇa.

18.30
प्रवृत्तिंच निवृत्तिं च कार्याकार्ये भयाभये ।
बन्धं मोक्षं च या वेत्तिबुद्धि: सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥ ३० ॥
pravṛttiṃca nivṛttiṃ ca kāryākārye bhayābhaye |
bandhaṃ mokṣaṃ ca yā vettibuddhiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī || 30 ||
Meanings
pravṛttim: activities; ca: and; nivṛttim: renunciation from action; ca: and; kārya: proper action; akārye: improper action; bhaya: fear; abhaye: without fear; bandham: what is binding; mokṣam: what is liberating; ca: and; yā: which; vetti: understands; buddhiḥ: intellect; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sāttvikī: in nature of goodness

Partha, an intellect that knows when to act and refrain, what should and should not be done, what should and should not be feared, and what binds and liberates is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A sattvic intellect correctly distinguishes engagement from renunciation, duty from prohibition, genuine danger from false fear, and bondage from freedom. Its scope includes both ethical action and liberation.

18.31
यया धर्ममधर्मं च कार्यं चाकार्यमेव च ।
अयथावत्प्रजानाति बुद्धि: सा पार्थ राजसी ॥ ३१ ॥
yayā dharmamadharmaṃ ca kāryaṃ cākāryameva ca |
ayathāvatprajānāti buddhiḥ sā pārtha rājasī || 31 ||
Meanings
yayā: by which; dharmam: dharma; adharmam: adharma; ca: and; kāryam: right conduct; ca: and; akāryam: wrong conduct; eva: indeed; ca: and; ayathā-vat: confused; prajānāti: distinguish; buddhiḥ: intellect; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; rājasī: in rajas, the quality of activity

Partha, an intellect that misunderstands dharma and adharma, and what should or should not be done, is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A rajasic intellect sees moral distinctions uncertainly or incorrectly because desire colors judgment. It does not reliably identify what should be pursued or avoided.

18.32
अधर्मं धर्ममिति या मन्यते तमसावृता ।
सर्वार्थान्विपरीतांश्च बुद्धि: सा पार्थ तामसी ॥ ३२ ॥
adharmaṃ dharmamiti yā manyate tamasāvṛtā |
sarvārthānviparītāṃśca buddhiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī || 32 ||
Meanings
adharmam: adharma; dharmam: dharma; iti: thus; yā: which; manyate: imagines; tamasa-āvṛtā: shrouded in darkness; sarva-arthān: all things; viparītān: opposite; ca: and; buddhiḥ: intellect; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; tāmasī: of nature of ignorance

Partha, an intellect wrapped in darkness that mistakes adharma for dharma and sees everything backward is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A tamasic intellect reverses the moral field and treats harmful action as right. Darkness here is active misperception, not simply missing information.

18.33
धृत्या यया धारयते मन:प्राणेन्द्रियक्रिया: ।
योगेनाव्यभिचारिण्या धृति: सा पार्थ सात्त्विकी ॥ ३३ ॥
dhṛtyā yayā dhārayate manaḥprāṇendriyakriyāḥ |
yogenāvyabhicāriṇyā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha sāttvikī || 33 ||
Meanings
dhṛtyā: by determining; yayā: which; dhārayate: sustains; manaḥ: of the mind; prāṇa: life-airs; indriya: senses; kriyāḥ: activities; yogena: through yoga; avyabhicāriṇyā: with steadfastness; dhṛtiḥ: determination; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; sāttvikī: in sattva, the quality of clarity

Partha, the unwavering resolve that uses yoga to steady the functions of mind, breath, and senses is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sattvic resolve uses yoga to hold mind, vital functions, and senses steadily within discipline. Its firmness is directed by understanding rather than obsession.

18.34
यया तु धर्मकामार्थान्धृत्या धारयतेऽर्जुन ।
प्रसङ्गेन फलाकाङ् क्षी धृति: सा पार्थ राजसी ॥ ३४ ॥
yayā tu dharmakāmārthāndhṛtyā dhārayate’rjuna |
prasaṅgena phalākāṅ kṣī dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha rājasī || 34 ||
Meanings
yayā: by which; tu: but; dharma-kāma-arthān: duty, pleasures, and wealth; dhṛtyā: through steadfast will; dhārayate: holds; arjuna: Arjuna; prasaṅgena: because of attachment; phala-ākāṅkṣī: desire for rewards; dhṛtiḥ: determination; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; rājasī: in rajas, the quality of activity

Arjuna, resolve that clings to duty, pleasure, and wealth because it desires their results is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Rajasic resolve pursues duty, wealth, and pleasure for the results attached to them. Persistence remains, but desire determines its objects and measure.

18.35
यया स्वप्नं भयं शोकं विषादं मदमेव च ।
न विमुञ्चति दुर्मेधा धृति: सा पार्थ तामसी ॥ ३५ ॥
yayā svapnaṃ bhayaṃ śokaṃ viṣādaṃ madameva ca |
na vimuñcati durmedhā dhṛtiḥ sā pārtha tāmasī || 35 ||
Meanings
yayā: in which; svapnam: dreaming; bhayam: fearing; śokam: grieving; viṣādam: despair; madam: conceit; eva: indeed; ca: and; na: not; vimuñcati: give up; durmedhā: unintelligent; dhṛtiḥ: resolve; sā: that; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; tāmasī: in tamas, the quality of inertia

Partha, a foolish resolve that will not let go of sleep, fear, grief, despair, and arrogance is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamasic resolve stubbornly preserves sleep, fear, grief, depression, and conceit. What looks like firmness is an inability to release destructive states.

18.36
सुखं त्विदानीं त्रिविधं शृणु मे भरतर्षभ ।
अभ्यासाद्रमते यत्र दु:खान्तं च निगच्छति ॥ ३६ ॥
sukhaṃ tvidānīṃ trividhaṃ śṛṇu me bharatarṣabha |
abhyāsādramate yatra duḥkhāntaṃ ca nigacchati || 36 ||
Meanings
sukham: happiness; tu: but; idānīm: now; tri-vidham: of three kinds; śṛṇu: hear; me: from me; bharata-ṛṣabha: best of the Bharatas; abhyāsāt: by practice; ramate: rejoices; yatra: in which; duḥkha-antam: end of all suffering; ca: and; nigacchati: reaches

Best of the Bharatas, now hear the three kinds of happiness. One kind brings an end to suffering through sustained practice.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Happiness too reveals its quality over time. The sattvic form requires practice because it ends suffering by transforming understanding rather than supplying immediate stimulation.

18.37
यत्तदग्रे विषमिव परिणामेऽमृतोपमम् ।
तत्सुखं सात्त्विकं प्रोक्तमात्मबुद्धिप्रसादजम् ॥ ३७ ॥
yattadagre viṣamiva pariṇāme’mṛtopamam |
tatsukhaṃ sāttvikaṃ proktamātmabuddhiprasādajam || 37 ||
Meanings
yat: which; tat: that; agre: at first; viṣam iva: like poison; pariṇāme: in the end; amṛta-upamam: like nectar; tat: that; sukham: happiness; sāttvikam: in sattva, the quality of clarity; proktam: is called; ātma-buddhi: situated in self-knowledge; prasāda-jam: generated by the pure intellect

Happiness that feels like poison at first but like nectar in the end, born from clear self-knowledge, is sattvic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Discipline and inquiry can initially feel difficult, but clear Self-knowledge ends in the nectar of lasting freedom. Its pleasure arises from a purified intellect resting in reality.

18.38
विषयेन्द्रियसंयोगाद्यत्तदग्रेऽमृतोपमम् ।
परिणामे विषमिव तत्सुखं राजसं स्मृतम् ॥ ३८ ॥
viṣayendriyasaṃyogādyattadagre’mṛtopamam |
pariṇāme viṣamiva tatsukhaṃ rājasaṃ smṛtam || 38 ||
Meanings
viṣaya: with sense objects; indriya: the senses; saṃyogāt: from the contact; yat: which; tat: that; agre: at first; amṛta-upamam: like nectar; pariṇāme: at the end; viṣam iva: like poison; tat: that; sukham: happiness; rājasam: in rajas, the quality of activity; smṛtam: is called

Happiness born from contact between the senses and their objects, like nectar at first and poison in the end, is rajasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sensory pleasure seems sweet at contact and turns painful through dependence, excess, loss, and renewed craving. Its temporal pattern reveals its rajasic character.

18.39
यदग्रे चानुबन्धे च सुखं मोहनमात्मन: ।
निद्रालस्यप्रमादोत्थं तत्तामसमुदाहृतम् ॥ ३९ ॥
yadagre cānubandhe ca sukhaṃ mohanamātmanaḥ |
nidrālasyapramādotthaṃ tattāmasamudāhṛtam || 39 ||
Meanings
yat: which; agre: from beginning; ca: and; anubandhe: to end; ca: and; sukham: happiness; mohanam: illusory; ātmanaḥ: of the self; nidrā: sleep; ālasya: indolence; pramāda: negligence; uttham: derived from; tat: that; tāmasam: in tamas, the quality of inertia; udāhṛtam: is called

Happiness that deludes the self from beginning to end and arises from sleep, laziness, and negligence is tamasic.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Tamasic pleasure keeps a person obscured from beginning to end. Sleep, laziness, and negligence feel comfortable by dulling awareness rather than resolving suffering.

18.40
न तदस्ति पृथिव्यां वा दिवि देवेषु वा पुन: ।
सत्त्वं प्रकृतिजैर्मुक्तं यदेभि: स्यात्त्रिभिर्गुणै: ॥ ४० ॥
na tadasti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi deveṣu vā punaḥ |
sattvaṃ prakṛtijairmuktaṃ yadebhiḥ syāttribhirguṇaiḥ || 40 ||
Meanings
na: no; tat: that; asti: exists; pṛthivyām: on earth; vā: or; divi: in heaven; deveṣu: among the gods; vā: or; punaḥ: again; sattvam: sattva, the quality of clarity; prakṛti-jaiḥ: born of nature; muktam: liberated; yat: that; ebhiḥ: from influence of these; syāt: is; tribhiḥ: three; guṇaiḥ: by the qualities

No being on earth or among the gods in heaven is free from the three gunas that arise from material nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Every created being and condition contains the three guṇas in some proportion. Freedom is therefore not found by locating a naturally guṇa-free object within creation.

18.41
ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशां शूद्राणां च परन्तप ।
कर्माणि प्रविभक्तानि स्वभावप्रभवैर्गुणै: ॥ ४१ ॥
brāhmaṇakṣatriyaviśāṃ śūdrāṇāṃ ca parantapa |
karmāṇi pravibhaktāni svabhāvaprabhavairguṇaiḥ || 41 ||
Meanings
brāhmaṇa: of priestly class; kṣatriya: warrior and administrative class; viśām: mercantile and farming class; śūdrāṇām: of worker class; ca: and; parantapa: scorcher of foes; karmāṇi: actions; pravibhaktāni: distributed; svabhāva-prabhavaiḥ-guṇaiḥ: work based on one's nature and guṇas

Conqueror of enemies, the duties of Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaishyas, and Shudras are divided according to the qualities arising from their own natures.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads these verses within the inherited varṇa order and links social duty to guṇa-shaped nature formed through past karma. That is his historical framework, not a neutral modern account of occupation or human worth.

18.42
शमो दमस्तप: शौचं क्षान्तिरार्जवमेव च ।
ज्ञानं विज्ञानमास्तिक्यं ब्रह्मकर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४२ ॥
śamo damastapaḥ śaucaṃ kṣāntirārjavameva ca |
jñānaṃ vijñānamāstikyaṃ brahmakarma svabhāvajam || 42 ||
Meanings
śamaḥ: tranquility; damaḥ: restraint; tapaḥ: discipline; śaucam: purity; kṣāntiḥ: patience; ārjavam: integrity; eva: indeed; ca: and; jñānam: knowledge; vijñānam: wisdom; āstikyam: belief in a hereafter; brahma: of priestly class; karma: action; svabhāva-jam: born of one's intrinsic qualities

Serenity, self-control, discipline, purity, forgiveness, honesty, knowledge, understanding, and faith are the duties of Brahmins, arising from their own nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara presents the Brahmin's role as an inward and intellectual discipline of calm, restraint, purity, patience, scriptural knowledge, realization, and trust. The listed qualities are obligations, not merely inherited privileges.

18.43
शौर्यं तेजो धृतिर्दाक्ष्यं युद्धे चाप्यपलायनम् ।
दानमीश्वरभावश्च क्षात्रं कर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४३ ॥
śauryaṃ tejo dhṛtirdākṣyaṃ yuddhe cāpyapalāyanam |
dānamīśvarabhāvaśca kṣātraṃ karma svabhāvajam || 43 ||
Meanings
śauryam: valor; tejaḥ: strength; dhṛtiḥ: fortitude; dākṣyam yuddhe: skill in weaponry; ca: and; api: also; apalāyanam: not fleeing; dānam: large-heartedness; īśvara: leadership; bhāvaḥ: qualities; ca: and; kṣātram: of warrior and administrative class; karma: action; svabhāva-jam: born of one's intrinsic qualities

Courage, strength, resolve, skill, refusal to flee from battle, generosity, and leadership are the duties of Kshatriyas, arising from their own nature.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Kshatriya role requires courage, competence, perseverance, generosity, leadership, and refusal to abandon a just battle. Arjuna's specific duty is located within this framework.

18.44
कृषिगौरक्ष्यवाणिज्यं वैश्यकर्म स्वभावजम् ।
परिचर्यात्मकं कर्म शूद्रस्यापि स्वभावजम् ॥ ४४ ॥
kṛṣigaurakṣyavāṇijyaṃ vaiśyakarma svabhāvajam |
paricaryātmakaṃ karma śūdrasyāpi svabhāvajam || 44 ||
Meanings
kṛṣi: agriculture; gau-rakṣya: dairy farming; vāṇijyam: commerce; vaiśya: of mercantile and farming class; karma: action; svabhāva-jam: born of one's intrinsic qualities; paricaryā: serving through work; ātmakam: natural; karma: action; śūdrasya: of worker class; api: and; svabhāva-jam: born of one's intrinsic qualities

Farming, caring for livestock, and trade are the natural work of Vaishyas. Service is the natural work of Shudras.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Agriculture, animal husbandry, and trade are assigned to Vaishyas, and service to Shudras, within the text's traditional social scheme. Śaṅkara accepts these assignments rather than revising their hierarchy.

18.45
स्वे स्वे कर्मण्यभिरत: संसिद्धिं लभते नर: ।
स्वकर्मनिरत: सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु ॥ ४५ ॥
sve sve karmaṇyabhirataḥ saṃsiddhiṃ labhate naraḥ |
svakarmanirataḥ siddhiṃ yathā vindati tacchṛṇu || 45 ||
Meanings
sve sve: respectively; karmaṇi: in action; abhirataḥ: fulfilling; saṃsiddhim: perfection; labhate: achieve; naraḥ: a person; sva-karma: to one's prescribed duty; nirataḥ: engaged; siddhim: perfection; yathā: as; vindati: attains; tat: that; śṛṇu: hear

A person reaches perfection by devoting themselves to their own work. Hear how someone committed to their own work reaches perfection.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Commitment to one's own work brings perfection in the preparatory sense of a purified mind. It does not make occupation itself the direct cause of liberation.

18.46
यत: प्रवृत्तिर्भूतानां येन सर्वमिदं ततम् ।
स्वकर्मणा तमभ्यर्च्य सिद्धिं विन्दति मानव: ॥ ४६ ॥
yataḥ pravṛttirbhūtānāṃ yena sarvamidaṃ tatam |
svakarmaṇā tamabhyarcya siddhiṃ vindati mānavaḥ || 46 ||
Meanings
yataḥ: from whom; pravṛttiḥ: have come into being; bhūtānām: of all beings; yena: by whom; sarvam: all; idam: this; tatam: pervaded; sva-karmaṇā: by one's natural occupation; tam: him; abhyarcya: by worshipping; siddhim: perfection; vindati: attains; mānavaḥ: a person

By doing their own work as worship of the source from whom all beings arise and by whom everything is pervaded, a person reaches perfection.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Work becomes worship when offered to the Lord from whom beings arise and by whom all are pervaded. Through that orientation, one's actual responsibilities prepare the mind for knowledge.

18.47
श्रेयान्स्वधर्मो विगुण: परधर्मात्स्वनुष्ठितात् ।
स्वभावनियतं कर्म कुर्वन्नाप्नोति किल्बिषम् ॥ ४७ ॥
śreyānsvadharmo viguṇaḥ paradharmātsvanuṣṭhitāt |
svabhāvaniyataṃ karma kurvannāpnoti kilbiṣam || 47 ||
Meanings
śreyān: better; sva-dharmaḥ: one's prescribed occupational duty; viguṇaḥ: imperfectly done; para-dharmāt: than another's dharma; su-anuṣṭhitāt: perfectly done; svabhāva-niyatam: according to one's innate nature; karma: action; kurvan: by performing; na āpnoti: does not incur; kilbiṣam: wrongdoing

It is better to perform your own duty imperfectly than to perform another person’s duty well. By doing the work that follows from your own nature, you do not incur wrongdoing.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A duty fitted to one's formed nature is spiritually safer than impressive imitation of another role. Imperfect performance does not create fault when the underlying obligation is truly one's own.

18.48
सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् ।
सर्वारम्भा हि दोषेण धूमेनाग्निरिवावृता: ॥ ४८ ॥
sahajaṃ karma kaunteya sadoṣamapi na tyajet |
sarvārambhā hi doṣeṇa dhūmenāgnirivāvṛtāḥ || 48 ||
Meanings
saha-jam: born of one's nature; karma: action; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; sa-doṣam: with defects; api: even if; na tyajet: one should not abandon; sarva-ārambhāḥ: all endeavors; hi: indeed; doṣeṇa: with evil; dhūmena: with smoke; agniḥ: fire; iva: as; āvṛtāḥ: veiled

Son of Kunti, do not abandon the work born of your nature, even when it has faults. Every undertaking is veiled by some defect, as fire is by smoke.

Śaṅkara's commentary

No material undertaking is entirely free from defect, just as fire comes with smoke. The presence of some limitation is therefore not enough reason to abandon work suited to one's nature.

18.49
असक्तबुद्धि: सर्वत्र जितात्मा विगतस्पृह: ।
नैष्कर्म्यसिद्धिं परमां सन्न्यासेनाधिगच्छति ॥ ४९ ॥
asaktabuddhiḥ sarvatra jitātmā vigataspṛhaḥ |
naiṣkarmyasiddhiṃ paramāṃ sannyāsenādhigacchati || 49 ||
Meanings
asakta-buddhiḥ: people whose intellect is unattached; sarvatra: everywhere; jita-ātmā: who have mastered their mind; vigata-spṛhaḥ: free from desires; naiṣkarmya-siddhim: state of actionlessness; paramām: highest; saṃyāsena: by practice of renunciation; adhigacchati: attain

A person whose understanding is unattached everywhere, who has mastered the self and is free from desire, reaches through renunciation the highest freedom from the effects of action.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Complete nonattachment, self-mastery, and freedom from desire prepare the highest actionlessness associated with renunciation. The culmination is release from the sense that the Self acts or needs results.

18.50
सिद्धिं प्राप्तो यथा ब्रह्म तथाप्नोति निबोध मे ।
समासेनैव कौन्तेय निष्ठा ज्ञानस्य या परा ॥ ५० ॥
siddhiṃ prāpto yathā brahma tathāpnoti nibodha me |
samāsenaiva kaunteya niṣṭhā jñānasya yā parā || 50 ||
Meanings
siddhim: perfection; prāptaḥ: attained; yathā: how; brahma: Brahman; tathā: also; āpnoti: attain; nibodha: hear; me: from me; samāsena: briefly; eva: indeed; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; niṣṭhā: firmly fixed; jñānasya: of knowledge; yā: which; parā: the highest

Arjuna, hear briefly how one who has reached perfection also reaches Brahman, the highest state of knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The perfection produced by disciplined work is fitness for knowledge, not the endpoint. Krishna now summarizes how the prepared renunciant realizes Brahman.

18.51-53
बुद्ध्या विशुद्धया युक्तो धृत्यात्मानं नियम्य च ।
शब्दादीन्विषयांस्त्यक्त्वा रागद्वेषौ व्युदस्य च ॥ ५१ ॥
विविक्तसेवी लघ्वाशी यतवाक्कायमानस: ।
ध्यानयोगपरो नित्यं वैराग्यं समुपाश्रित: ॥ ५२ ॥
अहङ्कारं बलं दर्पं कामं क्रोधं परिग्रहम् ।
विमुच्य निर्मम: शान्तो ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते ॥ ५३ ॥
buddhyā viśuddhayā yukto dhṛtyātmānaṃ niyamya ca |
śabdādīnviṣayāṃstyaktvā rāgadveṣau vyudasya ca || 51 ||
viviktasevī laghvāśī yatavākkāyamānasaḥ |
dhyānayogaparo nityaṃ vairāgyaṃ samupāśritaḥ || 52 ||
ahaṅkāraṃ balaṃ darpaṃ kāmaṃ krodhaṃ parigraham |
vimucya nirmamaḥ śānto brahmabhūyāya kalpate || 53 ||
Meanings
buddhyā: intellect; viśuddhayā: purified; yuktaḥ: endowed with; dhṛtyā: by determination; ātmānam: the self; niyamya: restraining; ca: and; śabda-ādīn viṣayān: sound and other sense objects; tyaktvā: abandoning; rāga-dveṣau: attachment and aversion; vyudasya: casting aside; ca: and; vivikta-sevī: relishing solitude; laghu-āśī: eating light; yata: controls; vāk: speech; kāya: body; mānasaḥ: and mind; dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ: engaged in meditation; nityam: always; vairāgyam: dispassion; samupāśritaḥ: having taken shelter of; ahaṅkāram: egotism; balam: violence; darpam: arrogance; kāmam: desire; krodham: anger; parigraham: selfishness; vimucya: being freed from; nirmamaḥ: without possessiveness of property; śāntaḥ: peaceful; brahma-bhūyāya: union with Brahman; kalpate: is fit

With purified understanding, firm self-control, and the objects of the senses, sound and the rest, set aside, abandoning attraction and aversion; living in solitude, eating lightly, controlling body, speech, and mind, constantly devoted to meditation and grounded in dispassion; free from egoism, force, arrogance, desire, anger, possessiveness, and any sense of mine; peaceful; one becomes fit for Brahman.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Purified discernment, sensory withdrawal, solitude, moderation, meditation, dispassion, and release from ego, power, desire, anger, and possession make the mind transparent to Brahman. These conditions remove obstruction; they do not manufacture the Self.

18.54
ब्रह्मभूत: प्रसन्नात्मा न शोचति न काङ् क्षति ।
सम: सर्वेषु भूतेषु मद्भक्तिं लभते पराम् ॥ ५४ ॥
brahmabhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅ kṣati |
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu madbhaktiṃ labhate parām || 54 ||
Meanings
brahma-bhūtaḥ: one established in Brahman; prasanna-ātmā: mentally serene; na: neither; śocati: grieving; na: nor; kāṅkṣati: desiring; samaḥ: equitably disposed; sarveṣu: toward all; bhūteṣu: living beings; mat-bhaktim: devotion to me; labhate: attains; parām: the highest

Established in Brahman and serene, one neither grieves nor desires. Equal toward all beings, one develops supreme devotion to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

One established as Brahman is serene, free from grief and desire, and equal toward all beings. Supreme devotion then means unwavering knowledge of the Lord as not separate from that Self.

18.55
भक्त्या मामभिजानाति यावान्यश्चास्मि तत्त्वत: ।
ततो मां तत्त्वतो ज्ञात्वा विशते तदनन्तरम् ॥ ५५ ॥
bhaktyā māmabhijānāti yāvānyaścāsmi tattvataḥ |
tato māṃ tattvato jñātvā viśate tadanantaram || 55 ||
Meanings
bhaktyā: through devotion; mām: me; abhijānāti: one comes to know; yāvān: as much as; yaḥ ca asmi: as I am; tattvataḥ: in truth; tataḥ: then; mām: me; tattvataḥ: in truth; jñātvā: having known; viśate: enters; tat-anantaram: thereafter

Through devotion one comes to know me in truth, both who I am and what I am. Knowing me in truth, one then enters into me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Through this knowledge-shaped devotion, the sage knows who the Lord is and the extent of his reality. 'Entering' follows immediately as realization of identity, not travel to a place.

18.56
सर्वकर्माण्यपि सदा कुर्वाणो मद्व्यपाश्रय: ।
मत्प्रसादादवाप्नोति शाश्वतं पदमव्ययम् ॥ ५६ ॥
sarvakarmāṇyapi sadā kurvāṇo madvyapāśrayaḥ |
matprasādādavāpnoti śāśvataṃ padamavyayam || 56 ||
Meanings
sarva: all; karmāṇi: actions; api: though; sadā: always; kurvāṇaḥ: performing; mat-vyapāśrayaḥ: take full refuge in me; mat-prasādāt: by my grace; avāpnoti: attain; śāśvatam: the eternal; padam: abode; avyayam: imperishable

Even while performing every kind of action, a person who takes refuge in me reaches the eternal, imperishable home through my grace.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Actions may continue through prior conditions even for one who takes refuge in the Lord. Grace and knowledge prevent them from creating new bondage and reveal the eternal state.

18.57
चेतसा सर्वकर्माणि मयि सन्न्यस्य मत्पर: ।
बुद्धियोगमुपाश्रित्य मच्चित्त: सततं भव ॥ ५७ ॥
cetasā sarvakarmāṇi mayi sannyasya matparaḥ |
buddhiyogamupāśritya maccittaḥ satataṃ bhava || 57 ||
Meanings
cetasā: by consciousness; sarva-karmāṇi: every activity; mayi: to me; sannyasya: dedicating; mat-paraḥ: intent on me; buddhi-yogam: the yoga of understanding; upāśritya: taking shelter of; mat-cittaḥ: consciousness absorbed in me; satatam: always; bhava: be

Mentally dedicate every action to me, make me your highest goal, rely on the yoga of discernment, and keep your mind on me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna should surrender actions in thought, hold the Lord as the supreme end, and rely on discriminating yoga. Continuous inward attention changes how outward duty is owned.

18.58
मच्चित्त: सर्वदुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि ।
अथ चेत्वमहङ्कारान्न श्रोष्यसि विनङ्क्ष्यसि ॥ ५८ ॥
maccittaḥ sarvadurgāṇi matprasādāttariṣyasi |
atha cetvamahaṅkārānna śroṣyasi vinaṅkṣyasi || 58 ||
Meanings
mat-cittaḥ: by always remembering me; sarva: all; durgāṇi: obstacles; mat-prasādāt: by my grace; tariṣyasi: you shall overcome; atha: but; cet: if; tvam: you; ahaṅkārāt: due to pride; na śroṣyasi: do not listen; vinaṅkṣyasi: you will perish

Keeping your mind on me, you will overcome every difficulty by my grace. But if, out of ego, you refuse to listen, you will be lost.

Śaṅkara's commentary

With mind established in the Lord, obstacles are crossed through grace working with disciplined understanding. Egoistic refusal rejects that support and leaves Arjuna governed by confusion.

18.59
यदहङ्कारमाश्रित्य न योत्स्य इति मन्यसे ।
मिथ्यैष व्यवसायस्ते प्रकृतिस्त्वां नियोक्ष्यति ॥ ५९ ॥
yadahaṅkāramāśritya na yotsya iti manyase |
mithyaiṣa vyavasāyaste prakṛtistvāṃ niyokṣyati || 59 ||
Meanings
yat: if; ahaṅkāram: motivated by pride; āśritya: taking shelter; na yotsye: I shall not fight; iti: thus; manyase: you think; mithyā eṣaḥ: this is all false; vyavasāyaḥ: determination; te: your; prakṛtiḥ: nature; tvām: you; niyokṣyati: will engage

If ego makes you think, ‘I will not fight,’ your decision will accomplish nothing. Your own nature will compel you.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A verbal decision not to fight cannot erase the dispositions, obligations, and circumstances already shaping Arjuna. Ego mistakes a momentary assertion for mastery over nature.

18.60
स्वभावजेन कौन्तेय निबद्ध: स्वेन कर्मणा ।
कर्तुं नेच्छसि यन्मोहात्करिष्यस्यवशोऽपि तत् ॥ ६० ॥
svabhāvajena kaunteya nibaddhaḥ svena karmaṇā |
kartuṃ necchasi yanmohātkariṣyasyavaśo’pi tat || 60 ||
Meanings
svabhāva-jena: born of one's own nature; kaunteya: Arjuna, son of Kunti; nibaddhaḥ: bound; svena: by your own; karmaṇā: through action; kartum: to do; na: not; icchasi: you wish; yat: which; mohāt: out of delusion; kariṣyasi: you will do; avaśaḥ: helplessly; api: even though; tat: that

Son of Kunti, you are bound by the duty arising from your nature. Even what you refuse to do through delusion, you will helplessly perform.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna's warrior nature, formed through the guṇas and past action, will press toward the very battle he refuses in confusion. Freedom requires understanding nature, not pretending it has no force.

18.61
ईश्वर: सर्वभूतानां हृद्देशेऽर्जुन तिष्ठति ।
भ्रामयन्सर्वभूतानि यन्त्रारूढानि मायया ॥ ६१ ॥
īśvaraḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ hṛddeśe’rjuna tiṣṭhati |
bhrāmayansarvabhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā || 61 ||
Meanings
īśvaraḥ: the lord; sarva-bhūtānām: in every being; hṛt-deśe: in the hearts; arjuna: Arjuna; tiṣṭhati: dwells; bhrāmayan: causing to wander; sarva-bhūtāni: all living beings; yantra ārūḍhani: seated on a machine; māyayā: made of the nature

Arjuna, the Lord dwells in the hearts of all beings and, through maya, causes them to turn as though mounted on a machine.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The Lord is the inner ruler present in every heart, while bodies and minds move like mechanisms through māyā and karma. The image explains dependence on divine order without making ignorance into the Self's action.

18.62
तमेव शरणं गच्छ सर्वभावेन भारत ।
तत्प्रसादात्परां शान्तिं स्थानं प्राप्स्यसि शाश्वतम् ॥ ६२ ॥
tameva śaraṇaṃ gaccha sarvabhāvena bhārata |
tatprasādātparāṃ śāntiṃ sthānaṃ prāpsyasi śāśvatam || 62 ||
Meanings
tam: to him; eva: only; śaraṇam gaccha: take refuge; sarva-bhāvena: whole-heartedly; bhārata: descendant of Bharata; tat-prasādāt: by his grace; parām: the highest; śāntim: peace; sthānam: the abode; prāpsyasi: you will attain; śāśvatam: eternal

Take refuge in him with your whole being, Bharata. Through his grace you will find supreme peace and the eternal home.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Whole-being refuge in the inner Lord, rather than resistance from ego, opens into supreme peace and the eternal state through grace.

18.63
इति ते ज्ञानमाख्यातं गुह्याद्गुह्यतरं मया ।
विमृश्यैतदशेषेण यथेच्छसि तथा कुरु ॥ ६३ ॥
iti te jñānamākhyātaṃ guhyādguhyataraṃ mayā |
vimṛśyaitadaśeṣeṇa yathecchasi tathā kuru || 63 ||
Meanings
iti: thus; te: to you; jñānam: knowledge; ākhyātam: explained; guhyāt: that secret knowledge; guhya-taram: still more secret knowledge; mayā: by me; vimṛśya: pondering; etat: on this; aśeṣeṇa: completely; yathā: as; icchasi: you wish; tathā: so; kuru: do

I have taught you this wisdom, more secret than all secrets. Reflect on it fully, and then act as you choose.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna asks Arjuna to reflect fully and then choose, showing that teaching aims at understood judgment rather than coerced obedience. Freedom of decision remains within the field of instruction and nature just described.

18.64
सर्वगुह्यतमं भूय: शृणु मे परमं वच: ।
इष्टोऽसि मे दृढमिति ततो वक्ष्यामि ते हितम् ॥ ६४ ॥
sarvaguhyatamaṃ bhūyaḥ śṛṇu me paramaṃ vacaḥ |
iṣṭo’si me dṛḍhamiti tato vakṣyāmi te hitam || 64 ||
Meanings
sarva-guhya-tamam: most confidential of all; bhūyaḥ: again; śṛṇu: hear; me: by me; paramam: the highest; vacaḥ: instruction; iṣṭaḥ asi: you are dear; me: to me; dṛḍham: very; iti: thus; tataḥ: because; vakṣyāmi: I am speaking; te: for your; hitam: benefit

Listen once more to my highest teaching, the deepest secret of all. Because you are dear to me, I will speak for your good.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Although the formal teaching could end, love moves Krishna to state its essence once more. The deepest secret is repeated in the most personal form for Arjuna's good.

18.65
मन्मना भव मद्भक्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु ।
मामेवैष्यसि सत्यं ते प्रतिजाने प्रियोऽसि मे ॥ ६५ ॥
manmanā bhava madbhakto madyājī māṃ namaskuru |
māmevaiṣyasi satyaṃ te pratijāne priyo’si me || 65 ||
Meanings
mat-manāḥ: thinking of me; bhava: be; mat-bhaktaḥ: my devotee; mat-yājī: worship me; mām: to me; namaskuru: offer obeisance; mām: to me; eva: indeed; eṣyasi: you will come; satyam: truly; te: to you; pratijāne: I promise; priyaḥ: dear; asi: you are; me: to me

Keep your mind on me, be devoted to me, worship me, and bow to me. You will surely come to me. I promise, because you are dear to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Mind, devotion, worship, and surrender should all converge on Krishna. His promise assures Arjuna that wholehearted orientation, not anxious calculation of separate results, leads to him.

18.66
सर्वधर्मान्परित्यज्य मामेकं शरणं व्रज ।
अहं त्वां सर्वपापेभ्यो मोक्षयिष्यामि मा शुच: ॥ ६६ ॥
sarvadharmānparityajya māmekaṃ śaraṇaṃ vraja |
ahaṃ tvāṃ sarvapāpebhyo mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ || 66 ||
Meanings
sarva-dharmān: all dharmas; parityajya: setting aside; mām: to me; ekam: alone; śaraṇam: refuge; vraja: go; aham: I; tvām: you; sarva: all; pāpebhyaḥ: from wrongdoing; mokṣayiṣyāmi: I will free; mā: do not; śucaḥ: grieve

Set aside all other dharmas and take refuge in me alone. I will free you from every wrong; do not be afraid.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Śaṅkara reads this as the final call to renounce every action and separate notion of duty through knowledge and take refuge in the nondual Lord alone. It is not permission for arbitrary misconduct; it is release from all karmic identity, including fear that renunciation itself creates sin.

18.67
इदं ते नातपस्काय नाभक्ताय कदाचन ।
न चाशुश्रूषवे वाच्यं न च मां योऽभ्यसूयति ॥ ६७ ॥
idaṃ te nātapaskāya nābhaktāya kadācana |
na cāśuśrūṣave vācyaṃ na ca māṃ yo’bhyasūyati || 67 ||
Meanings
idam: this; te: by you; na: never; atapaskāya: to people who are not austere; na: never; abhaktāya: to people who are not devoted; kadācana: at any time; na: never; ca: also; aśuśrūṣave: to those who are averse to listening; vācyam: to be spoken; na: never; ca: also; mām: toward me; yaḥ: who; abhyasūyati: people who are envious

Do not teach this to anyone who lacks discipline or devotion, refuses to listen, or speaks against me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

The teaching should be entrusted to someone prepared by discipline, devotion, willingness to hear, and freedom from hostility. Without these conditions, its radical claims are likely to be distorted rather than understood.

18.68
य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति ।
भक्तिं मयि परां कृत्वा मामेवैष्यत्यसंशय: ॥ ६८ ॥
ya idaṃ paramaṃ guhyaṃ madbhakteṣvabhidhāsyati |
bhaktiṃ mayi parāṃ kṛtvā māmevaiṣyatyasaṃśayaḥ || 68 ||
Meanings
yaḥ: who; idam: this; paramam: the highest; guhyam: confidential knowledge; mat-bhakteṣu: among my devotees; abhidhāsyati: teaches; bhaktim: devotion; mayi: to me; parām: the highest; kṛtvā: doing; mām: to me; eva: indeed; eṣyati: comes; asaṃśayaḥ: without doubt

Whoever teaches this supreme secret to my devotees, showing the highest devotion to me, will certainly come to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Teaching the highest secret accurately to receptive devotees is itself supreme devotion. The teacher serves the Lord by making liberating knowledge available rather than by claiming it as private possession.

18.69
न च तस्मान्मनुष्येषु कश्चिन्मे प्रियकृत्तम: ।
भविता न च मे तस्मादन्य: प्रियतरो भुवि ॥ ६९ ॥
na ca tasmānmanuṣyeṣu kaścinme priyakṛttamaḥ |
bhavitā na ca me tasmādanyaḥ priyataro bhuvi || 69 ||
Meanings
na: no; ca: and; tasmāt: than them; manuṣyeṣu: among human beings; kaścit: anyone; me: to me; priya-kṛt-tamaḥ: more dear; bhavitā: will be; na: never; ca: and; me: to me; tasmāt: than them; anyaḥ: another; priya-taraḥ: dearer; bhuvi: on this earth

No one among human beings offers me more beloved service, and no one on earth will ever be dearer to me.

Śaṅkara's commentary

No human service is dearer because no other gift addresses bondage at its root. The teacher of this knowledge becomes exceptionally dear to the Lord.

18.70
अध्येष्यते च य इमं धर्म्यं संवादमावयो: ।
ज्ञानयज्ञेन तेनाहमिष्ट: स्यामिति मे मति: ॥ ७० ॥
adhyeṣyate ca ya imaṃ dharmyaṃ saṃvādamāvayoḥ |
jñānayajñena tenāhamiṣṭaḥ syāmiti me matiḥ || 70 ||
Meanings
adhyeṣyate: study; ca: and; yaḥ: who; imam: this; dharmyam: sacred; saṃvādam: dialogue; āvayoḥ: of ours; jñāna: knowledge; yajñena-tena: through the sacrifice of knowledge; aham: I; iṣṭaḥ: worshipped; syām: shall be; iti: such; me: my; matiḥ: opinion

I regard anyone who studies this sacred dialogue of ours as worshiping me through the sacrifice of knowledge.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Attentive study of the dialogue is a knowledge-sacrifice because the mind offers itself to inquiry into the Lord. Understanding becomes a form of worship.

18.71
श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नर: ।
सोऽपि मुक्त: शुभाँल्लोकान्प्राप्नुयात्पुण्यकर्मणाम् ॥ ७१ ॥
śraddhāvānanasūyaśca śṛṇuyādapi yo naraḥ |
so’pi muktaḥ śubhām̐llokānprāpnuyātpuṇyakarmaṇām || 71 ||
Meanings
śraddhā-vān: faithful; anasūyaḥ: without envy; ca: and; śṛṇuyāt: listen; api: indeed; yaḥ: who; naraḥ: a person; saḥ: that person; api: also; muktaḥ: liberated; śubhān: the auspicious; lokān: abodes; prāpnuyāt: attain; puṇya-karmaṇām: of the pious

Anyone who merely hears this teaching with faith and without hostility will also be freed and reach the blessed worlds of those who act well.

Śaṅkara's commentary

A faithful, unhostile listener who has not yet mastered the teaching still gains freedom from significant wrongdoing and reaches meritorious worlds. Śaṅkara does not equate this hearing alone with final Self-knowledge.

18.72
कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा ।
कच्चिदज्ञानसम्मोह: प्रनष्टस्ते धनञ्जय ॥ ७२ ॥
kaccidetacchrutaṃ pārtha tvayaikāgreṇa cetasā |
kaccidajñānasammohaḥ pranaṣṭaste dhanañjaya || 72 ||
Meanings
kaccit: whether; etat: this; śrutam: heard; pārtha: Arjuna, son of Pritha; tvayā: by you; eka-agreṇa cetasā: with a concentrated mind; kaccit: whether; ajñāna: ignorance; sammohaḥ: delusion; pranaṣṭaḥ: destroyed; te: your; dhanañjaya: Arjuna, winner of wealth

Son of Pritha, have you listened with a focused mind? Dhananjaya, has the delusion caused by ignorance been destroyed?

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna tests both attention and result: did Arjuna hear with a gathered mind, and did knowledge destroy the ignorance that produced his paralysis? The teaching is measured by transformed understanding.

18.73
अर्जुन उवाच ।
नष्टो मोह: स्मृतिर्लब्धा त्वत्प्रसादान्मयाच्युत ।
स्थितोऽस्मि गतसन्देह: करिष्ये वचनं तव ॥ ७३ ॥
arjuna uvāca |
naṣṭo mohaḥ smṛtirlabdhā tvatprasādānmayācyuta |
sthito’smi gatasandehaḥ kariṣye vacanaṃ tava || 73 ||
Meanings
arjuna uvāca: Arjuna said; naṣṭaḥ: dispelled; mohaḥ: illusion; smṛtiḥ: memory; labdhā: regained; tvat-prasādāt: by your grace; mayā: by me; acyuta: Achyuta, the unfallen one; sthitaḥ: situated; asmi: I am; gata-sandehaḥ: free from doubts; kariṣye: I shall act; vacanam: instructions; tava: your

Arjuna said: Unfailing one, by your grace my delusion is gone and understanding has returned. I stand firm, free from doubt, and will act on your teaching.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Arjuna reports recovered discernment rather than blind submission. Doubt has ended through Krishna's grace, and his decision to act now follows understanding of Self, duty, and agency.

18.74
सञ्जय उवाच ।
इत्यहं वासुदेवस्य पार्थस्य च महात्मन: ।
संवादमिममश्रौषमद्भुतं रोमहर्षणम् ॥ ७४ ॥
sañjaya uvāca |
ityahaṃ vāsudevasya pārthasya ca mahātmanaḥ |
saṃvādamimamaśrauṣamadbhutaṃ romaharṣaṇam || 74 ||
Meanings
sañjaya uvāca: Sanjaya said; iti: thus; aham: I; vāsudevasya: of Krishna; pārthasya: Arjuna; ca: and; mahā-ātmanaḥ: of the great-hearted one; saṃvādam: conversation; imam: this; aśrauṣam: have heard; adbhutam: wonderful; roma-harṣaṇam: making the hair stand on end

Sanjaya said: I heard this extraordinary dialogue between Vasudeva and the great-hearted Partha, and it made my hair stand on end.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Sanjaya's physical astonishment marks the dialogue as an event of revelation, not merely battlefield strategy. He has heard a direct exchange between the Lord and a fully engaged human seeker.

18.75
व्यासप्रसादाच्छ्रुतवानेतद्गुह्यमहं परम् ।
योगं योगेश्वरात्कृष्णात्साक्षात्कथयत: स्वयम् ॥ ७५ ॥
vyāsaprasādācchrutavānetadguhyamahaṃ param |
yogaṃ yogeśvarātkṛṣṇātsākṣātkathayataḥ svayam || 75 ||
Meanings
vyāsa-prasādāt: by the grace of Vyasa; śrutavān: have heard; etat: this; guhyam: secret; aham: I; param: the highest; yogam: yoga; yoga-īśvarāt: from the lord of yoga; kṛṣṇāt: from Krishna; sākṣāt: directly; kathayataḥ: speaking; svayam: himself

By Vyasa’s grace I heard this supreme and most secret yoga directly from Krishna, the master of yoga.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Vyāsa's grace gave Sanjaya the extraordinary perception needed to hear the distant teaching. Krishna remains its direct speaker and the master whose yoga governs the revelation.

18.76
राजन्संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य संवादमिममद्भुतम् ।
केशवार्जुनयो: पुण्यं हृष्यामि च मुहुर्मुहु: ॥ ७६ ॥
rājansaṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya saṃvādamimamadbhutam |
keśavārjunayoḥ puṇyaṃ hṛṣyāmi ca muhurmuhuḥ || 76 ||
Meanings
rājan: king; saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya: repeatedly recalling; saṃvādam: dialogue; imam: this; adbhutam: astonishing; keśava-arjunayoḥ: between Lord Krishna and Arjuna; puṇyam: pious; hṛṣyāmi: I rejoice; ca: and; muhuḥ muhuḥ: repeatedly

King, whenever I remember this sacred and astonishing dialogue between Krishna and Arjuna, I rejoice again and again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Repeated recollection renews Sanjaya's joy because the dialogue itself is sacred and astonishing. Memory becomes a continuing contemplative practice.

18.77
तच्च संस्मृत्य संस्मृत्य रूपमत्यद्भुतं हरे: ।
विस्मयो मे महानराजन्हृष्यामि च पुन: पुन: ॥ ७७ ॥
tacca saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya rūpamatyadbhutaṃ hareḥ |
vismayo me mahānarājanhṛṣyāmi ca punaḥ punaḥ || 77 ||
Meanings
tat: that; ca: and; saṃsmṛtya saṃsmṛtya: remembering repeatedly; rūpam: cosmic form; ati: most; adbhutam: wonderful; hareḥ: of Lord Krishna; vismayaḥ: astonishment; me: my; mahān: great; rājan: king; hṛṣyāmi: I am thrilled with joy; ca: and; punaḥ punaḥ: over and over again

King, whenever I remember Krishna’s astonishing universal form, wonder fills me and I rejoice again and again.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Remembering the universal form produces both wonder and joy even after its terror has passed. Sanjaya's response shows that the vision continues to transform the one who received its report.

18.78
यत्र योगेश्वर: कृष्णो यत्र पार्थो धनुर्धर: ।
तत्र श्रीर्विजयो भूतिध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम ॥ ७८ ॥
yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo yatra pārtho dhanurdharaḥ |
tatra śrīrvijayo bhūtidhruvā nītirmatirmama || 78 ||
Meanings
yatra: wherever; yoga-īśvaraḥ: lord of yoga; kṛṣṇaḥ: Krishna; yatra: wherever; pārthaḥ: Arjuna, son of Pritha; dhanuḥ-dharaḥ: bow-bearer; tatra: there; śrīḥ: splendor; vijayaḥ: victory; bhūtiḥ: prosperity; dhruvā: firm; nītiḥ: sound conduct; matiḥ mama: this is my conviction

Wherever there is Krishna, master of yoga, and Arjuna, the archer, there will surely be prosperity, victory, well-being, and sound judgment. This is my conviction.

Śaṅkara's commentary

Krishna represents sovereign wisdom and Arjuna disciplined action guided by it. Where understanding and rightly directed effort unite, Sanjaya expects flourishing, victory, welfare, and sound moral order.